Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 25, 2018.

Registration No. 333-          

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

EIDOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   2834   46-3733671

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

101 Montgomery Street, Suite 2550

San Francisco, CA 94104

(415) 887-1471

(Address, including zip code and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Neil Kumar

Chief Executive Officer

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

101 Montgomery Street, Suite 2550

San Francisco, CA 94104

(415) 887-1471

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Maggie L. Wong

Mitchell S. Bloom

Goodwin Procter LLP

Three Embarcadero Center, 28 th  Floor

San Francisco, CA 94111

(415) 733-6000

 

Neil Kumar

Chief Executive Officer

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

101 Montgomery Street, Suite 2550

San Francisco, CA 94104

(415) 887-1471

 

David Peinsipp

Divakar Gupta

Charles S. Kim

Cooley LLP

101 California Street, 5 th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94111

(415) 693-2000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box.  

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer     (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

 

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price(1)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee(2)

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

  $115,000,000   $14,317.50

 

 

(1)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act. Includes the offering price of any additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.
(2)   Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where such offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, dated May 25, 2018.

Preliminary prospectus

                shares

 

LOGO

Common stock

This is an initial public offering of                 shares of common stock by Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. We are offering shares of our common stock to be sold in the offering. The initial public offering price is expected to be between $         and $         per share.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “EIDX.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.

 

       Per share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                   $               

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

   $      $  

Proceeds to Eidos Therapeutics, Inc., before expenses

   $      $  

 

(1)   See “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to                  additional shares of common stock.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “ Risk factors ” beginning on page 10.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about                , 2018.

 

J.P. Morgan   BofA Merrill Lynch

Barclays

                , 2018


Table of Contents

Table of contents

     Page No.  

Prospectus summary

     1  

The offering

     6  

Risk factors

     10  

Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements

     57  

Use of proceeds

     59  

Dividend policy

     61  

Capitalization

     62  

Dilution

     64  

Selected financial data

     67  

Market and industry data and forecasts

     68  

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

     69  

Business

     81  

Management

     128  

Executive and director compensation

     136  

Certain relationships and related party transactions

     148  

Principal stockholders

     152  

Description of capital stock

     154  

Shares eligible for future sale

     160  

Material U.S. federal income tax considerations to non-U.S. holders

     162  

Underwriting

     167  

Legal matters

     179  

Experts

     179  

Where you can find more information

     179  

Index to financial statements

     F-1  

We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriters are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

Through and including                 , 2018 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus) all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

For investors outside of the United States: We have not, and the underwriters have not, done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.


Table of Contents

Prospectus summary

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should also consider, among other things, the matters described under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” in each case appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless otherwise stated, all references to “us,” “our,” “Eidos” “we,” the “Company” and similar designations refer to Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Overview

We are a clinical stage biopharmaceutical company focused on addressing the large and growing unmet need in diseases caused by transthyretin, or TTR, amyloidosis, or ATTR. We seek to treat this well-defined family of diseases at their collective source by stabilizing TTR, a therapeutic approach that is supported by genetic evidence as well as previous clinical trials. Our product candidate, AG10, is an orally-administered small molecule designed to potently stabilize TTR, with the potential to halt the progression of ATTR and be a best-in-class treatment for this family of diseases. The development of AG10 is led by our proven management team who are responsible for developing over 30 molecules through Investigational New Drug, or IND, applications, and more than ten approved drugs. Together with patients and physicians, we aim to bring a well-tolerated, effective and disease-modifying treatment for ATTR to market as quickly as possible.

Disease background

ATTR represents a significant unmet need, with a comparatively large patient population in the context of rare genetic diseases and an inadequate current standard of care. There are three distinct diseases that comprise the ATTR family: wild-type ATTR cardiomyopathy, or ATTRwt-CM, mutant ATTR cardiomyopathy, or ATTRm-CM, and ATTR polyneuropathy, or ATTR-PN. The worldwide prevalence of each disease is approximately 200,000, 40,000, and 10,000, respectively, although we believe the cardiomyopathic forms of the disease are significantly underdiagnosed due to non-specific symptoms and a historical reliance on an invasive heart biopsy diagnostic method. We believe that improvements in disease awareness and the introduction of a non-invasive, imaging-based diagnostic algorithm are significantly increasing rates of diagnosis for ATTRwt-CM and ATTRm-CM.

All three forms of ATTR are progressive and fatal and no disease-modifying therapies have been approved by the FDA. For patients with ATTRwt-CM and ATTRm-CM, symptoms usually begin to manifest later in life (age 50+) with median survival of between three to five years from diagnosis. ATTR-PN presents either in a patient’s early 30s or later (age 50+) with a median life expectancy of five to ten years from diagnosis. Progression of all forms of ATTR causes significant morbidity, impacts productivity and quality of life, and creates a significant economic burden due to the costs associated with progressively greater patient needs for supportive care.

Mechanism of disease and therapeutic approach

Over 25 years of research have shown that ATTR is uniformly driven by destabilization of the TTR tetramer, a molecular structure consisting of four identical subunits, or monomers, stemming from either specific gene mutations or aging. Destabilized TTR drives an irreversible dissociation of the TTR tetramer into monomers, which subsequently aggregate and deposit throughout the body, leading to organ damage, loss of organ function and eventual death if left untreated.

 

1


Table of Contents

We are building upon our significant mechanistic understanding of ATTR to develop a potentially best-in-class treatment for this family of diseases. Previous clinical trials of small molecule TTR stabilizers have demonstrated that increasing levels of TTR stabilization may lead to increasing levels of clinical benefit. In March 2018, Pfizer announced that its Phase 3 trial of tafamidis in ATTRwt-CM and ATTRm-CM patients (ATTR-ACT) reportedly met its primary endpoint: a reduction in the combination of all-cause mortality and cumulative incidence of cardiovascular-related hospitalizations in patients treated with either 20 mg or 80 mg of tafamidis relative to placebo. The 20 mg dose of tafamidis, which in preclinical studies resulted in a lower rate of TTR stabilization than the 80 mg dose, resulted in a non-statistically significant improvement relative to placebo in a Phase 3 clinical trial in ATTR-PN. The generic NSAID, diflunisal, which in preclinical studies has been shown to result in greater TTR stabilization at a 250 mg twice-daily dose than tafamidis at either 20 mg or 80 mg dose, showed statistically significant improvements on clinical endpoints in a separate NIH-funded Phase 3 trial in ATTR-PN. Diflunisal has not been approved for the treatment of ATTR and its usage is limited by non-TTR-related toxicities. We believe that the relative clinical data for tafamidis at the 20 mg dose, tafamidis at the 80 mg dose and diflunisal support the hypothesis that maximally stabilizing TTR may lead to optimal clinical benefit. We aim to provide a best-in-class treatment for ATTR by developing a well-tolerated small molecule that completely stabilizes TTR.

Our product candidate, AG10, is an orally-administered small molecule designed to potently stabilize tetrameric TTR, thereby halting at its outset the series of molecular events that give rise to ATTR. AG10 was designed to mimic a naturally-occurring variant of the TTR gene (T119M) that is considered a “rescue mutation” because it has been shown to prevent ATTR in individuals carrying pathogenic, or disease-causing, mutations in the TTR gene. We have observed through X-ray crystallography that the binding of AG10 to TTR creates strong molecular bonds at the same locations as seen in T119M. To our knowledge, AG10 is the only TTR stabilizer in development that has been observed to mimic the “super-stabilizing” properties of this rescue mutation.

We believe the clinical and preclinical data generated to date by AG10 strongly support its development as a best-in-class therapeutic to treat ATTR, as outlined below:

 

 

In our Phase 1 clinical trial, the primary objective of evaluating safety and tolerability of single and multiple doses of AG10 administered to healthy adult volunteers was achieved. AG10 was well tolerated and was not associated with any clinically important adverse events in our Phase 1 clinical trial. This is consistent with our preclinical studies in which AG10 was demonstrated to have a greater than 50-fold therapeutic window between our target therapeutic blood levels and concentrations associated with toxicity in nonhuman mammals.

 

 

The secondary objectives of evaluating pharmacokinetics (PK), pharmacodynamics (PD) and the PK-PD relationship were also achieved in our Phase 1 clinical trial. PD properties were assessed by established assays of TTR stabilization. In these assays in our Phase 1 clinical trial, AG10 demonstrated 100% TTR stabilization at peak concentrations and over 95% TTR stabilization on average at the highest tested dose in healthy adult volunteers at steady state. These data are consistent with our preclinical studies.

 

 

In our preclinical studies at clinically relevant concentrations, AG10 demonstrated near-complete stabilization of wild-type TTR and all TTR variants tested, which represent greater than 70% of all patients with mutation-driven ATTR.

In April 2018, we initiated a randomized, placebo-controlled, double-blind Phase 2 clinical trial of AG10 in ATTR-CM patients. In this trial, we are evaluating safety and tolerability and TTR stabilization as clinical proof of concept in the target patient population. We expect to report topline data from this Phase 2 clinical trial by the end of 2018 and to initiate a Phase 3 clinical trial of AG10 in ATTR-PN patients in early 2019.

 

2


Table of Contents

We are developing AG10 to treat three distinct forms of ATTR in the clinical trials shown in the table below.

 

Indication   Worldwide
prevalence
   Stage    Endpoint and biomarkers    Next anticipated
milestone

ATTR-CM

(both ATTRwt-CM and

ATTRm-CM)

  200,000
ATTRwt-CM

40,000
ATTRm-CM

   Phase 2    Safety and tolerability; pharmacokinetics; TTR stabilization    Phase 2 topline data readout (End of 2018)
     Open label extension (OLE) to be initiated    Safety and tolerability; TTR stabilization; Biomarkers: NTpro-BNP, troponin, wall thickness, strain    OLE initiation (2018)

ATTR-PN

  10,000   

Phase 3

   Neuropathy impairment score (mNIS +7); Safety and tolerability; Norfolk quality of life score; pharmacokinetics; TTR stabilization   

Phase 3 initiation (Early 2019)

Our leadership team

We are led by a management team that has worked together previously and has a successful track record in drug development, contributing to over 30 molecules through IND and more than ten approved drugs. More importantly, our team has a rich set of experiences at the intersection of genetic disease and cardiovascular medicine owing from experiences at companies including Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc., MyoKardia, Inc. and Portola Pharmaceuticals, Inc. We are a majority-owned subsidiary of BridgeBio Pharma, LLC, or BridgeBio, a biotechnology company dedicated to identifying and developing novel therapies for genetic diseases.

Led by experienced scientists, drug developers and investors, BridgeBio employs a distributed corporate structure that enables focus at the level of each disease while providing centralized resources to scale across many opportunities. BridgeBio currently has a portfolio of more than 15 product candidates spanning preclinical development to late-stage clinical trials across multiple therapeutic areas. Eidos is a leading example of BridgeBio’s approach to building lean organizations dedicated to targeting well-defined genetic conditions at their source.

Our strategy

Our goal is to be a leader in developing and commercializing disease-modifying therapeutics to address ATTR. The key components of our strategy are to:

 

 

Rapidly develop AG10 for the treatment of ATTR-CM;

 

 

Advance AG10 for the treatment of ATTR-PN;

 

 

Expand our leadership role in the ATTR community;

 

 

Retain development and commercialization rights to AG10 in core strategic markets; and

 

 

Evaluate opportunities to expand the scope of our development candidate portfolio.

 

3


Table of Contents

Risks associated with our business

Our business is subject to numerous risks that you should be aware of before making an investment decision. These risks are described more fully in the section entitled “Risk factors” in this prospectus. These risks include, among others:

 

 

We are a clinical development-stage company with a limited operating history, have incurred and anticipate that we will continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future, and have only one product candidate in development;

 

 

Even if this offering is successful, we will require substantial additional funding to achieve our business goals;

 

 

We are heavily dependent upon the success of our only product candidate, AG10, which is in the early stages of clinical development, and we have not identified any other development candidates;

 

 

The results observed to date in our clinical development of AG10, including our Phase 1 clinical trial in which 56 subjects were enrolled, are based on a limited sample size and may not be observed in later-stage clinical trials involving larger numbers of patients;

 

 

We may fail to complete the clinical development of AG10 in a timely manner, or at all, for a variety of reasons, and if we are unable to obtain regulatory approval for AG10, our business will be substantially harmed;

 

 

If we are unable to maintain sufficient intellectual property protection for AG10, including under our exclusive license agreement with Stanford University, our ability to successfully commercialize AG10 will be impaired;

 

 

We rely on third parties to conduct our clinical trials and other research and development activities, and to manufacture and supply AG10 for clinical development and potential commercialization;

 

 

Our success depends on our ability to retain and recruit key employees, consultants and advisors; and certain of our current executive officers, including our Chief Executive Officer, devote a portion of their business time to services to our controlling stockholder, BridgeBio, and its other subsidiaries;

 

 

BridgeBio will continue to be our controlling stockholder, owning approximately         % of the voting power of our common stock upon the completion of this offering, and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval;

 

 

Certain of our directors and officers may have actual or potential conflicts of interest with us because of their positions or affiliations with BridgeBio and its other subsidiaries; and

 

 

We may encounter substantial delays in our clinical trials, or may not be able to conduct or complete our clinical trials on the timelines we expect, if at all.

 

4


Table of Contents

Implications of being an emerging growth company

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended, or the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

 

 

Two years of audited financial statements in addition to any required unaudited condensed interim financial statements with correspondingly reduced “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” disclosure prior to our first filing of our Annual Report on Form 10-K;

 

 

Reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;

 

 

No non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements; and

 

 

Exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting.

We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years from the date of effectiveness of this registration statement or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company on the date that is the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more; (ii) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; or (iv) the last day of the fiscal year in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these exemptions. We have taken advantage of reduced reporting requirements in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different from the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock. Also, we have irrevocably elected to “opt out” of the exemption for the delayed adoption of certain accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Corporate history and information

We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in August 2013. Our principal executive office is located at 101 Montgomery Street, Suite 2550, San Francisco, CA, and our telephone number is (415) 887-1471. Our website address is www.eidostx.com. We do not incorporate the information on or accessible through our website into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus.

We use various trademarks and trade names in our business, including without limitation our corporate name and logo. All other trademarks or trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this prospectus may be referred to without the ® and symbols, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto.

 

5


Table of Contents

The offering

 

Common stock offered by us

                shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

                shares (or                  shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

 

Option to purchase additional shares

We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to                  additional shares of common stock from us. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from the sale of our common stock in this offering of approximately $        million, or $        million if the underwriters fully exercise their option to purchase additional shares, assuming an initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund our clinical development of AG10 for the treatment of ATTR-CM and ATTR-PN, including our ongoing Phase 2 ATTR-CM and planned Phase 3 ATTR-PN clinical trials, as well as future clinical trials, additional research and development activities, and for working capital and general corporate purposes. See “Use of proceeds” for additional information.

 

Risk factors

You should read carefully “Risk factors” beginning on page 10 and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol

“EIDX”

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 4,459,043 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2018 and                  additional shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock upon the completion of this offering, and excludes:

 

 

468,336 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options as of March 31, 2018 at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.10 per share;

 

 

178,800 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options granted after March 31, 2018 at a weighted-average exercise price of $8.66 per share;

 

 

675,315 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2016 Plan, as of March 31, 2018;

 

6


Table of Contents
 

369,180 shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants issued in February 2018 at an exercise price of $10.8348 per share;

 

 

No shares of common stock issued after March 31, 2018;

 

 

                shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2018 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2018 Plan, which will become available for issuance upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part; and

 

 

            shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the 2018 ESPP, which will become available for issuance upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes or gives effect to:

 

 

the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of                  shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

 

no exercise of the outstanding options described above;

 

 

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to                  additional shares of our common stock in this offering;

 

 

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

 

the automatic net exercise immediately prior to the completion of this offering of warrants issued in February 2018 for an aggregate of              shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock and the subsequent conversion of such shares into an aggregate of              shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

7


Table of Contents

Summary financial data

The following tables present summary financial data for our business. We have derived the statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 from our audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018 and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2018 from our unaudited interim condensed financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited interim condensed financial statements on the same basis as our audited financial statements and, in the opinion of management, these financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that are necessary for the fair statement of our unaudited interim condensed financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and our interim results for the three months ended March 31, 2018 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2018, or any other period. You should read this data together with our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under the captions “Selected financial data” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations.”

 

       Year ended December 31,     Three months ended March 31,  
(in thousands, except share and per share data)    2016     2017                   2017                   2018  

Statements of Operations Data:

        

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

   $ 1,734     $ 9,286     $ 2,039     $ 6,034  

General and administrative

     651       2,730       378       2,143  
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     2,385       12,016       2,417       8,177  
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (2,385     (12,016     (2,417     (8,177

Other income (expense), net

     (157     75       75       (725

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     —         —         —         (6,677
  

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (2,542   $ (11,941   $ (2,342   $ (15,579
  

 

 

 

Net loss per share:(1)

        

Basic and diluted

   $ (1.17   $ (3.97   $ (0.86   $ (4.65
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share:(1)

        

Basic and diluted

     2,173,613       3,007,252       2,709,982       3,349,570  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share:(1)

        

Basic and diluted

     $ (1.12     $  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share:(1)

        

Basic and diluted

       10,683,163      

 

 

 

(1)   See Notes 2, 14, and 15 to our audited financial statements and Notes 11 and 12 to our unaudited interim condensed financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per share, basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share, and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of these per share amounts.

 

8


Table of Contents
                                                                          
       As of March 31, 2018  
(In thousands)    Actual    

Pro

forma(1)

    

Pro forma as

adjusted(2)(3)

 

Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash

   $ 25,269     $               $           

Working capital

     21,231       

Redeemable convertible preferred stock put option asset

     1,527       

Total assets

     28,823       

Redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

     2,028       

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     841       

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     46,603       

Accumulated deficit

     (30,111     

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (25,826     

 

 

 

(1)   The pro forma column reflects (i) the sale and issuance in May 2018 of 4,430,162 shares of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock at $10.8348 per share, for net proceeds of $48.0 million and the related settlement of the redeemable convertible preferred stock put option asset and the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability, (ii) the conversion of all of the outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of                  shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; (iii) the automatic net exercise immediately prior to the completion of this offering of warrants issued in February 2018 for an aggregate of          shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock at the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the subsequent conversion of such shares into an aggregate of          shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering and the resultant reclassification of our preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital, a component of stockholders’ (deficit) equity, all of which will occur in connection with the completion of this offering; and (iv) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

 

(2)   The pro forma as adjusted column reflects (i) the pro forma adjustments set forth above and (ii) the receipt of $        million in net proceeds from our sale of shares of common stock in this offering based on an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

(3)   Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $        million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of each of cash, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $        million, based on the assumed initial public offering price per share, the midpoint of the price range as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

9


Table of Contents

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the following risks, together with all the other information in this prospectus, including our financial statements and notes thereto, before you invest in our common stock. If any of the following risks actually materializes, our operating results, financial condition and liquidity could be materially adversely affected. As a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risk related to our financial position and need for additional capital

Drug development is a highly uncertain undertaking and involves a substantial degree of risk. We have incurred significant losses since our inception and anticipate that we will continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future. We have only one product candidate in development and have not generated any revenue since our inception, which, together with our limited operating history, may make it difficult for you to assess our future viability.

We are a clinical development-stage biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history upon which you can evaluate our business and prospects. We have no products approved for commercial sale and have not generated any revenue from product sales. Biopharmaceutical product development is a highly speculative undertaking and involves a substantial degree of risk. To date, we have focused principally on developing our only product candidate, AG10, which is in clinical development and will require substantial additional development time and resources before we would be able to apply for or receive regulatory approvals and begin generating revenue from product sales.

We are not profitable and have incurred losses in each year since our inception in August 2013. Our net losses for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and three months ended March 31, 2018 were $2.5 million, $11.9 million and $15.6 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2018, we had an accumulated deficit of $30.1 million. We have not generated any revenue since our inception, and have financed our operations solely through the sale of equity securities and convertible debt. We continue to incur significant research and development and other expenses related to our ongoing operations and expect to incur losses for the foreseeable future. We anticipate these losses will increase significantly following the completion of this offering and we will not generate any revenue from product sales until after we have successfully completed clinical development and received regulatory approval for the commercial sale of AG10 or any other product candidate that we may identify and pursue.

Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with drug development, we are unable to predict the timing or amount of our expenses, or when we will be able to generate any meaningful revenue or achieve or maintain profitability, if ever. In addition, our expenses could increase beyond our current expectations if we are required by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, to perform studies in addition to those that we currently anticipate, or if there are any delays in any of our or our future collaborators’ clinical trials or the development of AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify. Even if AG10 or any future product candidate that we may identify is approved for commercial sale, we anticipate incurring significant costs associated with commercializing any approved product candidate and ongoing compliance efforts.

We may never be able to develop or commercialize a marketable drug or achieve profitability. Revenue from the sale of any product candidate for which regulatory approval is obtained will be dependent, in part, upon the size of the markets in the territories for which we gain regulatory approval, the accepted price for the product, the ability to obtain reimbursement at any price and whether we own the commercial rights for that territory. If the number of addressable patients is not as significant as we anticipate, the indication approved by regulatory

 

10


Table of Contents

authorities is narrower than we expect, or the reasonably accepted population for treatment is narrowed by competition, physician choice or treatment guidelines, we may not generate significant revenue from sales of such products, even if approved. Even if we are able to generate revenue from the sale of any approved products, we may not become profitable and may need to obtain additional funding to continue operations. Even if we achieve profitability in the future, we may not be able to sustain profitability in subsequent periods. Our failure to achieve sustained profitability would depress the value of our company and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, diversify our research and development pipeline, market AG10 or any other product candidates we may identify and pursue, if approved, or continue our operations. Our prior losses, combined with expected future losses, have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our stockholders’ equity and working capital. In any particular quarter, our operating results could be below the expectations of securities analysts or investors, which could cause our stock price to decline.

We will require substantial additional funding to achieve our business goals. If we are unable to obtain this funding when needed and on acceptable terms, we could be forced to delay, limit or terminate our product development efforts.

We are currently advancing AG10, our only clinical development candidate, in a Phase 2 clinical trial. Developing biopharmaceutical products is expensive and time-consuming, and we expect our research and development expenses to increase substantially in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we advance AG10 in planned and future clinical trials. We are also responsible for license maintenance fees, milestone payments and royalties to Stanford University, or Stanford. As of March 31, 2018, we had working capital of $21.2 million and cash of $25.3 million. Because the outcome of any clinical development and regulatory approval process is highly uncertain, we cannot reasonably estimate the actual amounts necessary to successfully complete the development, regulatory approval process and commercialization of AG10 and any future product candidates we may identify.

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $        million (or approximately $        million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), based on the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We expect that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next 12 months. However, our operating plan may change as a result of many factors currently unknown to us, and we may need to seek additional funds sooner than planned, through public or private equity or debt financings or other sources, such as strategic collaborations or license and development agreements. Any additional fundraising efforts may divert our management from their day-to-day activities, which may adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize AG10 and other product candidates that we may identify and pursue. Moreover, such financing may result in dilution to stockholders, imposition of debt covenants and repayment obligations, or other restrictions that may affect our business. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans.

Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to:

 

 

the time and cost necessary to complete our ongoing Phase 2 clinical trial of AG10 in ATTR-CM, to initiate and complete any pivotal clinical trials of AG10 and to pursue regulatory approvals for AG10, and the costs of post-marketing studies that could be required by regulatory authorities;

 

 

the progress and results of our ongoing Phase 2 and planned Phase 3 clinical trials of AG10;

 

11


Table of Contents
 

the progress, timing, scope and costs of our nonclinical studies, clinical trials and other related activities, including the ability to enroll patients in a timely manner for our Phase 2 clinical trial of AG10 and potential future clinical trials;

 

 

the costs of obtaining clinical and commercial supplies of AG10 and any other product candidates we may identify and develop;

 

 

our ability to successfully commercialize AG10 and any other product candidates we may identify and develop;

 

 

the manufacturing, selling and marketing costs associated with AG10 and any other product candidates we may identify and develop, including the cost and timing of expanding our sales and marketing capabilities;

 

 

the amount and timing of sales and other revenues from AG10 and any other product candidates we may identify and develop, including the sales price and the availability of adequate third-party reimbursement;

 

 

the cash requirements of any future acquisitions or discovery of product candidates;

 

 

the time and cost necessary to respond to technological and market developments;

 

 

the costs of acquiring, licensing or investing in intellectual property rights, products, product candidates and businesses;

 

 

our ability to attract, hire and retain qualified personnel; and

 

 

the costs of maintaining, expanding and protecting our intellectual property portfolio.

Additional funds may not be available when we need them, on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. If adequate funds are not available to us on a timely basis, we may be required to delay, limit or terminate one or more of our research or development programs or the commercialization of any product candidates or be unable to expand our operations or otherwise capitalize on our business opportunities, as desired, which could materially affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our existing stockholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to AG10 or any future product candidates which we develop on unfavorable terms to us.

We may seek additional capital through a combination of public and private equity offerings, debt financings, strategic partnerships and alliances and licensing arrangements. We, and indirectly, our stockholders, will bear the cost of issuing and servicing such securities. Because our decision to issue debt or equity securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of any future offerings. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a stockholder. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased fixed payment obligations and could involve restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, limitations on our ability to acquire, sell or license intellectual property rights and other operating restrictions that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. Additionally, any future collaborations we enter into with third parties may provide capital in the near term but limit our potential cash flow and revenue in the future. If we raise additional funds through strategic partnerships and alliances and licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies or product candidates, or grant licenses on terms unfavorable to us.

 

12


Table of Contents

Risk related to our business and the clinical development, regulatory review and approval of our product candidates

We are heavily dependent on the success of our only product candidate, AG10, and we have not identified any other clinical development candidates through our research activities. If we are unable to successfully complete clinical development, obtain regulatory approval for, or commercialize AG10, or experience delays in doing so, our business will be materially harmed.

To date, we have invested all of our efforts and financial resources to the development of AG10, including conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials and providing general and administrative support for these operations. Our future success is dependent on our ability to successfully develop, obtain regulatory approval for, and commercialize AG10. Before we can generate any revenues from sales of AG10, we will be required to conduct additional clinical development, including, among other things, additional toxicology studies that may be required before we can conduct longer-term clinical trials and a larger pivotal clinical trial if our ongoing clinical trial of AG10 is successful, seek and obtain regulatory approval, secure adequate manufacturing supply to support larger clinical trials and commercial sales and build a commercial organization. Further, the success of AG10 will depend on patent and trade secret protection, obtaining and maintaining regulatory exclusivity, acceptance of AG10 by patients, the medical community and third-party payors, its ability to compete with other therapies, healthcare coverage and reimbursement, and maintenance of an acceptable safety profile following approval, among other factors. If we do not achieve one or more of these factors in a timely manner or at all, we could experience significant delays or an inability to successfully commercialize AG10, which would materially harm our business.

Currently, AG10 is our only product candidate, and it may be years before we can advance AG10 into a pivotal trial, if at all. We have not yet identified any other product candidates for studies that would enable the filing of an investigational new drug application, or IND, or for clinical evaluation. We cannot be certain that AG10 will be successful in clinical trials or receive regulatory approval. If we do not receive regulatory approval for, or otherwise fail to successfully commercialize, AG10, we may need to discontinue our operations as currently contemplated unless we identify other product candidates, advance them through preclinical and clinical development and apply for regulatory approvals, which could be time-consuming and costly, and may adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

If we are unable to obtain regulatory approval in one or more jurisdictions for AG10 or any other product candidates that we may identify and develop, our business will be substantially harmed.

We cannot commercialize a product until the appropriate regulatory authorities have reviewed and approved the product candidate. Approval by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities is lengthy and unpredictable, and depends upon numerous factors. Approval policies, regulations, or the type and amount of clinical data necessary to gain approval may change during the course of a product candidate’s clinical development and may vary among jurisdictions, which may cause delays in the approval or the decision not to approve an application. We have not obtained regulatory approval for AG10, and it is possible that neither AG10 nor any other product candidates which we may seek to develop in the future will ever obtain regulatory approval.

Applications for AG10 or any other product candidates we may develop could fail to receive regulatory approval for many reasons, including but not limited to:

 

 

our inability to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities that AG10 or any other product candidate we may develop is safe and effective;

 

 

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with the design, endpoints or implementation of our clinical trials, including those of our planned Phase 3 clinical trial;

 

13


Table of Contents
 

the population studied in the clinical program may not be sufficiently broad or representative to assure safety in the full population for which we seek approval;

 

 

the FDA’s or comparable foreign regulatory authorities’ requirement for additional preclinical studies or clinical trials beyond those that we currently anticipate;

 

 

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with our interpretation of data from nonclinical studies or clinical trials;

 

 

the data collected from clinical trials of AG10 and other product candidates that we may identify and pursue may not be sufficient to support the submission of a new drug application, or NDA, or other submission for regulatory approval in the United States or elsewhere;

 

 

we may be unable to demonstrate to the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities that a product candidate’s risk-benefit ratio for its proposed indication is acceptable;

 

 

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may fail to approve the manufacturing processes, test procedures and specifications, or facilities of third-party manufacturers with which we contract for clinical and commercial supplies; and

 

 

the approval policies or regulations of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may change in a manner that renders our clinical trial design or data insufficient for approval.

The lengthy approval process, as well as the unpredictability of the results of clinical trials, may result in our failure to obtain regulatory approval to market AG10 or any other product candidates that we may pursue in the United States or elsewhere, which would significantly harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We may encounter substantial delays in our clinical trials, or may not be able to conduct or complete our clinical trials on the timelines we expect, if at all.

Clinical testing is expensive, time consuming, and subject to uncertainty. We cannot guarantee that any of our ongoing and planned clinical trials will be conducted as planned or completed on schedule, if at all. Moreover, even if these trials are initiated or conducted on a timely basis, issues may arise that could suspend or terminate such clinical trials. A failure of one or more clinical trials can occur at any stage of testing, and our ongoing and future clinical trials may not be successful. Events that may prevent successful or timely initiation or completion of clinical trials include:

 

 

inability to generate sufficient preclinical, toxicology, or other  in vivo  or  in vitro  data to support the initiation or continuation of clinical trials;

 

 

delays in confirming target engagement, patient selection or other relevant biomarkers to be utilized in preclinical and clinical product candidate development;

 

 

delays in reaching a consensus with regulatory agencies on study design;

 

 

delays in reaching agreement on acceptable terms with prospective contract research organizations, or CROs, and clinical trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and clinical trial sites;

 

 

delays in identifying, recruiting and training suitable clinical investigators;

 

 

delays in obtaining required Institutional Review Board, or IRB, approval at each clinical trial site;

 

14


Table of Contents
 

imposition of a temporary or permanent clinical hold by regulatory agencies for a number of reasons, including after review of an IND or amendment, clinical trial application, or CTA, or amendment, or equivalent application or amendment; as a result of a new safety finding that presents unreasonable risk to clinical trial participants; a negative finding from an inspection of our clinical trial operations or study sites;

 

 

developments in trials for other drug candidates targeting ATTR conducted by competitors that raise regulatory or safety concerns about risk to patients of the treatment, including the approach of TTR stabilization; or if the FDA finds that the investigational protocol or plan is clearly deficient to meet its stated objectives;

 

 

delays in identifying, recruiting and enrolling suitable patients to participate in our clinical trials, and delays caused by patients withdrawing from clinical trials or failing to return for post-treatment follow-up;

 

 

difficulty collaborating with patient groups and investigators;

 

 

failure by our CROs, other third parties, or us to adhere to clinical trial requirements;

 

 

failure to perform in accordance with the FDA’s or any other regulatory authority’s current good clinical practices, or cGCP, requirements, or regulatory guidelines in other countries;

 

 

occurrence of adverse events associated with the product candidate that are viewed to outweigh its potential benefits;

 

 

changes in regulatory requirements and guidance that require amending or submitting new clinical protocols;

 

 

changes in the standard of care on which a clinical development plan was based, which may require new or additional trials;

 

 

the cost of clinical trials of AG10 or any our product candidates that we may identify and pursue being greater than we anticipate;

 

 

clinical trials of AG10 or any other product candidates that we may identify and pursue producing negative or inconclusive results, which may result in our deciding, or regulators requiring us, to conduct additional clinical trials or abandon product development programs;

 

 

transfer of manufacturing processes to larger-scale facilities operated by a contract manufacturing organization, or CMO, or by us, and delays or failure by our CMOs or us to make any necessary changes to such manufacturing process; and

 

 

delays in manufacturing, testing, releasing, validating, or importing/exporting sufficient stable quantities of AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify for use in clinical trials or the inability to do any of the foregoing.

Any inability to successfully initiate or complete clinical trials could result in additional costs to us or impair our ability to generate revenue. In addition, if we make manufacturing or formulation changes to AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify, we may be required to or we may elect to conduct additional studies to bridge our modified product candidates to earlier versions. Clinical trial delays could also shorten any periods during which our products have patent protection and may allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do, which could impair our ability to successfully commercialize AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify and may harm our business and results of operations.

We could also encounter delays if a clinical trial is suspended or terminated by us, by the data safety monitoring board, or DSMB, for such trial or by the FDA or other regulatory authority, or if the IRBs of the institutions in

 

15


Table of Contents

which such trials are being conducted suspend or terminate the participation of their clinical investigators and sites subject to their review. Such authorities may suspend or terminate a clinical trial due to a number of factors, including failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols, inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial site by the FDA or other regulatory authorities resulting in the imposition of a clinical hold, unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects, failure to demonstrate a benefit from using a product candidate, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial.

Delays in the initiation, conduct or completion of any clinical trial of AG10 or other product candidates that we may develop will increase our costs, slow down our product candidate development and approval process and delay or potentially jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate revenue. In addition, many of the factors that cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of AG10 or any future product candidates which we may develop. In the event we identify any additional product candidates to pursue, we cannot be sure that submission of an IND or a CTA will result in the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority allowing clinical trials to begin in a timely manner, if at all. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Our clinical trials may fail to demonstrate substantial evidence of the safety and effectiveness of AG10 or any other product candidates that we may identify and pursue, which would prevent, delay or limit the scope of regulatory approval and commercialization.

Before obtaining regulatory approvals for the commercial sale of AG10 or any other product candidate that we may identify and pursue, we must demonstrate through lengthy, complex and expensive preclinical studies and clinical trials that the applicable product candidate is both safe and effective for use in each target indication. Each product candidate must demonstrate an adequate risk versus benefit profile in its intended patient population and for its intended use.

Clinical testing is expensive and can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. Failure can occur at any time during the clinical development process. Most product candidates that begin clinical trials are never approved by regulatory authorities for commercialization. We have limited experience in designing clinical trials and may be unable to design and execute a clinical trial to support marketing approval. We cannot be certain that our current clinical trials or any other future clinical trials will be successful. Additionally, any safety concerns observed in any one of our clinical trials in our targeted indications could limit the prospects for regulatory approval of our product candidates in those and other indications, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, even if such clinical trials are successfully completed, we cannot guarantee that the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities will interpret the results as we do, and more trials could be required before we submit our product candidates for approval. To the extent that the results of the trials are not satisfactory to the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities for support of a marketing application, we may be required to expend significant resources, which may not be available to us, to conduct additional trials in support of potential approval of our product candidates. Even if regulatory approval is secured for AG10 or any other product candidate we may identify and pursue, the terms of such approval may limit the scope and use of our product candidate, which may also limit its commercial potential.

Results of earlier studies or clinical trials may not be predictive of future clinical trial results, and initial studies or clinical trials may not establish an adequate safety or efficacy profile for AG10 and other product candidates that we may pursue to justify proceeding to advanced clinical trials or an application for regulatory approval.

The results of nonclinical and preclinical studies and Phase 1 or Phase 2 clinical trials of AG10 or any other product candidates that we may pursue may not be predictive of the results of later-stage clinical trials, and

 

16


Table of Contents

interim results of a clinical trial do not necessarily predict final results. For example, our preclinical and preliminary clinical observations that AG10 potently stabilizes TTR in human serum may not be replicated in later stage clinical trials. Additionally, some of our preclinical studies in which AG10 demonstrated greater TTR stabilization and inhibition of amyloid fibril formation than tafamidis were conducted using synthesized, research-grade tafamidis and therefore may not be indicative of the comparative efficacy of AG10 to commercially available tafamidis. The results of clinical trials in one set of patients or disease indications may not be predictive of those obtained in another. In some instances, there can be significant variability in safety or efficacy results between different clinical trials of the same product candidate due to numerous factors, including changes in trial procedures set forth in protocols, differences in the size and type of the patient populations, changes in and adherence to the dosing regimen and other clinical trial protocols and the rate of dropout among clinical trial participants. In addition, preclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to various interpretations and analyses, and many companies that have believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies and clinical trials have nonetheless failed to obtain marketing approval. Product candidates in later stages of clinical trials may fail to show the desired safety and efficacy profile despite having progressed through nonclinical studies and initial clinical trials. A number of companies in the biopharmaceutical industry have suffered significant setbacks in advanced clinical trials due to lack of efficacy or adverse safety profiles, notwithstanding promising results in earlier studies, and we cannot be certain that we will not face similar setbacks. Even if early stage clinical trials are successful, we may need to conduct additional clinical trials of AG10 or other product candidates that we may pursue in additional patient populations or under different treatment conditions before we are able to seek approvals from the FDA and regulatory authorities outside the United States to market and sell these product candidates. Our failure obtain marketing approval for AG10 or any other product candidate we may choose to develop in our ongoing and any future clinical trials would substantially harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We may encounter difficulties enrolling patients in our clinical trials, and our clinical development activities could thereby be delayed or otherwise adversely affected.

The timely completion of clinical trials in accordance with their protocols depends, among other things, on our ability to enroll a sufficient number of patients who remain in the trial until its conclusion. We may experience difficulties in patient enrollment in our clinical trials for a variety of reasons, including:

 

 

the size and nature of the patient population;

 

 

the patient eligibility criteria defined in the applicable clinical trial protocols, which may limit the patient populations eligible for our clinical trials to a greater extent than competing clinical trials for the same indication;

 

 

the size of the study population required for analysis of the trial’s primary endpoints;

 

 

the proximity of patients to a trial site;

 

 

the design of the trial;

 

 

our ability to recruit clinical trial investigators with the appropriate competencies and experience;

 

 

the approval of competing product candidates currently under development for ATTR, or competing clinical trials for similar therapies or targeting patient populations meeting our patient eligibility criteria;

 

 

clinicians’ and patients’ perceptions as to the potential advantages and side effects of the product candidate being studied in relation to other available therapies and product candidates;

 

 

our ability to obtain and maintain patient consents; and

 

17


Table of Contents
 

the risk that patients enrolled in clinical trials will not complete such trials, for any reason.

If we have difficulty enrolling sufficient numbers of patients to conduct our clinical trials as planned, we may need to delay or terminate ongoing or planned clinical trials, either of which would have an adverse effect on our business.

If serious adverse events or unacceptable side effects are identified during the development of AG10 or other product candidates that we may develop, we may need to delay, limit or terminate our clinical development activities.

Clinical trials by their nature utilize a sample of the potential patient population. Our Phase 2 clinical trial of AG10 for ATTR-CM is designed to enroll approximately 45 subjects. Subject to the successful completion of our Phase 2 clinical trial of AG10 in ATTR-CM and authorization from applicable regulatory authorities, we also plan to initiate a Phase 3 clinical trial of AG10 in up to 130 symptomatic ATTR-PN subjects in early 2019. To date, we have only begun to evaluate AG10 in a limited number of subjects at a limited duration of exposure in our Phase 1 clinical trial and the duration of exposure in our Phase 2 and 3 clinical trials is expected to be significantly longer. Accordingly, any rare and severe side effects of AG10 may be uncovered in later stages of our Phase 2 clinical trial or in any larger, subsequent trials that we may conduct, such as our planned Phase 3 clinical trial of AG10 for ATTR-PN. Additionally, although our animal safety pharmacology studies of AG10 demonstrated a wide safety margin between anticipated therapeutic exposures and doses associated with toxicity and no dose limiting toxicities were established in the 90 day GLP toxicology dog study, in prior toxicology studies of shorter duration, at doses above the no adverse effect level, dogs experienced dose limiting toxicities of gastrointestinal effects including vomiting, dehydration and weight loss. Many product candidates that initially showed promise in early stage testing have later been found to cause side effects that prevented their further development. If AG10 or any product candidates that we may develop are associated with undesirable side effects in clinical trials or have characteristics that are unexpected, we may need to abandon their development or limit their development to more narrow uses or subpopulations in which the undesirable side effects or other characteristics are less prevalent, less severe or more acceptable from a risk-benefit perspective, which could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We may in the future conduct clinical trials for AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify outside the United States, and the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities may not accept data from such trials.

We may in the future choose to conduct one or more of our clinical trials outside the United States, including in Europe. For instance, subject to the successful completion of our Phase 2 clinical trial of AG10 in ATTR-CM and authorization from applicable regulatory authorities, we plan to initiate a Phase 3 clinical trial of AG10 in up to 130 symptomatic ATTR-PN subjects in early 2019. We do not intend to file an IND with the FDA in connection with this clinical trial as it will be conducted outside of the United States. The acceptance of study data from clinical trials conducted outside the United States or another jurisdiction by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may be subject to certain conditions. In cases where data from foreign clinical trials are intended to serve as the basis for marketing approval in the United States, the FDA will generally not approve the application on the basis of foreign data alone unless (i) the data are applicable to the U.S. population and U.S. medical practice; and (ii) the trials were performed by clinical investigators of recognized competence and pursuant to cGCP regulations. Additionally, the FDA’s clinical trial requirements, including sufficient size of patient populations and statistical powering, must be met. Many foreign regulatory authorities have similar approval requirements. In addition, such foreign trials would be subject to the applicable local laws of the foreign jurisdictions where the trials are conducted. There can be no assurance that the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority will accept data from trials conducted outside of the United States or the

 

18


Table of Contents

applicable jurisdiction, including our planned Phase 3 clinical trial of AG10 in ATTR-PN. If the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority does not accept such data, it would result in the need for additional trials, which would be costly and time-consuming and delay aspects of our business plan, and which may result in AG10 or other product candidates that we may develop not receiving approval or clearance for commercialization in the applicable jurisdiction.

Even if we obtain FDA approval for AG10 or any other product candidates that we may identify and pursue in the United States, we may never obtain approval to commercialize AG10 or other product candidates that we may develop outside of the United States, which would limit our ability to realize their full market potential.

In order to market any products outside of the United States, we must establish and comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements of other countries regarding safety and effectiveness. Clinical trials conducted in one country may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other countries, and regulatory approval in one country does not mean that regulatory approval will be obtained in any other country. Approval processes vary among countries and can involve additional product testing and validation and additional administrative review periods. Seeking foreign regulatory approval could result in difficulties and costs for us and require additional non-clinical studies or clinical trials which could be costly and time-consuming. Regulatory requirements can vary widely from country to country and could delay or prevent the introduction of AG10 or any other product candidates that we may identify and pursue in those countries. The foreign regulatory approval process may include all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA approval. We do not have any product candidates approved for sale in any jurisdiction, including international markets, and we do not have experience in obtaining regulatory approval in international markets. If we fail to comply with regulatory requirements in international markets or to obtain and maintain required approvals, or if regulatory approval in international markets is delayed, our target market will be reduced and our ability to realize the full market potential of our products will be harmed.

Even though we may apply for orphan drug designation for AG10, we may not be able to obtain orphan drug marketing exclusivity for this product candidate or any of our other product candidates.

Our business strategy focuses on the development of product candidates for the treatment of transthyretin amyloidosis that may be eligible for FDA or European Union, or EU, orphan drug designation. Regulatory authorities in some jurisdictions, including the United States and the EU, may designate drugs for relatively small patient populations as orphan drugs. Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may designate a drug as an orphan drug if it is intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally defined as a patient population of fewer than 200,000 individuals annually in the United States, or a patient population greater than 200,000 in the United States where there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing the drug will be recovered from sales in the United States. In the EU, the Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products of the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, grants orphan drug designation to promote the development of products that are intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of a life-threatening or chronically debilitating condition affecting not more than five in 10,000 persons in the EU (or where it is unlikely that the development of the medicine would generate sufficient return to justify the investment) and for which no satisfactory method of diagnosis, prevention, or treatment is authorized or, if a method exists, the product would be of significant benefit to those affected by the condition. Although the diagnosed ATTR patient population in the United States is currently below 200,000, if the size of the population is shown to be greater as a result of increased rates of diagnosis or otherwise, ATTR may not in the future qualify as an orphan indication.

Generally, if a drug with an orphan drug designation subsequently receives the first marketing approval for the indication for which it has such designation, the drug is entitled to a period of marketing exclusivity, which precludes the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority from approving another marketing application for the same drug for that time period. The applicable period is seven years in the United States and 10 years in

 

19


Table of Contents

the EU. The EU exclusivity period can be reduced to six years if a drug no longer meets the criteria for orphan drug designation or if the drug is sufficiently profitable so that market exclusivity is no longer justified. Orphan drug exclusivity may be lost if the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority determines that the request for designation was materially defective or if the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient quantity of the drug to meet the needs of patients with the rare disease or condition.

Although we may apply for orphan drug designation for AG10 or other product candidates we may develop, applicable regulatory authorities may not grant us this designation. In addition, even if we obtain orphan drug exclusivity for AG10 or any other product candidate that we may develop, that exclusivity may not effectively protect the candidate from competition because different drugs can be approved for the same condition and the same drug can be approved for different conditions but used off-label. Even after an orphan drug is approved, the FDA can subsequently approve the same drug for the same condition if the FDA concludes that the later drug is clinically superior, in that it is shown to be safer, more effective or makes a major contribution to patient care. In addition, a designated orphan drug may not receive orphan drug exclusivity if it is approved for a use that is broader than the indication for which it received orphan designation. Orphan drug designation neither shortens the development or regulatory review time of a drug nor gives the drug any advantage in the regulatory review or approval process. While we may seek orphan drug designation for applicable indications for AG10 and any future product candidates, we may never receive such designations. Even if we do receive such designations, there is no guarantee that we will enjoy the benefits of those designations. Any inability to secure orphan drug designation or the exclusivity benefits of this designation would have an adverse impact on our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates.

We may not elect or be able to take advantage of any expedited development or regulatory review and approval processes available to product candidates granted breakthrough therapy or fast track designation by the FDA.

We intend to evaluate and continue ongoing discussions with the FDA on regulatory strategies to rapidly advance the development of AG10. For example, potential expedited development pathways include breakthrough therapy or fast track designation. The breakthrough therapy program is designed for product candidates intended to treat a serious or life-threatening condition, and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product candidate may demonstrate substantial improvement on a clinically significant endpoint(s) over available therapies. The fast track program is designed for product candidates that treat a serious or life-threatening condition, and nonclinical or clinical data demonstrate the potential to address an unmet medical need. Although we believe AG10 could potentially qualify under either or both of the breakthrough therapy and fast track programs, we may elect not to pursue either of these programs, and the FDA has broad discretion whether or not to grant these designations. Accordingly, even if we believe a particular product candidate is eligible for breakthrough therapy or fast track designation, we cannot assure you that the FDA would decide to grant it. Even if we do receive breakthrough therapy or fast track designation, we may not experience a faster development process, review or approval compared to conventional FDA procedures. The FDA may withdraw breakthrough therapy or fast track designation if it believes that the product no longer meets the qualifying criteria. Our business may be harmed if we are unable to avail ourselves of these or any other expedited development and regulatory pathways.

Even if we obtain regulatory approval for a product candidate, our products will remain subject to extensive regulatory scrutiny.

If AG10 or other product candidates that we may develop are approved, they will be subject to ongoing regulatory requirements for manufacturing, labeling, packaging, storage, advertising, promotion, sampling, record-keeping, conduct of post-marketing studies, and submission of safety, efficacy, and other post-market

 

20


Table of Contents

information, including both federal and state requirements in the United States and requirements of comparable foreign regulatory authorities.

Manufacturers and manufacturers’ facilities are required to comply with extensive requirements imposed by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities, including ensuring that quality control and manufacturing procedures conform to current good manufacturing practices, or cGMP, regulations. As such, we and our contract manufacturers will be subject to continual review and inspections to assess compliance with cGMP and adherence to commitments made in any NDA or marketing authorization application, or MAA. Accordingly, we and others with whom we work must continue to expend time, money, and effort in all areas of regulatory compliance, including manufacturing, production and quality control.

Any regulatory approvals that we receive for AG10 or other product candidates that we may develop will be subject to limitations on the approved indicated uses for which the product may be marketed and promoted or to the conditions of approval, or contain requirements for potentially costly post-marketing testing. We will be required to report certain adverse reactions and production problems, if any, to the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Any new legislation addressing drug safety issues could result in delays in product development or commercialization, or increased costs to assure compliance. The FDA and other agencies, including the Department of Justice, closely regulate and monitor the post-approval marketing and promotion of products to ensure that they are manufactured, marketed and distributed only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved labeling. We will have to comply with requirements concerning advertising and promotion for our products. Promotional communications with respect to prescription drugs are subject to a variety of legal and regulatory restrictions and must be consistent with the information in the product’s approved label. As such, we may not promote our products for indications or uses for which they do not have approval. The holder of an approved NDA or MAA must submit new or supplemental applications and obtain approval for certain changes to the approved product, product labeling, or manufacturing process. We could also be asked to conduct post-marketing clinical trials to verify the safety and efficacy of our products in general or in specific patient subsets. If original marketing approval was obtained via the accelerated approval pathway, we could be required to conduct a successful post-marketing clinical trial to confirm clinical benefit for our products. An unsuccessful post-marketing study or failure to complete such a study could result in the withdrawal of marketing approval.

If a regulatory agency discovers previously unknown problems with a product, such as adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with the facility where the product is manufactured, or disagrees with the promotion, marketing or labeling of a product, such regulatory agency may impose restrictions on that product or us, including requiring withdrawal of the product from the market. If we fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, a regulatory agency or enforcement authority may, among other things:

 

 

issue warning letters that would result in adverse publicity;

 

 

impose civil or criminal penalties;

 

 

suspend or withdraw regulatory approvals;

 

 

suspend any of our ongoing clinical trials;

 

 

refuse to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications submitted by us;

 

 

impose restrictions on our operations, including closing our contract manufacturers’ facilities;

 

 

seize or detain products; or

 

 

require a product recall.

 

21


Table of Contents

Any government investigation of alleged violations of law could require us to expend significant time and resources in response, and could generate negative publicity. Any failure to comply with ongoing regulatory requirements may significantly and adversely affect our ability to commercialize and generate revenue from our products. If regulatory sanctions are applied or if regulatory approval is withdrawn, the value of our company and our operating results will be adversely affected.

The FDA and other regulatory agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses.

If AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify are approved and we are found to have improperly promoted off-label uses of those products, we may become subject to significant liability. The FDA and other regulatory agencies strictly regulate the promotional claims that may be made about prescription products, such as AG10 if approved. In particular, a product may not be promoted for uses that are not approved by the FDA or such other regulatory agencies as reflected in the product’s approved labeling. If we are found to have promoted such off-label uses, we may become subject to significant liability. The federal government has levied large civil and criminal fines against companies for alleged improper promotion of off-label use and has enjoined several companies from engaging in off-label promotion. The FDA has also requested that companies enter into consent decrees or permanent injunctions under which specified promotional conduct is changed or curtailed. If we cannot successfully manage the promotion of our product candidates, if approved, we could become subject to significant liability, which would materially adversely affect our business and financial condition.

If we engage in acquisitions or strategic partnerships, this may increase our capital requirements, dilute our stockholders, cause us to incur debt or assume contingent liabilities, and subject us to other risks.

We may engage in various acquisitions and strategic partnerships in the future, including licensing or acquiring complementary products, intellectual property rights, technologies, or businesses. Any acquisition or strategic partnership may entail numerous risks, including:

 

 

increased operating expenses and cash requirements;

 

 

the assumption of indebtedness or contingent liabilities;

 

 

the issuance of our equity securities which would result in dilution to our stockholders;

 

 

assimilation of operations, intellectual property, products and product candidates of an acquired company, including difficulties associated with integrating new personnel;

 

 

the diversion of our management’s attention from our existing product programs and initiatives in pursuing such an acquisition or strategic partnership;

 

 

retention of key employees, the loss of key personnel, and uncertainties in our ability to maintain key business relationships;

 

 

risks and uncertainties associated with the other party to such a transaction, including the prospects of that party and their existing products or product candidates and regulatory approvals; and

 

 

our inability to generate revenue from acquired intellectual property, technology and/or products sufficient to meet our objectives or even to offset the associated transaction and maintenance costs.

In addition, if we undertake such a transaction, we may issue dilutive securities, assume or incur debt obligations, incur large one-time expenses and acquire intangible assets that could result in significant future amortization expense.

 

22


Table of Contents

Risks related to our reliance on third parties

We expect to rely on third parties to conduct our clinical trials and some aspects of our research and preclinical testing, and those third parties may not perform satisfactorily, including failing to meet deadlines for the completion of such trials, research, or testing.

We currently rely and expect to continue to rely on third parties, such as CROs, clinical data management organizations, medical institutions, and clinical investigators, to conduct some aspects of our research and preclinical testing and our clinical trials. Any of these third parties may terminate their engagements with us or be unable to fulfill their contractual obligations. If any of our relationships with these third parties terminate, we may not be able to enter into arrangements with alternative third parties on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we need to enter into alternative arrangements, it would delay our product development activities.

Our reliance on these third parties for research and development activities reduces our control over these activities but does not relieve us of our responsibilities. For example, we remain responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the general investigational plan and protocols for the trial. Moreover, the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities require us to comply with cGCPs for conducting, recording, and reporting the results of clinical trials to assure that data and reported results are credible, reproducible and accurate and that the rights, integrity, and confidentiality of trial participants are protected. For any violations of laws and regulations during the conduct of our clinical trials, we could be subject to untitled and warning letters or enforcement action that may include civil penalties up to and including criminal prosecution. We also are required to register ongoing clinical trials and post the results of completed clinical trials on a government-sponsored database within certain timeframes. Failure to do so can result in fines, adverse publicity, and civil and criminal sanctions.

If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, meet expected deadlines, or conduct our clinical trials in accordance with regulatory requirements or our stated protocols, we will not be able to obtain, or may be delayed in obtaining, marketing approvals for any product candidates we may develop and will not be able to, or may be delayed in our efforts to, successfully commercialize our medicines. Our failure or the failure of these third parties to comply applicable regulatory requirements or our stated protocols could also subject us to enforcement action.

We also expect to rely on other third parties to store and distribute drug supplies for our clinical trials. Any performance failure on the part of our distributors could delay clinical development or marketing approval of any product candidates we may develop or commercialization of our medicines, producing additional losses and depriving us of potential product revenue.

We rely entirely on third parties for the manufacturing of AG10 or other product candidates that we may develop for preclinical studies and clinical trials and expect to continue to do so for commercialization. Our business could be harmed if those third parties fail to provide us with sufficient quantities of drug product, or fail to do so at acceptable quality levels or prices.

We do not currently have, nor do we plan to acquire, the infrastructure or capability internally to manufacture drug supplies for our ongoing Phase 2 clinical trial of AG10 or any future clinical trials that we may conduct, and we lack the resources to manufacture any product candidates on a commercial scale. We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third-party manufacturers to produce AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify for our clinical trials, as well as for commercial manufacture if any of our product candidates receives marketing approval. Although we generally do not begin a clinical trial unless we believe we have a sufficient supply of a product candidate to complete the trial, any significant delay or discontinuity in the supply of a product candidate, or the raw material components thereof, for an ongoing clinical trial due to the need to

 

23


Table of Contents

replace a third-party manufacturer could considerably delay the clinical development and potential regulatory approval of our product candidates, which could harm our business and results of operations. We also expect to rely on third parties for the manufacturing of commercial supply of AG10 or any other product candidates, if approved.

We may be unable to establish any agreements with third-party manufacturers or to do so on acceptable terms. Even if we are able to establish agreements with third-party manufacturers, reliance on third-party manufacturers entails additional risks, including:

 

 

reliance on the third party for regulatory compliance and quality assurance;

 

 

the possible breach of the manufacturing agreement by the third party;

 

 

the possible misappropriation of our proprietary information, including our trade secrets and know-how; and

 

 

the possible termination or non-renewal of the agreement by the third party at a time that is costly or inconvenient for us.

Furthermore, all of our contract manufacturers are engaged with other companies to supply and/or manufacture materials or products for such companies, which exposes our manufacturers to regulatory risks for the production of such materials and products. As a result, failure to meet the regulatory requirements for the production of those materials and products may affect the regulatory clearance of our contract manufacturers’ facilities generally. If the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory agency does not approve these facilities for the manufacture of our product candidates or if any agency withdraws its approval in the future, we may need to find alternative manufacturing facilities, which would negatively impact our ability to develop, obtain regulatory approval for or market our product candidates, if approved.

AG10 and any future product candidates that we may develop may compete with other product candidates and marketed drugs for access to manufacturing facilities. Any performance failure on the part of our existing or future manufacturers could delay clinical development or marketing approval. We are currently manufacturing AG10 through a third party and have adequate supplies to conduct our ongoing Phase 2 clinical trial. We do not currently have arrangements in place for redundant supply or a second source for bulk drug substance. If we are unable to enter into relationships with additional contract manufacturers, or our current or future contract manufacturers cannot perform as agreed, we may experience delays and incur additional costs in our clinical development and commercialization activities. Our current and anticipated future dependence upon others for the manufacturing of AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify or marketed drugs may adversely affect our future profit margins and our ability to commercialize any product candidates that receive marketing approval on a timely and competitive basis.

If the contract manufacturing facilities on which we rely do not continue to meet regulatory requirements or are unable to meet our supply demands, our business will be harmed.

All entities involved in the preparation of therapeutics for clinical trials or commercial sale, including our existing contract manufacturers for AG10, are subject to extensive regulation. Components of a finished therapeutic product approved for commercial sale or used in late-stage clinical trials must be manufactured in accordance with cGMP, or similar regulatory requirements outside the United States. These regulations govern manufacturing processes and procedures, including recordkeeping, and the implementation and operation of quality systems to control and assure the quality of investigational products and products approved for sale. Poor control of production processes can lead to the introduction of contaminants or to inadvertent changes in the properties or stability of AG10. Our failure, or the failure of our third-party manufacturers, to comply with applicable regulations could result in sanctions being imposed on us, including clinical holds, fines, injunctions,

 

24


Table of Contents

civil penalties, delays, suspension or withdrawal of approvals, license revocation, suspension of production, seizures or recalls of product candidates or marketed drugs, operating restrictions and criminal prosecutions, any of which could significantly and adversely affect clinical or commercial supplies of AG10.

We or our contract manufacturers must supply all necessary documentation in support of an NDA or MAA on a timely basis and must adhere to regulations enforced by the FDA and other regulatory agencies through their facilities inspection program. Some of our contract manufacturers have never produced a commercially approved pharmaceutical product and therefore have not obtained the requisite regulatory authority approvals to do so. The facilities and quality systems of some or all of our third-party contractors must pass a pre-approval inspection for compliance with the applicable regulations as a condition of regulatory approval of AG10 or any of our other potential products. In addition, the regulatory authorities may, at any time, audit or inspect a manufacturing facility involved with the preparation of AG10 or our other potential products or the associated quality systems for compliance with the regulations applicable to the activities being conducted. Although we oversee the contract manufacturers, we cannot control the manufacturing process of, and are completely dependent on, our contract manufacturing partners for compliance with the regulatory requirements. If these facilities do not pass a pre-approval plant inspection, regulatory approval of the products may not be granted or may be substantially delayed until any violations are corrected to the satisfaction of the regulatory authority, if ever.

The regulatory authorities also may, at any time following approval of a product for sale, audit the manufacturing facilities of our third-party contractors. If any such inspection or audit identifies a failure to comply with applicable regulations or if a violation of our product specifications or applicable regulations occurs independent of such an inspection or audit, we or the relevant regulatory authority may require remedial measures that may be costly and/or time consuming for us or a third party to implement, and that may include the temporary or permanent suspension of a clinical study or commercial sales or the temporary or permanent closure of a facility. Any such remedial measures imposed upon us or third parties with whom we contract could materially harm our business.

Additionally, if supply from one approved manufacturer is interrupted, an alternative manufacturer would need to be qualified through an NDA supplement or MAA variation, or equivalent foreign regulatory filing, which could result in further delay. The regulatory agencies may also require additional studies if a new manufacturer is relied upon for commercial production. Switching manufacturers may involve substantial costs and is likely to result in a delay in our desired clinical and commercial timelines.

These factors could cause us to incur higher costs and could cause the delay or termination of clinical trials, regulatory submissions, required approvals, or commercialization of AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify. Furthermore, if our suppliers fail to meet contractual requirements and we are unable to secure one or more replacement suppliers capable of production at a substantially equivalent cost, our clinical trials may be delayed or we could lose potential revenue.

Risks related to our intellectual property

If we are unable to obtain and maintain sufficient intellectual property protection for AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify, or if the scope of the intellectual property protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize product candidates similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize AG10 and other product candidates that we may pursue may be impaired.

As is the case with other biopharmaceutical companies, our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain protection of the intellectual property we may own solely and jointly with others,

 

25


Table of Contents

particularly patents, in the United States and other countries with respect to our product candidates and technology. We seek to protect our proprietary position by filing patent applications in the United States and abroad related to AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify.

Obtaining and enforcing biopharmaceutical patents is costly, time consuming and complex, and we may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications, or maintain, enforce and license any patents that may issue from such patent applications, at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development output before it is too late to obtain patent protection. We may not have the right to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications, or to maintain the rights to patents licensed to third parties. Therefore, these patents and applications may not be prosecuted and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business.

The patent position of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies generally is highly uncertain, involves complex legal, technological and factual questions and has in recent years been the subject of much litigation. In addition, the laws of foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, or vice versa. Further, we may not be aware of all third-party intellectual property rights potentially relating to our product candidates. Publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing or, in some cases, not at all. Therefore, we cannot know with certainty whether we were the first to make the inventions claimed in our patents or pending patent applications, or that we were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our patent rights are highly uncertain. Our pending and future patent applications may not result in patents being issued that protect our product candidates, in whole or in part, or which effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive product candidates. Even if our patent applications issue as patents, they may not issue in a form that will provide us with any meaningful protection, prevent competitors from competing with us or otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. Our competitors may be able to circumvent our patents by developing similar or alternative product candidates in a non-infringing manner.

Moreover, we may be subject to a third-party preissuance submission of prior art to the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or the USPTO, or become involved in opposition, derivation, reexamination, inter partes review, post-grant review or interference proceedings challenging our patent rights or the patent rights of others. An adverse determination in any such submission, proceeding or litigation could reduce the scope of, or invalidate, our patent rights, allow third parties to commercialize our product candidates and compete directly with us, without payment to us, or result in our inability to manufacture or commercialize drugs without infringing third-party patent rights. In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our patents and patent applications is threatened, regardless of the outcome, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to license, develop or commercialize current or future product candidates.

In addition, the issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, and our patents may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. Such challenges may result in loss of exclusivity or freedom to operate or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable, in whole or in part, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical product candidates, or limit the duration of the patent protection of our product candidates. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. As a result, our patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing drugs similar or identical to ours.

 

26


Table of Contents

If we fail to comply with our obligations in the agreements under which we license intellectual property rights from third parties or these agreements are terminated or we otherwise experience disruptions to our business relationships with our licensors, we could lose intellectual property rights that are important to our business.

We are a party to an exclusive license agreement with Stanford and may need to obtain additional licenses from others to advance our research and development activities or allow the commercialization of AG10 or any other product candidates we may identify and pursue. Our license agreement with Stanford imposes, and we expect that future license agreements will impose, various development, diligence, commercialization, and other obligations on us. For example, under our license agreement with Stanford we are required to use commercially reasonable efforts to engage in various development and commercialization activities with respect to licensed products, and must satisfy specified milestone and royalty payment obligations. In spite of our efforts, our licensors might conclude that we have materially breached our obligations under such license agreements and might therefore terminate the license agreements, thereby removing or limiting our ability to develop and commercialize products and technology covered by these license agreements. If our license agreement with Stanford is terminated, competitors or other third parties would have the freedom to seek regulatory approval of, and to market, products identical to AG10 and we may be required to cease our development and commercialization of AG10. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial conditions, results of operations and prospects.

Moreover, disputes may arise regarding intellectual property subject to a licensing agreement, including:

 

 

the scope of rights granted under the license agreement and other interpretation-related issues;

 

 

the extent to which our product candidates, technology and processes infringe on intellectual property of the licensor that is not subject to the licensing agreement;

 

 

the sublicensing of patent and other rights under our collaborative development relationships;

 

 

our diligence obligations under the license agreement and what activities satisfy those diligence obligations;

 

 

the inventorship and ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from the joint creation or use of intellectual property by our licensors and us and our partners; and

 

 

the priority of invention of patented technology.

In addition, certain provisions in our license agreement with Stanford may be susceptible to multiple interpretations. The resolution of any contract interpretation disagreement that may arise could narrow what we believe to be the scope of our rights to the relevant intellectual property or technology, or increase what we believe to be our financial or other obligations under the agreement, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Moreover, if disputes over intellectual property that we have licensed prevent or impair our ability to maintain our current licensing arrangements on commercially acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize the affected product candidates, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial conditions, results of operations and prospects.

Third-party claims of intellectual property infringement may prevent or delay our development and commercialization efforts.

Our commercial success depends in part on our avoiding infringement of the patents and proprietary rights of third parties. However, our research, development and commercialization activities may be subject to claims that we infringe or otherwise violate patents or other intellectual property rights owned or controlled by third parties. There is a substantial amount of litigation, both within and outside the United States, involving patent

 

27


Table of Contents

and other intellectual property rights in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, including patent infringement lawsuits, interferences, oppositions and inter partes reexamination proceedings before the USPTO, and corresponding foreign patent offices. Numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications, which are owned by third parties, exist in the fields in which we are pursuing development candidates. As the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries expand and more patents are issued, the risk increases that AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify may be subject to claims of infringement of the patent rights of third parties.

Third parties may assert that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization. There may be third-party patents or patent applications with claims to materials, formulations, methods of manufacture or methods for treatment related to the use or manufacture of AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify. Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending patent applications which may later result in issued patents that AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify may infringe. In addition, third parties may obtain patents in the future and claim that use of our technologies infringes upon these patents. If any third-party patents were held by a court of competent jurisdiction to cover the manufacturing process of AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify, any molecules formed during the manufacturing process or any final product itself, the holders of any such patents may be able to block our ability to commercialize such product candidate unless we obtained a license under the applicable patents, or until such patents expire.

Similarly, if any third-party patents were held by a court of competent jurisdiction to cover aspects of our formulations, processes for manufacture or methods of use, including combination therapy, the holders of any such patents may be able to block our ability to develop and commercialize the applicable product candidate unless we obtained a license or until such patent expires. In either case, such a license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or it may be non-exclusive, which could result in our competitors gaining access to the same intellectual property.

Parties making claims against us may obtain injunctive or other equitable relief, which could effectively block our ability to further develop and commercialize AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify. Defense of these claims, regardless of their merit, would involve substantial litigation expense and would be a substantial diversion of employee resources from our business. In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us, we may have to pay substantial damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees for willful infringement, pay royalties, redesign our infringing products or obtain one or more licenses from third parties, which may be impossible or require substantial time and monetary expenditure.

Parties making claims against us may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation or administrative proceedings, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure. In addition, any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation could have material adverse effect on our ability to raise additional funds or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Patent terms may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on our product candidates for an adequate amount of time.

Patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, if all maintenance fees are timely paid, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years from its earliest U.S. non-provisional filing date. Various extensions may be available, but the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Even if patents covering our product candidates are obtained, once the patent life has expired, we may be open to competition from

 

28


Table of Contents

competitive products, including generics or biosimilars. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. As a result, our owned and licensed patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours.

If we are not able to obtain patent term extension or non-patent exclusivity in the United States under the Hatch-Waxman Act and in foreign countries under similar legislation, thereby potentially extending the term of our marketing exclusivity for AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify, our business may be materially harmed.

Depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of FDA marketing approval of AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify, one of the U.S. patents covering each of such product candidates or the use thereof may be eligible for up to five years of patent term extension under the Hatch-Waxman Act. The Hatch-Waxman Act allows a maximum of one patent to be extended per FDA approved product as compensation for the patent term lost during the FDA regulatory review process. A patent term extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval and only those claims covering such approved drug product, a method for using it or a method for manufacturing it may be extended. Patent term extension also may be available in certain foreign countries upon regulatory approval of our product candidates. Nevertheless, we may not be granted patent term extension either in the United States or in any foreign country because of, for example, failing to exercise due diligence during the testing phase or regulatory review process, failing to apply within applicable deadlines, failing to apply prior to expiration of relevant patents or otherwise failing to satisfy applicable requirements. Moreover, the term of extension, as well as the scope of patent protection during any such extension, afforded by the governmental authority could be less than we request.

If we are unable to obtain patent term extension or restoration, or the term of any such extension is less than we request, the period during which we will have the right to exclusively market our product may be shortened and our competitors may obtain approval of competing products following our patent expiration sooner, and our revenue could be reduced, possibly materially.

It is possible that we will not obtain patent term extension under the Hatch-Waxman Act for a U.S. patent covering AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify even where that patent is eligible for patent term extension, or if we obtain such an extension, it may be for a shorter period than we had sought. Further, for our licensed patents, we do not have the right to control prosecution, including filing with the USPTO, a petition for patent term extension under the Hatch-Waxman Act. Thus, if one of our licensed patents is eligible for patent term extension under the Hatch-Waxman Act, we may not be able to control whether a petition to obtain a patent term extension is filed, or obtained, from the USPTO.

Also, there are detailed rules and requirements regarding the patents that may be submitted to the FDA for listing in the Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations, or the Orange Book. We may be unable to obtain patents covering our product candidates that contain one or more claims that satisfy the requirements for listing in the Orange Book. Even if we submit a patent for listing in the Orange Book, the FDA may decline to list the patent, or a manufacturer of generic drugs may challenge the listing. If one of our product candidates is approved and a patent covering that product candidate is not listed in the Orange Book, a manufacturer of generic drugs would not have to provide advance notice to us of any abbreviated new drug application filed with the FDA to obtain permission to sell a generic version of such product candidate.

 

29


Table of Contents

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, the value of our technology could be materially adversely affected and our business would be harmed.

We seek to protect our confidential proprietary information, in part, by confidentiality agreements and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants, scientific advisors, contractors and collaborators. These agreements are designed to protect our proprietary information. However, we cannot be certain that such agreements have been entered into with all relevant parties, and we cannot be certain that our trade secrets and other confidential proprietary information will not be disclosed or that competitors will not otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or independently develop substantially equivalent information and techniques. For example, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our confidential proprietary information by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems, but it is possible that these security measures could be breached. If any of our confidential proprietary information were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent such competitor from using that technology or information to compete with us, which could harm our competitive position.

Although we are not currently involved in any litigation, we may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or other intellectual property, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.

Competitors may infringe our patents or other intellectual property. Although we are not currently involved in any litigation, if we were to initiate legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify, the defendant could counterclaim that the patent covering our product candidate is invalid and/or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity and/or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness, written description or non-enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the USPTO, or made a misleading statement, during prosecution. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. Interference or derivation proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by us or declared by the USPTO may be necessary to determine the priority of inventions with respect to our patents or patent applications. An unfavorable outcome could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or if a non-exclusive license is offered and our competitors gain access to the same technology. Our defense of litigation or interference or derivation proceedings may fail and, even if successful, may result in substantial costs and distract our management and other employees. In addition, the uncertainties associated with litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our clinical trials, continue our research programs, license necessary technology from third parties, or enter into development partnerships that would help us bring AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify to market. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions, or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a material adverse effect on the price of our common stock.

 

30


Table of Contents

We may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship of our patents and other intellectual property.

We or our licensors may be subject to claims that former employees, collaborators or other third parties have an interest in our owned or in-licensed patents, trade secrets, or other intellectual property as an inventor or co-inventor. For example, we or our licensors may have inventorship disputes arise from conflicting obligations of employees, consultants or others who are involved in developing our product candidates. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging inventorship or our or our licensors’ ownership of our owned or in-licensed patents, trade secrets or other intellectual property. If we or our licensors fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, intellectual property that is important to our product candidates. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Issued patents covering our product candidates could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged in court.

If we or one of our licensing partners initiated legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering one of AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify, the defendant could counterclaim that the patent covering our product candidate is invalid and/or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity and/or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness or non-enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the USPTO, or made a misleading statement, during prosecution. Third parties may also raise similar claims before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, even outside the context of litigation. Such mechanisms include re-examination, post grant review, and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions (e.g., opposition proceedings). Such proceedings could result in revocation or amendment to our patents in such a way that they no longer cover AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art, of which we and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity and/or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on our product candidates. Such a loss of patent protection would have a material adverse impact on our business.

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of third parties or that our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their former employers.

As is common in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industry, we employ individuals who were previously employed at universities or other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees, consultants and independent contractors do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or our employees, consultants or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any of our employee’s former employer or other third parties. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel, which could adversely impact our business. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees.

 

31


Table of Contents

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on patents and/or applications will be due to be paid to the USPTO and various governmental patent agencies outside of the United States in several stages over the lifetime of the patents and/or applications. We have systems in place to remind us to pay these fees, and we employ an outside firm and rely on our outside counsel to pay these fees due to non-U.S. patent agencies. The USPTO and various non-U.S. governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. We employ reputable law firms and other professionals to help us comply, and in many cases, an inadvertent lapse can be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules. However, there are situations in which non-compliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, our competitors might be able to enter the market and this circumstance would have a material adverse effect on our business.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on our product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States can be less extensive than those in the United States. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and may also export infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our products and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents, trade secrets, and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biotechnology products, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions, whether or not successful, could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.

Changes in U.S. patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products.

Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of patent applications and the enforcement or defense of issued patents. Assuming that other requirements for patentability are met, prior to March 2013, in the United States, the first to invent the claimed invention was entitled to the patent, while outside the United

 

32


Table of Contents

States, the first to file a patent application was entitled to the patent. After March 2013, under the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the America Invents Act, enacted in September 2011, the United States transitioned to a first inventor to file system in which, assuming that other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application will be entitled to the patent on an invention regardless of whether a third party was the first to invent the claimed invention. A third party that files a patent application in the USPTO after March 2013, but before us could therefore be awarded a patent covering an invention of ours even if we had made the invention before it was made by such third party. This will require us to be cognizant of the time from invention to filing of a patent application. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing or until issuance, we cannot be certain that we or our licensors were the first to either (i) file any patent application related to our product candidates or (ii) invent any of the inventions claimed in our or our licensor’s patents or patent applications.

The America Invents Act also includes a number of significant changes that affect the way patent applications will be prosecuted and also may affect patent litigation. These include allowing third party submission of prior art to the USPTO during patent prosecution and additional procedures to attack the validity of a patent by USPTO administered post-grant proceedings, including post-grant review, inter partes review, and derivation proceedings. Because of a lower evidentiary standard in USPTO proceedings compared to the evidentiary standard in United States federal courts necessary to invalidate a patent claim, a third party could potentially provide evidence in a USPTO proceeding sufficient for the USPTO to hold a claim invalid even though the same evidence would be insufficient to invalidate the claim if first presented in a district court action. Accordingly, a third party may attempt to use the USPTO procedures to invalidate our patent claims that would not have been invalidated if first challenged by the third party as a defendant in a district court action. Therefore, the America Invents Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our owned or in-licensed patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our owned or in-licensed issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

In addition, the patent positions of companies in the development and commercialization of pharmaceuticals are particularly uncertain. Recent U.S. Supreme Court rulings have narrowed the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances and weakened the rights of patent owners in certain situations. This combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the validity and enforceability of patents, once obtained. Depending on future actions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts, and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that could have a material adverse effect on our existing patent portfolio and our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property in the future.

Risks related to commercialization

Even if any product candidates we develop receive marketing approval, they may fail to achieve the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, healthcare payors, and others in the medical community necessary for commercial success.

The commercial success of AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify will depend upon its degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors, and others in the medical community. Even if any product candidates we may develop receive marketing approval, they may nonetheless fail to gain sufficient market acceptance by physicians, patients, healthcare payors, and others in the medical community. The degree of market acceptance of any product candidates we may develop, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

 

the efficacy and safety of such product candidates as demonstrated in pivotal clinical trials and published in peer-reviewed journals;

 

33


Table of Contents
 

the potential and perceived advantages compared to alternative treatments;

 

 

the ability to offer our products for sale at competitive prices;

 

 

the ability to offer appropriate patient access programs, such as co-pay assistance;

 

 

the extent to which physicians recommend our products to their patients;

 

 

convenience and ease of dosing and administration compared to alternative treatments;

 

 

the clinical indications for which the product candidate is approved by FDA or comparable regulatory agencies;

 

 

product labeling or product insert requirements of the FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities, including any limitations, contraindications or warnings contained in a product’s approved labeling;

 

 

restrictions on how the product is distributed;

 

 

the timing of market introduction of competitive products;

 

 

publicity concerning our products or competing products and treatments;

 

 

the strength of marketing and distribution support;

 

 

favorable third-party coverage and sufficient reimbursement; and

 

 

the prevalence and severity of any side effects.

If any product candidates we develop do not achieve an adequate level of acceptance, we may not generate significant product revenue, and we may not become profitable.

If, in the future, we are unable to establish sales and marketing capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to sell and market any product candidates we may develop, we may not be successful in commercializing those product candidates if and when they are approved.

We do not have a sales or marketing infrastructure and have little experience in the sale, marketing, or distribution of pharmaceutical products. To achieve commercial success for any approved product for which we retain sales and marketing responsibilities, we must either develop a sales and marketing organization or outsource these functions to third parties. In the future, we may choose to build a focused sales, marketing, and commercial support infrastructure to market and sell AG10 and any other product candidates we may identify, if and when they are approved. We may also elect to enter into collaborations or strategic partnerships with third parties to engage in commercialization activities, although there is no guarantee we will be able to enter into these arrangements even if we intend to do so.

There are risks involved with both establishing our own commercial capabilities and entering into arrangements with third parties to perform these services. For example, recruiting and training a sales force or reimbursement specialists is expensive and time consuming and could delay any product launch. If the commercial launch of a product candidate for which we recruit a sales force and establish marketing and other commercialization capabilities is delayed or does not occur for any reason, we would have prematurely or unnecessarily incurred these commercialization expenses. This may be costly, and our investment would be lost if we cannot retain or reposition our commercialization personnel.

Factors that may inhibit our efforts to commercialize any approved product on our own include:

 

 

our inability to recruit and retain adequate numbers of effective sales, marketing, reimbursement, customer service, medical affairs, and other support personnel;

 

34


Table of Contents
 

the inability of sales personnel to obtain access to physicians or persuade adequate numbers of physicians to prescribe any future approved products;

 

 

the inability of reimbursement professionals to negotiate arrangements for formulary access, reimbursement, and other acceptance by payors;

 

 

the inability to price our products at a sufficient price point to ensure an adequate and attractive level of profitability;

 

 

restricted or closed distribution channels that make it difficult to distribute our products to segments of the patient population;

 

 

the lack of complementary products to be offered by sales personnel, which may put us at a competitive disadvantage relative to companies with more extensive product lines; and

 

 

unforeseen costs and expenses associated with creating an independent commercialization organization.

If we enter into arrangements with third parties to perform sales, marketing, commercial support, and distribution services, our product revenue or the profitability of product revenue may be lower than if we were to market and sell any products we may develop ourselves. In addition, we may not be successful in entering into arrangements with third parties to commercialize AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify or may be unable to do so on terms that are favorable to us. We may have little control over such third parties, and any of them may fail to devote the necessary resources and attention to sell and market our products effectively. If we do not establish commercialization capabilities successfully, either on our own or in collaboration with third parties, we will not be successful in commercializing our product candidates if approved.

The insurance coverage and reimbursement status of newly-approved products is uncertain. AG10 and any other product candidates that we may develop may become subject to unfavorable pricing regulations, third-party reimbursement practices, or healthcare reform initiatives, which would harm our business. Failure to obtain or maintain adequate coverage and reimbursement for new or current products could limit our ability to market those products and decrease our ability to generate revenue.

Our ability to successfully commercialize AG10 or any other products that we may develop also will depend in part on the extent to which reimbursement for these products and related treatments will be available from government health administration authorities, private health insurers, and other organizations. Government authorities and third-party payors, such as private health insurers and health maintenance organizations, decide which medications they will pay for and establish reimbursement levels. The availability and extent of reimbursement by governmental and private payors is essential for most patients to be able to afford treatments such as AG10. Sales of AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify will depend substantially, both domestically and abroad, on the extent to which the costs of our product candidates will be paid by health maintenance, managed care, pharmacy benefit and similar healthcare management organizations, or reimbursed by government health administration authorities, private health coverage insurers and other third-party payors. If reimbursement is not available, or is available only to limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize AG10 or any other product candidates we may identify. Even if coverage is provided, the approved reimbursement amount may not be high enough to allow us to establish or maintain pricing sufficient to realize a sufficient return on our investment.

A primary trend in the U.S. healthcare industry and elsewhere is cost containment. Government authorities and third-party payors have attempted to control costs by limiting coverage and the amount of reimbursement for particular medications. In many countries, the prices of medical products are subject to varying price control

 

35


Table of Contents

mechanisms as part of national health systems. In general, the prices of medicines under such systems are substantially lower than in the United States. Other countries allow companies to fix their own prices for medicines, but monitor and control company profits. Additional foreign price controls or other changes in pricing regulation could restrict the amount that we are able to charge for AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify. Accordingly, in markets outside the United States, the reimbursement for our products may be reduced compared with the United States and may be insufficient to generate commercially reasonable revenues and profits.

There is also significant uncertainty related to the insurance coverage and reimbursement of newly approved products and coverage may be more limited than the purposes for which the medicine is approved by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. In the United States, the principal decisions about reimbursement for new medicines are typically made by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, an agency within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. CMS decides whether and to what extent a new medicine will be covered and reimbursed under Medicare and private payors tend to follow CMS to a substantial degree. No uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for products exists among third-party payors and coverage and reimbursement levels for products can differ significantly from payor to payor. As a result, the coverage determination process is often a time consuming and costly process that may require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our products to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be applied consistently or obtained in the first instance. It is difficult to predict what CMS will decide with respect to reimbursement for fundamentally novel products such as ours, as there is no body of established practices and precedents for these new products. Reimbursement agencies in Europe may be more conservative than CMS. For example, a number of cancer drugs have been approved for reimbursement in the United States and have not been approved for reimbursement in certain European countries. Moreover, eligibility for reimbursement does not imply that any drug will be paid for in all cases or at a rate that covers our costs, including research, development, manufacture, sale, and distribution. Interim reimbursement levels for new drugs, if applicable, may also not be sufficient to cover our costs and may not be made permanent. Reimbursement rates may vary according to the use of the drug and the clinical setting in which it is used, may be based on reimbursement levels already set for lower cost drugs and may be incorporated into existing payments for other services. Our inability to promptly obtain coverage and profitable payment rates from both government-funded and private payors for any approved products we may develop could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, our ability to raise capital needed to commercialize product candidates, and our overall financial condition.

Government authorities currently impose mandatory discounts for certain patient groups, such as Medicare, Medicaid and Veterans Affairs, or VA, hospitals, and may seek to increase such discounts at any time. Future regulation both domestically and abroad may negatively impact the price of our products, if approved. Increasingly, third-party payors are requiring that drug companies provide them with predetermined discounts from list prices and are challenging the prices charged for medical products. We cannot be sure that reimbursement will be available for any product candidate that we commercialize and, if reimbursement is available, the level of reimbursement. Reimbursement may impact the demand for, or the price of, any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval. In order to obtain reimbursement, physicians may need to show that patients have superior treatment outcomes with our products compared to standard of care drugs, including lower-priced generic versions of standard of care drugs. We expect to experience pricing pressures in connection with the sale of any of our product candidates, due to the trend toward managed healthcare, the increasing influence of health maintenance organizations and additional legislative changes. The downward pressure on healthcare costs in general, particularly prescription drugs and surgical procedures and other treatments, has become very intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products.

 

36


Table of Contents

The regulations that govern marketing approvals, pricing and reimbursement for new drugs vary widely from country to country. In the United States, recently enacted legislation may significantly change the approval requirements in ways that could involve additional costs and cause delays in obtaining approvals. Some countries require approval of the sale price of a drug before it can be marketed. In many countries, the pricing review period begins after marketing or product licensing approval is granted. In some foreign markets, prescription pharmaceutical pricing remains subject to continuing governmental control even after initial approval is granted. As a result, we might obtain marketing approval for a product in a particular country, but then be subject to price regulations that delay our commercial launch of the product, possibly for lengthy time periods, and negatively impact the revenue we are able to generate from the sale of the product in that country. Adverse pricing limitations may hinder our ability to recoup our investment in one or more product candidates, even if any product candidates we may develop obtain marketing approval.

If we fail to comply with healthcare laws, we could face substantial penalties and our business, operations and financial conditions could be adversely affected.

Our ongoing and planned operations, including clinical research, sales, marketing and promotion of AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify and begin commercializing in the United States, may subject us to various federal and state fraud and abuse laws and other healthcare laws. The laws that may impact our operations include:

 

 

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe, or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce, or in return for, either the referral of an individual, or the purchase, lease, order or recommendation of any good, facility, item or service for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act;

 

 

federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalty laws, including the False Claims Act, which impose criminal and civil penalties, including through civil “qui tam” or “whistleblower” actions, against individuals or entities for, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment or approval from Medicare, Medicaid, or other federal health care programs that are false or fraudulent; knowingly making or causing a false statement material to a false or fraudulent claim or an obligation to pay money to the federal government; or knowingly concealing or knowingly and improperly avoiding or decreasing such an obligation. Similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of these statutes or specific intent to violate them in order to have committed a violation;

 

 

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which created additional federal criminal statutes that prohibit knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or obtain, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations, or promises, any of the money or property owned by, or under the custody or control of, any healthcare benefit program, regardless of the payor (e.g., public or private) and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up by any trick or device a material fact or making any materially false statements in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services relating to healthcare matters;

 

 

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, which impose requirements on certain covered

 

37


Table of Contents
 

healthcare providers, health plans, and healthcare clearinghouses as well as their respective business associates that perform services for them that involve the use, or disclosure of, individually identifiable health information, relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information without appropriate authorization;

 

 

the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, created under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or collectively, the ACA, and its implementing regulations, which require manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologicals and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program to report annually to the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services under the Open Payments Program, information related to payments or other transfers of value made to physicians and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members;

 

 

federal consumer protection and unfair competition laws, which broadly regulate marketplace activities and activities that potentially harm consumers; and

 

 

analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state and foreign anti-kickback, false claims, consumer protection and unfair competition laws which may apply to pharmaceutical business practices, including but not limited to, research, distribution, sales and marketing arrangements as well as submitting claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by any third-party payer, including commercial insurers; state laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government that otherwise restricts payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state laws that require drug manufacturers to file reports with states regarding pricing and marketing information, such as the tracking and reporting of gifts, compensations and other remuneration and items of value provided to healthcare professionals and entities; state and local laws requiring the registration of pharmaceutical sales representatives; and state and foreign laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors available, it is possible that some of our business activities could, despite our efforts to comply, be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements will comply with applicable healthcare laws may involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental and enforcement authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law interpreting applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, disgorgement, monetary fines, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, integrity and oversight agreements to resolve allegations of non-compliance, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and curtailment of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations. In addition, the approval and commercialization of any of our product candidates outside the United States will also likely subject us to foreign equivalents of the healthcare laws mentioned above, among other foreign laws.

 

38


Table of Contents

Healthcare legislative measures aimed at reducing healthcare costs may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Third-party payors, whether domestic or foreign, or governmental or commercial, are developing increasingly sophisticated methods of controlling healthcare costs. In both the United States and certain foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes to the health care system that could impact our ability to sell our products profitably. In particular, in 2010 the ACA was enacted, which, among other things increased the minimum Medicaid rebates owed by most manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, extended the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program to utilization of prescriptions of individuals enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations, subjected manufacturers to new annual fees and taxes for certain branded prescription drugs, and provided incentives to programs that increase the federal government’s comparative effectiveness research.

There have been a number of significant changes to the ACA and its implementation. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, or Tax Act, includes a provision repealing effective January 1, 2019 the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the ACA on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year that is commonly referred to as the “individual mandate”. Further, on January 20, 2017, President Trump signed an Executive Order directing federal agencies with authorities and responsibilities under the ACA to waive, defer, grant exemptions from, or delay the implementation of any provision of the ACA that would impose a fiscal burden on states or a cost, fee, tax, penalty or regulatory burden on individuals, healthcare providers, health insurers, or manufacturers of pharmaceuticals or medical devices. On October 13, 2017, President Trump signed an Executive Order terminating the cost-sharing subsidies that reimburse insurers under the ACA. Several state Attorneys General filed suit to stop the administration from terminating the subsidies, but their request for a restraining order was denied by a federal judge in California on October 25, 2017. Moreover, on January 22, 2018, President Trump signed a continuing resolution on appropriations for fiscal year 2018 that delayed the implementation of certain ACA-mandated fees, including the so called “Cadillac” tax on certain high cost employer-sponsored insurance plans, the annual fee imposed on certain health insurance providers based on market share, and the medical device excise tax on non-exempt medical devices. The Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, also amends the ACA, effective January 1, 2019, by increasing the point-of-sale discount that is owed by pharmaceutical manufacturers who participate in Medicare Part D and closing the coverage gap in most Medicare drug plans, commonly referred to as the “donut hole”. Similarly, on April 9, 2018, CMS issued a final rule that will give states greater flexibility in setting benchmarks for insurers in the individual and small group marketplaces by relaxing certain requirements for essential health benefits required under the ACA for plans sold through such marketplaces. Congress will likely consider additional legislation to repeal, replace, or modify other elements of the ACA. The implications of the ACA, its possible repeal, replacement, or modification, and the political uncertainty surrounding these matters for our business and financial condition, if any, are not yet clear.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the ACA was enacted. In August 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect in 2013, and, due to subsequent legislative amendments, will remain in effect through 2027 unless additional Congressional action is taken. The American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 further reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

 

39


Table of Contents

There have been, and likely will continue to be, legislative and regulatory proposals at the foreign, federal and state levels directed at containing or lowering the cost of healthcare. We cannot predict the initiatives that may be adopted in the future. The continuing efforts of the government, insurance companies, managed care organizations and other payors of healthcare services to contain or reduce costs of healthcare and/or impose price controls may adversely affect:

 

 

the demand for AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify, if we obtain regulatory approval;

 

 

our ability to receive or set a price that we believe is fair for our products;

 

 

our ability to generate revenue and achieve or maintain profitability;

 

 

the level of taxes that we are required to pay; and

 

 

the availability of capital.

We expect that the ACA, as well as other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding, more rigorous coverage criteria, lower reimbursement, and new payment methodologies. This could lower the price that we receive for any approved product. Any denial in coverage or reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government-funded programs may result in a similar denial or reduction in payments from private payors, which may prevent us from being able to generate sufficient revenue, attain profitability or commercialize AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify, if approved.

We face significant competition in an environment of rapid technological and scientific change, and there is a possibility that our competitors may achieve regulatory approval before us or develop therapies that are safer, more advanced or more effective than ours, which may negatively impact our ability to successfully market or commercialize any product candidates we may develop and ultimately harm our financial condition.

The development and commercialization of new drug products is highly competitive. We may face competition with respect to any product candidates that we seek to develop or commercialize in the future from major pharmaceutical companies, specialty pharmaceutical companies, and biotechnology companies worldwide. Potential competitors also include academic institutions, government agencies, and other public and private research organizations that conduct research, seek patent protection, and establish collaborative arrangements for research, development, manufacturing, and commercialization.

There are a number of large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies that are currently pursuing the development of products for the treatment of ATTR. Companies that we are aware are developing therapeutics for ATTR include large companies with significant financial resources, such as Pfizer Inc., Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc., Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc./Akcea Therapeutics, Inc., Corino Therapeutics Inc./SOM Innovation Biotech, S.L., GlaxoSmithKline plc, Intellia Therapeutics Inc., Arcturus Therapeutics Inc., Neurimmune Holding AG and Prothena Therapeutics plc. In particular, in March 2018, Pfizer announced that its Phase 3 clinical trial of tafamidis in ATTRwt-CM and ATTRm-CM patients (ATTR-ACT) reportedly met its primary endpoint of a reduction in the combination of all-cause mortality and cumulative incidence of cardiovascular-related hospitalizations. If tafamidis receives FDA approval for one or both forms of ATTR-CM, AG10 would not be the first treatment on the market for ATTR, and its market share may be limited. In addition to competition from other companies targeting ATTR, any products we may develop may also face competition from other types of therapies.

Many of our current or potential competitors, either alone or with their strategic partners, have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals, and marketing approved products than we do.

 

40


Table of Contents

Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs. Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, more effective, have fewer or less severe side effects, are more convenient, or are less expensive than any products that we may develop. Furthermore, currently approved products could be discovered to have application for treatment of TTR, which could give such products significant regulatory and market timing advantages over AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify. Our competitors also may obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours and may obtain orphan product exclusivity from the FDA for indications that AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify are targeting, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market. Additionally, products or technologies developed by our competitors may render our potential product candidates uneconomical or obsolete and we may not be successful in marketing any product candidates we may develop against competitors.

In addition, we could face litigation or other proceedings with respect to the scope, ownership, validity and/or enforceability of our patents relating to our competitors’ products and our competitors may allege that our products infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate their intellectual property. The availability of our competitors’ products could limit the demand, and the price we are able to charge, for any products that we may develop and commercialize. See “Risks related to our intellectual property.”

If the market opportunities for AG10 are smaller than we believe they are, our revenue may be adversely affected, and our business may suffer. Our ability to successfully identify patients and acquire a significant market share will be necessary for us to achieve profitability and growth.

We focus our research and product development on treatments for ATTR. Our projections of both the number of individuals who have a form of ATTR, as well as the subset of individuals with a form of ATTR who have the potential to benefit from treatment with AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify, are based on our beliefs and estimates, including our belief that the availability of minimally invasive diagnostics will result in increased rates of diagnosis for ATTR. These estimates have been derived from a variety of sources, including the scientific literature, and may prove to be incorrect. Further, new studies may change the estimated incidence or prevalence of these diseases. The number of patients may turn out to be lower than expected. The effort to identify patients with diseases we seek to treat is in early stages, and we cannot accurately predict the number of patients for whom treatment might be possible. Additionally, the potentially addressable patient population for AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify may be limited or may not be amenable to treatment with AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify, and new patients may become increasingly difficult to identify or gain access to, which would adversely affect our results of operations and our business. Further, even if we obtain significant market share for AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify, because the potential target populations are small, we may never achieve profitability despite obtaining such significant market share. In addition, our market share could be limited by the availability of other treatments for ATTR, such as tafamidis, that could receive regulatory approval or otherwise be commercially launched before AG10.

 

41


Table of Contents

Risks related to our business and industry

Our future success depends on our ability to retain key employees, consultants and advisors and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

We are highly dependent on the management, research and development, clinical, financial and business development expertise of our executive officers, as well as the other members of our scientific and clinical teams. However, some of these executive officers and other personnel are not our full-time employees. For example, Neil Kumar, our Chief Executive Officer, is employed by BridgeBio and spends a portion of his time on other BridgeBio matters, including involvement with other BridgeBio subsidiaries. Christine Siu, our Chief Financial Officer, also serves as the Chief Operating Officer for other BridgeBio subsidiaries. Uma Sinha, our Chief Scientific Officer, also serves as the Chief Scientific Officer of BridgeBio and other BridgeBio subsidiaries. Jonathan Fox, our Chief Medical Officer, also serves as the Therapeutic Area Lead of Cardiovascular and Renal Diseases for BridgeBio. As a result, these executive officers may not be able to devote their full attention to our Company, which could impede the achievement of our research, development and commercialization objectives and seriously harm our ability to successfully implement our business strategy. Since joining us, all of our executives, including Dr. Kumar, have each spent the majority of their time devoted to us. While none of the executives has a minimum time commitment to us, each retains flexibility to ensure that he or she can re-allocate his or her time based on the needs of each business. The particulars of these executives’ time-allocation strategy may change over time. The risks related to our dependence upon Dr. Kumar are compounded by BridgeBio’s significant ownership percentage and Dr. Kumar’s role in our company. If we were to lose Dr. Kumar or any of our other executives or key personnel, we may not be able to find appropriate replacements on a timely basis and our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. Furthermore, although we have employment offer letters with each of our executive officers other than Dr. Kumar, each of them may terminate their employment with us at any time. We do not maintain “key person” insurance for any of our executives or employees. Recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and clinical personnel and, if we progress the development of our drug pipeline toward scaling up for commercialization, sales and marketing personnel, will also be critical to our success. The loss of the services of our executive officers or other key employees could impede the achievement of our research, development and commercialization objectives and seriously harm our ability to successfully implement our business strategy. Furthermore, replacing executive officers and key employees may be difficult and may take an extended period of time because of the limited number of individuals in our industry with the breadth of skills and experience required to successfully develop, gain regulatory approval for and commercialize AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify. Competition to hire qualified personnel in our industry is intense, and we may be unable to hire, train, retain or motivate these key personnel on acceptable terms given the competition among numerous pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for similar personnel. Furthermore, to the extent we hire personnel from competitors, we may be subject to allegations that they have been improperly solicited or that they have divulged proprietary or other confidential information, or that their former employers own their research output. We also experience competition for the hiring of scientific and clinical personnel from universities and research institutions. In addition, we rely on consultants and advisors, including scientific and clinical advisors, to assist us in formulating our research and development and commercialization strategy. Our consultants and advisors may be employed by employers other than us and may have commitments under consulting or advisory contracts with other entities that may limit their availability to us. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain high quality personnel, our ability to pursue our growth strategy will be limited.

Certain of our directors and officers may have actual or potential conflicts of interest because of their positions with BridgeBio.

Following this offering, Neil Kumar, founder and Chief Executive Officer of BridgeBio, and Hoyoung Huh, a member of BridgeBio, will serve on our board of directors and retain their positions and affiliations with

 

42


Table of Contents

BridgeBio. Similarly, Christine Siu, our Chief Financial Officer, will also serve as the Chief Operating Officer for other BridgeBio subsidiaries. In addition, certain of these individuals own equity interests in BridgeBio, which represent a significant portion of these individuals’ net worth. Their position at BridgeBio and the ownership of any BridgeBio equity or equity awards creates, or may create the appearance of, conflicts of interest when we ask these individuals to make decisions that could have different implications for BridgeBio than the decisions have for us.

We will need to expand our organization and we may experience difficulties in managing this growth, which could disrupt our operations.

As of March 31, 2018, we had 14 full-time employees. As we mature, we expect to expand our full-time employee base and to hire more consultants and contractors. Our management may need to divert a disproportionate amount of its attention away from our day-to-day activities and devote a substantial amount of time toward managing these growth activities. We may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations, which may result in weaknesses in our infrastructure, operational mistakes, loss of business opportunities, loss of employees and reduced productivity among remaining employees. Our expected growth could require significant capital expenditures and may divert financial resources from other projects, such as the development of additional product candidates. If our management is unable to effectively manage our growth, our expenses may increase more than expected, our ability to generate and/or grow revenues could be reduced, and we may not be able to implement our business strategy. Our future financial performance and our ability to commercialize product candidates and compete effectively will depend, in part, on our ability to effectively manage any future growth.

We may expend our limited resources to pursue a particular product candidate and fail to capitalize on development opportunities or product candidates that may be more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.

Because we have limited financial and personnel resources, we are placing significant focus on the development of our product candidate, AG10. As a result, we may forgo or delay pursuit of opportunities with other future product candidates that later prove to have greater commercial potential. Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities. Our spending on current and future research and development programs and other future product candidates for specific indications may not yield any commercially viable future product candidates. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential or target market for a particular future product candidate, we may relinquish valuable rights to that future product candidates through collaboration, licensing or other royalty arrangements in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights to such future product candidates.

Product liability lawsuits against us could cause us to incur substantial liabilities and could limit commercialization of any product candidates that we may develop.

We face an inherent risk of product liability exposure related to the testing of AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify in human clinical trials and will face an even greater risk if we commercially sell any medicines that we may develop. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against claims that our product candidates or medicines caused injuries, we could incur substantial liabilities. Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

 

decreased demand for any product candidates or medicines that we may develop;

 

 

injury to our reputation and significant negative media attention;

 

 

withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

 

43


Table of Contents
 

significant costs to defend the related litigation;

 

 

substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients;

 

 

loss of revenue; and

 

 

the inability to commercialize AG10 or any other product candidates that we may develop.

Although we maintain product liability insurance, including coverage for clinical trials that we sponsor, it may not be adequate to cover all liabilities that we may incur. We anticipate that we will need to increase our insurance coverage as we commence additional clinical trials and if we successfully commercialize any product candidates. The market for insurance coverage is increasingly expensive, and the costs of insurance coverage will increase as our clinical programs increase in size. We may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in an amount adequate to satisfy any liability that may arise.

If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could harm our business.

We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Our operations involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials. Our operations also produce hazardous waste products. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and wastes. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from our use of hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties for failure to comply with such laws and regulations.

Although we maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. We do not maintain insurance for environmental liability or toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us in connection with our storage or disposal of biological, hazardous or radioactive materials.

In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

Unfavorable global economic conditions could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our ability to invest in and expand our business and meet our financial obligations, to attract and retain third-party contractors and collaboration partners and to raise additional capital depends on our operating and financial performance, which, in turn, is subject to numerous factors, including the prevailing economic and political conditions and financial, business and other factors beyond our control, such as the rate of unemployment, the number of uninsured persons in the United States, political influences and inflationary pressures. For example, an overall decrease in or loss of insurance coverage among individuals in the United States as a result of unemployment, underemployment or the repeal of certain provisions of the ACA, may decrease the demand for healthcare services and pharmaceuticals. If fewer patients are seeking medical care because they do not have insurance coverage, we may experience difficulties in any eventual commercialization

 

44


Table of Contents

of our product candidates and our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be adversely affected.

In addition, our results of operations could be adversely affected by general conditions in the global economy and in the global financial markets upon which biopharmaceutical companies such as us are dependent for sources of capital. In the past, global financial crises have caused extreme volatility and disruptions in the capital and credit markets. A severe or prolonged economic downturn could result in a variety of risks to our business, including a reduced ability to raise additional capital when needed on acceptable terms, if at all, and weakened demand for AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify. A weak or declining economy could also strain our suppliers, possibly resulting in supply disruption. Any of the foregoing could harm our business and we cannot anticipate all of the ways in which the current economic climate and financial market conditions could adversely impact our business.

Our internal computer systems, or those used by our third-party research institution collaborators, CROs or other contractors or consultants, may fail or suffer security breaches.

Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems and those of our future CROs and other contractors and consultants may be vulnerable to damage from computer viruses and unauthorized access. Although to our knowledge we have not experienced any such material system failure or security breach to date, if such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our development programs and our business operations. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from completed, ongoing or future clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. Likewise, we rely on our third-party research institution collaborators for research and development of AG10 and other third parties for the manufacture of AG10 and to conduct clinical trials, and similar events relating to their computer systems could also have a material adverse effect on our business. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data or systems, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and the further development and commercialization of AG10 could be delayed.

Certain data breaches must also be reported to affected individuals and the government, and in some cases to the media, under provisions of HIPAA, as amended by HITECH, other U.S. federal and state law, and requirements of non-U.S. jurisdictions, including the European Union Data Protection Directive, and financial penalties may also apply.

Our insurance policies may not be adequate to compensate us for the potential losses arising from breaches, failures or disruptions of our infrastructure, catastrophic events and disasters or otherwise. In addition, such insurance may not be available to us in the future on economically reasonable terms, or at all. Further, our insurance may not cover all claims made against us and defending a suit, regardless of its merit, could be costly and divert management’s attention.

Furthermore, the loss of clinical trial data from completed or future clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. Likewise, we rely on other third parties for the manufacture of AG10 and to conduct clinical trials, and similar events relating to their computer systems could also have a material adverse effect on our business.

We or the third parties upon whom we depend may be adversely affected by earthquakes or other natural disasters and our business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not adequately protect us from a serious disaster.

Earthquakes or other natural disasters could severely disrupt our operations, and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. If a natural disaster, power

 

45


Table of Contents

outage or other event occurred that prevented us from using all or a significant portion of our headquarters, that damaged critical infrastructure, such as the manufacturing facilities of our third-party contract manufacturers, or that otherwise disrupted operations, it may be difficult or, in certain cases, impossible for us to continue our business for a substantial period of time. The disaster recovery and business continuity plans we have in place currently are limited and are unlikely to prove adequate in the event of a serious disaster or similar event. We may incur substantial expenses as a result of the limited nature of our disaster recovery and business continuity plans, which, particularly when taken together with our lack of earthquake insurance, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our anticipated international operations may expose us to business, regulatory, political, operational, financial, pricing and reimbursement and economic risks associated with doing business outside of the United States.

We currently have no international operations, but our business strategy incorporates potential international expansion to target ATTR patient populations outside the United States. If we receive regulatory approval for and commercialize AG10 in patient populations outside the United States, we may hire sales representatives and conduct physician and patient association outreach activities outside of the United States. Doing business internationally involves a number of risks, including but not limited to:

 

 

multiple, conflicting, and changing laws and regulations such as privacy regulations, tax laws, export and import restrictions, employment laws, regulatory requirements, and other governmental approvals, permits, and licenses;

 

 

failure by us to obtain and maintain regulatory approvals for the use of our products in various countries;

 

 

additional potentially relevant third-party patent rights;

 

 

complexities and difficulties in obtaining protection and enforcing our intellectual property;

 

 

difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;

 

 

complexities associated with managing multiple payor reimbursement regimes, government payors, or patient self-pay systems;

 

 

limits in our ability to penetrate international markets;

 

 

financial risks, such as longer payment cycles, difficulty collecting accounts receivable, the impact of local and regional financial crises on demand and payment for our products, and exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations;

 

 

natural disasters, political and economic instability, including wars, terrorism, and political unrest, outbreak of disease, boycotts, curtailment of trade, and other business restrictions;

 

 

certain expenses including, among others, expenses for travel, translation, and insurance; and

 

 

regulatory and compliance risks that relate to maintaining accurate information and control over sales and activities that may fall within the purview of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, its books and records provisions, or its anti-bribery provisions.

Any of these factors could significantly harm our potential international expansion and operations and, consequently, our results of operations.

 

46


Table of Contents

If we fail to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.

As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal controls. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, requires that we evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and, beginning with our second annual report following this offering, provide a management report on internal control over financial reporting. However, while we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to include an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm.

Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls, or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement, could harm our results of operations, cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations, result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods, or adversely affect the results of management evaluations and independent registered public accounting firm audits of our internal control over financial reporting that we will eventually be required to include in our periodic reports that will be filed with the SEC. Ineffective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial and other information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.

We are in the process of designing and implementing the internal control over financial reporting required to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. This process will be time consuming, costly, and complicated. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective or when required in the future, if our independent registered public accounting firm issues an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

The report of our independent registered public accounting firm on our 2017 financial statements contains an explanatory paragraph regarding our ability to continue as a going concern, and we will need additional financing to execute our business plan, to fund our operations and to continue as a going concern.

Since inception, we have experienced recurring operating losses and negative cash flows and we expect to continue to generate operating losses and consume significant cash resources for the foreseeable future. These conditions raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern without additional financing. As a result, our independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph in its report on our 2017 financial statements with respect to this uncertainty. Substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern may materially and adversely affect the price per share of our common stock and we may have a more difficult time obtaining financing.

 

47


Table of Contents

Risks related to our equity securities and this offering

We are an “emerging growth company,” and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended, or the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of some of the exemptions from reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including:

 

 

being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements prior to our first filing of our Annual Report on Form 10-K, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” disclosure;

 

 

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

 

not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

 

 

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and

 

 

not being required to hold a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation or obtain stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

Under Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

The market price of our common stock is likely to be volatile. Our stock price could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a variety of factors, including the following:

 

 

adverse results or delays in our preclinical studies or clinical trials, including our ongoing Phase 2 and planned Phase 3 clinical trials of AG10;

 

 

reports of adverse events or other negative results in clinical trials of third parties’ product candidates for ATTR or similar indications, including the Phase 3 ATTR-ACT clinical trial of tafamidis;

 

48


Table of Contents
 

inability to obtain additional funding;

 

 

any delay in filing an IND or NDA for AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify and any adverse development or perceived adverse development with respect to the FDA’s review of that IND or NDA;

 

 

failure to develop successfully and commercialize AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify;

 

 

failure to maintain our existing license arrangements or enter into new licensing and collaboration agreements;

 

 

failure by us or our licensors to prosecute, maintain or enforce our intellectual property rights;

 

 

changes in laws or regulations applicable to future products;

 

 

inability to obtain adequate clinical or commercial supply for our product candidates or the inability to do so at acceptable prices;

 

 

adverse regulatory decisions, including failure to reach agreement with applicable regulatory authorities on the design or scope of our planned clinical trials;

 

 

failure to obtain and maintain regulatory exclusivity for our product candidates;

 

 

regulatory approval or commercialization of new products or other methods of treating our target disease indications by our competitors;

 

 

failure to meet or exceed financial projections we may provide to the public or to the investment community;

 

 

the perception of the pharmaceutical industry by the public, legislatures, regulators and the investment community;

 

 

announcements of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by us, our strategic collaboration partner or our competitors;

 

 

disputes or other developments relating to proprietary rights, including patents, litigation matters and our ability to obtain patent protection for our technologies;

 

 

additions or departures of key scientific or management personnel;

 

 

significant lawsuits, including patent or stockholder litigation;

 

 

changes in the market valuations of similar companies;

 

 

sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders in the future; and

 

 

trading volume of our common stock.

In addition, companies trading in the stock market in general, and Nasdaq, in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. Broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance.

If you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your shares.

Investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the pro forma as adjusted book value per share of our tangible assets after subtracting our liabilities. As a result, investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $        per share, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and our pro forma adjusted net tangible book value as of

 

49


Table of Contents

March 31, 2018. Further, based on these assumptions, investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering will contribute approximately    % of the total amount invested by stockholders since our inception, but will own only approximately    % of the shares of common stock outstanding. For information on how the foregoing amounts were calculated, see “Dilution” located elsewhere in this prospectus.

This dilution is due to the substantially lower price paid by our investors who purchased shares prior to this offering as compared to the price offered to the public in this offering, and the exercise of stock options granted to our employees. In addition, as of March 31, 2018, options to purchase 468,336 shares of our common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.10 per share were outstanding. The exercise of any of these options or any outstanding options granted subsequently would result in additional dilution. As a result of the dilution to investors purchasing shares in this offering, as well as other factors, investors may receive significantly less than the purchase price paid in this offering, if anything, in the event of our liquidation.

Future sales and issuances of our common stock or rights to purchase common stock, including pursuant to our equity incentive plans, would result in additional dilution of the percentage ownership of our stockholders and could cause our stock price to fall.

We will need additional capital in the future to continue our planned operations. To the extent we raise additional capital by issuing equity securities, our stockholders may experience substantial dilution. We may sell common stock, convertible securities or other equity securities in one or more transactions at prices and in a manner we determine from time to time. If we sell common stock, convertible securities or other equity securities in more than one transaction, investors may be materially diluted by subsequent sales. These sales may also result in material dilution to our existing stockholders, and new investors could gain rights superior to our existing stockholders.

Pursuant to our 2018 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2018 Plan, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, we are authorized to grant stock options and other equity-based awards to our employees, directors and consultants. If our board of directors elects to increase the number of shares available for future grant and our stockholders approve of such an increase at our annual meeting, our stockholders may experience additional dilution, and our stock price may fall.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares is restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline significantly.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, upon the expiration of the market standoff and lock-up agreements, the early release of these agreements, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares of common stock intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. After this offering and after giving effect to the conversion immediately prior to the completion of this offering of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into                  shares of our common stock, the automatic net exercise of warrants for                  shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and the subsequent conversion of such shares into an aggregate of                  shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering upon the completion of this offering, we will have                 shares of common stock outstanding based on 4,459,043 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2018. Of these shares, the                shares we are selling in this offering may be resold in the public market immediately, unless purchased by our affiliates. The remaining                shares, or    % of our outstanding shares after this offering, are currently prohibited or otherwise restricted under securities laws, market standoff agreements entered into by our stockholders with us or lock-up agreements entered into by our stockholders with the underwriters; however, subject to applicable securities law restrictions and excluding shares of restricted stock that will remain unvested, these shares will be able to be sold in the public market

 

50


Table of Contents

beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus. The representatives may, in their sole discretion, release all or some portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements at any time and for any reason. In addition, the 1,075,059 shares of unvested restricted stock and common stock issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2018 will become available for sale immediately upon the vesting of such shares, as applicable, and the expiration of any applicable market standoff or lock-up agreements. Shares issued upon the exercise of stock options outstanding under our equity incentive plans or pursuant to future awards granted under those plans will become available for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of applicable vesting schedules, any applicable market standoff and lock-up agreements, and Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. See the section titled “Shares eligible for future sale” for additional information.

Moreover, after the completion of this offering, holders of an aggregate of              shares of our common stock will have rights, subject to conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also plan to register all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance and once vested, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described in the section titled “Underwriting” in this prospectus. If any of these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the market price of our common stock could decline.

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they publish negative evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by industry or financial analysts. If no or few analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price of our stock could decrease. Even if we do obtain analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts covering our business downgrade their evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover our stock, we could lose visibility in the market for our stock, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.

Our principal stockholders and management own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

Our executive officers, directors, five percent stockholders and their affiliates beneficially own approximately 91.9% of our voting stock as of March 31, 2018 and, upon the completion of this offering, that same group will beneficially own approximately     % of our outstanding voting stock. Therefore, even after this offering, these stockholders, and in particular, our controlling stockholder, BridgeBio, will have the ability to influence us through their ownership positions. These stockholders may be able to determine all matters requiring stockholder approval. For example, these stockholders, acting together, may be able to control elections of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, or approval of any merger, sale of assets, or other major corporate transaction. This may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our common stock that you may believe are in your best interest as one of our stockholders.

BridgeBio will continue to own a significant percentage of our common stock, will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval and may have interests that conflict with those of our other stockholders.

BridgeBio is currently our majority stockholder, and after this offering is completed, we will continue to be controlled by BridgeBio. Upon the completion of this offering, BridgeBio will beneficially own approximately    % of the voting power of our outstanding common stock, or approximately    % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full. Therefore, even after

 

51


Table of Contents

this offering, BridgeBio will have the ability to substantially influence us and exert significant control through this ownership position. For example, BridgeBio will be able to control elections of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, or approval of any merger, amalgamation, sale of assets or other major corporate transaction.

Furthermore, certain of our directors and officers may have actual or potential conflicts of interest with us because of their positions or affiliations with BridgeBio. For example, following this offering, Neil Kumar, founder and Chief Executive Officer of BridgeBio, and Hoyoung Huh, a member of BridgeBio, will continue to serve on our board of directors and retain their positions and affiliations with BridgeBio. Christine Siu, our Chief Financial Officer, also serves as the Chief Operating Officer for other BridgeBio subsidiaries. Uma Sinha, our Chief Scientific Officer, also serves as the Chief Scientific Officer of BridgeBio and other BridgeBio subsidiaries. Jonathan Fox, our Chief Medical Officer, also serves as the Therapeutic Area Lead of Cardiovascular and Renal Diseases for BridgeBio. BridgeBio’s interests may not always coincide with our corporate interests or the interests of other stockholders, and it may exercise its voting and other rights in a manner with which you may not agree or that may not be in the best interests of our other stockholders. So long as it continues to own a significant amount of our equity, BridgeBio will continue to be able to strongly influence and significantly control our decisions.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in the section entitled “Use of Proceeds” located elsewhere in this prospectus, and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our stockholders.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us or increase the cost of acquiring us, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders or remove our current management.

Our restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of us or changes in our management. Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering, include provisions that:

 

 

authorize “blank check” preferred stock, which could be issued by our board of directors without stockholder approval and may contain voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to our common stock;

 

 

create a classified board of directors whose members serve staggered three-year terms;

 

 

specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the chairperson of our board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer or our president;

 

 

prohibit stockholder action by written consent;

 

 

establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder approvals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

 

provide that our directors may be removed only for cause;

 

52


Table of Contents
 

provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum;

 

 

specify that no stockholder is permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors;

 

 

expressly authorize our board of directors to modify, alter or repeal our amended and restated bylaws; and

 

 

require supermajority votes of the holders of our common stock to amend specified provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws.

These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our management.

In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock to merge or combine with us. Any provision of our restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

Our operating results may fluctuate significantly, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations or our guidance.

Our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate significantly in the future, which makes it difficult for us to predict our future operating results. Our operating results may fluctuate due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control and may be difficult to predict, including the following:

 

 

the timing, results and cost of, and level of investment in, our clinical development activities for AG10 and any other product candidates we may identify and pursue, which may change from time to time;

 

 

the cost of manufacturing AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify, which may vary depending on the quantity of production and the terms of our agreements with manufacturers;

 

 

our ability to conduct clinical trials of AG10 in accordance with our plans and to obtain regulatory approval for AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify, and the timing and scope of any such approvals we may receive;

 

 

the timing and success or failure of clinical trials for competing product candidates, or any other change in the competitive landscape of our industry, including consolidation among our competitors or partners;

 

 

expenditures that we will or may incur to acquire or develop additional product candidates and technologies;

 

 

our ability to attract, hire and retain qualified personnel;

 

 

the level of demand for AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify, should they receive approval, which may vary significantly;

 

 

future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies;

 

 

the risk/benefit profile, cost and reimbursement policies with respect to AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify, if approved, and existing and potential future drugs that compete with our product candidates; and

 

 

the changing and volatile U.S., European and global economic environments.

The cumulative effects of these factors could result in large fluctuations and unpredictability in our quarterly and annual operating results. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not

 

53


Table of Contents

be meaningful. This variability and unpredictability could also result in our failing to meet the expectations of industry or financial analysts or investors for any period. If our operating results fall below the expectations of analysts or investors or below any forecasts we may provide to the market, or if the forecasts we provide to the market are below the expectations of analysts or investors, the price of our common stock could decline substantially.

Our future ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

We have incurred substantial losses during our history and do not expect to become profitable in the near future and we may never achieve profitability. To the extent that we continue to generate taxable losses, unused losses will carry forward to offset a portion of future taxable income, if any, subject to expiration of such carryforwards in the case of carryforwards generated prior to 2018. In addition, under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” generally defined as a greater than 50% change (by value) in its equity ownership over a three-year period, the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, and other pre-change tax attributes (such as research tax credits) to offset its post-change income or taxes may be limited. Our prior equity offerings and other changes in our stock ownership may have resulted in ownership changes. In addition, we may experience ownership changes in the future as a result of this offering or subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, some of which are outside of our control. As a result, if we earn net taxable income, our ability to use our pre-change net operating loss carryforwards to offset U.S. federal taxable income may be subject to limitations, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability to us. At the state level, there may also be periods during which the use of NOLs is suspended or otherwise limited, which could accelerate or permanently increase state taxes owed. In addition, under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, or the Tax Act, the amount of post 2017 NOLs that we are permitted to deduct in any taxable year is limited to 80% of our taxable income in such year, where taxable income is determined without regard to the NOL deduction itself. The Tax Act generally eliminates the ability to carry back any NOL to prior taxable years, while allowing post 2017 unused NOLs to be carried forward indefinitely. There is a risk that due to changes under the Tax Act, regulatory changes, or other unforeseen reasons, our existing NOLs could expire or otherwise be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. For these reasons, we may not be able to realize a tax benefit from the use of our NOLs, whether or not we attain profitability.

Comprehensive tax reform legislation could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, or the Tax Act, was signed into law. The Tax Act, among other things, contains significant changes to corporate taxation, including (i) reduction of the corporate tax rate from a top marginal rate of 35% to a flat rate of 21%, (ii) limitation of the tax deduction for interest expense to 30% of adjusted earnings (except for certain small businesses), (iii) limitation of the deduction for net operating losses to 80% of current year taxable income in respect of net operating losses generated during or after 2018 and elimination of net operating loss carrybacks, (iv) one-time taxation of offshore earnings at reduced rates regardless of whether they are repatriated, (v) immediate deductions for certain new investments instead of deductions for depreciation expense over time, and (vi) modifying or repealing many business deductions and credits. Any federal net operating loss incurred in 2018 and in future years may now be carried forward indefinitely pursuant to the Tax Act. It is uncertain if and to what extent various states will conform to the newly enacted federal tax law. We will continue to examine the impact the Tax Act may have on our business.

 

54


Table of Contents

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock, and, consequently, our stockholders’ ability to achieve a return on their investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.

We do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your common stock for the foreseeable future. Since we do not intend to pay dividends, your ability to receive a return on your investment will depend on any future appreciation in the market value of our common stock. There is no guarantee that our common stock will appreciate or even maintain the price at which our holders have purchased it.

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. Although our common stock will be approved for listing on The Nasdaq Global Market, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. The initial public offering price of our common stock was determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters. This initial public offering price may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering. In the absence of an active trading market for our common stock, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above the initial public offering price or at the time that they would like to sell.

Our employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial partners and vendors may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements.

We are exposed to the risk of fraud, misconduct or other illegal activity by our employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial partners and vendors. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and negligent conduct that fails to: comply with the laws of the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities; provide true, complete and accurate information to the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities; comply with manufacturing standards we have established; comply with healthcare fraud and abuse laws in the United States and similar foreign fraudulent misconduct laws; or report financial information or data accurately or to disclose unauthorized activities to us. If we obtain FDA approval of AG10 or other product candidates that we may identify and begin commercializing those products in the United States, our potential exposure under such laws will increase significantly, and our costs associated with compliance with such laws are also likely to increase. In particular, research, sales, marketing, education and other business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws designed to prevent fraud, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, educating, marketing and promotion, sales and commission, certain customer incentive programs and other business arrangements generally. Activities subject to these laws also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of patient recruitment for clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and cause serious harm to our reputation. We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics, but it is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by employees and third parties, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions.

 

55


Table of Contents

We will incur significant costs as a result of operating as a new public company, and our management will devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, which will require, among other things, that we file with the SEC, annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules subsequently adopted by the SEC and Nasdaq to implement provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, impose significant requirements on public companies, including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. Further, in July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, was enacted. There are significant corporate governance and executive compensation-related provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act that require the SEC to adopt additional rules and regulations in these areas such as “say on pay” and proxy access. Recent legislation permits emerging growth companies to implement many of these requirements over a longer period and up to five years from the pricing of this offering. We intend to take advantage of this new legislation, but cannot guarantee that we will not be required to implement these requirements sooner than budgeted or planned and thereby incur unexpected expenses. Stockholder activism, the current political environment and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we cannot currently anticipate.

We expect the rules and regulations applicable to public companies to substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. If these requirements divert the attention of our management and personnel from other business concerns, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The increased costs will decrease our net income or increase our net loss, and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur to respond to these requirements. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

 

56


Table of Contents

Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements

This prospectus, including the sections entitled “Prospectus summary,” “Risk factors,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and “Business,” contains forward-looking statement, within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, concerning our business, operations and financial performance and condition, as well as our plans, objectives and expectations for our business operations and financial performance and condition that are based on our management’s belief and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, these statements relate to our strategy, future operations, future financial position, future revenue, projected costs, prospects, plans, objectives of management and expected market growth, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

 

the success, cost and timing of our clinical development of AG10 for the treatment of ATTR-CM and ATTR-PN, including the progress of, and results from, our ongoing Phase 2 clinical trial of AG10 in ATTR-CM and our planned Phase 3 clinical trial of AG10 in ATTR-PN;

 

 

our ability to initiate, recruit and enroll patients in, and conduct our clinical trials at the pace that we project;

 

 

our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approval of our only current product candidate, AG10, and any related restrictions, limitations or warnings in the label of AG10, if approved;

 

 

our ability to compete with companies currently marketing or engaged in the development of treatments for ATTR;

 

 

our reliance on third parties to conduct our clinical trials and to manufacture drug substance for use in our clinical trials;

 

 

the size and growth potential of the markets for AG10 and any additional product candidates we may identify and pursue, and our ability to serve those markets;

 

 

our ability to identify and advance through clinical development any additional product candidates;

 

 

the commercialization of AG10 and any other product candidates we may identify and pursue, if approved, including our ability to successfully build a specialty sales force and commercial infrastructure to market AG10 and any other product candidates we may identify and pursue;

 

 

our ability to retain and recruit key personnel;

 

 

our ability to obtain and maintain adequate intellectual property rights, including under our exclusive license with Stanford University, to develop and commercialize AG10;

 

 

our expectations regarding government and third-party payor coverage and reimbursement;

 

 

our estimates of our expenses, ongoing losses, capital requirements and our needs for or ability to obtain additional financing;

 

 

our expected uses of the net proceeds to us from this offering;

 

 

our expectations regarding the time during which we will be an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act;

 

57


Table of Contents
 

our financial performance; and

 

 

developments and projections relating to our competitors or our industry.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements because they involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which are, in some cases, beyond our control and which could materially affect results. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, among other things, those listed under “Risk factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. If one or more of these risks or uncertainties occur, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual events or results may vary significantly from those implied or projected by the forward-looking statements. No forward-looking statement is a guarantee of future performance. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from any future results expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements in this prospectus represent our views as of the date of this prospectus. We anticipate that subsequent events and developments will cause our views to change. However, while we may elect to update these forward-looking statements at some point in the future, we assume no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements except to the extent required by applicable law. You should, therefore, not rely on these forward-looking statements as representing our views as of any date subsequent to the date of this prospectus.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and you are cautioned not to rely unduly upon these statements.

 

58


Table of Contents

Use of proceeds

We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of          shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $         million, or $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase          additional shares, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our net proceeds from this offering by $         million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:

 

 

Approximately 80% of the net proceeds will be used to fund our clinical development of AG10 for the treatment of ATTR-CM and ATTR-PN, including our ongoing Phase 2 ATTR-CM and planned Phase 3 ATTR-PN clinical trials, as well as future clinical trials and additional research and development activities; and

 

The remaining proceeds will be used for working capital and general corporate purposes.

We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to in-license, acquire or invest in new businesses, technology or assets. Although we have no current agreements, commitments or understandings with respect to any such in-license or acquisition, we evaluate such opportunities and engage in related discussions with third parties from time to time.

We estimate that our current cash, along with the net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient for us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through at least the next 12 months, including through the completion of our ongoing Phase 2 and planned Phase 3 clinical trials of AG10. However, the net proceeds from this offering, together with our current cash, will not be sufficient for us to fund the development of AG10 through regulatory approval, and we will need to raise additional capital to complete the development and commercialization of AG10. At this time, we cannot predict with certainty the amount of capital needed to complete the development and commercialization of AG10, but we anticipate seeking additional capital in the future to fund such capital needs through further equity offerings and/or debt borrowings, or through collaboration agreements, strategic alliances, licensing arrangements or marketing and distribution arrangements. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to raise additional capital on reasonable terms or at all.

This expected use of the net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above.

The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures and the extent of our research and development activities may vary significantly depending on numerous factors, including the progress of our development efforts, the status of and results from any preclinical or clinical trials we may commence in the future, our ability to take advantage of expedited programs or to obtain regulatory approval for any other product candidates we may identify and pursue, the timing and costs associated with the manufacture and supply of any other product

 

59


Table of Contents

candidates we may identify and pursue for clinical development or commercialization, and any unforeseen cash needs. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering.

We intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments, including short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments and U.S. government securities.

 

60


Table of Contents

Dividend policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We do not anticipate paying any dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business. Any future determination to declare dividends will be subject to the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on various factors, including applicable laws, our results of operations, financial condition, future prospects and any other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. Investors should not purchase our common stock with the expectation of receiving cash dividends.

 

61


Table of Contents

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our cash and capitalization as of March 31, 2018:

 

 

on an actual basis;

 

 

on a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) the sale and issuance in May 2018 of 4,430,162 shares of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock at $10.8348 per share, for net proceeds of $48.0 million and the related settlement of the redeemable convertible preferred stock put option asset and the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability, (ii) the filing and effectiveness of our restated certificate of incorporation as of immediately prior to the completion of this offering; (iii) the automatic net exercise of warrants issued in February 2018 for an aggregate of          shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock at the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the subsequent conversion of such shares into an aggregate of          shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering and the resultant reclassification of our preferred stock warrant liabilities to additional paid-in capital, a component of stockholders’ deficit, all of which will occur in connection with the completion of this offering; and (iv) the conversion of all of the outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of                  shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

 

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to the sale of                 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions, and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this information together with our audited financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information set forth under the heading “Selected financial data” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations.”

 

       As of March 31, 2018  
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)    Actual     Pro forma     

Pro forma

as adjusted(1)

 

Cash

   $ 25,269     $                   $               
  

 

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock put option asset

   $ 1,527     $      $  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

     2,028       

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     841           

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 20,088,025 shares authorized; 15,657,863 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     46,603           

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

       

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;             shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

           

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 27,000,000 shares authorized; 4,459,043 shares issued and outstanding, actual;             shares authorized, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted;             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     4       

Additional paid-in capital

     4,281       

Accumulated deficit

     (30,111     
  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (25,826     
  

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 22,119     $      $  

 

 

 

62


Table of Contents
(1)   A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered would increase (decrease) each of cash, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted in the table above is based on 4,459,043 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2018 and                 additional shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock upon the completion of this offering, and excludes:

 

 

468,336 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options to purchase common stock that were outstanding as of March 31, 2018, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.10 per share;

 

 

178,800 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options granted after March 31, 2018 at a weighted-average exercise price of $8.66 per share;

 

 

675,315 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to future awards under our 2016 Plan as of March 31, 2018;

 

 

369,180 shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants issued in February 2018 at an exercise price of $10.8348 per share;

 

 

No shares of common stock issued after March 31, 2018;

 

 

                shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2018 Plan, which will become available for issuance upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part; and

 

 

                shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2018 ESPP, which will become available for issuance upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

63


Table of Contents

Dilution

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

Net tangible book value (deficit) per share is determined by dividing our total tangible assets (which excludes deferred offering costs) less our total liabilities by the number of shares of common stock outstanding. Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) as of March 31, 2018 was ($26.8) million, or ($6.00) per share. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2018 was $         million, or $         per share. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets (which excludes deferred offering costs) reduced by the amount of our total liabilities and divided by the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2018, assuming (i) the sale and issuance in May 2018 of 4,430,162 shares of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock at $10.8348 per share, for net proceeds of $48.0 million, (ii) the automatic net exercise of warrants issued in February 2018 for an aggregate of                  shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock at the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, the subsequent conversion of such shares into an aggregate of                  shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering and the resultant reclassification of our preferred stock warrant liabilities to additional paid-in capital, a component of stockholders’ deficit, all of which will occur in connection with the completion of this offering and (iii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of                  shares of common stock, which conversion will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after completion of this offering. After giving effect to our sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2018 would have been $         million, or $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $         per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $         per share to purchasers of common stock in this offering, as illustrated in the following table:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

           $               

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of March 31, 2018

   ($ 6.00  

Pro forma increase in net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of March 31, 2018

    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2018

    

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors participating in this offering

    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

    
    

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering

     $           

 

 

If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us is exercised in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $         per share, the increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $         per share and the dilution to new investors purchasing shares in this offering would be $         per share.

 

64


Table of Contents

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $         million, or $         per share, and dilution per share to investors in this offering by $         per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions, and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $         million, or approximately $         per share, and would increase (decrease) dilution per share to investors in this offering by approximately $         per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions, and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The following table shows, as of March 31, 2018, on a pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the differences between the existing stockholders and the purchasers of shares in this offering with respect to the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid, which includes net proceeds received from the issuance of common and redeemable convertible preferred stock, cash received from the exercise of stock options, and the value of any stock issued for services and the average price paid per share (in thousands, except per share amounts and percentages):

 

       Shares purchased      Total consideration      Average price
per  share
 
       Number      Percent      Amount      Percent     

Existing stockholders before this offering

                %               %      $                   

New investors participating in this offering

               $  
  

 

 

    

Totals

        100%           100%     

 

 

The foregoing calculations are based on 4,459,043 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2018 and                  additional shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock upon the completion of this offering, and excludes:

 

 

468,336 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options as of March 31, 2018 at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.10 per share;

 

 

178,800 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options granted after March 31, 2018 at a weighted-average exercise price of $8.66 per share;

 

 

675,315 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Plan as of March 31, 2018;

 

 

369,180 shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants issued in February 2018 at an exercise price of $10.8348 per share;

 

 

No shares of common stock issued after March 31, 2018;

 

 

                shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2018 Plan, which will become available for issuance upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part; and

 

 

                shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2018 ESPP, which will become available for issuance upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

65


Table of Contents

To the extent that any outstanding options are exercised, new options are issued under our stock-based compensation plans or we issue additional shares of common stock or convertible debt in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

 

66


Table of Contents

Selected financial data

We have derived the statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 from our audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018 and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2018 from our unaudited interim condensed financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited interim condensed financial statements on the same basis as our audited financial statements and, in the opinion of management, these financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that are necessary for the fair statement of our unaudited interim condensed financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and our interim results for the three months ended March 31, 2018 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2018, or any other period. You should read this data together with our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under the caption “Management discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations.”

 

       Year ended December 31,     Three months ended
March 31,
 
(in thousands, except share and per share data)    2016     2017     2017     2018  

Summary of Operations Data:

        

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

   $ 1,734     $ 9,286     $ 2,039     $ 6,034  

General and administrative

     651       2,730       378       2,143  
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     2,385       12,016       2,417       8,177  
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (2,385     (12,016     (2,417     (8,177

Other income (expense), net

     (157     75       75       (725

Loss on extinguishment of debt

         —         (6,677
  

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (2,542   $ (11,941   $ (2,342   $ (15,579
  

 

 

 

Net loss per share:(1)

        

Basic and diluted

   $ (1.17   $ (3.97   $ (0.86   $ (4.65
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding used in computing net loss per share:(1)

        

Basic and diluted

     2,173,613       3,007,252       2,709,982       3,349,570  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share:(1)

        

Basic and diluted

     $ (1.12     $  
    

 

 

     

Weighted-average shares outstanding used in computing pro forma net loss per share:(1)

        

Basic and diluted

       10,683,163      

 

 

 

(1)   See Notes 2, 14, and 15 to our audited financial statements and Notes 11 and 12 to our unaudited interim condensed financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per share, basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share, and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of these per share amounts.

 

67


Table of Contents
       As of December 31,     As of March 31,  
(in thousands)    2016     2017     2018  

Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash

   $ 1,956     $ 5,497     $ 25,269  

Working capital

     1,675       3,810       21,231  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock put option asset

                 1,527  

Total assets

     1,975       6,343       28,823  

Redeemable convertible preferred tranche liability

     315             2,028  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

                 841  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     3,795       17,028       46,603  

Accumulated deficit

     (2,591     (14,532     (30,111

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (2,473     (13,196     (25,826

 

 

Market and industry data and forecasts

We obtained the industry, market and competitive position data used throughout this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research, as well as from independent market research, industry and general publications and surveys, governmental agencies and publicly available information in addition to research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Internal estimates are derived from publicly available information released by industry analysts and third-party sources, our internal research and our industry experience, and are based on assumptions made by us based on such data and our knowledge of our industry and market, which we believe to be reasonable. In some cases, we do not expressly refer to the sources from which this data is derived. In that regard, when we refer to one or more sources of this type of data in any paragraph, you should assume that other data of this type appearing in the same paragraph is derived from the same sources, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires. In addition, while we believe the industry, market and competitive position data included in this prospectus is reliable and based on reasonable assumptions, such data involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties or by us.

 

68


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the section entitled “Selected Financial Data” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as our plans, objectives, expectations, intentions and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in the section entitled “Risk factors” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are a clinical stage biopharmaceutical company focused on addressing the large and growing unmet need in transthyretin, or TTR, amyloidosis, or ATTR. We are advancing our product candidate, AG10, to treat ATTR, a progressive and fatal family of diseases. We were founded in 2013 and are led by a management team that has a successful track record in drug development.

We are a majority-owned subsidiary of BridgeBio Pharma LLC, or BridgeBio, a biotechnology company dedicated to identifying and developing novel therapies for genetic diseases. Led by experienced scientists, drug developers and investors, BridgeBio employs a distributed corporate structure that enables focus at the level of each disease while providing centralized resources to scale across many opportunities.

Our financial information includes allocations of expenses attributable to certain corporate functions that were provided to us by BridgeBio and its affiliates, including expenses attributable to certain executive personnel, facility-related costs, advisory services, insurance costs and other general corporate expenses. These allocations were made based on direct usage or estimates which are considered to be reasonable by our management and in accordance with our services agreement with BridgeBio. We have moved into our own leased facility and expect to reduce the services provided by BridgeBio as we hire additional personnel.

Since the commencement of our operations, we have devoted substantially all of our resources to research and development activities in support of our product development efforts, hiring personnel, raising capital to support and expand such activities and general and administrative support for these operations. We have funded our operations to date primarily from the issuance and sale of shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock and notes convertible into shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock.

In April 2016, we entered into a license agreement with the Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University, or Stanford, for rights relating to novel transthyretin aggregation inhibitors. Under the license agreement, Stanford has granted us an exclusive worldwide license to make, use and sell products that are covered by the licensed patent rights. In connection with the execution of the license agreement, we paid an upfront license fee in April 2016 and issued Stanford shares of common stock, which were recorded as research and development expense during the year ended December 31, 2016. In March 2017, we paid an annual maintenance fee under the license agreement, which was recorded as research and development expense during the year ended December 31, 2017. We are obligated to make future payments to Stanford upon the achievement of specific intellectual property, clinical and regulatory milestone events, as well as pay royalties in the low single digits on future net sales, if any.

We have not generated any revenue to date. Since inception, we have incurred significant operating losses. We have incurred net losses of $2.5 million and $11.9 million during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017,

 

69


Table of Contents

and $2.3 million and $15.6 million during the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, and we expect to continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future. As of March 31, 2018, we had an accumulated deficit of $30.1 million. We expect these losses to increase as we continue our development of, and seek regulatory approvals for our product candidate, AG10, begin to commercialize AG10, if approved, and engage in any other research and development activities. Our net losses may fluctuate significantly from quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year, depending on the timing of our clinical trials and our expenditures on other research and development activities.

As of March 31, 2018, we had $25.3 million in cash. In May 2018, we issued 4,430,162 shares of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock for net proceeds of $48.0 million. The Company believes that its cash as of March 31, 2018, without any future financing, will not be sufficient for the Company to continue as a going concern for at least one year from the issuance date of its unaudited condensed financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2018.

We will need substantial additional funding in addition to the net proceeds of this offering to support our continuing operations and pursue our long-term development strategy. We will need to obtain additional financing in the future, and may seek financing through the issuance of our common stock, through other equity or debt financings or through collaborations or partnerships with other companies. The amount and timing of our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including the pace and results of our clinical development efforts for AG10 and other research and development activities. We may not be able to raise additional capital on terms acceptable to us, or at all, and any failure to raise capital as and when needed would compromise our ability to execute on our business plan and we may have to significantly delay, scale back, or discontinue the development of AG10 or curtail any efforts to expand our product pipeline. We cannot assure you that we will ever be profitable or generate positive cash flow from operating activities.

Financial operations overview

Research and development expense

Research and development expense consist primarily of costs incurred for the development of AG10, which include:

 

 

employee-related expenses, including salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation;

 

 

laboratory, manufacturing and other vendor expenses related to the execution of preclinical studies and clinical trials;

 

 

the costs related to the production of clinical supplies and the engagement of consultants that conduct research and development activities on our behalf;

 

 

fees paid under our license agreement with Stanford; and

 

 

facilities and other allocated expenses, expenses for rent, depreciation and amortization, maintenance of facilities and other supplies.

We expense all research and development costs in the periods in which they are incurred. Costs for certain development activities are recognized based on an evaluation of the progress to completion of specific tasks using information and data provided to us by our vendors, collaborators and third-party service providers. Nonrefundable payments made prior to the receipt of goods or services that will be used or rendered for future research and development activities are deferred and capitalized. The capitalized amounts are recognized as expense as the goods are delivered or the related services are performed.

 

70


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our research and development expenses incurred during the respective periods:

 

       Year ended
December  31,
     Three months  ended
March 31,
 
(in thousands)              2016                2017                2017                2018  

Clinical development

   $      $ 1,272      $      $ 1,376  

Contract manufacturing

            1,888        21        1,024  

Preclinical, discovery and other research and development costs

     1,429        3,919        1,874        1,216  

Compensation and related personnel costs

     305        2,032        133        2,311  

Facility and other costs

            175        11        107  
  

 

 

 

Total research and development expenses

   $ 1,734      $ 9,286      $ 2,039      $ 6,034  

 

 

We expect our research and development expenses to increase substantially for the foreseeable future as we continue to invest in research and development activities related to AG10 as we advance AG10 into later stages of clinical development, including our ongoing Phase 2 clinical trial of AG10 in ATTR-CM and our planned Phase 3 clinical trial of AG10 in ATTR-PN and any subsequent clinical trials. The process of conducting the necessary clinical research to obtain regulatory approval is costly and time-consuming, and the successful development of AG10 is highly uncertain. As a result, we are unable to determine the duration and completion costs of our research and development projects or when and to what extent we will generate revenue from the commercialization of our product candidate, if at all.

General and administrative expense

Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, allocated facility costs and other expenses for outside professional services, including legal, human resource, audit and accounting services. Personnel costs consist of salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation. We expect to incur additional expenses as a result of this offering and operating as a public company, including expenses related to compliance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and listing standards applicable to companies listed on a national securities exchange, additional insurance expenses, investor relations activities and other administrative and professional services. We also expect to increase the size of our administrative function to support the growth of our business.

Other income (expense), net

Other income (expense), net primarily includes gains and losses from the remeasurement of our liabilities related to our redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability and our redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability. We will continue to adjust the liabilities for changes in estimated fair value until the settlement of the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability and redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability. At such time, the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability will be reclassified to redeemable convertible preferred stock and we will no longer record any related periodic fair value adjustments. We will continue to record adjustments to the estimated fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants until such time as these instruments are exercised, expire or are net exercised upon the completion of an IPO.

Loss on extinguishment of debt

Loss on extinguishment of debt resulted from the conversion of our convertible promissory notes into Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock prior to its maturity date, resulting in the immediate recognition of unamortized debt discount amounts and related settlement of the embedded derivative liability.

 

71


Table of Contents

Comparison of the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018

       Three months ended
March 31,
                 
(dollars in thousands)    2017     2018     $ Change     % Change  

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

   $ 2,039     $ 6,034     $ 3,995       196%  

General and administrative

     378       2,143       1,765       467  
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     2,417       8,177       5,760       238  
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (2,417     (8,177     (5,760     238  

Other income (expense), net

     75       (725     (800     (1,067

Loss on extinguishment of debt

           (6,677     (6,677     N/A  
  

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (2,342   $ (15,579   $ (13,237     565%  

 

 

Research and development expense

Research and development expense increased by $4.0 million, or 196%, during the three months ended March 31, 2018, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2017. The increase was primarily attributable to increased personnel costs of $1.7 million due to a higher headcount, an increase of $1.6 million in clinical trial related activities and contract manufacturing activities for our clinical trials and their product supply and an increase in stock-based compensation of $0.5 million.

General and administrative expense

General and administrative expense increased by $1.8 million, or 467%, during the three months ended March 31, 2018, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2017. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase of $1.3 million in professional service fees and consulting services, primarily for financial, legal and accounting fees and an increase of $0.3 million in personnel-related expenses due to an increase in headcount to support the growth of our operations.

Other income (expense), net

Other income (expense), net was an expense of $0.7 million during the three months ended March 31, 2018, compared to income of $75,000 during the three months ended March 31, 2017. The expense during the three months ended March 31, 2018 is primarily from the amortization of the debt discount of $0.7 million related to the convertible promissory note payable which was converted into Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock in March 2018. The other income during the three months ended March 31, 2017 was due to the settlement of the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability in March 2017.

Loss on extinguishment of debt

Loss on extinguishment of debt was due to our convertible promissory notes converting into Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock. The convertible promissory notes had a contractual term of one year, however, they were converted in March 2018, as such the remaining debt discounts were recognized immediately upon the conversion of the notes. There was no similar activity during the three months ended March 31, 2017.

 

72


Table of Contents

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017

 

       Year ended
December 31,
         
(dollars in thousands)    2016     2017     $ Change     % Change  

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

   $ 1,734     $ 9,286     $ 7,552       436%  

General and administrative

     651       2,730       2,079       319  
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     2,385       12,016       9,631       404  
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (2,385     (12,016     (9,631     404  

Other income (expense), net

     (157     75       232       (148
  

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (2,542   $ (11,941   $ (9,399     370%  

 

 

Research and development expense

Research and development expense increased by $7.6 million, or 436%, during the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase was related to an increase of $2.5 million primarily in preclinical activities for AG10, an increase of $1.9 million in contract manufacturing activities for AG10 to supply our Phase 1 clinical trial, an increase of $1.7 million in salaries and employee-related expenses due to an increase in headcount, an increase of $1.3 million in clinical research organization and related costs for the Phase 1 clinical trial, which were incurred primarily in the second half of 2017, and an increase in $0.2 million in facility-related costs due to increased costs for our office and lab facilities.

General and administrative expense

General and administrative expense increased by $2.1 million, or 319%, during the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase was attributable to an increase of $1.2 million in professional service fees, primarily for financial and accounting consulting fees and an increase of $0.9 million in personnel-related expenses due to an increase in headcount to support the growth of our operations.

Other income (expense), net

Other income (expense), net was $0.2 million expense during the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $75,000 income the year ended December 31, 2017. The change resulted from the final settlement of the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability in March 2017. We will no longer record any related periodic fair value adjustments for the liability.

Critical accounting policies and estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported expenses incurred during the reporting periods. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other

 

73


Table of Contents

sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates.

While our significant accounting policies are described in the notes to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe that the following critical accounting policies are most important to understanding and evaluating our reported financial results.

Accrued research and development

We record accrued expenses for estimated costs of our research and development activities conducted by third-party service providers, which include preclinical studies and clinical trials and contract manufacturing activities. We record the estimated costs of research and development activities based upon the estimated amount of services provided but not yet invoiced, and include these costs in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the balance sheets and within research and development expense in the statements of operations. These costs are a significant component of our research and development expenses.

We estimate the amount of work completed through discussions with internal personnel and external service providers as to the progress or stage of completion of the services and the agreed-upon fee to be paid for such services. We make significant judgments and estimates in determining the accrued balance in each reporting period. As actual costs become known, we adjust our accrued estimates. Although we do not expect our estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, our understanding of the status and timing of services performed, the number of patients enrolled and the rate of patient enrollment may vary from our estimates and could result in us reporting amounts that are too high or too low in any particular period. Our accrued expenses are dependent, in part, upon the receipt of timely and accurate reporting from clinical research organizations and other third-party service providers. We record advance payments to service providers as prepaid assets, which are expensed as the contracted services are performed. To date, there have been no material differences from our accrued expenses to actual expenses.

Redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability and put option asset

In connection with our Series Seed and Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock financings we were obligated to sell additional shares of Series Seed and Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock in subsequent closings, in each case, contingent upon the achievement of certain specified milestones. We recorded this redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability incurred as a derivative financial instrument liability at the fair value on the date of issuance, and we remeasure the liability on each subsequent balance sheet date.

The subsequent closings were deemed to be freestanding financial instruments that were outside of our control. The changes in fair value are recognized as a gain or loss within other income (expense), net in the statements of operations and the liability is remeasured at each reporting period and settlement of the related tranche closing. We estimated the fair value of this liability using the Black-Scholes option pricing model that includes assumptions of probability of achievement of the development milestones, stock price per share, expected life, dividend yield and risk-free interest rate. The preferred stock tranche liability will be remeasured at the end of each reporting period until the obligation is settled or expires upon the earlier of (i) a deemed liquidation event, (ii) conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock or (iii) until the holders of the redeemable convertible preferred stock can no longer trigger a deemed liquidation event.

In connection with our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock financing in March 2018, we determined that our right to request investors purchase additional shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock

 

74


Table of Contents

represents a freestanding financial instrument. The freestanding redeemable convertible preferred stock the purchase put option asset was recorded at fair value, based on its relative fair value to the redeemable convertible preferred stock. The put option asset will remain outstanding until the settlement of the redeemable convertible preferred stock additional closing. At such time, the value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability and the put option asset will be reclassified to redeemable convertible preferred stock with no further remeasurement required.

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

We issued freestanding warrants to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock in connection with the issuance of our convertible promissory note that was converted into Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock. We account for these warrants as a liability in our financial statements because the underlying instrument, Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, into which the warrants are exercisable contains redemption provisions that are outside our control.

The fair value of the warrants at the issuance date and at March 31, 2018 was determined using a probability-weighted expected return model in combination with the option pricing model. The warrants are remeasured at each financial reporting period with any changes in fair value being recognized in the statements of operations. We will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of (i) exercise of the warrants, (ii) net exercise of the warrants into Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock upon the completion of an IPO, or (iii) expiration of the warrants.

Stock-based compensation

We recognize compensation costs related to stock options granted to employees and non-employees based on the estimated fair value of the awards on the date of grant. Prior to January 1, 2017, the fair value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest was recognized as expense over the requisite service periods in our statements of operations. Upon the adoption of ASU 2016-09 on January 1, 2017, we elected to recognize the actual forfeitures by reducing the employee stock-based compensation expense in the same period as the forfeitures occur. We estimate the grant date fair value, and the resulting stock-based compensation expense, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The grant date fair value of the stock-based awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective awards.

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of highly subjective assumptions which determine the fair value of stock-based awards. These assumptions include:

 

 

Expected term —The expected term represents the period that the stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. We used the simplified method, which calculates the expected term as the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the options. For non-employees we use the contractual term.

 

 

Expected volatility —Since we are not yet a public company and do not have any trading history for our common stock, the expected volatility was estimated based on the average historical volatilities of common stock of comparable publicly traded entities over a period equal to the expected term of the stock option grants. The comparable companies were chosen based on their size, stage in the life cycle or area of specialty. We will continue to apply this process until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own stock price becomes available.

 

 

Risk-free interest rate —The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of grant for zero coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to the expected term of the awards.

 

75


Table of Contents
 

Expected Dividend —We have never paid dividends on our common stock and have no plans to pay dividends on our common stock. Therefore, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected volatility, and expected terms utilized for our stock-based compensation calculations on a prospective basis.

Historically, for all periods prior to this offering, the fair value of the shares of common stock underlying our share-based awards were estimated on each grant date by our board of directors. In order to determine the fair value of our common stock underlying option grants, our board of directors considered, among other things, timely valuations of our common stock prepared by an unrelated third-party valuation firm in accordance with the guidance provide by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide,  Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . Given the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered a number of objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock, including our stage of development; progress of our research and development efforts; the rights, preferences and privileges of our redeemable convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock; equity market conditions affecting comparable public companies and the lack of marketability of our common stock.

After the completion of this offering, our board of directors will determine the fair value of each share of underlying common stock based on the closing price of our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market as reported on the date of grant.

The intrinsic value of all outstanding options as of March 31, 2018 was $         million based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

Income taxes

We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial reporting and the tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. We assess the likelihood that the resulting deferred tax assets will be realized. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. Due to the net losses incurred and the uncertainty of realizing the deferred tax assets, for all the periods presented, we have a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets.

As of December 31, 2017, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of $12.8 million and research and development credits totaling $331,000, as well as state net operating loss carryforwards of $12.9 million and state research and development credits of $223,000. If not utilized, the federal credits will expire at various dates beginning in 2037. The federal net operating loss carries forward indefinitely, subject to potential limitations as noted below.

Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Code, and similar state provisions. These ownership change limitations may limit the amount of net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income and tax, respectively. In general, an “ownership change” as defined by Section 382 of the Code results from a transaction or series of transactions over a three-year period resulting in an ownership change of more than 50 percentage points (by value) of the outstanding stock of a company by certain stockholders. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before utilization.

 

76


Table of Contents

We recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefit recognized in the financial statements for a particular tax position is based on the largest benefit that is more likely than not to be realized. The amount of unrecognized tax benefits is adjusted as appropriate for changes in facts and circumstances, such as significant amendments to existing tax law, new regulations or interpretations by the taxing authorities, new information obtained during a tax examination, or resolution of an examination. It is our policy to recognize both accrued interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.

Liquidity and capital resources

Since inception, we have funded our operations primarily through net proceeds from the sale of our redeemable convertible preferred stock and notes convertible into shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock. Our expenditures are primarily related to research and development activities. As of March 31, 2018, we had available cash of $25.3 million and no outstanding borrowings. In May 2018, we issued 4,430,162 shares of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock for net proceeds of $48.0 million.

We have not generated any revenue to date. Since inception, we have incurred significant operating losses and expect to incur significant and increasing losses in the foreseeable future. Our net loss was $11.9 million and $15.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 and, as of March 31, 2018, we had an accumulated deficit of $30.1 million.

Our recurring operating losses and our need for additional sources of capital to fund our ongoing operations raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. As a result, our independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph in its report on our financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2017 with respect to this uncertainty. Our ability to continue as a going concern will require us to obtain additional financing to fund our operations and there can be no assurance that additional financing will be available to us or that such financing, if available, will be available on terms acceptable to us.

Cash flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

       Year ended December 31,     Three months ended
March 31,
 
                 2016               2017               2017               2018  

Cash used in operating activities

   $ (2,059   $ (9,717   $ (1,819   $ (5,891

Cash used in investing activities

           (53     (3     (114

Cash provided by financing activities

     3,990       13,311       4,006       25,777  
  

 

 

 

Net increase in cash

   $ 1,931     $ 3,541     $ 2,184     $ 19,772  

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities

During the three months ended March 31, 2018, cash used in operating activities was $5.9 million and consisted primarily of a net loss of $15.6 million, which was partially offset by non-cash charges of $8.0 million and a change in net operating assets of $1.5 million. Our non-cash charges primary consisted of $6.7 million on extinguishment of debt and $0.5 million for stock-based compensation expense. The change in our net operating assets of $1.5 million was primarily due to an increase in accounts payable of $1.1 million and accrued expenses of $1.5 million as a result of an increase in operating expenses and timing of payments, which was

 

77


Table of Contents

partially offset by an increase in other assets of $0.7 million pertaining to costs we have incurred in connection with our proposed initial public offering.

During the three months ended March 31, 2017, cash used in operating activities was $1.8 million and consisted primarily of a net loss of $2.3 million, which was partially offset by a decrease in net operating assets of $0.6 million. The change in our net operating assets of $0.6 million was primarily due to an increase in accounts payable of $0.4 million and accrued expenses of $0.3 million as a result of an increase in operating expenses and timing of payments.

During 2017, cash used in operating activities was $9.7 million, which consisted of a net loss of $11.9 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $1.1 million and a net change of $1.1 million in our net operating assets and liabilities. The non-cash charges are primarily comprised of $1.1 million for stock-based compensation, offset by a gain of $0.1 million for the remeasurement of the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to an increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities and related party payable of $1.9 million as a result of an increase in operating expenses and timing of payments, offset by $0.5 million increase in cash used for prepaid and other current assets related to payments associated with clinical trials and studies and $0.2 million increase in cash used for other assets related to the security deposit for our facility leases.

During 2016, cash used in operating activities was $2.1 million, which consisted of a net loss of $2.5 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $0.2 million and a net change of $0.2 million in our net operating assets and liabilities. The non-cash charges are primarily comprised of $0.2 million for the remeasurement of the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to an increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities of $0.2 million as a result of an increase in operating expenses and timing of payments.

Cash flows from investing activities

During the three months ended March 31, 2018, cash used in investing activities was $0.1 million, which consisted of our purchase of property and equipment for our office and lab facilities.

During 2017, cash used in investing activities was $0.1 million, which consisted of our purchase of property and equipment for our office and lab facilities.

Cash flows from financing activities

During the three months ended March 31, 2018, cash provided by financing activities was $25.8 million, which consisted of net proceeds from the issuance of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock of $15.9 million and proceeds from the issuance of convertible promissory notes of $10.0 million.

During the three months ended March 31, 2017, cash provided by financing activities was $4.0 million, which consisted of net proceeds from the issuance of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock.

During 2017, cash provided by financing activities was $13.3 million, which consisted of net proceeds of $13.0 million from the issuance of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock and $0.3 million of proceeds from the issuance of common stock upon the exercise of stock options.

During 2016, cash provided by financing activities was $4.0 million, which consisted of net proceeds of $3.9 million from the issuance of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock and $0.1 million of proceeds from the issuance of common stock upon the exercise of stock options.

 

78


Table of Contents

Funding requirements

We do not believe that our existing capital resources will be sufficient to meet our projected operating requirements for at least the next 12 months. We will require additional financing to fund working capital and pay our obligations. We may pursue financing opportunities through the issuance of debt or equity to private investors. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in acquiring additional funding at levels sufficient to fund our operations or on terms favorable to us. Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including the following:

 

 

the progress, timing, scope, results and costs of our ongoing and planned clinical trials and other research and development activities related to AG10 and any other product candidates we may identify and pursue, including the ability to enroll patients in a timely manner in our clinical trials;

 

 

the costs of obtaining AG10 in amounts sufficient for our ongoing and planned clinical trials and, if approved, for commercialization;

 

 

the cost, timing and outcomes of any regulatory approvals for AG10;

 

 

our ability to successfully commercialize AG10, if approved;

 

 

the extent to which we may acquire or in-license other product candidates and technologies;

 

 

our ability to attract, hire and retain qualified personnel;

 

 

the size and success of this offering; and

 

 

the cost of obtaining, maintaining, preparing, filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights related to AG10 and any other product candidates we may identify and pursue.

If we need to raise additional capital to fund our operations, funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing when needed, we may have to delay, reduce the scope of or suspend one or more of our preclinical studies, research and development programs or commercialization efforts. We may seek to raise any necessary additional capital through a combination of public or private equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances, licensing arrangements and other marketing and distribution arrangements.

To the extent that we raise additional capital through collaborations, strategic alliances or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our product candidates, future revenue streams, research programs or product candidates or to grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we do raise additional capital through public or private equity offerings, the ownership interest of our existing stockholders will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect our stockholders’ rights. If we raise additional capital through debt financing, we may be subject to covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends.

 

79


Table of Contents

Contractual obligations and other commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2017:

 

       Payments due by period  
(in thousands)    Less than
1 year
     1 to 3
years
     3 to 5
years
     More than
5 years
     Total  

Contractual obligations:

              

Operating lease obligations

   $ 325      $ 664      $ 674      $      $ 1,663  
  

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 325      $ 664      $ 674      $      $ 1,663  

 

 

In addition to the amounts set forth in the table above, we have certain payment obligations under our license agreement with Stanford of up to approximately $1.0 million, which are contingent upon achieving specific intellectual property, clinical and regulatory milestone events and are obligated to pay royalties on future net sales, if any. As the achievement and timing of these future milestone payments are not probable and estimable, such amounts have not been included on our balance sheets or in the contractual obligations table above. See the section titled “Business—Our material agreements—License agreement with the Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University.”

In addition, we enter into agreements in the normal course of business with contract research organizations for clinical trials and with vendors for preclinical studies and other services and products for operating purposes, which are generally cancelable upon written notice. These payments are not included in this table of contractual obligations.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

We have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements and do not have any holdings in variable interest entities.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily include interest rate sensitivities. We had cash of $5.5 million and $25.3 million as of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, respectively, which consists of bank deposits. Historical fluctuations in interest rates have not been material for us. Due to the nature of our cash, a hypothetical 100 basis point change in interest rates would not have a material effect on the fair value of our cash.

JOBS Act accounting election

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended, or the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies.

We have elected to “opt out” of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted. This election to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

Recent accounting pronouncements

See Note 2, “Summary of significant accounting policies—Recent accounting pronouncements” to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.

 

80


Table of Contents

Business

Overview

We are a clinical stage biopharmaceutical company focused on addressing the large and growing unmet need in diseases caused by transthyretin, or TTR, amyloidosis, or ATTR. We seek to treat this well-defined family of diseases by targeting them at their collective source by stabilizing TTR. TTR is a protein that occurs naturally in the form of a tetramer (a molecular structure consisting of four identical subunits, or monomers) and performs multiple beneficial roles, including the transport of essential hormones and vitamins. Over 25 years of research have shown that ATTR is uniformly driven by destabilization of the TTR tetramer, stemming from either specific gene mutations or aging. TTR destabilization drives an irreversible dissociation of the tetramer into monomers, which subsequently aggregate and deposit predominantly in the heart and peripheral nervous system, leading to organ damage, loss of organ function, and eventual death if left untreated. There are currently no therapies approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, for the treatment of ATTR. We are building upon our significant mechanistic understanding of ATTR to develop a potentially best-in-class treatment for this family of diseases.

Our product candidate, AG10, is an orally-administered small molecule designed to potently stabilize tetrameric TTR, thereby halting at its outset the series of molecular events that give rise to ATTR. Our approach to the treatment of ATTR is designed to mimic a naturally-occurring variant of the TTR gene (T119M) that is considered a “rescue mutation” because it has been shown to prevent ATTR in individuals carrying pathogenic, or disease-causing, mutations in the TTR gene. We measure stabilization of TTR using three well-established ex vivo assays: immunoblotting (Western blot), fluorescent probe exclusion (FPE) and fibril formation. We have observed through X-ray crystallography that the binding of AG10 to tetrameric TTR creates strong molecular bonds at the same locations as the bonds created by the T119M variant, which “super-stabilizes” TTR and has been shown to prevent ATTR in individuals carrying pathogenic TTR mutations. We believe this specific binding mode underlies the results of our Phase 1 clinical trial of AG10, in which AG10 was observed in the highest dose cohort to stabilize tetrameric TTR completely at peak blood concentrations, suggesting that AG10 may prevent the dissociation into disease-causing TTR monomers in the bloodstream. Based on our clinical data and data from previous third-party clinical trials in ATTR demonstrating that either stabilizing tetrameric TTR or reducing the circulating levels of tetrameric TTR by interfering with its production by the liver, may lead to improved clinical outcomes, we believe that AG10 could be a best-in-class therapy. We are currently evaluating the safety, tolerability and stabilization effects of AG10 in wild-type and mutant ATTR cardiomyopathy patients in a Phase 2 clinical trial, and we expect to report topline data from this trial by the end of 2018.

The ATTR family of diseases

ATTR represents a significant unmet need, with a comparatively large patient population in the context of rare genetic diseases and an inadequate current standard of care. There are three distinct diseases that comprise the ATTR family: wild-type ATTR cardiomyopathy, or ATTRwt-CM, which results from an age-related process; mutant ATTR cardiomyopathy, or ATTRm-CM; and ATTR polyneuropathy, or ATTR-PN. The worldwide prevalence of each disease is approximately 200,000, 40,000, and 10,000, respectively, although we believe the cardiomyopathic forms of the disease are significantly underdiagnosed. Of note, wild-type patients predominantly exhibit cardiomyopathy and do not demonstrate prominent signs of polyneuropathy.

All three forms of disease are progressive and fatal. ATTRwt-CM and ATTRm-CM patients generally present with symptoms later in life (age 50+) and have median life expectancies of three to five years from diagnosis. ATTR-PN either presents in a patient’s early 30s or later (age 50+), and results in a median life expectancy of five to ten years from diagnosis. Progression of all forms of the disease causes significant morbidity, impacts

 

81


Table of Contents

productivity and quality of life, and creates a significant economic burden due to the costs associated with progressively greater patient needs for supportive care. As the disease progresses, ATTRwt-CM and ATTRm-CM patients become increasingly difficult to medically manage and may require frequent hospitalizations and repeated interventions. ATTR-PN patients experience gradual loss of the ability to walk without assistance, and autonomic nervous system function affecting digestion and blood pressure over time, requiring increasing levels of supportive care.

The population of diagnosed ATTRwt-CM and ATTRm-CM patients is growing due to increasing disease awareness and a shift to an accurate and reliable non-invasive diagnostic approach, which allows cardiologists to use a well-established medical imaging modality and readily available blood tests to diagnose ATTR instead of using the previously required, invasive diagnostic method of heart biopsy. We believe this enables both earlier diagnosis and the identification of previously misdiagnosed patients. Specifically, recent literature suggests that a sizeable proportion (>10%) of patients diagnosed with heart failure with preserved ejection fraction, or HFpEF, which represents about half of the 7 million estimated people with heart failure in the United States alone, may in fact have ATTRwt-CM or ATTRm-CM but in the past have not been diagnosed as such.

AG10 and our therapeutic hypothesis

We are developing AG10, an orally-administered, small molecule stabilizer of tetrameric TTR, to treat ATTR at its source. Over the past decade, research has suggested that agents that bind and stabilize TTR, as measured by established ex vivo assays, can lead to improved clinical outcomes . The data supporting this hypothesis include genetic validation and clinical data in both ATTR-PN and ATTR-CM. The concept of tetrameric TTR stabilization as a potentially viable therapeutic approach originated from our understanding of the molecular pathogenesis of ATTR and the mechanistic details of a naturally occurring rescue mutation in the TTR gene, known as the T119M mutation, that “super-stabilizes” the tetramer. T119M has been observed to prevent the dissociation of TTR tetramers into monomers; T119M tetramers dissociate 40-fold more slowly than wild-type tetramers in biochemical assays. The increased stability of the T119M variant confers protection against ATTR such that, in individuals who carry a highly penetrant, TTR-destabilizing mutation, co-inheritance of T119M protects them against the development of ATTR. This stabilization hypothesis is further supported by clinical trials performed with Pfizer’s TTR stabilizer, tafamidis, in ATTR-CM as well as diflunisal, a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug, or NSAID, in ATTR-PN.

Summary of our preclinical and clinical results

We believe the clinical and preclinical data generated to date by AG10 strongly support its development as a potential best-in-class therapeutic to treat ATTR, as outlined below.

 

 

The therapeutic potential of previously studied small molecule TTR stabilizers has been illustrated by the evaluation of tafamidis in ATTRwt-CM and ATTRm-CM and diflunisal in ATTR-PN. The clinical data support the hypothesis that increasing levels of TTR stabilization lead to increasing clinical benefit. Preclinical studies have shown that AG10 provided a higher degree of ex vivo stabilization than tafamidis or diflunisal using multiple well-established assays.

 

 

In our Phase 1 clinical trial, healthy volunteers were administered AG10 and at the highest tested dose we observed greater than 95% stabilization of TTR, on average, across the entire dosing interval and 100% stabilization at peak blood levels. In contrast, tafamidis at 20 mg and 80mg provided approximately 45% and 60% stabilization at peak blood levels, respectively, in our preclinical studies. We believe these observations of AG10’s comparatively higher stabilization are attributable to advantages in AG10’s binding mode and specificity for binding to TTR and not other plasma proteins.

 

82


Table of Contents
 

In particular, X-ray crystallography demonstrates that AG10 uniquely drives hydrogen bonding at the bottom of the thyroxine binding pocket of the TTR molecule to help hold tetrameric TTR together, mimicking the binding mode of the naturally-occurring T119M rescue mutation. To our knowledge, AG10 is the only TTR stabilizer in clinical development or clinical use that has been observed to mimic this “super-stabilizing” mechanism of the naturally-occurring rescue mutation.

 

 

Further, our preclinical studies support that AG10’s binding to TTR may be highly specific and not significantly affected by the presence of additional plasma proteins. In contrast, published regulatory documents support that tafamidis also binds to the highly abundant plasma protein albumin, which competes with tafamidis’ ability to bind and stabilize TTR. This is reflected in the free fraction observed for tafamidis (<0.5%) from the reported literature versus AG10 (3.6%) in our preclinical studies, suggesting that the percentage of total drug available for TTR binding may be greater for AG10 than for tafamidis.

 

 

In our preclinical studies, 10µM AG10 also resulted in greater than 85% TTR stabilization across a range of mutations that lead to ATTRm-CM or ATTR-PN, which represent over 70% of all patients with mutation-driven ATTR.

 

 

We observed no clinically important adverse events or laboratory-based signals of potential clinical concern associated with AG10 in healthy adult volunteers participating in or Phase 1 clinical trial of AG10. In our preclinical studies, AG10 exhibited a greater than 50-fold therapeutic window between its target therapeutic blood level and those concentrations associated with observed, dose-limiting animal toxicity. We achieved or exceeded that targeted therapeutic blood level in healthy volunteers at doses that were well tolerated in the Phase 1 clinical trial.

Based on these data, in April 2018, we initiated a randomized, placebo-controlled, double-blind Phase 2 clinical trial of AG10 in ATTR-CM patients. In this trial, we are evaluating safety and tolerability, as well as TTR stabilization as clinical proof-of-concept in the target patient population. We expect to report topline data from this Phase 2 clinical trial by the end of 2018 and to initiate a Phase 3 clinical trial of AG10 in ATTR-PN patients in early 2019.

Prior to initiating the Phase 1 clinical trial, and in advance of our ongoing Phase 2 clinical trial we developed a tablet formulation for AG10 and have produced over 100 kg of AG10 conforming with the FDA’s current Good Manufacturing Practice, or cGMP, manufacturing requirements, which we believe will be sufficient to complete our ongoing Phase 2 clinical trial.

We are developing AG10 to treat three distinct forms of ATTR in the clinical trials shown in the table below.

 

Indication   Worldwide
prevalence
   Stage    Endpoint and biomarkers    Next anticipated
milestone

ATTR-CM

(both ATTRwt-CM and

ATTRm-CM)

  200,000
ATTRwt-CM

40,000
ATTRm-CM

   Phase 2    Safety and tolerability; pharmacokinetics; TTR stabilization    Phase 2 topline data readout (End of 2018)
     Open label extension (OLE) to be initiated    Safety and tolerability; TTR stabilization; Biomarkers: NTpro-BNP, troponin, wall thickness, strain    OLE initiation (2018)

ATTR-PN

  10,000   

Phase 3

  

Neuropathy impairment score (mNIS +7); Safety and tolerability; Norfolk quality of life score; pharmacokinetics; TTR stabilization

  

Phase 3 initiation (Early 2019)

 

83


Table of Contents

Our leadership team

We are led by a management team that has worked together previously and has a successful track record in drug development, contributing to over 30 molecules through Initial New Drug, or IND, application and more than ten approved drugs. More importantly, our team has a rich set of experiences at the intersection of genetic disease and cardiovascular medicine owing from experiences at companies including Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc., MyoKardia, Inc. and Portola Pharmaceuticals, Inc. We are a majority-owned subsidiary of BridgeBio Pharma LLC, or BridgeBio, a biotechnology company dedicated to identifying and developing novel therapies for genetic diseases.

Led by experienced scientists, drug developers and investors, BridgeBio employs a distributed corporate structure that enables focus at the level of each disease while providing centralized resources to scale across many opportunities. BridgeBio currently has a portfolio of more than 15 product candidates spanning preclinical development to late-stage clinical trials across multiple therapeutic areas. Eidos is a leading example of BridgeBio’s approach to building lean organizations dedicated to targeting well-defined genetic conditions at their source.

Our strategy

Our goal is to be a leader in developing and commercializing disease-modifying therapeutics to treat ATTR. The key components of our strategy are to:

 

 

Rapidly develop AG10 for the treatment of ATTR-CM.     We have completed a first-in-human, Phase 1 single and multiple ascending dose, safety, tolerability, PK and pharmacodynamic, or PD, trial in healthy adult volunteers. AG10 was well tolerated in the Phase 1 trial and at the highest tested dose achieved complete stabilization of TTR at peak blood concentrations. Based on these data, we have initiated a randomized, placebo-controlled, double-blind Phase 2 clinical trial of AG10 in ATTR-CM patients. In this trial, we are evaluating safety, tolerability, and ex vivo TTR stabilization effects of AG10 to demonstrate clinical proof of concept in the target patient population. We expect to report topline data from this Phase 2 clinical trial by the end of 2018. We intend to evaluate regulatory strategies and conduct ongoing discussions with the FDA and other regulatory bodies to rapidly advance the development of AG10 for this indication. Subject to the successful completion of our Phase 2 clinical trial and our discussions with regulatory authorities, we intend to advance AG10 into a Phase 3 clinical trial for the treatment of ATTR-CM in early 2019.

 

 

Advance AG10 for the treatment of ATTR-PN.     ATTR-PN is caused by the destabilization of tetrameric TTR and deposition of TTR amyloid in the peripheral nervous system. Based on our preclinical and preliminary clinical observations that AG10 potently stabilizes TTR in human serum (at blood levels roughly equal to the level of available TTR binding sites), we also plan to develop AG10 for ATTR-PN. Subject to the successful completion of our Phase 2 clinical trial of AG10 in ATTR-CM and authorization from applicable regulatory authorities, we plan to initiate a Phase 3 clinical development program for AG10 in ATTR-PN in early 2019.

 

 

Expand our leadership role in the ATTR community.     We have established strong relationships with academics, clinical investigators, and patient advocacy groups in the ATTR field. Working closely with these key stakeholders, we aim to advance the understanding of ATTR in terms of its epidemiology, diagnosis, natural history, and treatment. Further, we plan to support clinical scientific conferences, diagnostic method and other training programs, patient and family advocacy and support organizations, and community-wide advances to increase awareness of this family of diseases among physicians and patients.

 

 

Retain development and commercialization rights to AG10 in core strategic markets.     We plan to develop and commercialize AG10 in major markets. We believe we can devise time- and cost-efficient strategies to

 

84


Table of Contents
 

develop, and to obtain regulatory approvals for, novel product candidates such as AG10. We have assembled an experienced team with a successful track record in pharmaceutical development, regulatory strategy and execution of global clinical trials. Given the concentrated market and increasing levels of disease awareness, we intend to establish a small and focused sales force targeting key cardiology and neurology specialists in major markets, and we may evaluate opportunities to establish strategic partnerships in additional markets.

 

 

Evaluate opportunities to expand the scope of our development candidate portfolio.     We may also form collaborative alliances to expand our capabilities and development opportunities into new therapeutic areas and potentially accelerate commercialization in select geographic markets. Consistent with our strategy and that of our parent company, BridgeBio, we may in-license or acquire additional assets targeting well-defined inherited diseases at their source that complement our primary focus on ATTR. While complementary approaches to the treatment of ATTR are the most synergistic opportunity, building on our deep understanding of ATTR, we may also pursue additional research and development opportunities as well as the acquisition or in-licensing of adjacent precision cardiovascular medicine assets.

ATTR background and disease pathology

ATTR is a rare, progressive, fatal disease caused by the accumulation of amyloid fibrils in vital organs as a result of the destabilization of TTR. TTR is named for its role in the trans port of thy roxine (thyroid hormone) and retin ol (vitamin A). Beyond its activity as a transport protein, multiple lines of evidence point to a larger role of TTR in human physiology. First, TTR is highly conserved evolutionarily and is present in all vertebrates and many invertebrates. In humans, no mutations resulting in reduced or complete elimination of TTR have been described. In a 2013 study of over 68,000 participants in Denmark over an average 32 years of clinical follow-up, the naturally-occurring T119M mutation led to higher circulating TTR concentrations, protection against a range of cerebrovascular events, especially fatal or debilitating stroke, and a 5-10 year increase in life expectancy relative to the general population. In contrast to these beneficial effects, the destabilization of TTR can lead to ATTR. With an estimated prevalence of over 250,000 patients worldwide, ATTR is one of the most prevalent rare genetic diseases, although each of its clinical forms is currently considered to be an orphan disease indication.

TTR circulates as a tetramer containing two thyroxine binding sites; TTR monomers do not bind these ligands by themselves. ATTR can result from either defects in protein handling associated with aging (driving wild-type ATTR) or genetic mutations (mutant ATTR), which destabilize TTR and drive its dissociation into TTR monomers. The monomers subsequently aggregate into complexes that are deposited in tissues, including the heart and peripheral nerves. Left untreated, these deposits can cause severe organ damage, loss of organ function and eventual death. Clinically, ATTR primarily presents as either a cardiomyopathy, or ATTR-CM, a form of heart failure, or as a peripheral polyneuropathy, or ATTR-PN, a neurodegenerative disease.

ATTR-CM is an infiltrative, restrictive cardiomyopathy characterized by progressive right and left heart failure, initially with preserved ejection fraction. Patients suffering from ATTR-CM generally become symptomatic at age 50 or older. Patients with ATTR-CM experience typical symptoms of heart failure, which may include persistent fatigue, dizziness, shortness of breath, edema (swelling of the legs), and a disproportionate age-related incidence of atrial fibrillation with its associated risk of stroke. As the disease progresses, patients often require frequent hospitalization due to decompensated congestive heart failure. ATTR-CM patients are challenging to medically manage, as commonly used treatments for other forms of heart failure, like ACE inhibitors and beta blockers, can be ineffective or harmful due to the specific effects of ATTR-CM on the ability of the heart to relax and fill with fresh blood between heartbeats, and the frequent involvement of the heart’s electrical conduction system and autonomic control of blood pressure, all affecting patients’ ability to maintain cardiac output. As a result, ATTR-CM patients also have a high associated risk of developing both heart block

 

85


Table of Contents

and atrial fibrillation, requiring permanent pacemaker and anticoagulant therapy to prevent stroke, respectively.

ATTR-CM can develop in older patients in whom TTR is destabilized as part of the natural aging process, a condition known as ATTRwt-CM. ATTR-CM can also be caused by genetic mutations that destabilize TTR, known as ATTRm-CM. ATTRm-CM may have an earlier age of onset and progress more rapidly than ATTRwt-CM. The Transthyretin Cardiac Amyloidosis Study published in 2012 found that the median survival from diagnosis for ATTRwt-CM and ATTRm-CM patients was 43 months and 26 months, respectively.

The numbers of diagnosed ATTRwt-CM and ATTRm-CM patients are estimated to be 200,000 and 40,000 worldwide, respectively. We believe both forms of ATTR-CM are under-diagnosed due to limited disease awareness and historical reliance on invasive diagnostic techniques. Until recently, a cardiac biopsy was required to make the definitive diagnosis of ATTR-CM. However, non-invasive nuclear medicine imaging agents (technetium-labelled pyrophosphate or bis-phosphonates), coupled with blood tests, have demonstrated the ability to detect ATTR-CM with 99% sensitivity and specificity. These imaging agents allow physicians suspecting ATTR-CM to readily diagnose it in patients without the need for a heart biopsy. In addition, we believe the development of new potential treatments for ATTR has also raised awareness of ATTR amongst physicians, prompting them to consider the diagnosis when evaluating patients with an initial recognition of heart failure, especially HFpEF. These two factors have the potential to lead to broader adoption of a noninvasive diagnostic algorithm and earlier identification of the disease. We are actively supporting efforts to establish training and certification in the use of the noninvasive algorithm with key opinion leaders. Recent clinical reports have suggested significant prevalence of ATTR-CM in multiple cardiac disease and other populations. For example, ATTR-CM has been detected in an important proportion of patients suffering from associated conditions such as carpal tunnel syndrome, and as a comorbid condition in patients with aortic stenosis or those presenting for hip and knee replacement surgery.

There are over 140 known pathogenic mutations in the TTR gene that can lead to destabilization of the tetramer, driving ATTRm-CM. The most prevalent TTR mutation in the United States, V122I, is associated with an increased risk of developing ATTRm-CM. The V122I mutation is present in approximately 3.4% of African Americans, and may be even higher in related Afro-Caribbean populations living in the Americas and Europe.

Clinically, ATTR also presents as ATTR-PN, a neurodegenerative disease, in individuals carrying pathogenic TTR mutation. Patients suffering from ATTR-PN generally become symptomatic between ages 30 and 50. While the median survival for patients diagnosed with ATTR-PN is only five to ten years, the various disease complications from initial onset create a substantial economic and social burden on patients, caregivers and the entire healthcare system. In ATTR-PN patients, symptoms generally begin with pain in the extremities from nerve damage, loss of sensation, limb weakness, and GI dysfunction leading to malnutrition. Patients generally lose motor control (muscle strength, tone and bulk) and sensation in their extremities, starting with the feet and ascending to involve the lower and upper legs followed by the hands and arms. As the disease progresses up the legs to the body, patients lose the ability to walk without assistance, and eventually lose the ability to control basic motor and sensory functions. Loss of sensation exposes patients to the risk of so-called insensate trauma, or the inability to notice that they have sustained injuries to their hands and feet, which may become complicated by infection and require hospitalization for intravenous therapy or amputation.

 

86


Table of Contents

ATTR-PN is caused by pathogenic, destabilizing mutations in the TTR gene and affects approximately 10,000 patients worldwide. The V30M mutation is the most prevalent mutation associated with ATTR-PN and is endemic in certain areas of Portugal, Sweden and Japan, where it has arisen independently as a founder mutation, as illustrated in the figure below.

Distribution of ATTR mutations in the United States and the rest of world in the THAOS Registry

 

 

LOGO

Source: (Maurer, Hanna, Grogan, Dispenzieri, Witteles, Drachman, Judge, Lenihan, Gottlieb, Shah, Steidley, Ventura, Murali, Silver, Jacoby, Fedson, Hummel, Kristen, Damy, Planté-Bordeneuve, et al., 2016)

Mutant ATTR (ATTRm) spans a spectrum of phenotypic expression from predominantly cardiomyopathic (as in the case of the prevalent mutation V122I) to predominantly polyneuropathic (as in the case of V30M, especially the early onset subset), with many mutations driving a mixed clinical phenotype, as illustrated in the figure below. The symptoms associated with wild-type ATTR (ATTRwt) are predominantly cardiovascular, but may include connective tissue disease such as carpal tunnel syndrome.

Spectrum of Mutations (non-exhaustive) and Phenotypes in ATTR

 

 

LOGO

Source: adapted from (Semigran, 2016)

 

87


Table of Contents

Unmet medical need in ATTR

There are currently no therapies approved by the FDA for the treatment of any form of ATTR. In ATTR-PN, treatment options had historically been limited to symptomatic relief, with liver transplantation being the only definitive treatment to arrest the progression of disease. This therapy, however, is complicated by limited organ availability, the need for lifelong immunosuppression, surgical risk (especially in patients with substantial cardiac involvement) and limited efficacy, as wild-type TTR amyloid continues to contribute to disease progression in many patients after transplant.

Some advancements have been made in the development of disease-modifying therapies for ATTR-PN. For example, regulatory authorities outside of the United States, including the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, have approved tafamidis for the treatment of ATTR-PN, although its single Phase 3 clinical trial in ATTR-PN patients did not meet its primary endpoint. Tafamidis was approved by the European Union in 2011 and Japan in 2013. The FDA, in contrast, requested additional trials to be completed as a prerequisite for any resubmission for U.S. approval. Additionally, diflunisal, a generic, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug, or NSAID, approved by the FDA to treat pain and inflammation, may be prescribed by physicians for ATTR patients, despite not having been approved for the treatment of ATTR. Diflunisal exhibits some biochemical properties as a TTR stabilizer and has been studied in a randomized study in ATTR-PN patients funded by the National Institutes of Health. The use of diflunisal is limited, however, by its Boxed Warning in the U.S. Product Insert (label) listing increased risks of gastrointestinal bleeding, thromboembolic events (clotting and blood vessel blockage), and kidney failure. These are all “on-target” complications related to diflunisal’s intended inhibition of the cyclooxygenase, or COX, enzyme. While diflunisal is commercially available as a generic, prescription-only medical product in the United States, it is generally unavailable in the European Union and elsewhere. Finally, recent Phase 3 clinical trials of TTR gene-silencing, or “knockdown” agents (patisiran and inotersen) have shown clinically important and statistically significant results in the treatment of ATTR-PN.

More limited progress has been made in the development of a safe and effective, disease-modifying treatment of ATTRwt-CM and ATTRm-CM. In March 2018, Pfizer Inc. announced that tafamidis had met its primary endpoint, a reduction in the combination of all-cause mortality and cumulative incidence of cardiovascular-related hospitalizations in its Phase 3 clinical trial (ATTR-ACT) that enrolled both ATTRwt-CM and ATTRm-CM patients. Diflunisal is also prescribed for some ATTR-CM patients, although it is not approved for ATTR-CM and its usage is limited given the overlap between its labeled risk of serious adverse effects and the prominent cardiovascular and renal manifestations in these patients. The only Phase 3 clinical trial of a TTR knockdown agent in patients with diagnosed cardiomyopathy, the ENDEAVOUR study of revusiran sponsored by Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc., was halted due to an imbalance of deaths in the active treatment arms. Given the significant and growing prevalence of ATTRwt-CM and ATTRm-CM, the limitations of product candidates currently under development for ATTR and the absence of products approved by the FDA for ATTR, we believe there is a significant unmet need for a best-in-class therapeutic agent that targets the disease at its source.

 

88


Table of Contents

AG10—our differentiated solution for the treatment of ATTR

AG10 is an orally-administered small molecule designed to treat ATTR at its source by stabilizing tetrameric TTR, thereby halting at its outset the series of molecular events that give rise to ATTR. The following graphic illustrates the disease mechanism of ATTR and our therapeutic hypothesis.

 

 

LOGO

Although there are currently no FDA approved therapies to treat ATTR, multiple therapeutic approaches are in clinical and preclinical development. These therapeutic approaches are referred to as stabilization, knockdown and clearance.

 

 

Stabilization .    Small molecule stabilizers, including AG10, target the disease at its source by stabilizing TTR and inhibiting the disease-initiating step of amyloid formation (i.e., the dissociation of tetrameric TTR into monomers).

 

 

Knockdown .    Knockdown approaches inhibit the synthesis of TTR by the liver, thereby reducing the amount of circulating tetrameric TTR and presumably the amount of TTR monomers available to form amyloid deposits.

 

 

Clearance .    Agents target the amyloid formation process further downstream and/or established amyloid deposits. The goal of these agents is to disrupt the formation of circulating TTR amyloid precursors (aggregates of misfolded monomers) and/or clear amyloid fibrils that have already been deposited.

We believe that the TTR stabilization approach targets ATTR at its source and represents a validated therapeutic approach to prevent or slow disease progression. In addition, we believe our therapeutic approach has the potential to complement other approaches to treating ATTR.

The therapeutic approach of AG10 leverages over 25 years of research understanding the molecular mechanism of ATTR and the rational design using structural biology by our founders at Stanford University. We believe the therapeutic hypothesis underlying TTR stabilization is validated by human genetic and clinical data, as follows:

 

 

Genetic data demonstrate not only how the disease is caused (through mutations that destabilize the TTR tetramer) but also how the disease is ameliorated (through mutations that super-stabilize tetrameric TTR).

 

89


Table of Contents
 

Furthermore, beneficial effects of the naturally-occurring, stabilizing mutation T119M have been demonstrated in both a diseased and healthy population;

 

 

Tafamidis, a TTR stabilizer, reportedly met its primary endpoint in the reduction in the combination of all-cause mortality and cumulative incidence of cardiovascular-related hospitalizations in ATTR-CM patients in Pfizer’s global, Phase 3 ATTR-ACT clinical trial.

Genetic validation

The concept of TTR tetramer stabilization as a viable therapeutic approach originated from our understanding of the molecular pathogenesis of ATTR, as well as a naturally-occurring rescue mutation. The molecular pathogenesis of ATTR has been described in over 25 years of scientific publications. Specifically, ATTR results from the dissociation of native, tetrameric TTR into monomeric subunits that misfold and aggregate as TTR amyloid. There are over 140 known pathogenic, missense mutations that destabilize TTR. On the other hand, there exist naturally occurring mutations that protect against disease, and have been shown to stabilize TTR. A naturally-occurring, gain-of-function rescue mutation, T119M, results in the “super-stabilization” of TTR and prevents ATTR in compound heterozygotes carrying the V30M disease-causing mutation, as reported by Coelho et al. in 1996 and Hammarstrom et. al in Science in 2001. The T119M mutation, when carried in otherwise healthy individuals, is also associated with both a lower risk of cerebrovascular events and an increased life expectancy of five to ten years compared to healthy non-carriers, and is correlated with 17% higher circulating levels of TTR. This result was identified by Hornstrup et. al. in a 2013 study of over 68,000 individuals in Denmark over an average 32 years of clinical follow-up. AG10’s mode of binding is designed to mimic the stabilizing mechanism of this rescue mutation, which we believe provides a mechanistic advantage to slow or halt the progression of ATTR. In addition, the scientific literature suggests that this mode of binding may be unique to AG10.

Clinical data

In March 2018, Pfizer announced that tafamidis, a TTR stabilizer, met its primary endpoint of a reduction in the combination of all-cause mortality and cumulative incidence of cardiovascular-related hospitalizations in both types of ATTR-CM patients in the Phase 3 ATTR-ACT study. The trial was designed to enroll a minimum of 30% ATTRm-CM patients and 30% ATTRwt-CM patients. 441 patients were randomized to placebo, 20 mg tafamidis, or 80 mg tafamidis in a 2:1:2 ratio. We believe tafamidis is the first therapeutic to reportedly show a benefit in an ATTR-CM clinical trial and validates the hypothesis that TTR stabilization can lead to a meaningful clinical benefit in this population.

The reported outcomes from previous clinical trials with TTR stabilizers, including those from the ATTR-ACT study, further support the TTR stabilization approach and suggest that increasing levels of TTR stabilization may lead to increasing levels of clinical benefit. To support this hypothesis, we evaluated each of three small molecule stabilizers (tafamidis, diflunisal and AG10) in head-to-head, established in vitro TTR stabilization assays (Western blot and FPE) and compared these results to the reported clinical outcomes, leading to the following observations:

 

 

Tafamidis, at the reported mean peak plasma concentration achieved at steady state on a 20 mg daily oral dose in healthy volunteers, was observed to stabilize approximately 45% of TTR in our preclinical studies. At this dose, tafamidis demonstrated a non-statistically significant improvement relative to placebo in ATTR-PN patients in a Phase 3 clinical trial conducted by FoldRx Pharmaceuticals Inc. (acquired by Pfizer Inc.).

 

 

When tested at the mean reported peak plasma concentration achieved following an 80 mg dose of tafamidis, we observed approximately 60% TTR stabilization in our preclinical studies. Pfizer has reported that its Phase 3 ATTR-ACT trial met its primary endpoint in the combined active treatment group of patients treated with either 20 mg or 80 mg tafamidis.

 

90


Table of Contents
 

Diflunisal, a generic NSAID, stabilized TTR by approximately 75% in our preclinical studies and showed a statistically significant improvement relative to placebo in ATTR-PN patients in a randomized, controlled study.

We believe that these comparative data of tafamidis at the 20 mg dose, tafamidis at the 80 mg dose and diflunisal support the hypothesis that maximally stabilizing TTR may lead to optimal clinical benefit. In our Phase 1 clinical trial in healthy volunteers, we achieved 100% TTR stabilization at peak concentrations and 95% or greater on average over the entire dosing interval in the 800 mg twice daily cohort, which we believe represent best-in-class TTR stabilization. The following table summarizes the levels of TTR stabilization observed to date in our preclinical stabilization assays of tafamidis, diflunisal and AG10, as compared to their reported clinical outcomes:

 

LOGO

In the table above, the figures for percent stabilization at peak concentration represent values averaged between Western blot and FPE assays, except for diflunisal, which only includes data from FPE assays. We used commercially available tafamidis in the Western blot assays and synthesized tafamidis in the FPE assays. Although we believe our preclinical observations described above are consistent with the reported clinical literature, the use of synthesized tafamidis in our preclinical studies may not be indicative of results that would be obtained using commercially-available tafamidis.

AG10

There are multiple lines of evidence that we believe support the potential for AG10 to be a best-in-class TTR stabilizer and lead to meaningful clinical benefit.

 

 

We believe AG10 is the only TTR stabilizer that mimics the binding mode of the naturally-occurring, super-stabilizing T119M mutation.

 

 

In preclinical testing, AG10 has been observed to exhibit greater specificity for TTR than tafamidis. Compared to tafamidis, AG10’s binding to TTR is less affected by the presence of other plasma proteins, allowing a greater fraction of AG10 to bind TTR.

 

91


Table of Contents
 

In established preclinical assays, AG10 has demonstrated the highest levels of TTR stabilization compared to other TTR stabilizers at clinically-relevant concentrations; and

 

 

In our Phase 1 clinical trial, AG10 was well-tolerated and the highest tested dose achieved 100% TTR stabilization at peak concentrations and over 95% TTR stabilization on average in healthy adult volunteers at steady state.

Unique binding mode

AG10’s mode of binding is designed to mimic the naturally-occurring, super-stabilizing T119M rescue mutation, which we believe provides a mechanistic advantage in potentially slowing or halting the progression of ATTR. To our knowledge, this mode of binding is unique to AG10 among product candidates under clinical development for ATTR. The binding modes of the T119M variant and AG10 are further described below.

The T119M mutation “super-stabilizes” the tetramer by bringing the TTR monomers closer together, allowing for strong electrostatic interactions (hydrogen bonds and salt bridges) between adjacent monomers that stabilize the tetramer. In the thyroxine binding pocket of wild-type TTR, the serine 117 residues on each of the adjacent monomeric subunits are too far apart to form hydrogen bonds, as illustrated in the ribbon diagram below.

 

 

LOGO

The T119M variant, depicted below, results in structural changes in the tetramer such that the serine residues are now close enough to each other (under 3 angstroms) to permit hydrogen bonds to form between serine residues in adjacent monomers, holding the tetramer more tightly together than in the wild-type tetramer.

 

 

LOGO

 

92


Table of Contents

By similarly facilitating the formation of hydrogen bonds with the serines at position 117, we believe AG10 structurally mimics the disease-suppressing mechanism of the T119M rescue mutation. As illustrated in the diagram below, AG10 has been observed to bind to TTR and participate in hydrogen bonding interactions with the serine 117 residues on adjacent monomers, stabilizing the tetramer in a manner similar to that observed in the T119M mutant protein. We also believe AG10’s binding mode, which mimics that of the naturally occurring, disease-suppressing T119M rescue mutation, may lead to a slowing or halting of the dissociation of tetrameric TTR into monomers, the disease-initiating step in ATTR. To our knowledge, AG10 is the only compound in clinical development that mimics the structural effect of the T119M mutation with interactions at the bottom of the thyroxine binding pocket to confer TTR stabilization.

 

 

LOGO

Published isothermal titration calorimetry studies demonstrate that the binding mode of AG10 to TTR is almost entirely driven by enthalpy, or the strength of the chemical bonds. In contrast, the binding of tafamidis to TTR is driven approximately only 50% by enthalpy. We believe that the relative enthalpic binding mode of AG10 as compared to tafamidis confers additional stability to the tetramer, thereby preventing the dissociation of tetrameric TTR into monomers.

TTR binding affinity and selectivity

In addition to its unique binding mode, AG10 has been observed in preclinical studies to bind to TTR with high affinity and specificity. TTR has two binding sites for its native ligand, thyroxine, or the small molecule stabilizers that bind into the same pocket. Binding to these sites is non-cooperative, meaning that binding to the second site becomes less likely after a molecule is bound to the first. However, we believe binding to both sites may be required for complete TTR stabilization. AG10 has been shown to exhibit high binding affinity, as represented by its single-digit nanomolar dissociation constant, to TTR at its first site, and additionally an approximately 140-300 nanomolar dissociation constant at its second site. A dissociation constant measures the proportion of a compound that is bound to its target, with a lower dissociation constant implying stronger binding affinity. Based on ex vivo data from our Phase 1 clinical trial, we believe AG10 may bind TTR and potentially occupy more than one binding site per tetramer molecule.

AG10 binding to TTR has been observed to be also highly specific. In vitro assays demonstrate that AG10 has the potential to stabilize TTR while not being affected by the presence of other plasma proteins. In pre-clinical studies, approximately 3.6% of non-protein bound AG10 was observed to circulate in human plasma at relevant clinical concentrations, suggesting an available pool of compound to bind to newly synthesized TTR. In contrast, we believe the ability of synthesized tafamidis to bind and stabilize TTR is reduced in the presence of other proteins (particularly albumin, which is present at high concentrations in human plasma). Specifically, in published regulatory documents, the free fraction of tafamidis is less than 0.5% in human peripheral blood,

 

93


Table of Contents

suggesting that the majority of non-TTR bound tafamidis is bound to other plasma proteins. We believe data from our preclinical studies suggesting AG10’s ability to bind TTR with high affinity and specificity support its potential to be a best-in-class TTR stabilizer.

TTR stabilization in preclinical data

In established preclinical assays, AG10 demonstrated near-complete levels of TTR stabilization at clinically-relevant concentrations, further supporting our belief that AG10 could be a best-in-class therapeutic for ATTR.

In vitro studies demonstrated that AG10 potently stabilizes TTR at doses tested in our Phase 1 clinical trial, as evaluated in three separate, established assays. In the first assay, immunoblotting, or Western blots, were used to measure TTR stabilization as demonstrated by the percentage of tetrameric TTR remaining under accelerated destabilizing conditions (acidic pH). Shown below is the dose response effect of AG10 and commercially available tafamidis on stabilizing TTR at different compound concentrations. AG10 was observed to completely stabilize TTR at doses tested in our Phase 1 clinical trial and demonstrated greater TTR stabilization than tafamidis in this assay. The following graphs show the amount of TTR stabilization, as measured by the Western blot assay, using the solvent, dimethyl sulfoxide, or DMSO, and at different concentrations of AG10 and commercially available tafamidis:

 

LOGO

 

94


Table of Contents

The fluorescent probe exclusion (FPE) assay is a competitive binding assay that measures the ability of a stabilizer to block the binding of a small molecule probe to the thyroxine binding site of TTR. A fluorescent signal is emitted only when the probe is bound to TTR. In the plots below, AG10 and tafamidis, as synthesized for use in our preclinical studies, were compared head-to-head under identical assay conditions. At the clinical concentrations achieved by AG10 in our Phase 1 clinical trial (approximately 10-40 µM), AG10 was observed to occupy >90% of TTR tetramers. For tafamidis, clinical concentrations reported in regulatory documents predict plasma concentrations of approximately 15-20 µM from an 80 mg daily dose. These concentrations were observed to result in approximately 55-65% TTR occupancy. The following graphs show the amount of TTR stabilization, as measured by the FPE assay, using DMSO and at different concentrations of AG10 and synthesized tafamidis:

 

LOGO

Fibril formation measures the amount of amyloid that is formed in vitro after purified TTR, in the absence of serum proteins, is incubated under denaturing conditions. As shown below, AG10 potently inhibits the formation of amyloid fibrils in vitro from either wild-type or V122I TTR, the most prevalent destabilizing TTR mutation associated with ATTRm-CM. In addition, AG10 resulted in significantly greater inhibition of amyloid fibril formation at a 2:1 ratio of TTR to compound than tafamidis, as synthesized for use in our preclinical studies. The following graphs show the amount of TTR stabilization, as measured by the percentage of fibril formation, for synthesized tafamidis and AG10:

 

LOGO

 

95


Table of Contents

Clinical data

AG10 was shown to be well-tolerated in our Phase 1 clinical trial and at the highest tested dose achieved 100% ex vivo TTR stabilization at peak concentrations and over 95% TTR stabilization on average at steady state at the highest dose cohort. AG10 is designed to treat ATTR at its source by stabilizing tetrameric TTR in order to prevent the initiating event in the disease (dissociation of tetrameric TTR). X-ray crystallography indicates that AG10 may uniquely drive hydrogen bonding at the bottom of the thyroxine binding pocket to help hold TTR together, mimicking the naturally-occurring T119M rescue mutation. To our knowledge, AG10 is the only TTR stabilizer in development that has been observed to mimic the “super-stabilizing” properties of the naturally-occurring rescue mutation. In preclinical studies, AG10 has also shown high levels of stabilization across a wide range of mutations that lead to ATTR-CM or ATTR-PN.

We have observed no clinically significant adverse events in our Phase 1 clinical trial and a greater than 50x therapeutic window between the achieved therapeutic AG10 drug levels and those associated with observed animal toxicity. We believe these data support that AG10 could be a best-in-class TTR stabilizer and support its continued clinical development.

Phase 1 clinical trial of AG10

In September 2017, following acceptance of our IND application for AG10 in ATTR-CM, we initiated our first clinical trial of AG10. The study was designed as a randomized, placebo-controlled, single and multiple ascending dose study in healthy adult volunteers. The primary objective of the study was to evaluate the safety and tolerability of single and multiple doses of AG10. The secondary objectives were to characterize the PK of AG10 and to describe the PD properties of AG10, as well as the PK-PD relationship of AG10 in healthy adult subjects.

 

96


Table of Contents

The trial design is depicted below. Part A consists of a single ascending dose, or SAD, design, where four cohorts of eight healthy individuals were randomized to receive AG10 or placebo in a 3:1 overall ratio. Part B consists of a multiple ascending dose, or MAD, design, where three cohorts of eight healthy individuals were randomized to receive AG10 or placebo in a 3:1 ratio. A total of 32 subjects, 24 dosed with AG10 and eight with placebo to match, completed Part A with doses of 50 mg, 150 mg, 300 mg or 800 mg of AG10. The intermediate dose group of 300 mg was selected for the food effect portion of the study. In Part B, a total of 24 subjects, 18 dosed with AG10 and six with placebo to match, were dosed with 100 mg, 300 mg or 800 mg AG10 every 12 hours for 12 days. The results observed to date in our clinical development of AG10, including our Phase 1 clinical trial in which 32 subjects were enrolled, are based on a limited sample size and may not be observed in later-stage clinical trials involving larger numbers of patients:

 

LOGO

The safety evaluations in this study include vital signs (blood pressure, heart rate), physical examination, clinical laboratory tests (hematology, clinical chemistry, urinalysis, including microscopic evaluation), electrocardiography, and Holter monitoring.

Below is a summary of our observations of treatment emergent serious adverse events (SAEs) and adverse events (AEs) observed in the Phase 1 study.

Number of patients experiencing adverse events (%)

 

       Single ascending dose    Multiple ascending dose (q12h)
       Placebo
(n=8)
   50 mg
(n=6)
   150 mg
(n=6)
   300 mg 1
(n=6)
   800 mg
(n=6)
   Placebo
(n=6)
   100 mg
(n=6)
   300 mg
(n=6)
   800 mg
(n=6)

SAEs

   0 (0%)    0 (0%)    0 (0%)    0 (0%)    0 (0%)    0 (0%)    0 (0%)    0 (0%)    0 (0%)

AEs

   2 (25%)    3 (50%)    2 (33%)    1 (17%)    1 (17%)    3 (50%)    2 (33%)    5 (83%)    1 (17%)

1 : Adverse events in the fed component; no subjects in the fasted component experienced treatment emergent SAEs or AEs

 

97


Table of Contents

Results from both the SAD and MAD parts of the study indicate that AG10 was well-tolerated. No deaths or SAEs were reported during the study and no subject discontinued study drug or the study due to an AE. Most AEs were reported by single subjects in both the SAD and MAD parts, and all were mild to moderate in intensity. The only AEs that occurred in more than one subject were dry mouth, generalized headache, upper respiratory infection, and dizziness, all of which occurred in two separate subjects. No AEs were reported as “probable” with regards to their relationship to AG10.

PK properties of AG10 were evaluated in both parts of the trial. The data indicate that AG10 is rapidly absorbed (peak concentrations achieved within 1 hour of dosing), and the terminal half-life of the compound is approximately 25 hours. Plasma concentrations achieved in these studies reached our expected steady-state target concentrations. The PK of AG10 in the MAD portion of the study is shown below.

 

 

LOGO

 

98


Table of Contents

We evaluated the PD properties of AG10 with the fluorescent probe exclusion, or FPE, and Western blot assays, both previously reported assays of TTR stabilization. The percentage target engagement with TTR by AG10 as measured by the FPE assay in the SAD portion of the study is shown below. AG10 demonstrated rapid and near-complete TTR stabilization, reflecting rapid absorption and achievement of therapeutic blood levels, even at the lowest dose tested. A progressively longer duration of TTR stabilization was observed with escalating AG10 doses, reflecting dose-related increases in blood levels of AG10.

 

 

LOGO

The percentage of TTR stabilization as measured by the FPE assay at peak, trough and on average over the dosing interval at steady-state (Day 12) in the MAD portion of the study is shown below. The data from the highest tested daily dose demonstrated 100% steady-state TTR stabilization in all subjects at peak drug concentration measured shortly after oral dosing. At the same 800 mg dose administered every 12 hours, TTR stabilization on average over the dosing interval and at trough (pre-dose at steady state) was 96% and 92%, respectively. We believe these are the highest levels of ex vivo TTR stabilization demonstrated in any clinical trial of a TTR stabilizer and support AG10’s potential to slow or halt the progression of ATTR.

 

 

LOGO

 

99


Table of Contents

TTR stabilization was also measured using the Western blot assay. A characteristic blot and summarized quantification (mean +/- standard deviation) of all MAD data is shown below. These data similarly showed high levels of TTR stabilization in all MAD cohorts at peak and trough concentrations. Further, the blots demonstrate that near-complete TTR stabilization was achieved at 60 hours following final dose in the cohort dosed with 800 mg every 12 hours.

 

 

LOGO

The aggregate PK-PD data from subjects administered any dose of AG10 in the MAD portion shown below demonstrate a predictable and dose-responsive PD effect of AG10 in both FPE and Western blot assays.

 

 

LOGO

 

100


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

The correlation between FPE and Western blot (WB) data was also examined in a post-hoc analysis. The data shown below from the MAD portion of the Phase 1 trial demonstrate a high level of correlation between assays.

 

LOGO

Phase 2 and 3 clinical trials of AG10

Based on the safety and tolerability profile and the TTR stabilization data for AG10 in our Phase 1 clinical trial, we initiated a randomized, placebo-controlled, double-blind Phase 2 clinical trial of AG10 in ATTR-CM patients in April 2018. The primary objective of this study is to evaluate the safety and tolerability of AG10 administered to symptomatic ATTR-CM patients. The secondary objectives are to characterize the PK of AG10 administered orally daily for 28 days and to describe the PD properties of AG10, as assessed by established assays of TTR stabilization including the FPE assay and Western blot. The study will also describe the PK-PD relationship of AG10 in adult patients with symptomatic ATTR-CM. The trial is enrolling both wild-type and mutant ATTR-CM patients. As shown below, patients will be randomized 1:1:1 to AG10 400 mg twice daily, 800 mg twice daily, or placebo for 28 days.

 

101


Table of Contents

We also plan to invite patients in this Phase 2 clinical trial to participate in an open label extension in which patients will receive 800 mg AG10 twice daily. The purpose of this extension study is to evaluate the long-term safety and tolerability of AG10, as well as track measures of cardiac health and function including NT-proBNP, troponin I, left ventricular wall thickness, and global longitudinal strain. We expect topline data from the randomized, placebo-controlled, double-blind portion of the Phase 2 clinical trial in ATTR-CM by the end of 2018.

Randomized, double-blind, placebo controlled, multi-center study of AG10 in ATTR-CM patients

 

LOGO

 

102


Table of Contents

Anticipated clinical and regulatory path for AG10

Our Phase 3 clinical development plan in ATTR-CM will be based on the results of our Phase 2 clinical trial in ATTR-CM patients, the existing and forecasted treatment landscape, and further discussions with U.S. and European regulatory authorities. Of particular importance in the design our of Phase 3 study in ATTR-CM are the full data from Pfizer’s Phase 3 clinical trial of tafamidis (ATTR-ACT). We believe the ATTR-ACT study, as it reportedly met its primary endpoint, validates the stabilization hypothesis and, based on incomplete levels of TTR stabilization in our in vitro assays, is likely to highlight remaining unmet medical need that could be addressed with a more potent stabilizer. In particular, we believe the following ATTR-ACT study parameters, results for which have not yet been reported to date, as well as future results from our Phase 2 clinical trial of AG10 in ATTR-CM and our potential end of Phase 2 meeting with the FDA, will have direct implications for our Phase 3 clinical trial design:

LOGO

We believe that a Phase 3 registration trial for AG10 will be possible regardless of the outcome of the ATTR-ACT trial. Supporting this belief are our pre-clinical and Phase 1 data which indicate that AG10 may achieve best-in-class TTR stabilization at a well-tolerated dose. Further, we believe the large and growing prevalence of ATTR-CM provides sufficient patient numbers to facilitate rapid trial enrollment. We are examining multiple potential trial designs that will be informed by the detailed results of the ATTR-ACT trial when they are reported. Current trial size estimates are preliminary and difficult to calculate but we believe potential pivotal trial designs may include a placebo-controlled trial with approximately 300-400 patients or an active comparator trial with approximately 500-1,000 patients. Our assumptions will be refined based on the full ATTR-ACT data, our Phase 2 data in ATTR-CM, and interactions with regulatory authorities. Subject to the successful completion of the Phase 2 ATTR-CM trial and our discussions with regulatory authorities, we intend to advance AG10 into a Phase 3 clinical trial for the treatment of ATTR-CM (both mutant and wild-type) in the first half of 2019.

While AG10 is not likely to become the first-to-market targeted therapy for ATTR-CM, we believe that, if approved, it has the potential to become a best-in-class therapy. Systematic reviews of recent commercial drug launches demonstrate that best-in-class compounds can achieve significant, and in some instances the leading market share even if they are not the first approved product for a particular indication. Further, we believe certain qualities of the ATTR-CM market could yield additional benefits to a best-in-class therapeutic. Specifically, the ATTR-CM market is sufficiently large and heterogenous that subsets of patients may be

 

103


Table of Contents

unresponsive to any particular therapy, causing physicians to cycle between available therapies. In addition, the potential growth of the market may lead to a large number of newly diagnosed cases which would not require switching from an established therapy to a novel, best-in-class agent.

Subject to the successful completion of our Phase 2 clinical trial of AG10 in ATTR-CM and authorization from applicable regulatory authorities, we also plan to initiate a Phase 3 clinical development program for AG10 in ATTR-PN in early 2019. We plan to enroll up to 130 symptomatic ATTR-PN patients in a randomized, placebo-controlled, double-blinded clinical trial of 12 months’ duration. The planned primary endpoint is the modified Neurologic Impairment Score +7 (mNIS+7), with secondary endpoints of overall safety and tolerability, Norfolk Quality of Life (QoL) score, assessments of autonomic function, and cardiac function (which may be important in patients with mixed phenotype). Other endpoints may include population PK of AG10 in ATTR-PN patients and assessments of TTR stabilization as measured by FPE and Western blot assays. We do not intend to file an IND with the FDA for this indication, and we plan to conduct this study outside of the United States.

Preclinical data for AG10 in ATTR

In 2016 through 2018, we conducted in vitro pharmacology and predictive safety screens, and evaluated in vivo (nonclinical) safety, PK and PD of AG10 in several mammalian species, including in single and repeat dose non-GLP and repeat dose (up to 90 days) GLP toxicology studies in rat and dog. These studies suggest that AG10 is a potent, highly selective, orally-available TTR stabilizer. We are also conducting chronic toxicology studies to examine the long-term safety profile of AG10 in rats and dogs.

Animal safety pharmacology studies of AG10 demonstrated a wide margin between anticipated therapeutic exposures and doses associated with toxicity. The respiratory and central nervous system animal safety studies did not demonstrate any adverse effects. GLP toxicology studies (28 day repeat dosing and 90 day repeat dosing) identified a no adverse effect level, or NOAEL, in both rats and dogs that provided safety margins over 50 fold higher than the target human drug concentration for clinical investigation. No dose limiting toxicities were established in the 90 day GLP toxicology dog study. However, in prior toxicology studies of shorter duration, at doses above the NOAEL, dogs experienced dose limiting toxicities of gastrointestinal effects including vomiting, dehydration and weight loss.

 

104


Table of Contents

In vivo studies have also demonstrated AG10’s stabilization effects on TTR. Upon oral administration to dogs, AG10 stabilized serum TTR in a dose dependent manner, as measured by the FPE assay as shown below.

 

 

LOGO

Similarly, orally-administered AG10 resulted in stabilization of TTR in a dose dependent manner in monkeys, as measured by the FPE assay as shown below.

 

 

LOGO

 

105


Table of Contents

In addition, ex vivo studies in patient blood samples have supported AG10’s stabilization effects on TTR across several pathogenic mutations. Over 140 mutations leading to ATTR-CM and ATTR-PN have been described. We selected mutations that occur at different amino acid positions in the protein, as shown below, to test the hypothesis that AG10 could stabilize multiple TTR variants as well as wild-type protein.

 

 

LOGO

Blood samples were obtained from patients carrying a series of mutations that are distributed throughout the primary amino acid sequence of the protein and are manifest across a spectrum of clinical phenotypes. In in vitro experiments, AG10 was added to patient sera and then evaluated for AG10’s ability to stabilize TTR. AG10 was observed to potently stabilize all the tested TTR mutations, as measured by FPE assay and Western blots. Shown below are the Western blot results illustrating the effects of AG10 on variant TTR.

 

 

LOGO

We believe the results for our nonclinical studies and GLP toxicology studies strongly support the continued clinical development of AG10 for ATTR.

 

106


Table of Contents

TTR stabilization assays

Multiple assays have been developed to biochemically measure TTR stabilization. AG10 has consistently demonstrated the highest levels of TTR stabilization across all four assays explained below. These assays were powered for statistical significance. Importantly, data from these assays may correlate with clinical outcome for naturally occurring TTR variants and small molecule drug candidates. In the absence of validated and reliable biomarkers of disease progression or TTR stabilization in vivo, we believe these in vitro/ex vivo assays are our best tool to predict the clinical efficacy of drug candidates. Specifically, the ability of small molecules to stabilize TTR can be estimated based on in vitro studies in which study drug is added to buffer, plasma, or serum containing TTR. These assays can be performed using plasma or serum samples taken from animals or humans who have been treated with the study drug. In either case, these assays aim to measure distinct components of the ATTR disease cascade, as illustrated below:

 

1.   Ligand binding and dissociation

 

2.   Tetramer dissociation into monomers

 

3.   Fibril aggregation

 

 

LOGO

Each assay presents its own technical limitations and yields a differing absolute measure of “TTR stabilization” depending on specific conditions. Importantly, however, stabilization values have been highly correlated between assays in multiple studies. Further, the relative affinity and potency of stabilization by small molecules is consistent across assay conditions. In aggregate, the experimental measures allow for rank ordering of TTR stabilization between various small molecules at relevant clinical concentrations. We believe that no single assay should be viewed as a gold standard, but instead a consensus view should be drawn from collated results obtained across modalities. For this reason, we have examined AG10 and other small molecule TTR stabilizers in head-to-head experiments using each of the assays listed below.

For our clinical studies, we have selected Western blot and fluorescent probe exclusion assays as our primary measures of TTR stabilization. These assays were selected because they provide consistent data across multiple laboratories, appear to correlate with clinical benefit observed in previous studies, and can be conducted at high throughput in a non-academic laboratory setting.

 

107


Table of Contents

Further details regarding the four assays most commonly used in recent literature are detailed in the table below:

 

      Fibril formation   Western blot   Fluorescent probe
exclusion (FPE)
  Subunit exchange
ATTR step measured   Fibril aggregation   Tetramer dissociation into monomers   Ligand dissociation   Tetramer dissociation into monomers
Solution   Buffer   Plasma/serum   Serum   Plasma/serum
pH   Acidic (4.4)   Acidic (< 4.0) or Neutral (Urea)   Neutral (7.4)   Neutral (7.4)
Time   24 hours   72 hours   6 hours   2-7 days
Temperature   25°C   25°C   25°C   25°C /37°C
Covalent probe  

-

  -   +   +
Exogenous protein  

-

  -   -   +
Read out method   UV–vis turbidity measurements of light transmission reduced by the formation of TTR amyloid fibrils.   Plasma or serum samples, post tetramer dissociation, are subjected to cross-linking and immunoblotting. The intensity of residual TTR tetramer is then quantified. Absent any stabilizer, tetrameric TTR dissociates to 10-20% its original amount. In the presence of stabilizer, measured ex vivo post dosing or added in vitro, samples retain up to 100% of tetrameric TTR despite acidic conditions.   Fluorescence of covalent probe binding to TTR tetramer (i.e. the lower the fluorescence signal, the higher the extent of target engagement and TTR stabilization). Initial binding of probe can be competed out completely by therapeutic concentrations of stabilizer dosed in vivo or added in vitro.  

Recombinant (E. coli) FLAG-tagged TTR is added to plasma. The subunit exchange between TTR and FLAG-tagged TTR is monitored by anion exchange chromatography via intrinsic protein fluorescence (buffer) or covalent probe (plasma).

 

NOTE: covalent probe cannot displace AG10 bound to TTR so plasma stabilization measurements cannot be made using the method reported.

The four assays described above have been used to various extents across the number of non-clinical and clinical studies in the ATTR field. Specifically, the fibril formation and Western blot assays have been used broadly across numerous studies, whereas the FPE assay has been utilized more recently in a smaller number of labs. The subunit exchange assay has only been used in research studies by the Kelly lab at Scripps, which also originated the FPE assay.

Additional opportunities

We may evaluate opportunities to expand our capabilities and product pipeline. Consistent with our strategy and that of our parent company, BridgeBio, we may look for assets that target well-defined genetic diseases at their source. Complementary approaches in ATTR are the most synergistic opportunity. We may also pursue acquisition or in-licensing of adjacent precision cardiovascular medicine assets.

 

108


Table of Contents

Manufacturing

Given the small molecule and oral formulation of AG10, we believe the synthesis of the drug substance for AG10 is reliable and reproducible from readily available starting materials, and the synthetic routes are amenable to large-scale production and do not require unusual equipment or handling in the manufacturing process. We have already established the synthetic process and scaled up to large kilogram quantities similar to the campaigns that will be required to provide drug product for our anticipated Phase 3 clinical trial. We have obtained an adequate supply of the drug substance for AG10 from our first North American contract manufacturing organization, or CMO, to satisfy our clinical and preclinical requirements in 2018. We are engaging secondary raw material suppliers and North American and European CMOs to mitigate supply chain risk and ensure continuity of supply of drug substance. To maximize flexibility, we have established relationships with non-overlapping vendors for supply of both starting materials as well as drug substance.

Drug product formulation for AG10 has been developed as a film coated tablet and continues to be optimized. We have contracted with a North American third-party manufacturer capable of both formulation development and drug product manufacturing through commercialization. We have identified a second drug product manufacturer adding additional capacity and redundancy to our supply chain. The current formulation used in the Phase 1 and Phase 2 studies of AG10 is an immediate release tablet. We have already manufactured over 60,000 tablets, sufficient to dose our ongoing Phase 2 clinical trial in ATTR-CM. For future development and commercialization, we intend to optimize the tablet formulation to reduce pill burden and facilitate compliance.

We do not own or operate, and currently have no plans to establish, any manufacturing facilities. We currently depend on third-party CMOs for all of our requirements of raw materials, drug substance and drug product for our preclinical research and our ongoing clinical trial of AG10. We have not entered into long-term agreements with our current CMOs. We intend to continue to rely on CMOs for later-stage development and commercialization of AG10, as well as the development and commercialization of any other product candidates that we may identify. Although we rely on CMOs, we have personnel and third-party consultants with extensive manufacturing experience to oversee the relationships with our contract manufacturers.

Sales and marketing

We intend to begin building a commercial infrastructure in the United States and selected other territories to support the commercialization of AG10 when we believe a regulatory approval in a particular territory is likely. Because ATTR-CM and ATTR-PN are rare diseases with a concentrated prescribing audience and a small number of key opinion leaders who influence the treatments prescribed for the relevant patient population, we believe that we can effectively address the market using our own targeted, specialty sales and marketing organization supported by internal sales personnel, an internal marketing group and distribution support.

In any core markets outside of the United States that we may identify, where appropriate, we may utilize strategic partners, distributors or contract sales forces to expand the commercial availability of AG10. We currently do not expect that we will require large pharmaceutical partners for the commercialization of AG10 or any other product candidates we may identify and pursue, although we may consider partnering in certain territories or indications or for other strategic purposes. We intend to evaluate our commercialization strategy as we advance AG10 through clinical development.

Intellectual property

We strive to protect the proprietary technology that we believe is important to our business, including seeking and maintaining patents and patent applications intended to cover our product candidates and compositions,

 

109


Table of Contents

their methods of use and processes for their manufacture, and any other aspects of inventions that are commercially important to the development of our business. We have entered into an exclusive license agreement with The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University, or Stanford, to obtain the rights to use certain patents for the development and commercialization of our product candidates. See “—Our material agreements—License agreement with the Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University.” We also rely on trade secrets to protect aspects of our business that are not amenable to, or that we do not consider appropriate for, patent protection.

Our success will depend on our ability to obtain and maintain patent and other proprietary rights protecting our commercially important technology, inventions and know-how related to our business, defend and enforce our current and future issued patents, if any, preserve the confidentiality of our trade secrets and operate without infringing the valid and enforceable patents and proprietary rights of third parties. We also rely on know-how, continuing technological innovation and potential in-licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our intellectual property portfolio. We seek to obtain domestic and international patent protection, and endeavor to promptly file patent applications for new commercially valuable inventions.

The patent positions of biopharmaceutical companies like us are generally uncertain and involve complex legal, scientific and factual questions. In addition, the coverage claimed in a patent application can be significantly reduced before the patent is issued, and patent scope can be reinterpreted by the courts after issuance. Moreover, many jurisdictions permit third parties to challenge issued patents in administrative proceedings, which may result in further narrowing or even cancellation of patent claims. We cannot predict whether the patent applications we are currently pursuing will issue as patents in any particular jurisdiction or whether the claims of any patents, if issued, will provide sufficient protection from competitors.

Because patent applications in the United States and certain other jurisdictions are maintained in secrecy for 18 months or potentially even longer, and since publication of discoveries in the scientific or patent literature often lags behind actual discoveries, we cannot be certain of the priority of inventions covered by pending patent applications. Moreover, we may have to participate in interference proceedings or derivation proceedings declared by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, to determine priority of invention.

Patents and patent applications

Our patent portfolio includes five issued U.S. patents, one allowed U.S. patent application, three pending U.S. patent applications, patent applications in Europe and Japan in various stages of prosecution and one pending international application filed under the Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT).

Specifically, our patent portfolio includes five issued U.S. patents and one allowed U.S. patent application, exclusively licensed from Stanford, which are directed to AG10’s composition of matter and methods of use.

These patents are currently expected to expire in 2031 or 2033, absent any applicable patent term extensions. Our patent portfolio licensed from Stanford also includes one pending U.S. patent application, two pending European patent applications, and one pending Japanese patent application directed to AG10 and methods of its use, which, if issued, are expected to expire between 2031 and 2033, absent any applicable patent term extensions.

In addition, we are the sole assignee of two patent families directed to particular salt forms of AG10, particular polymorphic forms of AG10, methods of manufacturing AG10, and formulations of AG10. One of the families consists of a pending U.S. provisional patent application, and the other family includes one pending U.S. patent

 

110


Table of Contents

application, a pending PCT patent application and one related pending patent application in Taiwan. If issued, these patent applications are expected to expire in 2038, absent any applicable patent term adjustments or extensions.

Patent term

The base term of a U.S. patent is 20 years from the filing date of the earliest-filed non-provisional patent application from which the patent claims priority assuming that all maintenance fees are paid. The term of a U.S. patent can be lengthened by patent term adjustment, which compensates the owner of the patent for administrative delays at the USPTO the extent of which is offset by delays by the patent owner before the USPTO in obtaining the patent. In some cases, the term of a U.S. patent is shortened by a terminal disclaimer that reduces its term to that of an earlier-expiring patent. The term of a U.S. patent may be eligible for patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, referred to as the Hatch-Waxman Act, to account for at least some of the time the drug is under development and regulatory review after the patent is granted. With regard to a drug for which FDA approval is the first permitted marketing of the active ingredient, the Hatch-Waxman Act allows for extension of the term of one U.S. patent that includes at least one claim covering the composition of matter of an FDA-approved drug, an FDA-approved method of treatment using the drug and/or a method of manufacturing the FDA-approved drug. The extended patent term cannot exceed the shorter of five years beyond the non-extended expiration of the patent or 14 years from the date of the FDA approval of the drug. Some foreign jurisdictions, including Europe and Japan, have analogous patent term extension provisions, which allow for extension of the term of a patent that covers a drug approved by the applicable foreign regulatory agency. In the future, if our product candidates receive FDA approval, we expect to apply for patent term extension on patents, if issued, covering those products, their methods of use and/or methods of manufacture.

Trade secrets

In addition to patents, we rely on trade secrets and know-how to develop and maintain our competitive position. We typically rely on trade secrets to protect aspects of our business that are not amenable to, or that we do not consider appropriate for, patent protection. We protect trade secrets and know-how by establishing confidentiality agreements and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants, scientific advisors and contractors. These agreements generally provide that all confidential information developed or made known during the course of an individual or entities’ relationship with us must be kept confidential during and after the relationship. These agreements also typically provide that all inventions resulting from work performed for us or relating to our business and conceived or completed during the period of employment or assignment, as applicable, shall be our exclusive property. In addition, we take other appropriate precautions, such as physical and technological security measures, to guard against misappropriation of our proprietary information by third parties.

Our material agreements

License agreement with the Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University

In April 2016, we entered into an exclusive license agreement with Stanford for rights relating to novel transthyretin aggregation inhibitors. Under our agreement, Stanford has granted us an exclusive worldwide license to make, use and sell products that are covered by the licensed patent rights. This license grant expires when the last licensed patent expires. The patent rights exclusively licensed to us under the license are described in more detail above under the heading “—Intellectual property.”

 

111


Table of Contents

Stanford retains the right, on behalf of itself and all other non-profit academic research institutions, to practice under the patent rights for any non-profit purpose, including sponsored research and collaborations. We may grant sublicenses to third parties so long as we are actively pursuing the development or commercialization of products covered by the patent rights. We may also be required to sublicense our rights under the agreement at Stanford’s request under certain conditions, including if we are unwilling or unable to serve a potential market or territory and there is a third party willing to be a sublicensee in such market or territory.

We are obligated to pay to Stanford a yearly license maintenance fee during the term of the agreement, but we may offset the maintenance fee against earned royalty payments due on net sales occurring in that year. Stanford is entitled to receive a royalty as a percentage of net sales of licensed products, in the low single digits. We have agreed to pay Stanford a percentage of non-royalty revenue we receive from our sublicensees, with the amount owed decreasing annually for three years based on when we enter into the applicable sublicense agreement. We also issued to Stanford 47,500 shares of our common stock with a price of $0.18 per share, the fair market value at the time of issuance, a portion of which were issued directly to Drs. Graef and Alhamadsheh. In addition, we are obligated to pay Stanford up to approximately $1.0 million upon the achievement of specific intellectual property, clinical and regulatory milestone events. In the event of a change of control transaction, we are obligated to pay Stanford a change of control fee of $250,000 in connection with the assignment of the license agreement to our acquirer.

Under the license agreement with Stanford, we are obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop, manufacture, and commercialize at least one licensed product; to develop markets for such licensed products; and to meet certain development milestones as agreed upon between us and Stanford.

Subject to the expiration of the license grant described above, the agreement does not have a specified term. We may terminate the agreement by providing prior written notice to Stanford, and Stanford has the right to terminate the agreement if we fail to achieve certain milestones or make payments under the agreement, or are not actively pursuing development of a licensed product, or if we otherwise materially breach the agreement and fail to cure such breach within a specified grace period.

Competition

The biopharmaceutical industry is highly competitive. There are many public and private biopharmaceutical companies, universities, governmental agencies and other research organizations actively engaged in the research and development of products that may be similar to our product candidates or address similar markets. In addition, the number of companies seeking to develop and commercialize products and therapies similar to our product candidates is likely to increase. In the area of ATTR, we expect to face competition from competitors targeting three distinct mechanisms of action: TTR stabilization, TTR knockdown, and TTR clearance.

Among TTR stabilizers, we expect to face competition from tafamidis (marketed as Vyndaqel by Pfizer Inc., or Pfizer, in the EU). Tafamidis is an oral TTR stabilizer that is approved in the EU for Stage 1 (early stage) ATTR-PN. In March 2018, tafamidis reportedly met its primary endpoint, a reduction in combined all-cause mortality and cumulative incidence of cardiovascular-related hospitalizations, in the Phase 3 Transthyretin Cardiomyopathy (ATTR-ACT) study. Corino Therapeutics Inc./SOM Innovation Biotech, S.L. is developing SOM0226 (tolcapone, CRX-1008), an oral, small molecule TTR stabilizer for ATTR. Tolcapone is a generic drug that is FDA-approved for the treatment of Parkinson’s disease. The drug has demonstrated significant liver toxicity and consequently, had been previously removed from the US market. The marketing authorization in the US was renewed in August 2009, but it remains off the market in a number of other countries, including Australia, Bulgaria, and Iceland. Corino Therapeutics/SOM Biotech completed a Phase 2a trial of tolcapone in ATTR-PN. Diflunisal, a generic, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID) indicated for mild to moderate

 

112


Table of Contents

pain and arthritis, may also be considered a competitor, having been shown to significantly slow development of ATTR-PN in a randomized Phase 3 trial. Diflunisal’s label contains a boxed warning for cardiovascular, renal and gastrointestinal risks.

Potentially competitive TTR knockdown approaches are being pursued by multiple companies. Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc., or Alnylam, is developing patisiran, an intravenously administered RNAi therapeutic for the treatment of hereditary ATTR with polyneuropathy and initiated a rolling submission of an NDA with the FDA in November 2017. Alnylam is also developing ALN-TTRsc02, a subcutaneously administered RNAi therapeutic for ATTR. Alnylam has reportedly completed a Phase 1 clinical trial of ALN-TTRsc02 in healthy volunteers. Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc./Akcea Therapeutics, Inc. is developing inotersen, an antisense oligonucleotide (ASO) drug, for hereditary ATTR with polyneuropathy and filed an NDA with the FDA in November 2017. Intellia’s program is currently in preclinical development. Arcturus Therapeutics Ltd. is developing LUNAR-TTR, a lipid-based RNA medicine currently in preclinical development.

Therapeutics targeting TTR clearance may also be competitive to AG10. GlaxoSmithKline plc is developing a combination of GSK2315698 and GSK2398852 to target serum amyloid P component, or SAP, that deposits with TTR amyloid. This combination has been evaluated in a Phase 1 clinical trial. Prothena Therapeutics plc is developing PRX004, a monoclonal antibody, for ATTR that is currently in a Phase 1 clinical trial. Neurimmune Holding AG is also developing a recombinant human antibody for ATTR that is in preclinical development.

Government regulation

The FDA and comparable regulatory authorities in state and local jurisdictions and in other countries impose substantial and burdensome requirements upon companies involved in the clinical development, manufacture, marketing and distribution of drugs, such as those we are developing. These agencies and other federal, state and local entities regulate, among other things, the research and development, testing, manufacture, quality control, safety, effectiveness, labeling, storage, record keeping, approval, advertising and promotion, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, sampling and export and import of our product candidates.

U.S. government regulation of drug products

In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and its implementing regulations. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with applicable federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations requires the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or after approval, may subject an applicant to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, such as the FDA’s refusal to approve pending NDAs, withdrawal of an approval, imposition of a clinical hold, issuance of warning letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement or civil or criminal penalties.

The process required by the FDA before a drug may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:

 

 

Completion of preclinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies in compliance with the FDA’s good laboratory practice, or GLP, regulations;

 

 

Submission to the FDA of an investigational new drug application, or IND, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

 

113


Table of Contents
 

Approval by an independent institutional review board, or IRB, at each clinical site before each trial may be initiated;

 

 

Performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with good clinical practice, or GCP, requirements to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug product for each indication;

 

 

Submission to the FDA of an NDA;

 

 

Satisfactory completion of an FDA advisory committee review, if applicable;

 

 

Satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the product is produced to assess compliance with current good manufacturing practice, or cGMP, requirements and to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the drug’s identity, strength, quality and purity;

 

 

Satisfactory completion of FDA audits of clinical trial sites to assure compliance with GCPs and the integrity of the clinical data;

 

 

Payment of user fees and securing FDA approval of the NDA; and

 

 

Compliance with any post-approval requirements, including the potential requirement to implement a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS, and the potential requirement to conduct post-approval studies.

Preclinical studies

Preclinical studies include laboratory evaluation of product chemistry, toxicity and formulation, as well as animal studies to assess potential safety and efficacy. An IND sponsor must submit the results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information, analytical data and any available clinical data or literature, among other things, to the FDA as part of an IND. Some preclinical testing may continue even after the IND is submitted. An IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless before that time the FDA raises concerns or questions related to one or more proposed clinical trials and places the clinical trial on a clinical hold. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin. As a result, submission of an IND may not result in the FDA allowing clinical trials to initiate.

Clinical trials

Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational new drug to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators in accordance with GCP requirements, which include the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent in writing for their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the trial, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety, and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. A protocol for each clinical trial and any subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. In addition, an IRB at each institution participating in the clinical trial must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial before it initiates at that institution. Information about certain clinical trials must be submitted within specific timeframes to the National Institutes of Health, or NIH, for public dissemination on their www.clinicaltrials.gov website.

 

114


Table of Contents

Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases, which may overlap or be combined:

 

 

Phase 1: The drug is initially introduced into healthy human subjects or patients with the target disease or condition and tested for safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution, excretion and, if possible, to gain an early indication of its effectiveness.

 

 

Phase 2: The drug is administered to a limited patient population to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to preliminarily evaluate the efficacy of the product for specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage.

 

 

Phase 3: The drug is administered to an expanded patient population, generally at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites, in well-controlled clinical trials to generate enough data to statistically evaluate the efficacy and safety of the product for approval, to establish the overall risk-benefit profile of the product, and to provide adequate information for the labeling of the product.

Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and more frequently if serious adverse events occur. Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 trials may not be completed successfully within any specified period, or at all. Furthermore, the FDA or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the drug has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients.

Marketing approval

Assuming successful completion of the required clinical testing, the results of the preclinical and clinical studies, together with detailed information relating to the product’s chemistry, manufacture, controls and proposed labeling, among other things, are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA requesting approval to market the product for one or more indications. In most cases, the submission of an NDA is subject to a substantial application user fee. Under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, guidelines that are currently in effect, the FDA has a goal of ten months from the date of “filing” of a standard NDA, for a new molecular entity to review and act on the submission. This review typically takes twelve months from the date the NDA is submitted to FDA because the FDA has approximately two months to make a “filing” decision.

In addition, under the Pediatric Research Equity Act of 2003, or PREA, as amended and reauthorized, certain NDAs or supplements to an NDA must contain data that are adequate to assess the safety and effectiveness of the drug for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations, and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. The FDA may, on its own initiative or at the request of the applicant, grant deferrals for submission of some or all pediatric data until after approval of the product for use in adults, or full or partial waivers from the pediatric data requirements. An Agreed Initial Pediatric Study Plan requesting a waiver from the requirement to conduct clinical studies has been submitted to the FDA.

The FDA also may require submission of a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS, plan to ensure that the benefits of the drug outweigh its risks. The REMS plan could include medication guides, physician communication plans, assessment plans, and/or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries, or other risk minimization tools.

The FDA conducts a preliminary review of all NDAs within the first 60 days after submission, before accepting them for filing, to determine whether they are sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. The FDA may request additional information rather than accept an NDA for filing. In this event, the application must be

 

115


Table of Contents

resubmitted with the additional information. The resubmitted application is also subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth substantive review. The FDA reviews an NDA to determine, among other things, whether the drug is safe and effective and whether the facility in which it is manufactured, processed, packaged or held meets standards designed to assure the product’s continued safety, quality and purity.

The FDA may refer an application for a novel drug to an advisory committee. An advisory committee is a panel of independent experts, including clinicians and other scientific experts, which reviews, evaluates and provides a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions.

Before approving an NDA, the FDA typically will inspect the facility or facilities where the product is manufactured. The FDA will not approve an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving an NDA, the FDA may inspect one or more clinical trial sites to assure compliance with GCP requirements.

After evaluating the NDA and all related information, including the advisory committee recommendation, if any, and inspection reports regarding the manufacturing facilities and clinical trial sites, the FDA may issue an approval letter, or, in some cases, a complete response letter. A complete response letter generally contains a statement of specific conditions that must be met in order to secure final approval of the NDA and may require additional clinical or preclinical testing in order for FDA to reconsider the application. Even with submission of this additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval. If and when those conditions have been met to the FDA’s satisfaction, the FDA will typically issue an approval letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with specific prescribing information for specific indications.

Even if the FDA approves a product, it may limit the approved indications for use of the product, require that contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling, require that post-approval studies, including Phase 4 clinical trials, be conducted to further assess a drug’s safety after approval, require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the product after commercialization, or impose other conditions, including distribution and use restrictions or other risk management mechanisms under a REMS, which can materially affect the potential market and profitability of the product. The FDA may prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of post-marketing studies or surveillance programs. After approval, some types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, manufacturing changes, and additional labeling claims, are subject to further testing requirements and FDA review and approval.

Special FDA expedited review and approval programs

The FDA has various programs, including fast track designation, accelerated approval, priority review, and breakthrough therapy designation, which are intended to expedite or simplify the process for the development and FDA review of drugs that are intended for the treatment of serious or life-threatening diseases or conditions and demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs. The purpose of these programs is to provide important new drugs to patients earlier than under standard FDA review procedures.

To be eligible for a fast track designation, the FDA must determine, based on the request of a sponsor, that a product is intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and demonstrates the potential to address an unmet medical need. The FDA will determine that a product will fill an unmet medical need if it will provide a therapy where none exists or provide a therapy that may be potentially superior to existing therapy

 

116


Table of Contents

based on efficacy or safety factors. The FDA may review sections of the NDA for a fast track product on a rolling basis before the complete application is submitted, if the sponsor provides a schedule for the submission of the sections of the NDA, the FDA agrees to accept sections of the NDA and determines that the schedule is acceptable, and the sponsor pays any required user fees upon submission of the first section of the NDA.

The FDA may give a priority review designation to drugs that offer major advances in treatment, or provide a treatment where no adequate therapy exists. A priority review means that the goal for the FDA to review an application is six months, rather than the standard review of ten months under current PDUFA guidelines. Under the new PDUFA agreement, these six and ten month review periods are measured from the “filing” date rather than the receipt date for NDAs for new molecular entities, which typically adds approximately two months to the timeline for review and decision from the date of submission. Many products that are eligible for fast track designation are also likely to be considered appropriate to receive a priority review.

In addition, products tested for their safety and effectiveness in treating serious or life-threatening illnesses and that provide meaningful therapeutic benefit over existing treatments may be eligible for accelerated approval and may be approved on the basis of adequate and well-controlled clinical trials establishing that the drug product has an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit, or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality, or IMM, that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments. As a condition of approval, the FDA may require a sponsor of a drug receiving accelerated approval to perform post-marketing studies to verify and describe the predicted effect on IMM or other clinical endpoint, and the drug may be subject to accelerated withdrawal procedures if, for example, the sponsor fails to confirm clinical benefit.

Moreover, under the provisions of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, or FDASIA, passed in July 2012, a sponsor can request designation of a product candidate as a “breakthrough therapy.” A breakthrough therapy is defined as a drug that is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. Drugs designated as breakthrough therapies are also eligible for accelerated approval. The FDA must take certain actions, such as holding timely meetings and providing advice, intended to expedite the development and review of an application for approval of a breakthrough therapy.

Even if a product qualifies for one or more of these programs, the FDA may later decide that the product no longer meets the conditions for qualification or decide that the time period for FDA review or approval will not be shortened. We may explore some of these opportunities for our product candidates as appropriate.

Accelerated approval pathway

The FDA may grant accelerated approval to a drug for a serious or life-threatening condition that provides meaningful therapeutic advantage to patients over existing treatments based upon a determination that the drug has an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit. The FDA may also grant accelerated approval for such a condition when the product has an effect on an intermediate clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than an effect on IMM, and that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on IMM or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments. Drugs granted accelerated approval must meet the same statutory standards for safety and effectiveness as those granted traditional approval.

 

117


Table of Contents

For the purposes of accelerated approval, a surrogate endpoint is a marker, such as a laboratory measurement, radiographic image, physical sign or other measure that is thought to predict clinical benefit, but is not itself a measure of clinical benefit. Surrogate endpoints can often be measured more easily or more rapidly than clinical endpoints. An intermediate clinical endpoint is a measurement of a therapeutic effect that is considered reasonably likely to predict the clinical benefit of a drug, such as an effect on IMM. The FDA has limited experience with accelerated approvals based on intermediate clinical endpoints, but has indicated that such endpoints generally may support accelerated approval where the therapeutic effect measured by the endpoint is not itself a clinical benefit and basis for traditional approval, if there is a basis for concluding that the therapeutic effect is reasonably likely to predict the ultimate clinical benefit of a drug.

The accelerated approval pathway is most often used in settings in which the course of a disease is long and an extended period of time is required to measure the intended clinical benefit of a drug, even if the effect on the surrogate or intermediate clinical endpoint occurs rapidly. Thus, accelerated approval has been used extensively in the development and approval of drugs for treatment of a variety of cancers in which the goal of therapy is generally to improve survival or decrease morbidity and the duration of the typical disease course requires lengthy and sometimes large trials to demonstrate a clinical or survival benefit.

The accelerated approval pathway is usually contingent on a sponsor’s agreement to conduct, in a diligent manner, additional post-approval confirmatory studies to verify and describe the drug’s clinical benefit. As a result, a drug candidate approved on this basis is subject to rigorous post-marketing compliance requirements, including the completion of Phase 4 or post-approval clinical trials to confirm the effect on the clinical endpoint. Failure to conduct required post-approval studies, or confirm a clinical benefit during post-marketing studies, would allow the FDA to withdraw the drug from the market on an expedited basis. All promotional materials for drug candidates approved under accelerated regulations are subject to prior review by the FDA.

Orphan drug designation and exclusivity

Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may designate a drug product as an “orphan drug” if it is intended to treat a rare disease or condition (generally meaning that it affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or more in cases in which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making a drug product available in the United States for treatment of the disease or condition will be recovered from sales of the product). A company must request orphan product designation before submitting an NDA. If the request is granted, the FDA will disclose the identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential use. Orphan product designation does not convey any advantage in or shorten the duration of the regulatory review and approval process.

If a product with orphan status receives the first FDA approval for the disease or condition for which it has such designation or for a select indication or use within the rare disease or condition for which it was designated, the product generally will be receiving orphan product exclusivity. Orphan product exclusivity means that the FDA may not approve any other applications for the same product for the same indication for seven years, except in certain limited circumstances. If a drug or drug product designated as an orphan product ultimately receives marketing approval for an indication broader than what was designated in its orphan product application, it may not be entitled to exclusivity. Orphan exclusivity will not bar approval of another product under certain circumstances, including if a subsequent product with the same active ingredient for the same indication is shown to be clinically superior to the approved product on the basis of greater efficacy or safety, or providing a major contribution to patient care, or if the company with orphan drug exclusivity is not able to meet market demand. Further, the FDA may approve more than one product for the same orphan indication or disease as long as the products contain different active ingredients. Moreover, competitors may receive approval of different products for the indication for which the orphan product has exclusivity or obtain approval for the same product but for a different indication for which the orphan product has exclusivity.

 

118


Table of Contents

U.S. marketing exclusivity

Market exclusivity provisions under the FDCA also can delay the submission or the approval of certain applications. The FDCA provides a five-year period of non-patent marketing exclusivity within the United States to the first applicant to gain approval of an NDA for a new chemical entity. A drug is a new chemical entity if the FDA has not previously approved any other new drug containing the same active moiety, which is the molecule or ion responsible for the action of the drug substance. During the exclusivity period, the FDA may not accept for review an Abbreviated New Drug Application, or ANDA, or a 505(b)(2) NDA submitted by another company for another version of such drug where the applicant does not own or have a legal right of reference to all the data required for approval. However, an application may be submitted after four years if it contains a certification of patent invalidity or non-infringement. The FDCA also provides three years of marketing exclusivity for a NDA, 505(b)(2) NDA or supplement to an existing NDA if new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability studies, that were conducted or sponsored by the applicant are deemed by the FDA to be essential to the approval of the application, for example, new indications, dosages or strengths of an existing drug. This three-year exclusivity covers only the conditions of use associated with the new clinical investigations and does not prohibit the FDA from approving ANDAs for the original non-modified version of the drug. Five-year and three-year exclusivity will not delay the submission or approval of a full NDA. However, an applicant submitting a full NDA would be required to conduct or obtain a right of reference to all of the preclinical studies and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials necessary to demonstrate safety and effectiveness.

Pediatric exclusivity is another type of regulatory market exclusivity in the United States. Pediatric exclusivity, if granted, adds six months to existing regulatory exclusivity periods. This six-month exclusivity may be granted based on the voluntary completion of a pediatric trial in accordance with an FDA-issued “Written Request” for such a trial.

Post-approval requirements

Drugs manufactured or distributed pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, requirements relating to recordkeeping, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, advertising and promotion and reporting of adverse experiences with the product. After approval, most changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications or other labeling claims are subject to prior FDA review and approval. There are continuing, annual user fee requirements for any marketed products and the establishments where such products are manufactured, as well as new application fees for supplemental applications with clinical data.

The FDA may impose a number of post-approval requirements as a condition of approval of an NDA. For example, the FDA may require post-marketing testing, including Phase 4 clinical trials, and surveillance to further assess and monitor the product’s safety and effectiveness after commercialization.

In addition, drug manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs are required to register their establishments with the FDA and state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and these state agencies for compliance with cGMP requirements. Changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated and often require prior FDA approval before being implemented. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMP requirements and impose reporting and documentation requirements upon the sponsor and any third-party manufacturers that the sponsor may decide to use. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money, and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance.

Once an approval of a drug or medical device is granted, the FDA may withdraw the approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the

 

119


Table of Contents

market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in mandatory revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market studies or clinical trials to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

 

 

Restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;

 

 

Fines, warning letters or holds on post-approval clinical trials;

 

 

Refusal of the FDA to approve pending NDAs or supplements to approved NDAs, or suspension or revocation of product approvals;

 

 

Product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; and

 

 

Injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The FDA strictly regulates marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of products that are placed on the market. Drugs or devices may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability.

Other healthcare laws

Healthcare providers, physicians, and third party payors play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of drug products for which we obtain marketing approval. Arrangements with third party payors, healthcare providers and physicians, in connection with the clinical research, sales, marketing and promotion of products, once approved, and related activities, may expose a pharmaceutical manufacturer to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations. In the United States, these laws include, without limitation, state and federal anti-kickback, false claims, physician transparency, and patient data privacy and security laws and regulations, including but not limited to those described below:

 

 

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, or AKS, which makes it illegal for any person, including a prescription drug manufacturer (or a party acting on its behalf) to knowingly and willfully solicit, receive, offer or pay any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe, or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, that is intended to induce or reward, referrals including the purchase recommendation, order or prescription of a particular drug for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act;

 

 

the federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalty laws, including the False Claims Act, which impose criminal and civil penalties, including through civil “qui tam” or “whistleblower” actions, against individuals or entities for, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment or approval from Medicare, Medicaid, or other federal health care programs that are false or fraudulent; knowingly making or causing a false statement material to a false or fraudulent claim or an obligation to pay money to the federal government; or knowingly concealing or knowingly and improperly avoiding or decreasing such an obligation. Similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity

 

120


Table of Contents
 

does not need to have actual knowledge of these statutes or specific intent to violate them in order to have committed a violation;

 

 

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which created additional federal criminal statutes that prohibit knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or obtain, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations, or promises, any of the money or property owned by, or under the custody or control of, any healthcare benefit program, regardless of the payor (e.g., public or private) and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up by any trick or device a material fact or making any materially false statements in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services relating to healthcare matters;

 

 

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, which impose requirements on certain covered healthcare providers, health plans, and healthcare clearinghouses as well as their respective business associates that perform services for them that involve the use, or disclosure of, individually identifiable health information, relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

 

 

the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, created under Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or collectively, the ACA, and its implementing regulations, which require manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologicals and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program to report annually to the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, under the Open Payments Program, information related to payments or other transfers of value made to physicians and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members; and

 

 

analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state and foreign anti-kickback, false claims, consumer protection and unfair competition laws which may apply to pharmaceutical business practices, including but not limited to, research, distribution, sales and marketing arrangements as well as submitting claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers; state laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government that otherwise restricts payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state laws that require drug manufacturers to file reports with states regarding pricing and marketing information, such as the tracking and reporting of gifts, compensations and other remuneration and items of value provided to healthcare professionals and entities; state and local laws requiring the registration of pharmaceutical sales representatives; and state and foreign laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors available, it is possible that some of a pharmaceutical manufacturer’s business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. Efforts to ensure that business arrangements comply with applicable healthcare laws involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental and enforcement authorities will conclude that a pharmaceutical manufacturer’s business practices do not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law interpreting applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If any such actions are instituted against a pharmaceutical manufacturer, and it is not successful in defending itself or asserting its rights, those actions could have a significant impact on its business, including

 

121


Table of Contents

the imposition of civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, disgorgement, monetary fines, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, integrity and oversight agreements to resolve allegations of non-compliance, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and curtailment of operations, any of which could adversely affect a pharmaceutical manufacturer’s ability to operate its business and the results of operations. In addition, commercialization of any drug product outside the United States will also likely be subject to foreign equivalents of the healthcare laws mentioned above, among other foreign laws.

Current and future healthcare reform legislation

In both the United States and certain foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes to the health care system. In particular, in 2010 the ACA was enacted, which, among other things, increased the minimum Medicaid rebates owed by most manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, extended the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program to utilization of prescriptions of individuals enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations, subjected manufacturers to new annual fees and taxes for certain branded prescription drugs, and provided incentives to programs that increase the federal government’s comparative effectiveness research.

There have been a number of significant changes to the ACA and its implementation. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, or Tax Act, includes a provision repealing effective January 1, 2019 the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the ACA on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year that is commonly referred to as the “individual mandate”. Further, on January 20, 2017, President Trump signed an Executive Order directing federal agencies with authorities and responsibilities under the ACA to waive, defer, grant exemptions from, or delay the implementation of any provision of the ACA that would impose a fiscal burden on states or a cost, fee, tax, penalty or regulatory burden on individuals, healthcare providers, health insurers, or manufacturers of pharmaceuticals or medical devices. On October 13, 2017, President Trump signed an Executive Order terminating the cost-sharing subsidies that reimburse insurers under the ACA. Several state Attorneys General filed suit to stop the administration from terminating the subsidies, but their request for a restraining order was denied by a federal judge in California on October 25, 2017. Moreover, on January 22, 2018, President Trump signed a continuing resolution on appropriations for fiscal year 2018 that delayed the implementation of certain ACA-mandated fees, including the so called “Cadillac” tax on certain high cost employer-sponsored insurance plans, the annual fee imposed on certain health insurance providers based on market share, and the medical device excise tax on non-exempt medical devices. The Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, also amends the ACA, effective January 1, 2019, by increasing the point-of-sale discount that is owed by pharmaceutical manufacturers who participate in Medicare Part D and closing the coverage gap in most Medicare drug plans, commonly referred to as the “donut hole”. Similarly, on April 9, 2018, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, issued a final rule that will give states greater flexibility in setting benchmarks for insurers in the individual and small group marketplaces by relaxing certain requirements for essential health benefits required under the ACA for plans sold through such marketplaces.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the ACA was enacted. In August 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect in 2013, and, due to subsequent legislative amendments, will remain in effect through 2027 unless additional Congressional action is taken. The American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 further reduced Medicare payments to

 

122


Table of Contents

several providers, including hospitals and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

Legislative and regulatory proposals, and enactment of laws, at the foreign, federal and state levels, directed at containing or lowering the cost of healthcare, will continue into the future.

Regulation outside the United States

To the extent that any of our product candidates, once approved, are sold in a foreign country, we may be subject to similar foreign laws and regulations, which may include, for instance, applicable post-marketing requirements, including safety surveillance, anti-fraud and abuse laws and implementation of corporate compliance programs and reporting of payments or other transfers of value to healthcare professionals.

European Union Drug Development

In the European Union, or EU, our product candidates also may be subject to extensive regulatory requirements. As in the United States, medicinal products can be marketed only if a marketing authorization from the competent regulatory agencies has been obtained.

Similar to the United States, the various phases of preclinical and clinical research in the European Union are subject to significant regulatory controls. Although the EU Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC has sought to harmonize the EU clinical trials regulatory framework, setting out common rules for the control and authorization of clinical trials in the EU, the EU Member States have transposed and applied the provisions of the Directive differently. This has led to significant variations in the member state regimes. Under the current regime, before a clinical trial can be initiated it must be approved in each of the EU countries where the trial is to be conducted by two distinct bodies: the National Competent Authority, or NCA, and one or more Ethics Committees, or ECs. Under the current regime all suspected unexpected serious adverse reactions to the investigated drug that occur during the clinical trial have to be reported to the NCA and ECs of the Member State where they occurred.

The EU clinical trials legislation currently is undergoing a transition process mainly aimed at harmonizing and streamlining clinical-trial authorization, simplifying adverse-event reporting procedures, improving the supervision of clinical trials and increasing their transparency. Recently enacted Clinical Trials Regulation EU No 536/2014 ensures that the rules for conducting clinical trials in the EU will be identical.

European Union Drug Review and Approval

To market our future products in the EEA (which is comprised of the 28 Member States of the EU plus Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein) and many other foreign jurisdictions, we must obtain separate regulatory approvals. More concretely, in the EEA, medicinal products can only be commercialized after obtaining a Marketing Authorization, or MA. There are two types of marketing authorizations:

 

 

The Community MA, which is issued by the European Commission through the Centralized Procedure, based on the opinion of the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use of the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, and which is valid throughout the entire territory of the EEA. The Centralized Procedure is mandatory for certain types of products, such as biotechnology medicinal products, orphan medicinal products and medicinal products indicated for the treatment of AIDS, cancer, neurodegenerative disorders, diabetes, auto-immune and viral diseases. The Centralized Procedure is optional for products containing a new active substance not yet authorized in the EEA, or for products that constitute a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation or which are in the interest of public health in the EU; and

 

123


Table of Contents
 

National MAs, which are issued by the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA and only cover their respective territory, are available for products not falling within the mandatory scope of the Centralized Procedure. Where a product has already been authorized for marketing in a Member State of the EEA, this National MA can be recognized in another Member State through the Mutual Recognition Procedure. If the product has not received a National MA in any Member State at the time of application, it can be approved simultaneously in various Member States through the Decentralized Procedure.

Under the above described procedures, before granting the MA, the EMA or the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA assess the risk-benefit balance of the product on the basis of scientific criteria concerning its quality, safety and efficacy.

Data and marketing exclusivity

In the EEA, new products authorized for marketing, or reference products, qualify for eight years of data exclusivity and an additional two years of market exclusivity upon marketing authorization. The data exclusivity period prevents generic or biosimilar applicants from relying on the preclinical and clinical trial data contained in the dossier of the reference product when applying for a generic or biosimilar marketing authorization in the EU during a period of eight years from the date on which the reference product was first authorized in the EU. The market exclusivity period prevents a successful generic or biosimilar applicant from commercializing its product in the EU until 10 years have elapsed from the initial authorization of the reference product in the EU. The 10-year market exclusivity period can be extended to a maximum of eleven years if, during the first eight years of those 10 years, the marketing authorization holder obtains an authorization for one or more new therapeutic indications which, during the scientific evaluation prior to their authorization, are held to bring a significant clinical benefit in comparison with existing therapies.

Pediatric investigation plan

In the EEA, marketing authorization applications for new medicinal products not authorized have to include the results of studies conducted in the pediatric population, in compliance with a pediatric investigation plan, or PIP, agreed with the EMA’s Pediatric Committee, or PDCO. The PIP sets out the timing and measures proposed to generate data to support a pediatric indication of the drug for which marketing authorization is being sought. The PDCO can grant a deferral of the obligation to implement some or all of the measures of the PIP until there are sufficient data to demonstrate the efficacy and safety of the product in adults. Further, the obligation to provide pediatric clinical trial data can be waived by the PDCO when this data is not needed or appropriate because the product is likely to be ineffective or unsafe in children, the disease or condition for which the product is intended occurs only in adult populations, or when the product does not represent a significant therapeutic benefit over existing treatments for pediatric patients. Once the marketing authorization is obtained in all Member States of the EU and trial results are included in the product information, even when negative, the product is eligible for six months’ supplementary protection certificate extension.

Orphan drug designation and exclusivity

In the EEA, a medicinal product can be designated as an orphan drug if its sponsor can establish that the product is intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of a life-threatening or chronically debilitating condition affecting not more than five in ten thousand persons in the EU when the application is made, or that the product is intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of a life-threatening, seriously debilitating or serious and chronic condition in the EU and that without incentives it is unlikely that the marketing of the drug in the EU would generate sufficient return to justify the necessary investment in development. For either of these conditions, the applicant must demonstrate that there exists no satisfactory method of diagnosis,

 

124


Table of Contents

prevention or treatment of the condition in question that has been authorized in the EU or, if such method exists, the drug will be of significant benefit to those affected by that condition. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process.

In the EEA, an application for designation as an orphan product can be made any time prior to the filing of an application for approval to market the product. Marketing authorization for an orphan drug leads to a ten-year period of market exclusivity. During this market exclusivity period, the EMA or the member state competent authorities, cannot accept another application for a marketing authorization, or grant a marketing authorization, for a similar medicinal product for the same indication. The period of market exclusivity is extended by two years for medicines that have also complied with an agreed PIP.

This period may, however, be reduced to six years if, at the end of the fifth year, it is established that the product no longer meets the criteria for orphan drug designation, for example because the product is sufficiently profitable not to justify market exclusivity. Market exclusivity can be revoked only in very selected cases, such as consent from the marketing authorization holder, inability to supply sufficient quantities of the product, demonstration of “clinical superiority” by a similar medicinal product, or, after a review by the Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products, requested by a member state in the fifth year of the marketing exclusivity period (if the designation criteria are believed to no longer apply). Medicinal products designated as orphan drugs are eligible for incentives made available by the EU and its Member States to support research into, and the development and availability of, orphan drugs.

Rest of World Regulation

For other countries outside of the European Union and the United States, such as countries in Eastern Europe, Latin America or Asia, the requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary from country to country. Additionally, the clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with GCP requirements and the applicable regulatory requirements and the ethical principles that have their origin in the Declaration of Helsinki.

If we fail to comply with applicable foreign regulatory requirements, we may be subject to, among other things, fines, suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals, product recalls, seizure of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution.

Coverage and reimbursement

Successful commercialization of new drug products depends in part on the extent to which reimbursement for those drug products will be available from government health administration authorities, private health insurers, and other organizations. Government authorities and third-party payors, such as private health insurers and health maintenance organizations, decide which drug products they will pay for and establish reimbursement levels. The availability and extent of reimbursement by governmental and private payors is essential for most patients to be able to afford a drug product. Sales of drug products depend substantially, both domestically and abroad, on the extent to which the costs of drugs products are paid for by health maintenance, managed care, pharmacy benefit and similar healthcare management organizations, or reimbursed by government health administration authorities, private health coverage insurers and other third-party payors.

A primary trend in the U.S. healthcare industry and elsewhere is cost containment. Government authorities and third-party payors have attempted to control costs by limiting coverage and the amount of reimbursement for particular drug products. In many countries, the prices of drug products are subject to varying price control mechanisms as part of national health systems. In general, the prices of drug products under such systems are

 

125


Table of Contents

substantially lower than in the United States. Other countries allow companies to fix their own prices for drug products, but monitor and control company profits. Accordingly, in markets outside the United States, the reimbursement for drug products may be reduced compared with the United States.

In the United States, the principal decisions about reimbursement for new drug products are typically made by CMS, an agency within the HHS. CMS decides whether and to what extent a new drug product will be covered and reimbursed under Medicare, and private payors tend to follow CMS to a substantial degree. However, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for drug products exists among third-party payors and coverage and reimbursement levels for drug products can differ significantly from payor to payor.

The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, or the MMA, established the Medicare Part D program to provide a voluntary prescription drug benefit to Medicare beneficiaries. Under Part D, Medicare beneficiaries may enroll in prescription drug plans offered by private entities that provide coverage of outpatient prescription drugs. Unlike Medicare Parts A and B, Part D coverage is not standardized. Part D prescription drug plan sponsors are not required to pay for all covered Part D drugs, and each drug plan can develop its own drug formulary that identifies which drugs it will cover and at what tier or level. While all Medicare drug plans must give at least a standard level of coverage set by Medicare, Part D prescription drug plan sponsors are not required to pay for all covered Part D drugs, and each drug plan can develop its own drug formulary that identifies which drugs it will cover and at what tier or level. However, Part D prescription drug formularies must include drugs within each therapeutic category and class of covered Part D drugs, though not necessarily all the drugs in each category or class. Any formulary used by a Part D prescription drug plan must be developed and reviewed by a pharmacy and therapeutic committee. Government payment for some of the costs of prescription drugs may increase demand for drugs for which we obtain marketing approval. Any negotiated prices for any of our products covered by a Part D prescription drug plan will likely be lower than the prices we might otherwise obtain. Moreover, while the MMA applies only to drug benefits for Medicare beneficiaries, private payors often follow Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own payment rates. Any reduction in payment that results from the MMA may result in a similar reduction in payments from non-governmental payors.

For a drug product to receive federal reimbursement under the Medicaid or Medicare Part B programs or to be sold directly to U.S. government agencies, the manufacturer must extend discounts to entities eligible to participate in the 340B drug pricing program. The required 340B discount on a given product is calculated based on the average manufacturer price, or AMP, and Medicaid rebate amounts reported by the manufacturer. As of 2010, the ACA expanded the types of entities eligible to receive discounted 340B pricing, although under the current state of the law these newly eligible entities (with the exception of children’s hospitals) will not be eligible to receive discounted 340B pricing on orphan drugs. As 340B drug pricing is determined based on AMP and Medicaid rebate data, the revisions to the Medicaid rebate formula and AMP definition described above could cause the required 340B discount to increase. The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 provides funding for the federal government to compare the effectiveness of different treatments for the same illness. The plan for the research was published in 2012 by the Department of Health and Human Services, the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality and the National Institutes for Health, and periodic reports on the status of the research and related expenditures are made to Congress. Although the results of the comparative effectiveness studies are not intended to mandate coverage policies for public or private payors, it is not clear what effect, if any, the research will have on the sales of our drug candidates, if any such drug or the condition that they are intended to treat are the subject of a trial. It is also possible that comparative effectiveness research demonstrating benefits in a competitor’s drug could adversely affect the sales of our drug candidate. If third-party payors do not consider our drugs to be cost-effective compared to other available therapies, they may not cover our drugs after approval as a benefit under their plans or, if they do, the level of payment may not be sufficient to allow us to sell our drugs on a profitable basis.

 

126


Table of Contents

These laws, and future state and federal healthcare reform measures may be adopted in the future, any of which may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding and otherwise affect the prices we may obtain for any product candidates for which we may obtain regulatory approval or the frequency with which any such product candidate is prescribed or used.

Outside of the United States, the pricing of pharmaceutical products and medical devices is subject to governmental control in many countries. For example, in the European Union, pricing and reimbursement schemes vary widely from country to country. Some countries provide that products may be marketed only after a reimbursement price has been agreed. Some countries may require the completion of additional studies that compare the cost effectiveness of a particular therapy to currently available therapies or so-called health technology assessments, in order to obtain reimbursement or pricing approval. Other countries may allow companies to fix their own prices for products, but monitor and control product volumes and issue guidance to physicians to limit prescriptions. Efforts to control prices and utilization of pharmaceutical products and medical devices will likely continue as countries attempt to manage healthcare expenditures.

Employees

As of March 31, 2018, we had 14 full-time employees, including ten in research and development and four in general and administrative in the United States. We have never had a work stoppage, and none of our employees is represented by a labor organization or under any collective-bargaining arrangements. We consider our employee relations to be good.

Facilities

We lease our office space, which consists of approximately 4,659 square feet located in San Francisco, California. Our lease expires on October 31, 2022. We lease our laboratory space, which consists of two benches and two desks in a shared facility, in San Francisco, California. We believe our current office and laboratory space is sufficient to meet our needs until the expiration of our lease.

Legal proceedings

As of the date of this prospectus, we were not party to any legal matters or claims. In the future, we may become party to legal matters and claims arising in the ordinary course of business, the resolution of which we do not anticipate would have a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

127


Table of Contents

Management

Executive officers and directors

The following table sets forth certain information about our executive officers and directors, including their ages as of May 20, 2018.

 

Name    Age      Position(s)
Executive Officers:      
Neil Kumar, Ph.D.      39      Chief Executive Officer and Director
Jonathan C. Fox, M.D., Ph.D.      61      President and Chief Medical Officer
Uma Sinha, Ph.D.      61      Chief Scientific Officer
Christine Siu      41      Chief Financial Officer
Other Directors:      

Eric Aguiar, M.D.(1)(2)(3)

     56      Director
Rajeev Shah(1)(2)(3)      41      Director
Hoyoung Huh, M.D., Ph.D.(1)(2)      48      Director

 

 

(1)   Member of the Audit Committee.

 

(2)   Member of the Compensation Committee.

 

(3)   Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

Neil Kumar, Ph.D. has served as our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors since March 2016. Dr. Kumar founded BridgeBio Pharma, LLC and has served as its chief executive officer since September 2014. Prior to that, he served as the interim vice president of business development at MyoKardia, Inc. from 2012 to 2014. Prior to that, Dr. Kumar served as a principal at Third Rock Ventures from 2011 to 2014. Before joining Third Rock, he served as an associate principal at McKinsey & Company from 2007 to 2011. He received his B.S. and M.S. degrees in chemical engineering from Stanford University and received his Ph.D. in chemical engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Jonathan C. Fox, M.D., Ph.D., FACC, has served as our President and Chief Medical Officer since October 2016. Dr. Fox has served as the TA lead of cardiovascular and renal diseases at BridgeBio Pharma, LLC since October 2016. Prior to that, from March 2013 to September 2016, Dr. Fox served as the chief medical officer of MyoKardia, Inc. and as a senior advisor from October 2016 to March 2017. He worked as a consultant at Nigel-Montgomery, LLC from August 2012 to March 2013 and held various senior positions successively at SmithKline Beecham, Merck Research Laboratories and AstraZeneca LP from 1998 to 2012. He was on the faculty of the University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine from 1993 to 2013. He currently holds an adjunct faculty position at the Stanford University Cardiovascular Institute. He received his A.B. in biology, his Ph.D. in medicine and pathology and his M.D. from the University of Chicago, and completed his training in Internal Medicine and Cardiology at Duke University. Dr. Fox is ABIM Certified in Cardiovascular Diseases, and is a Fellow of the American College of Cardiology.

Uma Sinha, Ph.D. has served as our Chief Scientific Officer since June 2016. Dr. Sinha has served as the chief scientific officer at BridgeBio Pharma, LLC since April 2016 and serves as the chief scientific officer of other BridgeBio subsidiaries. Prior to that, Dr. Sinha served as chief scientific officer of Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. from 2014 to 2015 and as senior vice president of research from 2013 to 2014. She was vice president, head

 

128


Table of Contents

of biology at Portola Pharmaceuticals, Inc. from 2010 to 2012 and was the vice president of translational biology from 2004 to 2010 and had held senior research positions at Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and COR Therapeutics, Inc. Dr. Sinha received her Ph.D. in biochemistry from the University of Georgia and her B Sc. with honors in chemistry from Presidency College.

Christine Siu has served as our Chief Financial Officer since December 2017. From 2016 to 2017, she served as the chief operating officer of Eidos. She also serves as the chief operating officer of other BridgeBio subsidiaries. Prior to that, Ms. Siu served as the chief business officer of the Bluefield Project to Cure Frontotemporal Dementia from 2014 to 2017. Prior to that, she served as senior director of corporate development of Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. from 2012 to 2014. She served as venture principal at Third Rock Ventures from 2011 to 2012. Previously, she held roles of increasing responsibility at private equity and venture capital firms, Warburg Pincus and Thomas, McNerney & Partners, where she invested in life sciences companies. She received her B.S. in cellular molecular biology and economics from the University of Michigan and her MBA from Harvard Business School.

Hoyoung Huh, M.D., Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2016. He is the founder of pH Pharma and Healthcare & Humanity Foundation. He currently also serves as the chairman of the board of directors of Geron Corporation since 2010, and CytomX Therapeutics since 2011, and a member of the board of directors of Rezolute since 2012. Previously, Dr. Huh was the chief executive officer and chairman of the board of directors of BiPar Sciences, the chairman of the board of directors of Epizyme, a member of the board of directors of Facet Biotech, Nektar Therapeutics, Addex Therapeutics and EOS, S.p.A (Milano, Italy). Earlier in his career, Dr. Huh was a partner at McKinsey & Company. Dr. Huh holds A.B. in Biochemistry from Dartmouth College, and his M.D./Ph.D. in Cell Biology and Genetics from Cornell University Medical College.

Eric Aguiar, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2018. Dr. Aguiar has been a partner at Aisling Capital since January 2016 and prior to that was a partner at Thomas, McNerney and Partners, a healthcare venture capital and growth equity fund, since 2007. Prior to joining that firm, he was a Managing Director of HealthCare Ventures, a healthcare focused venture capital firm, from 2001 to 2007. Dr. Aguiar currently serves on the board of directors of Invitae Corporation (NYSE: NVTA) since September 2010 and Biohaven Corporation (NYSE: BHVN) since October 2016. Dr. Aguiar is a member of the Board of Overseers of the Tufts School of Medicine and a member of the Council on Foreign Relations. Dr. Aguiar received his medical degree with honors from Harvard Medical School. He graduated with honors from Cornell University as a College Scholar. He was also a Luce Fellow and is a Chartered Financial Analyst. We believe that Dr. Aguiar’s medical and finance background and experience as an investor in life science companies qualifies him to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Rajeev Shah has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2018. Mr. Shah has been a portfolio manager and managing director at RA Capital Management, LLC, an investment advisory firm that invests in healthcare and life science companies, since 2004. Mr. Shah is also a member of the board of directors of Ra Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Kala Pharmaceuticals, Inc., and Solid Biosciences Inc. Mr. Shah was previously a member of the board of directors of KalVista Pharmaceuticals from 2015 through April 2018. Mr. Shah received a B.A. in Chemistry from Cornell University. We believe Mr. Shah is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his leadership and financial experience at RA Capital Management, his experience in the biopharmaceutical industry, and his experience with venture capital investments.

Composition of our board of directors

Our board of directors consists of four members, each of whom are members pursuant to the board composition provisions of our certificate of incorporation and our voting agreement, which agreement is described under “Certain relationships and related party transactions” in this prospectus. These board

 

129


Table of Contents

composition provisions will terminate upon the completion of this offering. Upon the termination of these provisions, there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors.

Effective upon the completion of this offering, we intend to form a nominating and corporate governance committee. Our nominating and corporate governance committee and our board of directors may consider a broad range of factors relating to the qualifications and background of director nominees, which may include diversity, which is not only limited to race, gender or national origin, although we currently have no formal policy regarding board diversity. Our nominating and corporate governance committee’s and our board of directors’ priority in selecting board members is to identify persons who will further the interests of our stockholders through his or her established record of professional accomplishment, the ability to contribute positively to the collaborative culture among board members, knowledge of our business, understanding of the competitive landscape and professional and personal experiences and expertise relevant to our growth strategy. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation or removal. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the completion of this offering also provide that our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors, and that any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office.

Director independence

Upon the completion of this offering, we expect that our common stock will be listed on the Nasdaq Global Market. Applicable rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, or Nasdaq, require a majority of a listed company’s board of directors to be comprised of independent directors within one year of listing. In addition, the Nasdaq rules require that, (1) on the date of the completion of the offering, at least one member of each of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent, (2) within 90 days of the date of the completion of the offering, a majority of the members of such committees be independent and (3) within one year of the date of the completion of the offering, all the members of such committees be independent. Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Under applicable Nasdaq rules, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of the listed company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee, accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries or otherwise be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

Our board of directors has determined that Dr. Aguiar and Mr. Shah are independent directors for purposes of the rules of Nasdaq and the SEC. In making such determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each director has with us, and all other facts and circumstances that our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each director. Our board of directors also considered the association of our directors with the holders of more than 5% of our common stock, including our controlling stockholder, BridgeBio. Upon the completion of this offering, we expect that the composition and functioning of our board of directors and each of our committees will comply with all applicable requirements of Nasdaq and the rules and regulations of the SEC, subject to the

 

130


Table of Contents

transition rules described above for newly listed companies. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Staggered board .     In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with each class serving staggered three-year terms. Upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors in that class will be eligible to be elected for a new three-year term at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which their term expires.

 

 

Our Class I director will be Hoyoung Huh;

 

 

Our Class II directors will be Neil Kumar and Rajeev Shah; and

 

 

Our Class III director will be Eric Aguiar.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the completion of this offering provide that the number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our board of directors.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent stockholder efforts to effect a change of our management or a change in control.

Committees of our board of directors

Our board of directors plans on establishing an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will operate pursuant to a charter to be adopted by our board of directors and which will be effective upon completion of the offering. Following the completion of this offering, copies of each committee’s charter will be posted on the Corporate Governance section of our website, at www.eidostx.com . The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not incorporate by reference the information on or accessible through our website into this prospectus.

Audit committee.      Effective upon completion of this offering, Drs. Aguiar and Huh and Mr. Shah will serve on the audit committee, which will be chaired by Dr. Aguiar. Our board of directors has determined that Dr. Aguiar and Mr. Shah are “independent” for audit committee purposes as that term is defined in the rules of the SEC and the applicable Nasdaq rules, and has sufficient knowledge in financial and auditing matters to serve on the audit committee. Our board of directors has designated Dr. Aguiar as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC. We intend to rely on the phase-in provisions of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and the Nasdaq transition rules applicable to companies completing an initial public offering, and we plan to have an audit committee comprised solely of directors that are independent for purposes of serving on an audit committee within one year after our listing. The audit committee’s responsibilities include:

 

 

appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

 

pre-approving auditing and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

 

reviewing the overall audit plan with our independent registered public accounting firm and members of management responsible for preparing our financial statements;

 

 

reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures as well as critical accounting policies and practices used by us;

 

131


Table of Contents
 

coordinating the oversight and reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

 

establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints and concerns;

 

 

recommending based upon the audit committee’s review and discussions with management and our independent registered public accounting firm whether our audited financial statements shall be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K;

 

 

monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to our financial statements and accounting matters;

 

 

preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

 

reviewing all related person transactions for potential conflict of interest situations and approving all such transactions; and

 

 

reviewing quarterly earnings releases and scripts.

Compensation committee.      Effective upon completion of this offering, Drs. Aguiar and Huh and Mr. Shah will serve on the compensation committee, which will be chaired by Dr. Aguiar. Our board of directors has determined that each of Dr. Aguiar and Mr. Shah is “independent” under the applicable rules and regulations of Nasdaq, and is a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. We intend to rely on the Nasdaq transition rules applicable to companies completing an initial public offering, and we plan to have a compensation committee comprised solely of directors that are independent for purposes of serving on a compensation committee within one year after our listing. The compensation committee’s responsibilities include:

 

 

annually reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer;

 

 

evaluating the performance of our Chief Executive Officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and determining the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer;

 

 

reviewing and approving the compensation of our other executive officers;

 

 

reviewing and establishing our overall management compensation, philosophy and policy;

 

 

overseeing and administering our compensation and similar plans;

 

 

evaluating and assessing potential and current compensation advisors in accordance with the independence standards identified in the applicable Nasdaq rules;

 

 

retaining and approving the compensation of any compensation advisors;

 

 

reviewing and approving our policies and procedures for the grant of equity-based awards;

 

 

reviewing and making recommendations to the board of directors with respect to director compensation;

 

 

reviewing and discussing with management the compensation disclosure to be included in our annual proxy statement or Annual Report on Form 10-K; and

 

 

reviewing and discussing with the board of directors the corporate succession plans for the Chief Executive Officer and other key officers.

 

132


Table of Contents

Nominating and corporate governance committee.      Effective upon completion of this offering,                 , Dr. Aguiar and Mr. Shah will serve on the nominating and corporate governance committee, which will be chaired by Mr. Shah. Our board of directors has determined that each of Dr. Aguiar and Mr. Shah is “independent” as defined in the applicable Nasdaq rules. We intend to rely on the Nasdaq transition rules applicable to companies completing an initial public offering, and we plan to have a nominating and corporate governance committee comprised solely of directors that are independent for purposes of serving on a nominating and corporate governance committee within one year after our listing. The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include:

 

 

developing and recommending to the board of directors criteria for board and committee membership;

 

 

establishing procedures for identifying and evaluating board of director candidates, including nominees recommended by stockholders;

 

 

reviewing the size and composition of the board of directors to ensure that it is composed of members containing the appropriate skills and expertise to advise us;

 

 

identifying individuals qualified to become members of the board of directors;

 

 

recommending to the board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board’s committees;

 

 

developing and recommending to the board of directors a code of business conduct and ethics and a set of corporate governance guidelines;

 

 

developing a mechanism by which violations of the code of business conduct and ethics can be reported in a confidential manner; and

 

 

overseeing the evaluation of the board of directors and management.

Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees.

Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation

None of the members of our compensation committee has at any time during the prior three years been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Code of business conduct and ethics

We plan to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting, which will be effective upon completion of this offering. Upon the completion of this offering, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at www.eidostx.com . We intend to disclose any substantive amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, on our website or in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

Board leadership structure and board’s role in risk oversight

We do not currently have a chairman of the board, however, once we are a public company, we may establish a role of chairman of the board that is separate from the role of Chief Executive Officer. We believe that separating these positions would allow our Chief Executive Officer to focus on our day-to-day business, while

 

133


Table of Contents

allowing the chairman of the board to lead the board of directors in its fundamental role of providing advice to and independent oversight of management. Our board of directors recognizes the time, effort and energy that the Chief Executive Officer is required to devote to his position in the current business environment, as well as the commitment required to serve as our chairman, particularly as the board of directors’ oversight responsibilities continue to grow. While our amended and restated bylaws and corporate governance guidelines will not require that our chairman and Chief Executive Officer positions be separate, our board of directors believes that having separate positions may provide the appropriate leadership structure for us and would demonstrate our commitment to good corporate governance.

Risk is inherent with every business, and how well a business manages risk can ultimately determine its success. We face a number of risks, including risks relating to our financial condition, development and commercialization activities, operations, strategic direction and intellectual property as more fully discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Management is responsible for the day-to-day management of risks we face, while our board of directors, as a whole and through its committees, has responsibility for the oversight of risk management. In its risk oversight role, our board of directors has the responsibility to satisfy itself that the risk management processes designed and implemented by management are adequate and functioning as designed.

The role of the board of directors in overseeing the management of our risks is conducted primarily through committees of the board of directors, as disclosed in the descriptions of each of the committees above and in the charters of each of the committees. The full board of directors (or the appropriate board committee in the case of risks that are under the purview of a particular committee) discusses with management our major risk exposures, their potential impact on us, and the steps we take to manage them. When a board committee is responsible for evaluating and overseeing the management of a particular risk or risks, the chairman of the relevant committee reports on the discussion to the full board of directors during the committee reports portion of the next board meeting. This enables the board of directors and its committees to coordinate the risk oversight role, particularly with respect to risk interrelationships.

Limitation on liability and indemnification matters

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

 

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

 

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

 

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

 

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Each of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws will also obligate us to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of

 

134


Table of Contents

whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage.

 

135


Table of Contents

Executive and director compensation

Executive Compensation

Overview

The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. The actual amount and form of compensation and the compensation policies and practices that we adopt in the future may differ materially from currently planned programs as summarized in this discussion.

The compensation provided to our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 is detailed in the Summary Compensation Table and accompanying footnotes and narrative that follow this section.

Our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, which consists of our Chief Executive Officer and our two most highly compensated executive officers other than our Chief Executive Officer, are:

 

 

Neil Kumar, our Chief Executive Officer;

 

 

Jonathan Fox, our President and Chief Medical Officer; and

 

 

Uma Sinha, our Chief Scientific Officer.

Summary compensation table

The following table presents information regarding the total compensation, for services rendered in all capacities, that was earned by, paid to or awarded to each of our named executive officers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.

 

Name and principal position   Year    

Salary

($)

   

Bonus(1)

($)

   

Stock
awards(2)

($)

   

Option
awards(2)

($)

   

Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation

($)

   

All other
compensation

($)

   

Total

($)

 

Neil Kumar, M.D.

    2017       140,353 (3)                                    140,353  

Chief Executive Officer

               

Jonathan C. Fox, M.D., Ph.D.

    2017       350,000       100,000             1,256,078             1,500 (4)      1,707,578  

President and Chief

Medical Officer

               

Uma Sinha, Ph.D

    2017       337,500 (5)      100,000       131,670                   4,179 (6)      573,349  

Chief Scientific Officer

               

 

 

 

(1)   The amounts reported reflect the discretionary cash bonuses earned by the named executive officers, and determined by our board of directors, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, based on the named executive officers’ performance during such fiscal year.

 

(2)   In accordance with SEC rules, these columns reflect the aggregate grant date fair values of the stock awards and option awards, as applicable, granted during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board ASC Topic 718 for stock-based compensation transactions, or ASC 718. Such aggregate grant date fair values do not take into account any estimated forfeitures related to service-vesting conditions. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 12 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. These amounts do not reflect the actual economic value that will be realized by the named executive officers upon the exercise of the options, the lapse of our repurchase right on any shares of restricted stock or the sale of shares of our common stock underlying such awards.

 

(3)   Dr. Kumar did not receive any cash compensation from us for his services as our Chief Executive Officer, as his services were provided to us through an agreement with BridgeBio Services Inc., or the BridgeBio Agreement. As described below under “Narrative to summary compensation table—Employment arrangements with our named executive officers—Arrangements in place during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 for named executive officers—Neil Kumar” and “Certain relationships and related party transactions,” we incurred management fees totaling $769,972 during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 for the services provided by BridgeBio Services Inc., which includes, among other things, the services of Dr. Kumar. Of the total fees we incurred with BridgeBio Services Inc. in the year ended December 31, 2017, $140,353 was related to the services provided by Dr. Kumar.

 

136


Table of Contents
(4)   We provided Dr. Fox with reimbursements for his healthcare costs from January 1, 2017 through March 31, 2017.

 

(5)   From January 1, 2017 through March 31, 2017, Dr. Sinha worked for us part time, devoting 60% of her work time to us and her annual base salary rate was $300,000. Since April 1, 2017, Dr. Sinha has devoted 100% of her work time to us and her annual base salary rate was increased to $350,000.

 

(6)   We provided Dr. Sinha with reimbursements for her healthcare costs from January 1, 2017 through March 31, 2017, along with tax gross-ups for such reimbursements.

Narrative to summary compensation table

Base salaries

Dr. Kumar did not receive any cash compensation from us for his services as our Chief Executive Officer, as his services were provided to us through the BridgeBio Agreement, as described further below under “Narrative to summary compensation table—Employment arrangements with our named executive officers—Arrangements in place during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 for named executive officers—Neil Kumar” and “Certain relationships and related party transactions.” For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, the annual base salary for Dr. Fox was $350,000. From January 1, 2017 through March 31, 2017, Dr. Sinha worked for us part time, devoting 60% of her work time to us. Since April 1, 2017, Dr. Sinha has devoted 100% of her work time to us. From January 1, 2017 through March 31, 2017, Dr. Sinha’s annual base salary rate was $300,000, which was increased to $350,000 effective as of April 1, 2017.

Bonus Arrangements

Annual discretionary cash bonuses

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, Drs. Fox and Sinha each earned a discretionary cash bonus equal to $100,000 based on his or her performance during the year, as determined by our board of directors in its sole discretion.

Bonus agreement with Dr. Kumar

On April 26, 2018, we entered into a bonus agreement with Dr. Kumar (the “Bonus Agreement”). Under the Bonus Agreement, in the event that following our initial public offering (or the date on which our common stock otherwise becomes publicly-traded), either (i) our market capitalization is, following the expiration of any applicable lock-up period for such common stock, equal to or greater than certain valuation thresholds for any 30 consecutive trading days or (ii) a “Change in Control” (as defined in the Bonus Agreement) occurs and the “Transaction Proceeds” (as defined in the Bonus Agreement) from such Change in Control equal or exceed certain valuation thresholds (each such event, a “Trigger Event”), Dr. Kumar will be entitled to a lump sum cash bonus equal to the following, subject to his continuous service relationship with the Company as its Chief Executive Officer through the date of such applicable Trigger Event: $11.25 million if the valuation threshold is at least $750 million; an additional bonus equal to $3.75 million if the valuation threshold is at least $1 billion; and an additional bonus equal to $3.75 million if the valuation threshold is at least $1.25 billion. The bonus will be paid to Dr. Kumar in a single lump sum cash payment on, or as soon as reasonably practicable following, the date of the applicable Trigger Event, but in no event later than 30 days following the date of a Trigger Event.

The Bonus Agreement also provides that in the event that any payments by us to Dr. Kumar pursuant to the terms of the Bonus Agreement would be subject to the excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code, Dr. Kumar will be entitled to an additional payment such that the amount retained by Dr. Kumar equals the amount Dr. Kumar would have retained had the excise tax not been imposed.

The Bonus Agreement is effective as of April 26, 2018 and will terminate upon the earliest of (a) a Change in Control resulting in Transaction Proceeds less than $750 million; (b) the date of payment to Dr. Kumar of a

 

137


Table of Contents

bonus pursuant to clause (ii) above; (c) 12 months following the date of payment to Dr. Kumar of an aggregate of $18.75 million, pursuant to clause (i) above; (d) the termination of Dr. Kumar’s service relationship with us as our Chief Executive Officer; and (e) April 26, 2028.

Equity compensation

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, we granted an option to purchase shares of our common stock to Dr. Fox and shares of our common stock to Dr. Sinha, as shown in more detail in the “Outstanding equity awards at fiscal year end” table. Dr. Kumar has not received any grants of equity awards due to his association with BridgeBio Pharma LLC.

Employment arrangements with our named executive officers

We entered into offer letters with each of the named executive officers, except for Dr. Kumar, in connection with his or her employment with us, which set forth the terms and conditions of employment of each individual, including initial base salary, initial target annual bonus opportunity and eligibility to participate in our standard employee benefit plans. In addition, certain of these offer letters provided for certain payments and benefits in the event of qualifying terminations of employment in connection with a change in control of the Company.

Arrangements in place during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 for named executive officers

Neil Kumar

Dr. Kumar did not enter into an offer letter or employment agreement with the Company prior to the offering. Since 2016, we have received management services from BridgeBio Services, Inc., an affiliate of BridgeBio Pharma LLC, pursuant to the BridgeBio Agreement. Dr. Kumar provided services to the Company as our Chief Executive Officer through BridgeBio Services, Inc. pursuant to the BridgeBio Agreement. Of the $769,972 in total fees we incurred to BridgeBio Services, Inc. in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, $140,353 was related to the services provided by Dr. Kumar. There are no other agreements or arrangements between us and Dr. Kumar with respect to his services as our Chief Executive Officer.

See “Certain relationships and related party transactions” for additional information regarding our relationship with BridgeBio Pharma, LLC and the BridgeBio Agreement.

Jonathan Fox

On October 25, 2016, we entered into an offer letter with Dr. Fox, who currently serves as our Chief Medical Officer. The offer letter provided for Dr. Fox’s at-will employment and set forth his initial annual base salary, initial target annual bonus opportunity and an initial option grant for 251,265 shares of our common stock, or the Initial Option, as well as his eligibility to participate in our employee benefit plans generally. Dr. Fox’s Initial Option vests with respect to 25% of the shares subject thereto on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 1/48 th  of the shares subject thereto each month thereafter, subject to Dr. Fox’s continued service to the Company on each applicable vesting date. In the event of a termination of his service relationship by the Company without “cause” (as defined in Dr. Fox’s offer letter) or Dr. Fox’s resignation from the Company for “good reason” (as defined in Dr. Fox’s offer letter), in either case subject to Dr. Fox’s execution of an effective release of claims in favor of the Company, Dr. Fox will be entitled to the following severance benefits: (i) a lump sum payment equal to nine months of his then-base salary; (ii) a pro-rated bonus based on Company and individual performance for the year of termination; (iii) up to nine months of COBRA reimbursements for Dr. Fox and his dependents; and (iv) accelerated vesting of the number of shares subject to

 

138


Table of Contents

the Initial Option equal to the lesser of (A) the remaining unvested shares underlying the Initial Option on the date of such termination or (B) 1/48 th of the shares underlying the Initial Option multiplied by the number of completed months of service provided by Dr. Fox to the Company following the grant date and prior to such termination date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a termination of Dr. Fox’s service relationship by the Company without cause or Dr. Fox’s resignation from the Company for good reason, in either case during the period commencing one month prior to a “change of control” (as defined in Dr. Fox’s offer letter) and ending 12 months following the change in control, subject to Dr. Fox’s execution of an effective release of claims in favor the Company, the lesser of (1) 125,633 of the unvested shares underlying the Initial Option or (2) the remaining unvested shares underlying the Initial Option, will vest and become exercisable as of the date of such termination. Dr. Fox is subject to our standard proprietary information and inventions agreement.

Uma Sinha

On June 1, 2016, we entered into an offer letter with Dr. Sinha, who currently serves as our Chief Scientific Officer. The offer letter provided for Dr. Sinha’s at-will employment and set forth her initial annual base salary and an initial stock grant, or the Initial Shares, as well as her eligibility to participate in our employee benefit plans generally. Dr. Sinha’s Initial Shares covered 95,480 shares of our common stock and were fully vested on the date of grant; however, the Company has a right of repurchase, at fair market value, any vested shares upon her termination of service relationship with the Company, which repurchase right lapses with respect to 25% of the shares on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 1/48 th  of the shares each month thereafter, subject to Dr. Sinha’s continued service to the Company on each applicable vesting date. Dr. Sinha is subject to our standard proprietary information and inventions agreement.

In May 2018, we entered into an amendment to Dr. Sinha’s offer letter to provide her with certain severance benefits. This amendment provides that, in the event of a termination of her service relationship by the Company without “cause” (as defined in Dr. Sinha’s offer letter) or Dr. Sinha’s resignation from the Company for “good reason” (as defined in Dr. Sinha’s offer letter), within one (1) month before or twelve (12) months after a Change in Control (as defined in the 2016 Plan) in either case subject to Dr. Sinha’s execution of an effective release of claims in favor of the Company, Dr. Sinha will be entitled to the following severance benefits: (i) a lump sum payment equal to nine months of her then-base salary; (ii) an amount equal to her target bonus for the year in which her employment was terminated (pro-rated in the case of any partial year during which she was employed by the Company) and (iii) up to nine months of COBRA reimbursements for Dr. Sinha and her dependents. In the event of a termination of her service relationship by the Company without cause or Dr. Sinha’s resignation from the Company for good reason, other than in connection with a Change in Control in either case subject to Dr. Sinha’s execution of an effective release of claims in favor of the Company, Dr. Sinha will be entitled to the following severance benefits: (i) a lump sum payment equal to six months of her then-base salary; (ii) an amount equal to her target bonus for the year in which her employment was terminated (pro-rated in the case of any partial year during which she was employed by the Company) and (iii) up to six months of COBRA reimbursements for Dr. Sinha and her dependents.

 

139


Table of Contents

Outstanding equity awards at fiscal year end

The following table presents the outstanding equity awards held by each of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2017:

 

       Stock Awards(1)  
Name    Number of shares
or units of stock
that have not
vested (#)
    Market value
of shares or
units of stock
that have not
vested ($) (2)
 

Neil Kumar, Ph.D.

            

Jonathan C. Fox, M.D., Ph.D.

     183,215 (3)      1,264,184  
     185,004 (4)      1,276,528  

Uma Sinha, Ph.D.

            
            
            

 

 

 

(1)   Each equity award was granted pursuant to our 2016 Plan.

 

(2)   There was no public market for our common stock as of December 31, 2017. This column represents the value of the shares of restricted stock as of December 31, 2017, based on the fair value of our common stock as of December 31, 2017, which was $6.90 per share.

 

(3)  

Dr. Fox was granted an option to purchase 251,265 shares of our common stock on November 2, 2016. The option was immediately exercisable on the date of grant. Dr. Fox has early exercised the entire option and the shares of restricted stock acquired by Dr. Fox from the early exercise of the option are subject to the Company’s right of repurchase upon his termination of service relationship with the Company, which lapses with respect to 25% of the shares on November 1, 2017 and 1/48 th of the shares on each month thereafter, subject to Dr. Fox’s continuous service with the Company through each applicable date. The shares of restricted stock are subject to certain acceleration of vesting provisions, as set forth in Dr. Fox’s offer letter, as described in “Narrative to summary compensation table—Employment arrangements with our named executive officers—Arrangements in place during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 for named executive officers—Jonathan Fox.”

 

(4)  

Dr. Fox was granted an option to purchase 197,337 shares of our common stock on December 22, 2017. The option was immediately exercisable on the date of grant. Dr. Fox has early exercised the entire option and the shares of restricted stock acquired by Dr. Fox from the early exercise of the option are subject to the Company’s right of repurchase upon his termination of service relationship with the Company, which lapses with respect to 1/48 th of the shares on the 7 th of each month following September 7, 2017, subject to Dr. Fox’s continuous service with the Company through each applicable date.

Employee benefits and stock plans

2016 Equity incentive plan

The 2016 Plan was approved by our board of directors and our stockholders on March 31, 2016, amended in September 2017, December 2017, and amended and restated in May 2018. The 2016 Plan allowed for the grant of incentive stock options to employees, including employees of any parent or subsidiary, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and other stock awards to our employees, directors, and consultants, including employees and consultants of our affiliates, subject in each case to compliance with applicable tax laws.

Our 2018 Plan will become effective the day before the date that the registration statement of which this prospectus is part is declared effective by the SEC. As a result, we do not expect to grant any additional awards under the 2016 Plan following that date. Any awards granted under the 2016 Plan will remain subject to the terms of our 2016 Plan and applicable award agreements. As of December 31, 2017, options to purchase 707,497 shares of common stock and restricted stock grants for 170,469 shares of common stock were outstanding under the 2016 Plan.

Authorized shares .    The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may have been issued under our 2016 Plan was 2,160,281. The maximum number of shares of stock that may have been issued pursuant to the exercise of incentive stock options was three times such maximum number of shares. Shares subject to

 

140


Table of Contents

stock awards granted under our 2016 Plan that expire, are forfeited, are repurchased or otherwise terminate without all the shares covered by such stock awards having been issued, or are settled in cash, do not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2018 Plan. Additionally, shares used to pay the exercise price or purchase price of a stock award or shares reacquired by us to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to a stock award will return to the share reserve under our 2018 Plan. The shares issuable pursuant to stock awards granted under the 2016 Plan were authorized but unissued or reacquired shares, including shares repurchased by us on the open market or otherwise.

Plan administration .    Our board of directors or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors administers our 2016 Plan and the stock awards granted under it, and has the power to interpret and administer our 2016 Plan and any agreement thereunder and to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the number of shares subject to each award, the exercise, purchase or strike price, if any, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards together with any vesting acceleration and the terms of the award agreement for use under our 2016 Plan. Under the 2016 Plan, the board of directors also generally has the authority to effect, with the consent of any adversely affected participant, the reduction of the exercise price of any outstanding option or stock appreciation right, the cancellation of any outstanding option or stock appreciation right and the grant in substitution therefore of other awards, cash, or other consideration, or any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

Pursuant to the 2016 Plan and subject to applicable law, the plan administrator may have, in its discretion, delegated to one of more of our officers, the power to designate non-officer employees as recipients of options and/or stock appreciation rights and to determine the number of shares subject to such stock awards to be granted to such employees; provided, however, the plan administrator must have specified the total number of shares that may be subject to the stock awards granted by such officer and such officer may not have granted options to himself or herself. The board of directors could not delegate the authority to determine the fair market value of our common stock.

Corporate transactions .    Our 2016 Plan provides that in the event of and subject to the consummation of certain specified significant corporate transactions, generally including: (i) a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, (ii) the sale or disposition of at least 90% of our outstanding securities, (iii) the consummation of a merger or consolidation where we do not survive the transaction, and (iv) the consummation of a merger or consolidation where we do survive the transaction but the shares of common stock outstanding before such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction, unless otherwise provided in an award agreement all awards with time-based vesting, conditions or restrictions that are not vested and/or exercisable immediately prior to the effective time of such transaction shall automatically accelerate as of the effective time of the transaction, and all awards with performance-based conditions and restrictions may accelerate in connection with such transaction in the discretion of our board of directors or as specified in an award agreement. In the event of such transaction, the Company in its sole discretion may take one or more of the following actions with respect to such awards: (i) make a payment to the holder of options or stock appreciation rights, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, equal to the difference between the value, as determined by the board of directors, of the consideration payable per share of our common stock pursuant to such transaction, or the “sale price,” multiplied by the number of shares of common stock subject to such award, and the aggregate exercise price of such award; (ii) provide each grantee with an opportunity to exercise such option or stock appreciation right within a specified period of time prior to the consummation of the transaction; (iii) make a payment to holders of other awards equal to the sale price multiplied by the number of shares of common stock subject to such award; or (iv) arrange for the assumption, continuation, or substitution of such awards by the successor entity or parent thereof (taking into account the acceleration of such awards pursuant to the 2016 Plan). The plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards, even those that are of the same type, or all participants, in the same manner. In the event of a change in control,

 

141


Table of Contents

awards granted under the 2016 Plan will not receive automatic acceleration of vesting and exercisability, although the board of directors may provide for this treatment in an award agreement. Under the 2016 Plan, a change in control is defined to include (1) the acquisition by any person of more than 50% of the combined voting power of our then outstanding stock, (2) a merger, consolidation, or similar transaction in which our stockholders immediately before the transaction do not own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity (or the parent of the surviving entity), or (3) a sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets to an entity that did not previously hold more than 50% of the voting power of our stock.

Transferability .    Under our 2016 Plan, the board of directors may have provided for limitations on the transferability of awards, in its sole discretion. Option awards are generally not transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, except as otherwise provided under our 2016 Plan.

Plan amendment or termination .    Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2016 Plan, although certain material amendments require the approval of our stockholders, and amendments that would impair the rights of any participant require the consent of that participant.

Our board of directors has determined not to make any further awards under the 2016 Plan following the completion of this offering.

2018 stock option and incentive plan

Our 2018 Plan, has been adopted by our board of directors and is approved by our stockholders and will become effective the day before the date that the registration statement of which this prospectus is part is declared effective by the SEC. The 2018 Plan will replace the 2016 Plan, as our board of directors is expected to determine not to make additional awards under the 2016 Plan following the completion of our initial public offering. However, the 2016 Plan will continue to govern outstanding equity awards granted thereunder. The 2018 Plan will allow the compensation committee to make equity-based incentive awards to our officers, employees, directors and other key persons, including consultants.

Authorized shares .    We have initially reserved 500,000 shares of our common stock for the issuance of awards under the 2018 Plan. This number will be subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization. The shares we issue under the 2018 Plan will be authorized but unissued shares or shares that we reacquire. The shares of common stock underlying any awards that are forfeited, cancelled, held back upon exercise or settlement of an award to satisfy the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by us prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of stock, expire or are otherwise terminated, other than by exercise, under the 2018 Plan and the 2016 Plan will be added back to the shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2018 Plan. The maximum number of shares that may be issued as incentive stock options may not exceed 500,000. This number will be subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization. The value of all awards issued under the 2018 Plan and all other cash compensation paid by us to any non-employee director in any calendar year cannot exceed $1,250,000.

Administration .    The 2018 Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. Our compensation committee will have full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, to make any combination of awards to participants, and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2018 Plan.

Eligibility .    Persons eligible to participate in the 2018 Plan will be those full or part-time employees, non-employee directors and consultants, as selected from time to time by our compensation committee in its discretion.

 

142


Table of Contents

Options .    The 2018 Plan will permit the granting of both options to purchase common stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code and options that do not so qualify. The option exercise price of each option will be determined by our compensation committee but may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of each option will be fixed by our compensation committee and may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. Our compensation committee will determine at what time or times each option may be exercised.

Stock appreciation rights .    Our compensation committee will be able to award stock appreciation rights subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. Stock appreciation rights entitle the recipient to shares of common stock, or cash, equal to the value of the appreciation in our stock price over the exercise price. The exercise price may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of each stock appreciation right will be fixed by our compensation committee and may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. Our compensation committee will determine at what time or times each stock appreciation right may be exercised.

Restricted stock and restricted stock units .    Our compensation committee will be able to award restricted shares of common stock and restricted stock units to participants subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. These conditions and restrictions may include the achievement of certain performance goals and/or continued employment or service relationship with us through a specified vesting period.

Unrestricted stock awards .    Our compensation committee will also be able to grant shares of common stock that are free from any restrictions under the 2018 Plan. Unrestricted stock may be granted to participants in recognition of past services or for other valid consideration and may be issued in lieu of cash compensation due to such participant.

Dividend equivalent rights .    Our compensation committee will be able to grant dividend equivalent rights to participants that entitle the recipient to receive credits for dividends that would be paid if the recipient had held a specified number of shares of common stock.

Cash-based awards .    Our compensation committee will be able to grant cash bonuses under the 2018 Plan to participants, subject to the achievement of certain performance goals.

Sale event .    The 2018 Plan will provide that in the event of and subject to the consummation of a “sale event,” as defined in the 2018 Plan, except as may be otherwise provided in the relevant award agreement, all options and stock appreciation rights with time-based vesting, conditions or restrictions that are not exercisable immediately prior to the sale event will become fully exercisable as of the sale event, all other awards with time-based vesting, conditions or restrictions will become fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the sale event, and all awards with conditions and restrictions relating to the attainment of performance goals may become vested and nonforfeitable in connection with the sale event in the plan administrator’s discretion or to the extent specified in the relevant award agreement. In the event of such sale event, individuals holding options and stock appreciation rights will be permitted to exercise such options and stock appreciation rights (to the extent exercisable) prior to the sale event. In addition, in connection with the termination of the 2018 Plan upon a sale event, we may make or provide for a cash payment to participants holding vested and exercisable options and stock appreciation rights equal to the difference between the per share cash consideration payable to stockholders in the sale event and the exercise price of the options or stock appreciation rights. We may also make or provide for a payment, in cash or in kind, to grantees holding other awards in an amount equal to the per share cash consideration payable to stockholders in the sale event multiplied by the number of vested shares subject to such awards. Finally, an acquirer or successor entity may assume, continue or substitute for the outstanding awards under the 2018 Plan (taking into account the acceleration of such awards under the 2018 Plan).

 

143


Table of Contents

Amendment .    Our board of directors will be able to amend or discontinue the 2018 Plan and our compensation committee will be able to amend or cancel outstanding awards for purposes of satisfying changes in law or any other lawful purpose, but no such action may adversely affect rights under an award without the holder’s consent. The compensation committee is specifically authorized to exercise its discretion to reduce the exercise price of outstanding stock options or stock appreciation rights or effect the repricing of such awards through cancellation and re-grants. Certain amendments to the 2018 Plan will require the approval of our stockholders.

No awards may be granted under the 2018 Plan after the date that is 10 years from the date of stockholder approval of the 2018 Plan. No awards under the 2018 Plan have been made prior to the date hereof.

2018 employee stock purchase plan

Our 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the 2018 ESPP, has been adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders and will become effective the day before the date that the registration statement of which this prospectus is part is declared effective by the SEC. The 2018 ESPP initially reserves and authorizes the issuance of up to a total of 120,000 shares of common stock to participating employees. This number will be subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization.

All employees whose customary employment is for more than 20 hours per week will be eligible to participate in the 2018 ESPP. Any employee who owns 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock will not be eligible to purchase shares under the 2018 ESPP.

We will make one or more offerings, consisting of one or more purchase periods, each year to our employees to purchase shares under the 2018 ESPP. The first offering will begin on the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is part and, unless otherwise determined by the administrator of the ESPP, will end on the following November 30th. Each eligible employee as of the effective date of the registration statement for the offering will be deemed to be a participant in the 2018 ESPP at that time and must authorize payroll deductions or other contributions by submitting an enrollment form by the deadline specified by the plan administrator. Subsequent offerings will usually begin every six months and will continue for six-month periods, referred to as offering periods. Each eligible employee may elect to participate in any subsequent offering by submitting an enrollment form at least 15 days before the relevant offering date.

Each employee who is a participant in the 2018 ESPP may purchase shares by authorizing contributions of up to 20% of his or her compensation during an offering period. Unless the participating employee has previously withdrawn from the offering, his or her accumulated contributions will be used to purchase shares on the last business day of the purchase period at a price equal to 85% of the fair market value of the shares on the first business day of the offering period or the last business day of the purchase period, whichever is lower, provided that no more than 2,000 shares of common stock (or a lesser number as established by the plan administrator in advance of the purchase period) may be purchased by any one employee during each purchase period. Under applicable tax rules, an employee may purchase no more than $25,000 worth of shares of common stock, valued at the start of the offering period, under the 2018 ESPP for each calendar year in which a purchase right is outstanding.

The accumulated contributions of any employee who is not a participant on the last day of a purchase period will be refunded. An employee’s rights under the 2018 ESPP terminate upon voluntary withdrawal from the plan or when the employee ceases employment with us for any reason.

The 2018 ESPP may be terminated or amended by our board of directors at any time, but shall automatically terminate on the 10 year anniversary of this offering. An amendment that increases the number of shares of common stock that are authorized under the 2018 ESPP and certain other amendments will require the

 

144


Table of Contents

approval of our stockholders. The plan administrator may adopt subplans under the 2018 ESPP for employees of our non-U.S. subsidiaries who may participate in the 2018 ESPP and may permit such employees to participate in the 2018 ESPP on different terms, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

Senior executive cash incentive bonus plan

In May 2018, our board of directors adopted the Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan, or the Bonus Plan, which will govern the cash incentive bonuses for certain of our eligible executives, including our named executive officers. The Bonus Plan provides for bonus payments based upon the attainment of performance targets, or the Performance Goals, established by the compensation committee and related to operational and financial measures or objectives with respect to the company, as well as individual performance objectives.

The Performance Goals from which the compensation committee may select include the following: achievement of specified research and development, publication, clinical and/or regulatory milestones, total shareholder return, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization), changes in the market price of our common stock, economic value-added, funds from operations or similar measure, sales or revenue, acquisitions or strategic transactions, operating income (loss), cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow), return on capital, assets, equity, or investment, return on sales, gross or net profit levels, productivity, expense, margins, operating efficiency, customer satisfaction, working capital, earnings (loss) per share of our common stock; bookings, new bookings or renewals; sales or market shares; number of customers, number of new customers or customer references; operating income and/or net annual recurring revenue, any of which may be (A) measured in absolute terms or compared to any incremental increase, (B) measured in terms of growth, (C) compared to another company or companies or to results of a peer group, (D) measured against the market as a whole and/or as compared to applicable market indices and/or (E) measured on a pre-tax or post-tax basis (if applicable).

Each executive officer who is selected to participate in the Bonus Plan will have a target bonus opportunity set for each performance period. The bonus formulas will be adopted in each performance period by the compensation committee and communicated to each executive. The Performance Goals will be measured at the end of each performance period or such other appropriate time as the compensation committee determines; provided, that if the Performance Goal is dependent on financial metrics as reported in our financial reports for any particular period, such Performance Goals shall be measured after our financial reports have been published. No bonuses shall be paid under the Bonus Plan unless and until the compensation committee makes a determination with respect to the attainment of the performance targets relating to the Performance Goals for the applicable performance period. If the Performance Goals and individual performance objectives are met, payments will be made as soon as practicable following the end of each performance period but not later than 74 days after the end of the fiscal year in which such performance period ends. Subject to the rights contained in any agreement between the executive officer and us, an executive officer must be employed by us on the bonus payment date to be eligible to receive a bonus payment. The Bonus Plan also permits the compensation committee to approve additional bonuses to executive officers in its sole discretion and to adjust bonuses (by increasing or decreasing the amount payable) based on an executive officer’s attainment of individual performance objectives.

401(k) plan and other benefits

BridgeBio Pharma, LLC maintains a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides our eligible U.S. employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax-advantaged basis. Plan participants are able to defer eligible compensation subject to applicable annual Code limits. BridgeBio Pharma, LLC has the ability to make

 

145


Table of Contents

discretionary contributions to the 401(k) plan but has not done so to date. The 401(k) plan is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code with the 401(k) plan’s related trust intended to be tax exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the participants until distributed from the 401(k) plan.

Director compensation

We did not pay any compensation or make any equity awards or non-equity awards to any of our non-employee directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017. Directors may be reimbursed for travel, food, lodging and other expenses directly related to their activities as directors. Directors who also serve as employees receive no additional compensation for their service as directors. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, Dr. Kumar received no additional compensation for his service as a director. See the section titled “Executive and director compensation” for more information about Dr. Kumar’s compensation for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017. See the section titled “Certain relationships and related party transactions” for more information about Drs. Huh’s and Graef’s compensation for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.

Prior to this offering, we did not have a formal policy or plan to compensate our non-employee directors. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to implement a formal policy, effective upon effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, pursuant to which our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive the following cash retainers and equity awards:

 

Annual Retainer for Board Membership

        

Annual service on the board of directors

   $ 35,000  

Additional Annual Retainer for Non-Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors

   $ 25,000  

Additional Annual Retainer for Committee Membership

  

Annual service as member of the audit committee (other than chair)

   $ 15,000  

Annual service as chair of the audit committee

   $ 7,500  

Annual service as member of the compensation committee (other than chair)

   $ 15,000  

Annual service as chair of the compensation committee

   $ 7,500  

Annual service as member of the nominating and corporate governance committee (other than chair)

   $ 15,000  

Annual service as chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee

   $ 7,500  

 

 

Our policy provides that, upon initial election to our board of directors, each non-employee director will be granted an option to purchase 36,000 shares of the Company’s common stock with an exercise price per share equal to the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant and a term of ten years (the “Initial Grant”). In addition, on the date of each of our annual meetings of stockholders following the completion of this offering, each non-employee director who will continue as a member of our board of directors following such annual meeting will be granted an annual award of an option to purchase 18,000 shares of the Company’s common stock with an exercise price equal to the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant and a term of ten years (the “Annual Grant”). The Initial Grant will vest in equal annual installments over three years, subject to continued service as a director through the applicable vesting dates. The Annual Grant will vest in full on the earlier of (i) the anniversary of the grant date or (ii) our next annual meeting of stockholders, subject to continued service as a director through the applicable vesting date. Such awards are subject to full accelerated vesting upon a “sale event,” as defined in the 2018 Plan. The policy also provides that, pursuant to the 2018 Plan, the aggregate amount of compensation, including both equity compensation and cash compensation, paid to any non-employee director in a calendar year will not exceed $1,250,000 (or such other limit as may be set forth in the 2018 Plan or any similar provision of a successor plan).

Employee directors will receive no additional compensation for their service as a director.

 

146


Table of Contents

We will reimburse all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by our non-employee directors for their attendance at meetings of our board of directors or any committee thereof.

The following table provides certain information concerning compensation earned by our non-employee directors during the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

Name(1)    Fees earned
or paid in
cash ($)
    Stock
awards
($)(2)
     Option
awards
($)(2)
     All other
compensation
($)
   

Total

($)

 

Isabella Graef, M.D.

           (3)             $ 150,000 (3)(4)     $ 150,000  

Hoyoung Huh, M.D., Ph.D.

     (5)                            

 

 

 

(1)   Drs. Graef and Huh did not have any equity awards outstanding as of December 31, 2017.

 

(2)   In accordance with SEC rules, these columns reflect the aggregate grant date fair values of the stock awards and option awards, as applicable, granted during fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 computed in accordance with ASC 718. Such aggregate grant date fair values do not take into account any estimated forfeitures related to service-vesting conditions. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 12 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. These amounts do not reflect the actual economic value that will be realized by the directors upon the exercise of the options, the lapse of our repurchase right on any shares of restricted stock or the sale of shares of our common stock underlying such awards.

 

(3)   Dr. Graef received a grant of 163,272 shares of common stock on December 22, 2017, as well as certain tax-gross up payments for such shares, in connection with her role as the Company’s founder and not for her service as a member of our board of directors, as discussed further in “Certain relationships and related party transactions.” Dr. Graef was a member of our board of directors from August 2013 to March 2018.

 

(4)   Pursuant to a consulting agreement by and between Dr. Graef and the Company, dated April 1, 2016, which has a term of four years, the Company will pay Dr. Graef an annual consulting fee up to $150,000 in exchange for consulting services provided by Dr. Graef in the field relating to novel stabilizers, mutant characterization, assay development, drug discovery and the use of relevant in vitro and in vivo models.

 

(5)   Dr. Huh did not receive any cash compensation from the Company for his services as a member of our board of directors.

 

147


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions

In addition to the compensation arrangements, including employment, termination of employment and change in control arrangements, with our directors and executive officers, including those discussed in the sections titled “Management” and “Executive and director compensation,” and the registration rights described in the section titled “Description of capital stock—Registration rights,” the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2015 and each currently proposed transaction in which:

 

 

we have been or are to be a participant;

 

 

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

 

any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Private placements of securities

Series Seed financing

From April 2016 through September 2017, we sold an aggregate of 12,856,325 shares of our Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.3248 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $17.0 million.

All purchasers of our Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to specified registration rights. See the section titled “Description of capital stock—Registration rights” for more information regarding these registration rights.

The following table summarizes the Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock purchased by members of our board of directors or their affiliates and holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

 

Name of stockholder  

Shares of Series Seed

redeemable
convertible preferred
stock

    

Total

purchase price

 

BridgeBio Pharma LLC(1)

    12,832,123      $ 16,999,996.55  

 

 

 

(1)   Neil Kumar, a member of our board of directors and our Chief Executive Officer, is the chief executive officer and a managing member of BridgeBio Pharma LLC and, therefore, may be deemed to hold voting and dispositive power over the shares held by BridgeBio Pharma LLC.

Series B financing

In March 2018 and May 2018, we sold an aggregate of 5,906,877 shares of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $10.8348 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $64.0 million.

All purchasers of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to specified registration rights. See the section titled “Description of capital stock—Registration rights” for more information regarding these registration rights.

 

148


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock purchased by members of our board of directors or their affiliates and holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

 

Name of stockholder    Shares of Series B redeemable
convertible preferred stock
     Total purchase price  

Aisling Capital IV, LP (1)

     553,770      $ 5,999,987.21  

BridgeBio Pharma LLC(2)

     1,384,426      $ 14,999,978.83  

Entities affiliated with RA Capital Healthcare Fund, L.P.(3)

     922,950      $ 9,999,979.68  

 

 

 

(1)   Eric Aguiar, a member of our board of directors, is a partner at Aisling Capital IV, LP. Dr. Aguiar does not hold voting or dispositive power over the shares held by Aisling Capital IV, LP.

 

(2)   Neil Kumar, a member of our board of directors and our Chief Executive Officer, is the chief executive officer and a managing member of BridgeBio Pharma LLC and, therefore, may be deemed to hold voting and dispositive power over the shares held by BridgeBio Pharma LLC.

 

(3)   Rajeev Shah, a member of our board of directors, is a portfolio manager and managing director of RA Capital Healthcare Fund, L.P.

Convertible note and warrant financing

In February 2018, we entered into a Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement with BridgeBio, pursuant to which we issued a convertible note in the principal amount of $10.0 million and a warrant to purchase a number of shares of preferred stock equal to $4.0 million at the price paid by investors in such next equity financing. In March 2018, BridgeBio transferred 10% of its interests in the convertible note and the warrant to another stockholder that currently holds less than 1% of our outstanding voting stock. Upon the initial closing of the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock financing described above, the note then held by BridgeBio was converted into 1,192,341 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock at a price per share of $7.5844 representing a 30% discount to the price paid by other investors in the financing. The warrant held by BridgeBio has a term of three years and is exercisable for 332,262 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $10.8348 per share. If the warrant remains outstanding upon the consummation of this offering, the warrant will automatically be deemed net-exercised in full immediately prior to the completion of this offering based on the initial public offering price.

Agreements with stockholders

Investors’ rights agreement

On March 29, 2018, we entered into an Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, which we refer to as our investors’ rights agreement, with certain holders of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. After the completion of this offering, the holders of                  shares of our common stock issuable in connection with the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares following this offering under the Securities Act. See the section titled “Description of capital stock—Registration rights” for more information regarding these registration rights.

Right of first refusal and co-sale agreement

We are a party to a right of first refusal and co-sale agreement, which imposes restrictions on the transfer of our capital stock. Upon the completion of this offering, the right of first refusal and co-sale agreement will terminate and the restrictions on the transfer of our capital stock set forth in this agreement will no longer apply.

 

149


Table of Contents

Voting agreement

We are party to a voting agreement under which certain holders of our capital stock, including persons who hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock and entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated, have agreed to vote their shares on certain matters, including with respect to the election of directors. Upon the completion of this offering, the voting agreement will terminate and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors or the voting of our capital stock of the company.

Intercompany services agreements with BridgeBio Services Inc.

We have received consulting and management services pursuant to two Intercompany Services Agreements with BridgeBio Services Inc., or, collectively, the BridgeBio Agreements. BridgeBio Services Inc. is affiliated with BridgeBio Pharma LLC, which has a controlling interest in us. The initial BridgeBio Agreement was entered into on March 1, 2016 and was superseded by the subsequent BridgeBio Agreement, effective as of May 1, 2017. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2017, we incurred an aggregate of $160,843 and $769,972 for these services, respectively, which included, among other things, the services of Dr. Kumar, as well as other personnel, and the supervision of our strategic, financial, legal, personnel and executive recruitment activities. Dr. Kumar is the chief executive officer of BridgeBio Pharma LLC.

Executive officer and director compensation

See the section titled ‘‘Executive and director compensation’’ for information regarding compensation of our executive officers and directors.

Agreements with Dr. Graef

Consulting agreement

In April 2016, we entered into a consulting agreement with Dr. Graef, one of our founders and a holder of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. Dr. Graef also served as a member of our board of directors from August 2013 to March 2018. Pursuant to the consulting agreement, Dr. Graef agreed to provide consulting services with respect to discovery and development of novel TTR stabilizers. As compensation for these services, Dr. Graef is entitled to an annual fee in the amount of up to $150,000 and reimbursement by us for pre-approved expenses. The consulting agreement has a term of four years but may be terminated by either us or Dr. Graef for any reason with thirty days’ prior notice. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2017, we incurred $112,500 and $150,000, respectively, for her services under the consulting agreement.

Issuance of antidilution shares

In December 2017, we issued to Dr. Graef 163,272 shares of our common stock in order to offset dilution to her ownership in connection with our issuance of additional shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock in financing transactions. In addition, we agreed to make a “gross-up” payment of $83,073 to Dr. Graef for the taxes owed by Dr. Graef as a result of such issuance of common stock, which payment was made in January 2018.

 

150


Table of Contents

Agreements with Dr. Alhamadsheh

Consulting agreement

In August 2016, we entered into a consulting agreement with Dr. Alhamadsheh and his employer, the University of the Pacific, one of our founders and a holder of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. Pursuant to the consulting agreement, Dr. Alhamadsheh and the University of the Pacific agreed that Dr. Alhamadsheh would provide consulting services with respect to discovery and development of novel TTR stabilizers. As compensation for these services, Dr. Alhamadsheh is entitled to an annual fee in the amount of up to $115,000. The consulting agreement has a term of two years but may be terminated by either us or Dr. Alhamadsheh for any reason with thirty days’ prior notice. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2017, we incurred $83,748 and $115,000, respectively, for Dr. Alhamadsheh’s services under the consulting agreement.

Issuance of antidilution shares

In December 2017, we issued to Dr. Alhamadsheh 163,272 shares of our common stock in order to offset dilution to his ownership in connection with our issuance of additional shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock in financing transactions. In addition, we agreed to make a “gross-up” payment of $83,073 to Dr. Alhamadsheh for the taxes owed by Dr. Alhamadsheh as a result of such issuance of common stock, which payment was made in January 2018.

Option Award to Dr. Huh

In May 2018, our board of directors approved a grant to Dr. Huh of an option to purchase 70,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to the 2018 Plan, to be effective upon the completion of this offering at an exercise price per share equal to our initial public offering price. The option will vest in equal annual installments over three years from the grant date, subject to Dr. Huh’s continued service as a director through the applicable vesting dates. The award is subject to full accelerated vesting upon a “sale event,” as defined in the 2018 Plan.

Indemnification agreements

We have entered into or plan to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers, the form of which is attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The indemnification agreements and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

Policies and procedures for related party transactions

Our audit committee will have the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving “related party transactions,” which are transactions between us and related persons in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed $120,000 and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. The written charter of our audit committee will provide that our audit committee shall review and approve in advance any related party transaction.

Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to adopt a formal written policy providing that we are not permitted to enter into any transaction that exceeds $120,000 and in which any related person has a direct or indirect material interest without the consent of our audit committee. In approving or rejecting any such transaction, our audit committee is to consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to our audit committee, including whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction.

 

151


Table of Contents

Principal stockholders

The following table presents information concerning the beneficial ownership of the shares of our common stock as of May 20, 2018 by:

 

 

each person we know to be the beneficial owner of 5% or more of our outstanding shares of our capital stock;

 

each of our directors;

 

each of our named executive officers; and

 

all of our current executive officers and directors as a group.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with SEC rules. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules, a person is deemed to be a beneficial owner of our common stock if that person has a right to acquire ownership within 60 days by the exercise of options or the conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of our common stock if that person has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or direct the voting of our common stock, or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such capital stock. Except in cases where community property laws apply or as indicated in the footnotes to this table, we believe that each stockholder identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power over all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by the stockholder.

Percentage of beneficial ownership in the table below is based on 24,547,068 shares of common stock deemed to be outstanding as of May 20, 2018, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock, immediately prior to the completion of this offering. The table below assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares. Shares of common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of May 20, 2018 are considered outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated below, the address of each individual listed below is c/o Eidos Therapeutics, Inc., 101 Montgomery Street, Suite 2550, San Francisco, CA 94104.

 

Name and address of beneficial owner    Number of
shares
beneficially
owned before
offering
     Number of
shares
beneficially
owned after
offering
     Percentage
of shares
beneficially
owned before
offering
     Percentage of
shares
beneficially
owned  after
offering
 

5% or Greater Stockholders:

           

BridgeBio Pharma LLC(1)

     15,408,890           62.77%        %  

Mamoun Alhamadsheh, Ph.D.(2)

     1,670,003           6.80%     

Isabella Graef, M.D.(3)

     1,670,003           6.80%     

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

           

Jonathan C. Fox, M.D., Ph.D.(4)

     448,602           1.83%     

Neil Kumar, Ph.D.(1)(5)

     15,408,890           62.77%     

Christine Siu(6)

     43,092           *%     

Uma Sinha, Ph.D.(7)

     295,344           1.20%     

Hoyoung Huh, M.D., Ph.D.(8)

                   

Rajeev Shah(9)

     922,950           3.76%     

Eric Aguiar, M.D.(10)

                   

All executive officers and directors as a group (7 persons)

           69.62%        %  

 

 

 

152


Table of Contents
*   Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent.

 

(1)   Consists of (a) 12,832,123 shares of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock, (b) 2,576,767 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock held directly by BridgeBio Pharma LLC, and (c)              shares issued pursuant to the automatic net exercise immediately prior to the completion of this offering of warrants issued in February 2018 for an aggregate of              shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock and the subsequent conversion of such shares into an aggregate of              shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Dr. Kumar, Ali J. Satvat, James Momtazee and Richard Scheller, the members of the board of managers of BridgeBio Pharma LLC, may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the shares held of record by BridgeBio Pharma LLC. Such persons disclaim beneficial ownership of all shares held by BridgeBio Pharma LLC except to the extent of any indirect pecuniary interests therein. The address of BridgeBio Pharma LLC is 421 Kipling St., Palo Alto, California 94301.

 

(2)   Consists of 1,670,003 shares of common stock, of which 163,272 shares are subject to our right of repurchase as of May 20, 2018, held by Dr. Alhamadsheh.

 

(3)   Consists of 1,670,003 shares of common stock, of which 163,272 shares are subject to our right of repurchase as of May 20, 2018, held by Dr. Graef.

 

(4)   Consists of 448,602 shares of common stock, of which 321,489 shares are subject to our right of repurchase as of May 20, 2018 held by the Fox Family Trust Dated 17 Dec. 2014, for which Jonathan C. Fox and Suzanne Markel-Fox serve as co-Trustees.

 

(5)   Dr. Kumar is the Chief Executive Officer of BridgeBio Pharma LLC. These shares are owned directly by BridgeBio Pharma LLC. Dr. Kumar, Ali J. Satvat, James Momtazee and Richard Scheller, the members of the board of managers of BridgeBio Pharma LLC, may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the shares held of record by BridgeBio Pharma LLC. Such persons disclaim beneficial ownership of all shares held by BridgeBio Pharma LLC except to the extent of any indirect pecuniary interests therein. The address of BridgeBio Pharma LLC is 421 Kipling St., Palo Alto, California 94301.

 

(6)   Consists of options to purchase 43,092 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of May 20, 2018, held by Ms. Siu.

 

(7)   Consists of 295,344 shares of common stock, of which 203,453 shares are subject to our right of repurchase as of May 20, 2018, held by Dr. Sinha.

 

(8)   Dr. Huh does not beneficially own any shares of common stock or hold any options to purchase shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of May 20, 2018.

 

(9)   Consists of (a) 751,282 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by RA Capital Healthcare Fund, L.P. (“RA Capital”) and (b) 171,668 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Blackwell Partners LLC — Series A (“Blackwell”). RA Capital Management, LLC (“RA Capital Management”) is the general partner of RA Capital and the investment manager to Blackwell. Investment decisions with respect to the shares held by RA Capital and Blackwell are made by a portfolio management team at RA Capital Management of which Rajeev Shah, a member of our board of directors, is a member. Mr. Shah disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares held by RA Capital and Blackwell, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for each of RA Capital, Blackwell, and RA Capital Management is c/o 20 Park Plaza, Suite 1200, Boston, MA 02116.

 

(10)   Dr. Aguiar does not beneficially own any shares of common stock or hold any options to purchase shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of May 20, 2018.

 

153


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock

Upon the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and                 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, all of which will be undesignated, and there will be                 shares of common stock outstanding and no shares of preferred stock outstanding. As of March 31, 2018, we had approximately 26 record holders of our capital stock. All of our outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will convert into shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering. In addition, upon the completion of this                 offering,                 options to purchase shares of our common stock will be outstanding and                 shares of our common stock will be reserved for future grants under our equity incentive plans.

The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws are summaries of material terms and provisions and are qualified by reference to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, copies of which have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The descriptions of our common stock and preferred stock reflect amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

Common stock

Upon the completion of this offering, we will be authorized to issue one class of common stock. Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held of record for the election of directors and on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Except as described under “Anti-takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws” below, a majority vote of the holders of common stock is generally required to take action under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends ratably, if any, as may be declared by our board of directors out of legally available funds, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. Upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding up, holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in our net assets legally available after the payment of all our debts and other liabilities, subject to the preferential rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights and no sinking fund provisions are applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preferred stock

Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, without action by the stockholders, to designate and issue up to an aggregate of                 shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Our board of directors can designate the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible future financings and acquisitions and other corporate purposes could, under certain circumstances, have the effect of restricting dividends on our common stock, diluting the voting power of our common stock, impairing the liquidation rights of our common stock, or delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company, which might harm the market price of our common stock. See also “—Anti-takeover effects of Delaware Law and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws—Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws—Undesignated preferred stock” below.

 

154


Table of Contents

Our board of directors will make any determination to issue such shares based on its judgment as to our company’s best interests and the best interests of our stockholders. Upon the completion of this offering, we will have no shares of preferred stock outstanding and we have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock following completion of this offering.

Options

As of March 31, 2018, we had outstanding options to purchase 468,336 shares of our common stock, with a per share weighted-average exercise price of $1.10 under our 2016 Plan.

Registration rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of 20,288,025 shares of our common stock, including shares issuable upon the conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, or their permitted transferees, which we refer to as our registrable securities, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these securities under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of the investor rights agreement. The investor rights agreement includes demand registration rights, short-form registration rights and piggyback registration rights. All fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with registrations under the investor rights agreement will be borne by us, and all selling expenses, including underwriting discounts and selling commissions, will be borne by the holders of the shares being registered.

Demand registration rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of our registrable securities are entitled to demand registration rights. Under the terms of our investor rights agreement, we will be required, upon the request of holders of at least a majority of our outstanding registrable securities, to file a registration statement with an anticipated offering amount of at least $10.0 million and use commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration of these shares for public resale. We are required to effect up to two registrations pursuant to this provision of the investor rights agreement. A demand for registration may not be made until six months after the effective date of the registration statement for this offering.

Short form registration rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of our registrable securities are also entitled to short form registration rights. Pursuant to our investor rights agreement, if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, upon the request of holders of at least 30% of our outstanding registrable securities to sell registrable securities with an anticipated aggregate offering amount of at least $1.0 million net of certain expenses related to the offering, we will be required to use our commercially reasonable efforts to effect a registration of such shares. We are required to effect up to two registrations in any twelve month period pursuant to this provision of the investor rights agreement.

Piggyback registration rights

The holders of our registrable securities are entitled to piggyback registration rights. If we register any of our securities either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of our outstanding registrable securities are entitled to include their shares in the registration. Subject to certain exceptions contained in the investor rights agreement, we and the underwriters may limit the number of shares included in the underwritten offering if the underwriters determine that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten.

 

155


Table of Contents

Indemnification

Our investor rights agreement contains customary cross-indemnification provisions, under which we are obligated to indemnify holders of registrable securities in the event of material misstatements or omissions in the registration statement attributable to us, and they are obligated to indemnify us for material misstatements or omissions attributable to them.

Expenses of registration

We will pay the registration expenses, subject to certain limited exceptions contained in the investor rights agreement, of the holders of the shares registered pursuant to the demand, short form and piggyback registration rights described above, including the expenses of one counsel for the selling holders.

Expiration of registration rights

The registration rights granted under the investor rights agreement will terminate upon the earlier of (i) a deemed liquidation event, as defined in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (as in effect prior to the completion of this offering) or certain other events constituting a sale of the company, (ii) the consummation of a transaction or series of transactions in which a person, or a group of persons, acquires from our stockholders, shares representing more than 50% of our outstanding voting stock, (iii) at such time after our initial public offering when all registrable securities could be sold under Rule 144 of the Securities Act or a similar exemption without limitation during a three-month period without registration or (iv) the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering.

Anti-takeover effects of Delaware Law and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws

Certain provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law and of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will become effective upon the completion of this offering could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and, as a consequence, they might also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions are also designed in part to encourage anyone seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. These provisions might also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. However, we believe that the advantages gained by protecting our ability to negotiate with any unsolicited and potentially unfriendly acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging such proposals, including those priced above the then-current market value of our common stock, because, among other reasons, the negotiation of such proposals could improve their terms.

Delaware takeover statute

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed

 

156


Table of Contents

manner. Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions:

 

 

before the stockholder became interested, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

 

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and employee stock plans, in some instances, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

 

at or after the time the stockholder became interested, the business combination was approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

 

 

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

 

any sale, transfer, lease, pledge, exchange, mortgage or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;

 

 

subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

 

subject to exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

 

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect upon completion of this offering will include a number of provisions that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us and encouraging persons considering unsolicited tender offers or other unilateral takeover proposals to negotiate with our board of directors rather than pursue non-negotiated takeover attempts. These provisions include the items described below.

Board composition and filling vacancies .    In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board is divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, with one class being elected each year. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that directors may be removed only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of the holders of     % or more of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Furthermore, any vacancy on our board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of our board, may only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office even if less than a quorum.

 

157


Table of Contents

No written consent of stockholders .    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that all stockholder actions are required to be taken by a vote of the stockholders at an annual or special meeting, and that stockholders may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting. This limit may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions and would prevent the amendment of our bylaws or removal of directors by our stockholder without holding a meeting of stockholders.

Meetings of stockholders .    Our bylaws provide that only a majority of the members of our board of directors then in office may call special meetings of stockholders and only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders. Our bylaws limit the business that may be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders to those matters properly brought before the meeting.

Advance notice requirements .    Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with regard to stockholder proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election as directors or new business to be brought before meetings of our stockholders. These procedures provide that notice of stockholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our corporate secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is to be taken. Generally, to be timely, notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days or more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year. The notice must contain certain information specified in our bylaws.

Amendment to certificate of incorporation and bylaws .    As required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, any amendment of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation must first be approved by a majority of our board of directors, and if required by law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, must thereafter be approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, and a majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, except that the amendment of the provisions relating to stockholder action, directors, limitation of liability and the amendment of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation must be approved by not less than 75% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, and not less than 75% of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class. Our bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority vote of the directors then in office, subject to any limitations set forth in the bylaws; and may also be amended by the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, or, if the board of directors recommends that the stockholders approve the amendment, by the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, in each case voting together as a single class.

Undesignated preferred stock .    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for authorized shares of preferred stock. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock may enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. For example, if in the due exercise of its fiduciary obligations, our board of directors were to determine that a takeover proposal is not in the best interests of us or our stockholders, our board of directors could cause shares of preferred stock to be issued without stockholder approval in one or more private offerings or other transactions that might dilute the voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or insurgent stockholder or stockholder group. In this regard, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation grants our board of directors’ broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of shares of common stock. The issuance may also adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of these holders and may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of us.

 

158


Table of Contents

Transfer agent and registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 6201 15 th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “EIDX.”

Limitations of liability and indemnification matters

For a discussion of liability and indemnification, see “Management—Limitation on liability and indemnification matters.”

 

159


Table of Contents

Shares eligible for future sale

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Sale of restricted shares

Based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2018, upon completion of this offering,                 shares of common stock will be outstanding, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of options. All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable. The remaining shares of common stock outstanding after this offering will be restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements as described below. Following the expiration of the lock-up period, all shares will be eligible for resale in compliance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. “Restricted securities” as defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act were issued and sold by us in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. These shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or qualified for an exemption from registration, such as under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

Rule 144

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

 

1% of the number of shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately                 shares immediately after this offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, based on the number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2018; or

 

 

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

provided, in each case, that we have been subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and by non-affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

Rule 701 under the Securities Act, or Rule 701, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Most of our employees, executive officers or directors who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all

 

160


Table of Contents

holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares. However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and under “Underwriting” included elsewhere in this prospectus and will become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Lock-up agreements

In connection with this offering, we, each of our directors and executive officers, and holders of approximately 24,203,801 shares of our outstanding stock have agreed with the underwriters that for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, we will not offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated may, in their sole discretion, at any time, release all or any portion of the shares from the restrictions in this agreement.

Rule 10b5-1 trading plans

Following the completion of this offering, certain of our officers, directors and significant stockholders may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 trading plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis to diversify their assets and investments. Under these 10b5-1 trading plans, a broker may execute trades pursuant to parameters established by the officer, director or stockholder when entering into the plan, without further direction from such officer, director or stockholder. Such sales would not commence until the expiration of the applicable lock-up agreements entered into by such officer, director or stockholder in connection with this offering.

Registration rights

We are party to an investor rights agreement which provides that holders holding                      shares of our common stock, including shares issuable upon the conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, have the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares of our common stock be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. See “Description of capital stock—Registration rights” in this prospectus. Except for shares purchased by affiliates, registration of their shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon effectiveness of the registration, subject to the expiration of the lock-up period described above and under “Underwriting” in this prospectus, and to the extent such shares have been released from any repurchase option that we may hold.

Equity incentive plans

As soon as practicable after the completion of this offering, we intend to file a Form S-8 registration statement under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock subject to options and other equity awards outstanding or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. This registration statement will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by this registration statement will thereupon be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and any lock-up agreements. For a more complete discussion of our equity incentive plans, see “Executive and director compensation—Employee benefits and stock plans.”

 

161


Table of Contents

Material U.S. federal income tax considerations to non-U.S. holders

The following is a general discussion of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to ownership and disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder. For purposes of this discussion, the term “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

 

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

 

a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any political subdivision of the United States;

 

 

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

 

a trust, if a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons (as defined in the Code) have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or if the trust has a valid election in effect to be treated as a U.S. person under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations.

A modified definition of “non-U.S. holder” applies for U.S. federal estate tax purposes (as discussed below).

This discussion is based on current provisions of the Code, existing and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, current administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change or to differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. Any change could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus. In addition, the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, could challenge one or more of the tax consequences described in this prospectus.

We assume in this discussion that each non-U.S. holder holds shares of our common stock as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment) within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances nor does it address any aspects of state, local or non-U.S. taxes, alternative minimum tax, or U.S. federal gift or estate taxes (except to the limited extent set forth below) or any other U.S. federal tax laws. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a non-U.S. holder and does not address the special tax rules applicable to particular non-U.S. holders, such as:

 

 

banks;

 

 

financial institutions;

 

 

insurance companies;

 

 

brokers, dealers or traders in securities, commodities or currencies;

 

 

persons who have elected to mark securities to market;

 

 

tax-qualified retirement plans;

 

 

tax-exempt organizations;

 

 

government entities;

 

 

controlled foreign corporations;

 

162


Table of Contents
 

passive foreign investment companies;

 

 

corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

 

certain former U.S. citizens or long-term residents;

 

 

holders who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation;

 

 

holders holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy, conversion transaction or other integrated investment; or

 

 

holders deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

In addition, this discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or other entities that are transparent for U.S. federal income tax purposes or persons who hold their common stock through partnerships or other entities that are transparent for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In the case of a holder that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax treatment of a person treated as a partner in such partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partner and the partnership. A person treated as a partner in a partnership or who holds their stock through another transparent entity should consult his, her or its own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock through a partnership or other transparent entity, as applicable.

Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax considerations of acquiring, holding and disposing of our common stock.

Distributions on our common stock

We do not currently expect to pay dividends. See “Dividend policy” above in this prospectus. However, in the event that we do pay distributions of cash or property on our common stock, those distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder’s investment, up to such holder’s tax basis in the common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below under the heading “Gain on sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of common stock.”

Subject also to the discussions below under the headings “Information reporting and backup withholding tax” and “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act,” dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence. If we determine, at a time reasonably close to the date of payment of a distribution on our common stock, that the distribution will not constitute a dividend because we do not anticipate having current or accumulated earnings and profits, we intend not to withhold any U.S. federal income tax on the distribution as permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulations. If we or another withholding agent apply over-withholding, a non-U.S. holder may be entitled to a refund or credit of any excess tax withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim with the IRS.

Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the United States, and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder within the United States, are

 

163


Table of Contents

generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements. To obtain this exemption, a non-U.S. holder must generally provide us with a properly executed original and unexpired IRS Form W-8ECI properly certifying such exemption. However, such U.S. effectively connected income, net of specified deductions and credits, is taxed at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons (as defined in the Code). Any U.S. effectively connected income received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence.

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence generally will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or applicable successor form) and satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim with the IRS.

Any documentation provided to an applicable withholding agent may need to be updated in certain circumstances. The certification requirements described above also may require a non-U.S. holder to provide its U.S. taxpayer identification number.

Gain on sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of common stock

Subject to the discussions below under the headings “Information reporting and backup withholding tax” and “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act,” a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on gain recognized on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

 

 

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States; in these cases, the non-U.S. holder will be taxed on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates and in the manner applicable to U.S. persons, and, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, may also apply;

 

 

the non-U.S. holder is an individual present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a 30% tax (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the amount by which the non-U.S. holder’s capital gains allocable to U.S. sources exceed capital losses allocable to U.S. sources during the taxable year of the disposition (without taking into account any capital loss carryovers); or

 

 

we are or were a “U.S. real property holding corporation” during a certain look-back period, unless our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market and the non-U.S. holder held no more than five percent of our outstanding common stock, directly or indirectly, during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock. Generally, a corporation is a “U.S. real property holding corporation” if the fair market value of its “U.S. real property interests” equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Although there can be no assurance, we believe that we have not been and are not currently, and we do not anticipate becoming, a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

164


Table of Contents

Information reporting and backup withholding tax

We (or the applicable paying agent) must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the gross amount of the distributions on our common stock paid to such holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such distributions. Non-U.S. holders may have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a U.S. person (as defined in the Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate with respect to dividends on our common stock. Generally, a holder will comply with such procedures if it provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a non-U.S. holder, or otherwise establishes an exemption.

Information reporting and backup withholding generally will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, unless the holder certifies its status as a non-U.S. holder and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a non-U.S. holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a foreign broker. However, for information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is formed under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement. Any documentation provided to an applicable withholding agent may need to be updated in certain circumstances.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder may be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is timely filed with the IRS.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

Legislation commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act and associated guidance, or collectively, FATCA, will generally impose a 30% withholding tax on any “withholdable payment” (as defined below) to a “foreign financial institution,” unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which would include certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with United States owners) or another applicable exception applies or such institution is compliant with applicable foreign law enacted in connection with an applicable intergovernmental agreement between the United States and a foreign jurisdiction. FATCA will also generally impose a 30% withholding tax on any “withholdable payment” (as defined below) to a foreign entity that is not a financial institution, unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the substantial U.S. owners of the entity (which generally includes any U.S. person who directly or indirectly owns more than 10% of the entity), if any, or another applicable exception applies or such entity is compliant with applicable foreign law enacted in connection with an applicable intergovernmental agreement between the United States and such foreign jurisdiction. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.

Under final regulations and other current guidance, “withholdable payments” currently include dividends on our common stock and will include the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock on or after January 1, 2019. The FATCA withholding tax will apply regardless of whether a payment would otherwise be exempt from or not subject to U.S. nonresident withholding tax (e.g., as capital gain).

 

165


Table of Contents

Federal estate tax

Common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is a non-U.S. holder (as specially defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will be included in the individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes and, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise.

The preceding discussion of material U.S. federal tax considerations is for general information only. It is not tax advice. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the particular U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed changes in applicable laws.

 

166


Table of Contents

Underwriting

We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are acting as representatives of the underwriters in the offering. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Name    Number
of shares
 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                     Incorporated

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  

 

 

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the shares of common stock offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the common stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares to the public, if all of the shares of common stock are not sold at the initial public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to                 additional shares of common stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option to purchase additional shares, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $         per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

       Without
option to
purchase
additional
shares
exercise
     With full
option to
purchase
additional
shares
exercise
 

Per Share

   $                       $                   

Total

   $      $  

 

 

 

167


Table of Contents

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses relating to the clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. in an amount up to $            .

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions.

Our directors and executive officers, and substantially all of our securityholders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, or the restricted period, may not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers, managers and members in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to, among other items:

 

  (i)   the sale of shares to the underwriters;

 

  (ii)   transfers of shares of common stock as a bona fide gift or gifts or through will or intestacy, or to an immediate family member or trust or entity beneficially owned and controlled by the securityholder or for the benefit of the securityholder or any immediate family member of the securityholder for bona fide estate planning purposes in a transaction not involving a disposition for value;

 

  (iii)  

if the securityholder is (i) an entity, transfers of shares of Common Stock or any security directly or indirectly convertible into Common Stock to its members, stockholders, limited partners, subsidiaries

 

168


Table of Contents
 

or affiliates of the securityholder or to any investment fund or other entity that controls or manages the securityholder in a transaction not involving a disposition for value or (ii) a trust, distributions of shares of Common Stock or any security directly or indirectly convertible into Common Stock to its beneficiaries in a transaction not involving a disposition for value;

 

  (iv)   transfers of the securities following the consummation of this offering pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation, spin-off or other similar transaction that is approved by our board of directors and made to all holders of our capital stock involving a Change of Control (as defined in the lockup agreement) of the Company; the exercise of options granted or the vesting of any restricted securities pursuant to any of our equity incentive or benefit plans or agreements described in this prospectus, or the Incentive Arrangements, and the delivery of securities to us for cancellation (or the withholding and cancellation of securities by us) as payment for (i) the exercise price of any options granted under the Incentive Arrangements or (ii) the withholding taxes due upon the exercise of any such option or the vesting of any restricted securities granted under any Incentive Arrangements, with any securities received as contemplated by any transaction described in this clause remaining subject to the terms of the lock-up agreement; provided that, no filing under the Exchange Act shall be made in connection with such transfer or distribution unless such filing or report includes a statement to the effect that such transfer is being made in connection with a “net” or “cashless” exercise or settlement of stock options, restricted stock units or other equity awards;

 

  (v)   dispositions to us in exercise of our right to purchase or acquire the securities pursuant to the our equity incentive plans, restricted stock agreements and option agreements described in this prospectus that grant us the right to purchase or acquire such securities;

 

  (vi)   transfers of any securities acquired on the open market after the completion of this offering;

 

  (vii)   the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of securities, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of securities during the restricted period and (ii) no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the securityholder regarding the establishment of such plan;

 

  (viii)   pursuant to a domestic order or divorce settlement in a transaction not involving a disposition for value, provided that any filing made pursuant to the Exchange Act shall include a footnote noting the circumstances described in this clause;

 

  (ix)   the exercise (whether for cash, cashless or net exercise) of warrants to purchase shares of common stock (or any security convertible into or exercisable for common stock) outstanding as of the date of this prospectus or described in this prospectus excluding any manner of exercise that would involve a sale in the open market of any securities relating to such warrants, whether to cover the aggregate exercise price, withholding tax obligations or otherwise; provided, that the underlying shares shall continue to be subject to the lock up agreement; or

 

  (x)   the conversion of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock, that the common stock received upon such conversion shall be subject to the lock-up agreement.

provided that, in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (ii), (iii) or (viii), each donee or distributee shall execute a lock-up agreement and in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (ii), (iii), (v), (vi) and (ix), no filing by any party under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer or distribution (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the restricted period).

 

169


Table of Contents

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice, provided that, when and as required by FINRA Rule 5131, at least two business days before the release or waiver of any applicable lock-up, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated will notify us of the impending release or waiver and announce the impending release or waiver through a major news service, except where the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer of securities that is not for consideration and where the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same lock-up agreement terms in place for the transferor.

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing/quotation on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “EIDX.”

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on The Nasdaq Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the

 

170


Table of Contents

initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

 

 

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

 

our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

 

an assessment of our management;

 

 

our prospects for future earnings;

 

 

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

 

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

 

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Other relationships

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

Selling restrictions

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Notice to prospective investors in the European economic area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, or a Relevant Member State, with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

  a)   to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

171


Table of Contents
  b)   to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters; or

 

  c)   in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Company or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive and each person who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with each of the underwriters and the Company that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive.

In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended, including by Directive 2010/73/EU), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State.

Notice to prospective investors in the United Kingdom

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”) or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public of the shares in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons.

Notice to prospective investors in Canada

The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

 

172


Table of Contents

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Notice to prospective investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company or the shares has been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to prospective investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre (“DIFC”)

This document relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Markets Rules 2012 of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Markets Rules 2012 of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this document. The securities to which this document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

In relation to its use in the DIFC, this document is strictly private and confidential and is being distributed to a limited number of investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient, and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The interests in the securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the DIFC.

Notice to prospective investors in the United Arab Emirates

The shares have not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) other than in compliance with the laws of the

 

173


Table of Contents

United Arab Emirates (and the Dubai International Financial Centre) governing the issue, offering and sale of securities. Further, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Securities and Commodities Authority or the Dubai Financial Services Authority.

Notice to prospective investors in Australia

This prospectus:

 

 

does not constitute a product disclosure document or a prospectus under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the “Corporations Act”);

 

 

has not been, and will not be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC, as a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act;

 

 

does not constitute or involve a recommendation to acquire, an offer or invitation for issue or sale, an offer or invitation to arrange the issue or sale, or an issue or sale, of interests to a “retail client” (as defined in section 761G of the Corporations Act and applicable regulations) in Australia; and

 

 

may only be provided in Australia to select investors who are able to demonstrate that they fall within one or more of the categories of investors, or Exempt Investors, available under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

The shares may not be directly or indirectly offered for subscription or purchased or sold, and no invitations to subscribe for or buy the shares may be issued, and no draft or definitive offering memorandum, advertisement or other offering material relating to any shares may be distributed in Australia, except where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act or is otherwise in compliance with all applicable Australian laws and regulations. By submitting an application for the shares, you represent and warrant to us that you are an Exempt Investor.

As any offer of shares under this document will be made without disclosure in Australia under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act, the offer of those securities for resale in Australia within 12 months may, under section 707 of the Corporations Act, require disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 if none of the exemptions in section 708 applies to that resale. By applying for the shares you undertake to us that you will not, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the shares, offer, transfer, assign or otherwise alienate those securities to investors in Australia except in circumstances where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act or where a compliant disclosure document is prepared and lodged with ASIC.

Notice to prospective investors in Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered pursuant to Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act. Accordingly, none of the shares nor any interest therein may be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any “resident” of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan in effect at the relevant time.

 

174


Table of Contents

Notice to prospective investors in Hong Kong

The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to prospective investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  a)   a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

  b)   a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  a)   to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

  b)   where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

  c)   where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

  d)   as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

  e)   as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

Notice to prospective investors in Bermuda

Shares may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act of 2003 of Bermuda which regulates the sale of securities in Bermuda. Additionally, non-Bermudian persons

 

175


Table of Contents

(including companies) may not carry on or engage in any trade or business in Bermuda unless such persons are permitted to do so under applicable Bermuda legislation.

Notice to prospective investors in Saudi Arabia

This document may not be distributed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia except to such persons as are permitted under the Offers of Securities Regulations as issued by the board of the Saudi Arabian Capital Market Authority, or CMA, pursuant to resolution number 2-11-2004 dated 4 October 2004 as amended by resolution number 1-28-2008, as amended, or the CMA Regulations. The CMA does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this document and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon, any part of this document. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered hereby should conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the information relating to the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document, you should consult an authorised financial adviser.

Notice to prospective investors in the British Virgin Islands

The shares are not being, and may not be offered to the public or to any person in the British Virgin Islands for purchase or subscription by or on behalf of the Company. The Company may be offered to companies incorporated under the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (British Virgin Islands), or BVI Companies, but only where the offer will be made to, and received by, the relevant BVI Company entirely outside of the British Virgin Islands. This prospectus has not been, and will not be, registered with the Financial Services Commission of the British Virgin Islands. No registered prospectus has been or will be prepared in respect of the shares for the purposes of the Securities and Investment Business Act, 2010, or SIBA, or the Public Issuers Code of the British Virgin Islands.

Notice to prospective investors in China

This prospectus does not constitute a public offer of shares, whether by sale or subscription, in the People’s Republic of China, or the PRC. The shares are not being offered or sold directly or indirectly in the PRC to or for the benefit of, legal or natural persons of the PRC.

Further, no legal or natural persons of the PRC may directly or indirectly purchase any of the shares or any beneficial interest therein without obtaining all prior PRC’s governmental approvals that are required, whether statutorily or otherwise. Persons who come into possession of this document are required by the issuer and its representatives to observe these restrictions.

Notice to prospective investors in Korea

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Investments Services and Capital Markets Act of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder, or the FSCMA, and the shares have been and will be offered in Korea as a private placement under the FSCMA. None of the shares may be offered, sold or delivered directly or indirectly, or offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Korea or to any resident of Korea except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea, including the FSCMA and the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder, or the FETL. Furthermore, the purchaser of the shares shall comply with all applicable regulatory requirements (including but not limited to requirements under the FETL) in connection with the purchase of the shares. By the purchase of the shares, the relevant holder thereof will be deemed to represent and warrant that if it is in Korea or is a resident of Korea, it purchased the shares pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea.

 

176


Table of Contents

Notice to prospective investors in Malaysia

No prospectus or other offering material or document in connection with the offer and sale of the shares has been or will be registered with the Securities Commission of Malaysia, or the Commission, for the Commission’s approval pursuant to the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Malaysia other than (i) a closed end fund approved by the Commission; (ii) a holder of a Capital Markets Services Licence; (iii) a person who acquires the shares, as principal, if the offer is on terms that the shares may only be acquired at a consideration of not less than RM250,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) for each transaction; (iv) an individual whose total net personal assets or total net joint assets with his or her spouse exceeds RM3 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), excluding the value of the primary residence of the individual; (v) an individual who has a gross annual income exceeding RM300,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) per annum in the preceding twelve months; (vi) an individual who, jointly with his or her spouse, has a gross annual income of RM400,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), per annum in the preceding twelve months; (vii) a corporation with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its equivalent in a foreign currencies) based on the last audited accounts; (viii) a partnership with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies); (ix) a bank licensee or insurance licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial Services and Securities Act 2010; (x) an Islamic bank licensee or takaful licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial Services and Securities Act 2010; and (xi) any other person as may be specified by the Commission; provided that, in the each of the preceding categories (i) to (xi), the distribution of the shares is made by a holder of a Capital Markets Services Licence who carries on the business of dealing in securities. The distribution in Malaysia of this prospectus is subject to Malaysian laws. This prospectus does not constitute and may not be used for the purpose of public offering or an issue, offer for subscription or purchase, invitation to subscribe for or purchase any securities requiring the registration of a prospectus with the Commission under the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007.

Notice to prospective investors in Taiwan

The shares have not been and will not be registered with the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan pursuant to relevant securities laws and regulations and may not be sold, issued or offered within Taiwan through a public offering or in circumstances which constitutes an offer within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of Taiwan that requires a registration or approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan. No person or entity in Taiwan has been authorised to offer, sell, give advice regarding or otherwise intermediate the offering and sale of the shares in Taiwan.

Notice to prospective investors in South Africa

Due to restrictions under the securities laws of South Africa, the shares are not offered, and the offer shall not be transferred, sold, renounced or delivered, in South Africa or to a person with an address in South Africa, unless one or other of the following exemptions applies:

 

a)   the offer, transfer, sale, renunciation or delivery is to:

 

  i)   persons whose ordinary business is to deal in securities, as principal or agent;

 

  ii)   the South African Public Investment Corporation;

 

  iii)   persons or entities regulated by the Reserve Bank of South Africa;

 

177


Table of Contents
  iv)   authorised financial service providers under South African law;

 

  v)   financial institutions recognised as such under South African law;

 

  vi)   a wholly-owned subsidiary of any person or entity contemplated in (c), (d) or (e), acting as agent in the capacity of an authorised portfolio manager for a pension fund or collective investment scheme (in each case duly registered as such under South African law); or

 

  vii)   any combination of the person in (a) to (f); or

 

b)   the total contemplated acquisition cost of the securities, for any single addressee acting as principal is equal to or greater than ZAR1,000,000.

No “offer to the public” (as such term is defined in the South African Companies Act, No. 71 of 2008 (as amended or re-enacted), or the South African Companies Act) in South Africa is being made in connection with the issue of the shares. Accordingly, this document does not, nor is it intended to, constitute a “registered prospectus” (as that term is defined in the South African Companies Act) prepared and registered under the South African Companies Act and has not been approved by, and/or filed with, the South African Companies and Intellectual Property Commission or any other regulatory authority in South Africa. Any issue or offering of the shares in South Africa constitutes an offer of the shares in South Africa for subscription or sale in South Africa only to persons who fall within the exemption from “offers to the public” set out in section 96(1)(a) of the South African Companies Act. Accordingly, this document must not be acted on or relied on by persons in South Africa who do not fall within section 96(1)(a) of the South African Companies Act (such persons being referred to as “SA Relevant Persons”). Any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is available in South Africa only to SA Relevant Persons and will be engaged in South Africa only with SA relevant persons.

 

178


Table of Contents

Legal matters

The validity of the common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Goodwin Procter LLP, San Francisco, California and for the underwriters by Cooley LLP, San Francisco, California.

Experts

The financial statements as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2017 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2017 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report (which contains an explanatory paragraph relating to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to the financial statements) of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

Where you can find more information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act that registers the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as part of the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The reports and other information we file with the SEC can be read and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington D.C. 20549. Copies of these materials can be obtained at prescribed rates from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at the principal offices of the SEC, 100 F Street, NE, Washington D.C. 20549. You may obtain information regarding the operation of the public reference room by calling 1(800) SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a web site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers like us that file electronically with the SEC.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the reporting and information requirements of the Exchange Act and, as a result, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference room and the web site of the SEC referred to above. We maintain a website at www.eidostx.com . Upon consummation of this offering, you may access our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act with the SEC free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained on our website, and you should not consider the contents of our website in making an investment decision with respect to our common stock.

 

179


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Index to financial statements

 

     Page  

Audited Financial statements

  

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

     F-2  

Balance sheets

     F-3  

Statements of operations

     F-4  

Statements of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

     F-5  

Statements of cash flows

     F-6  

Notes to financial statements

     F-7  

Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements

  

Condensed balance sheets

     F-29  

Condensed statements of operations

     F-30  

Condensed statements of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

     F-31  

Condensed statements of cash flows

     F-32  

Notes to unaudited condensed financial statements

     F-33  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

of Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related statements of operations, of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and of cash flows for the years then ended, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Substantial Doubt About the Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations and has a net stockholders’ deficit that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits of these financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

San Jose, California

March 22, 2018

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Balance sheets

(in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

       December 31,  
       2016     2017  
              

ASSETS

    

CURRENT ASSETS:

    

Cash

   $ 1,956     $ 5,497  

Related party receivable

     5       67  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     7       484  
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,968       6,048  

Property and equipment, net

           114  

Other assets

     7       181  
  

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 1,975     $ 6,343  
  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY

    

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 94     $ 566  

Related party payable

     59       372

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     140       1,300  
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     293       2,238  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

     315        

Other liabilities

     45       273  
  

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     653       2,511  
  

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)

    

Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 8,000,000 and 14,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively; 3,043,525 and 12,856,325 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively; aggregate liquidation preference of $4,032 and $17,032 as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively;

     3,795       17,028  

STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY:

    

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, 3,394,245 and 4,295,799 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively;

     3       4  

Additional paid-in capital

     115       1,332  

Accumulated deficit

     (2,591     (14,532
  

 

 

 

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY

     (2,473     (13,196
  

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY

   $ 1,975     $ 6,343  

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Statements of operations

(in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

       Year ended December 31,  
       2016     2017  

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development (includes related party expense of zero and $92, respectively)

   $ 1,734     $ 9,286  

General and administrative (includes related party expense of $161 and $705, respectively)

     651       2,730  
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     2,385       12,016  
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (2,385     (12,016

Other income (expense), net

     (157     75  
  

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (2,542   $ (11,941
  

 

 

 

Net loss per share:

    

Basic and diluted

   $ (1.17   $ (3.97
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share:

    

Basic and diluted

     2,173,613       3,007,252  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

     $ (1.12
    

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

       10,683,163  

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Statements of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

(in thousands, except for share amounts)

 

      Redeemable  convertible
preferred stock
    Common stock     Additional
paid in

capital
    Accumulated
deficit
    Total
stockholders’
deficit
 
      Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount        

Balance—December 31, 2015

        $       3,000,000     $ 2     $     $ (49   $ (47

Issuance of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $73 and redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability of $287

    3,019,323       3,640                                

Issuance of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock upon conversion of redeemable convertible notes payable and accrued interest

    24,202       32                                

Settlement of fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

          123                                

Issuance of common stock to founders and Stanford University in exchange for services and technology

                47,500       1       8             9  

Issuance of common stock upon early exercise of stock options

                346,745                          

Stock-based compensation expense

                            107             107  

Net loss

                                  (2,542     (2,542
 

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2016

    3,043,525       3,795       3,394,245       3       115       (2,591     (2,473

Issuance of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $7

    9,812,800       12,993                                

Settlement of fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

          240                                

Issuance of common stock to Stanford University in exchange for services and technology

                30,000             5             5  

Issuance of restricted common stock to founders in connection with anti-dilution rights

          326,544                          

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options and restricted stock

                545,010       1       26             27  

Vesting of restricted stock and early exercised options

                            38             38  

Stock-based compensation expense

                            1,148             1,148  

Net loss

                                  (11,941     (11,941
 

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2017

    12,856,325     $ 17,028       4,295,799     $ 4     $ 1,332     $ (14,532   $ (13,196

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Statements of cash flows

(in thousands)

 

       Year ended
December 31,
 
       2016     2017  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net loss

   $ (2,542   $ (11,941

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

           4  

Stock-based compensation

     107       1,148  

Accrued interest on convertible note

     1        

Change in fair value of convertible note payable derivative liability

     6        

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

     151       (75

Issuance of common stock in exchange for services and technology

     9       5  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Related party receivable

     (5     (62

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (7     (477

Other assets

     (7     (174

Accounts payable

     52       472  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     117       1,070  

Related party payable

     59       313  
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (2,059     (9,717
  

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

    

Purchase of property and equipment

           (53
  

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

    

Proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

     3,927       12,993  

Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options and restricted stock

     63       318  
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     3,990       13,311  
  

 

 

 

Net increase in cash

     1,931       3,541  

Cash—Beginning of period

     25       1,956  
  

 

 

 

Cash—End of period

   $ 1,956     $ 5,497  
  

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NON-CASH FINANCING ITEMS:

    

Settlement of fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

   $ 123     $ 240  
  

 

 

 

Tenant improvement allowance provide by landlord

   $     $ 65  
  

 

 

 

Vesting of restricted stock and early exercised options

   $     $ 38  
  

 

 

 

Conversion of convertible note payable and accrued interest into redeemable convertible preferred stock

   $ 32     $  

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

1. The company

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc., or the Company, was incorporated as an S corporation in the state of Delaware on August 6, 2013. The Company was converted into a C corporation on April 4, 2016 in conjunction with its Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock financing. The Company is advancing a drug candidate to treat multiple forms of transthyretin amyloidosis, which leads to organ damage, loss of organ function and eventual death from abnormal buildup of protein deposits predominantly in the heart and peripheral nervous system. Through December 31, 2017, the Company has been primarily engaged in business planning, research, recruiting personnel and raising capital. The Company is headquartered in San Francisco, California and it operates as one operating segment.

Liquidity and going concern

The Company has incurred significant losses and negative cash flows from operations since its inception and had an accumulated deficit of $14.5 million as of December 31, 2017. The Company has a cash balance of $5.5 million as of December 31, 2017. In February 2018, the Company entered into a Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement with BridgeBio Pharma LLC, or BBP LLC, an existing significant investor in the Company, and issued a convertible note in the principal amount of $10.0 million (see Note 16). The Company has historically financed its operations primarily through the sale of redeemable convertible preferred stock. To date, none of the Company’s product candidates have been approved for sale and therefore the Company has not generated any revenue from product sales. Management expects operating losses to continue for the foreseeable future. The Company believes that its cash as of December 31, 2017 and the $10.0 million from the convertible note in February 2018, without any future financing, will not be sufficient for the Company to continue as a going concern for at least one year from the issuance date of its financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017. The Company believes that this raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. As a result, the Company will be required to raise additional capital. If sufficient funds on acceptable terms are not available when needed, the Company could be required to significantly reduce its operating expenses and delay, reduce the scope of, or eliminate one or more of its development programs. Failure to manage discretionary spending or raise additional financing, as needed, may adversely impact the Company’s ability to achieve its intended business objectives. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the settlement of liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business. The financial statements do not reflect any adjustments relating to the recoverability and reclassifications of assets and liabilities that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.

2. Summary of significant accounting policies

Basis of preparation

These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP. These financial statements include transactions with BridgeBio Pharma LLC, a controlling investor in the Company. For the periods presented, BridgeBio Pharma LLC has provided consulting and management services to the Company in the ordinary course of business, including certain executive personnel, facility related costs, advisory services, insurance costs and other general corporate expenses. These allocations were made based on direct usage, when identifiable, with the remainder allocated primarily based on a proportional share of headcount. The Company’s historical financial statements do not purport to reflect

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

 

what the Company’s results of operations, financial position, or cash flows would have been if the Company had operated as an independent entity during the periods presented. Management believes the basis on which the expenses have been allocated to be a reasonable reflection of the utilization of services provided to or the benefit received by the Company during the periods presented. For more information on the allocated costs and related party transactions, see Note 7—Related party transactions.

The Company converted to a C corporation in April 2016. As the amount in members’ equity prior to April 4, 2016 was not material, the Company has presented the Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit as if it was a C corporation since January 1, 2016.

Use of estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates, including those related to the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability, the fair value of the Company’s common stock, stock-based compensation, the useful lives of fixed assets, accruals for research and development activities and income taxes. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on other relevant assumptions that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist of cash. The Company’s cash is held in a financial institution in the United States. Amounts on deposit may at times exceed federally insured limits. Management believes that the financial institution is financially sound, and accordingly, minimal credit risk exists with respect to the financial institution.

Fair value of financial instruments

Carrying amounts of certain of the Company’s financial instruments including related party receivables and payables, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities approximate fair value due to their relatively short maturities.

Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization begin at the time the asset is placed in service. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, ranging from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful lives of the assets. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Upon sale or retirement of assets, the cost and accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the balance sheet and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the statement of operations in the period realized.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

 

Impairment of long-lived assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets, primarily comprised of property and equipment, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by comparison of the carrying amount to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows which the assets or asset groups are expected to generate. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized as the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets or asset groups exceeds the estimated discounted future cash flows arising from the assets or asset groups. There have been no such impairments of long-lived assets for any of the periods presented.

Research and development expense

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and consist of payroll and related expenses, consulting expenses, laboratory and manufacturing supplies, certain allocated expenses, amounts incurred under license agreements, as well as fees paid to others that conduct certain research and development activities on the Company’s behalf.

Accrued research and development

The Company records accrued expenses for estimated costs of research and development activities conducted by third-party service providers, which include preclinical studies and clinical trials and contract manufacturing activities. The Company records the estimated costs of research and development activities based upon the estimated amount of services provided but not yet invoiced, and include these costs in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the balance sheets and within research and development expense in the statements of operations. These costs are a significant component of the Company’s research and development expenses.

The Company estimates the amount of work completed through discussions with internal personnel and external service providers as to the progress or stage of completion of the services and the agreed-upon fee to be paid for such services. The Company makes significant judgments and estimates in determining the accrued balance in each reporting period. As actual costs become known, the Company adjusts its accrued estimates. Although the Company does not expect its estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, the Company’s understanding of the status and timing of services performed, the number of patients enrolled and the rate of patient enrollment may vary from its estimates and could result in its reporting amounts that are too high or too low in any particular period. The Company’s accrued expenses are dependent, in part, upon the receipt of timely and accurate reporting from clinical research organizations and other third-party service providers. The Company records advance payments to service providers as prepaid assets, which are expensed as the contracted services are performed. To date, there have been no material differences from the Company’s accrued expenses to actual expenses.

Accrued repurchase liability for common stock

The Company records as a liability, within accrued expenses and other current liabilities, the purchase price of unvested common stock that the Company has a right to repurchase if and when the stockholder ceases to be a service provider to the Company before the end of the requisite service period. The proceeds are recorded as a liability and the proceeds related to the vested common stock is reclassified to additional paid-in capital as the Company’s repurchase right lapses.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

The Company has determined that its obligation to issue additional shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock upon the achievement of certain milestones or at the option of the holder represents a freestanding financial instrument. The instrument is classified as a liability on the balance sheets and is subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date and any change in fair value is recognized through other income (expense), net in the statements of operations.

Stock-based compensation

The Company maintains performance incentive plans under which incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options are granted to employees and non-employee consultants.

The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense based on the estimated fair value of stock-based payment awards on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company uses the straight-line attribution method for recognizing compensation expense. The Company has elected to recognize the actual forfeitures by reducing the employee stock-based compensation expense in the same period as the forfeitures occur.

The Company recognizes the fair value of stock options granted to non-employees as stock-based compensation expense over the period in which the related services are received. Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options granted to non-employees is recognized based on the vesting date fair value of awards as the stock options are earned. The Company believes that the estimated fair value of stock options is more readily measurable than the fair value of the services rendered. In addition, the Company estimates the service period for the awards based on the time that would be required to satisfy the service condition, assuming the service condition will be satisfied. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized over the estimated service period but is accelerated if the performance condition is achieved earlier than estimated.

Income taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method whereby deferred tax asset and liability accounts are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that are currently in effect. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. Financial statement effects of uncertain tax positions are recognized when it is more-likely-than-not, based on the technical merits of the position, that it will be sustained upon examination. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are included within the provision for income tax. To date, there have been no interest or penalties recorded in relation to the unrecognized tax benefits.

Comprehensive loss

Comprehensive loss is defined as a change in equity of a business enterprise during a period, resulting from transactions from non-owner sources. There have been no items qualifying as other comprehensive income (loss) and, therefore, for all periods presented, the Company’s comprehensive loss was the same as its reported net loss.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

 

Net loss per share

Basic net loss per common share is calculated by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, without consideration for potentially dilutive securities. Diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share since the effects of potentially dilutive securities are antidilutive given the net loss of the Company.

Unaudited pro forma net loss per share

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share has been computed to give effect to the conversion of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock as if such conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period or the date of issuance, if later. The unaudited pro forma net loss per share does not include the shares expected to be sold and related proceeds to be received from the Company’s proposed initial public offering.

Recent accounting pronouncements

In November 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740) : Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes . ASU 2015-17 simplifies the presentation of deferred income taxes by requiring deferred tax liabilities and assets to be classified as noncurrent in the Balance Sheet. The standard will be effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 for public entities. Early adoption is permitted for financial statements that have not been previously issued. The ASU may be applied either prospectively to all deferred tax liabilities and assets or retrospectively to all periods presented. The Company has early adopted this ASU as of December 31, 2016, on a retrospective basis. The adoption had no impact on the Company’s financial statements due to a full valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842 ), which for operating leases requires the lessee to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability, initially measured at the present value of the lease payments, in its balance sheet. The guidance also requires a lessee to recognize single lease costs, calculated so that the cost of the lease is allocated over the lease term, on a generally straight-line basis. A modified retrospective transition approach is required for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements, including a number of optional practical expedients that entities may elect to apply. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The Company has not determined the potential effects of this ASU on its financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation  – Stock Compensation (Topic 718)—Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting , which simplifies the accounting for employee share-based transactions. The amendments in this update cover such areas as the recognition of excess tax benefits and deficiencies, the classification of those excess tax benefits on the statements of cash flows, an accounting policy election for forfeitures, the amount an employer can withhold to cover income taxes and still qualify for equity classification, and the classification of those taxes paid on the statements of cash flows. ASU 2016-09 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 for all public entities with early adoption permitted. As part of the amendment, the Company has elected to recognize the actual forfeitures by reducing the employee share-based compensation expense in the same period as the forfeitures occur. The adoption had no material impact on its financial statements.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

 

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments . The areas affected by ASU 2016-15 are debt prepayment and debt extinguishment costs, settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments or other debt instruments with coupon interest rates that are insignificant in relation to the effective interest rate of the borrowing, contingent consideration payments made after a business combination, proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims, proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies (including bank-owned life insurance policies), distributions received from equity method investees, beneficial interests in securitization transactions, and separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. Specifically, under this guidance, cash payments for debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs will be classified as cash outflows for financing activities. The amendments in ASU 2016-15 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. If an entity early adopts the amendments in an interim period, any adjustments should be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. The amendments in ASU 2016-15 will be applied using a retrospective transition method to each period presented. The adoption of ASU 2016-15 is not expected to materially impact the Company’s financial statements.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting . ASU 2017-09 provides clarity and reduces the complexity of applying the guidance in Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation, to a change to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award. This standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company has adopted this ASU as of December 31, 2017, on a retrospective basis, and the adoption had no material impact on its financial statements.

3. Fair value measurement

Financial assets and liabilities are recorded at fair value. The accounting guidance for fair value provides a framework for measuring fair value, clarifies the definition of fair value and expands disclosures regarding fair value measurements. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the reporting date. The accounting guidance establishes a three-tiered hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in the valuation methodologies in measuring fair value as follows:

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2—Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

In determining fair value, the Company utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible as well as considers counterparty credit risk in its assessment of fair value.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

 

Financial liabilities measured and recognized at fair value are as follows (in thousands):

 

       December 31, 2016  
       Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Liabilities:

           

Redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

   $      $      $ 315      $ 315  
  

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

   $      —      $      —      $  315      $  315  

 

 

There were no financial assets outside of cash in an operating account as of December 31, 2016 and 2017. There were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 categories during the periods presented. There were no financial liabilities measured at fair value as of December 31, 2017.

The fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability is based on significant inputs not observed in the market and thus represents a Level 3 measurement. The Company estimates the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability using the Black-Scholes option pricing model (See Note 10). The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in the fair value of the Company’s Level 3 financial instrument as follows (in thousands):

 

       Year ended
December 31,
 
       2016     2017  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability:

    

Balance—beginning of period

   $     $ 315  

Issuance of Seed Series redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

     287        

Loss (gain) on the change in fair value upon revaluation

     151       (75

Settlement of the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

     (123     (240
  

 

 

 

Balance—end of period

   $ 315     $  

 

 

4. Balance sheet components

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

       December 31,  
       2016      2017  

Prepaid clinical and research related expenses

   $      $ 432  

Other current assets

     7        52  
  

 

 

 

Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $      7      $  484  

 

 

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

 

Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

       December 31,  
       2016      2017  

Furniture and computer equipment

   $      $ 41  

Leasehold improvements

            77  
  

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

            118  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

            (4
  

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $      $ 114  

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 was zero and $4,000, respectively.

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

       December 31,  
       2016      2017  

Accrued research and development costs

   $ 82      $ 564  

Accrued employee related expenses

     12        606  

Liability for unvested stock, short-term

     18        109  

Accrued other current liabilities

     28        21  
  

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   $ 140      $ 1,300  

 

 

As of December 31, 2016 and 2017, the balances of $45,000 and $208,000, respectively, in other liabilities related to the long-term liability for unvested stock.

5. Convertible note

In September 2015, the Company entered into a convertible note with a related party, a stockholder of the Company. The principal amount of the convertible note was $25,000 with a fixed interest rate of 5% per annum. The note was convertible at the option of the holder at the next equity financing of at least $1.5 million at a price of 80% of the new equity price. The conversion feature was deemed to be a freestanding derivative with an initial fair value of $6,000. In April 2016, the entire amount due, including accrued interest of $1,000, was converted into 24,202 shares of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock (see Note 9). The derivative liability related to the convertible note of $6,000 was recorded in other income (expense), net in the statement of operations at the date of conversion in April 2016.

6. Commitments and contingencies

Lease arrangements

In September 2017, the Company entered into a one-year operating lease for laboratory facilities in San Francisco, California. In November 2017, the Company entered into an operating lease for a facility in San

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

 

Francisco, California, which expires in November 2022. The Company has provided a security deposit of $158,000 as collateral for the lease, which is included in other assets on the balance sheet.

Future minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2017 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31:    Amount  

2018

   $ 325  

2019

     327  

2020

     337  

2021

     347  

2022

     327  
  

 

 

 

Total future minimum lease payments

   $ 1,663  

 

 

The Company’s rent expense was $23,000 and $131,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively, of which $23,000 and $76,000 was incurred pursuant to the service agreement with BridgeBio Services, Inc., an affiliate of BridgeBio Pharma LLC, for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively (see Note 7). Rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the Company’s leases and accordingly, the Company recorded the difference between rent expense and amount paid under the leases as deferred rent liability within other liabilities in the balance sheets. Incentives granted under the Company’s facility lease, including allowances to fund leasehold improvements, are deferred and recognized as adjustments to rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Indemnification

In the ordinary course of business, the Company may provide indemnifications of varying scope and terms to vendors, lessors, business partners, board members, officers, and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, losses arising out of breach of such agreements, services to be provided by the Company, negligence or willful misconduct of the Company, violations of law by the Company, or from intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. In addition, the Company has entered into indemnification agreements with directors and certain officers and employees that will require the Company, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors, officers or employees. No demands have been made upon the Company to provide indemnification under such agreements, and thus, there are no claims that the Company is aware of that could have a material effect on the Company’s balance sheets, statements of operations, or statements of cash flows.

7. Related party transactions

BridgeBio Pharma LLC and its affiliates, or BBP LLC, is a controlling investor in the Company, as it owned 47% and 75% of the Company’s total outstanding shares as of December 31, 2016 and 2017. In April 2016, the Company began receiving consulting, management, facility and infrastructure services pursuant to a services agreement with BBP LLC. The initial agreement was entered into on March 1, 2016 and was superseded by the subsequent agreement effective as of May 1, 2017. The Company incurred the following expenses: rent of $23,000 and $76,000, facility related costs of $15,000 and $65,000 and consulting expenses of $123,000 and $656,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively. As of December 31, 2016 and 2017, the Company had an outstanding receivable from BBP LLC of $5,000 and $67,000, respectively, related to

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

 

providing services to other subsidiaries of BBP LLC. As of December 31, 2016 and 2017, the Company had an outstanding liability due to BBP LLC of $59,000 and $372,000, respectively.

In April 2016, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with Dr. Graef, one of the Company’s founders. Pursuant to the consulting agreement, Dr. Graef agreed to provide consulting services in connection with the discovery and development of novel TTR stabilizers. As compensation for these services, Dr. Graef is entitled to an annual fee in the amount of up to $150,000 and reimbursement by the Company for pre-approved expenses. The consulting agreement has a term of four years but may be terminated by either party for any reason with thirty days’ prior notice. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2017, the Company incurred $112,500 and $150,000, respectively, for services under the consulting agreement.

In August 2016, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with Dr. Alhamadsheh, one of the Company’s founders. Pursuant to the consulting agreement, Dr. Alhamadsheh agreed to provide consulting services in connection with the discovery and development of novel TTR stabilizers. As compensation for these services, Dr. Alhamadsheh is entitled to an annual fee in the amount of up to $115,000 and reimbursement by the Company for pre-approved expenses. The consulting agreement has a term of two years but may be terminated by either party for any reason with thirty days’ prior notice. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2017, the Company incurred $84,000 and $115,000, respectively, for services under the consulting agreement.

In December 2017, the Company issued 163,272 shares of common stock to each of Dr. Alhamadsheh and Dr. Graef in order to offset dilution to their ownership in connection with the Company’s issuance of additional shares of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock in financing transactions (See Note 12). In addition, the Company accrued a “gross-up” amount of $83,000 to each of Dr. Alhamadsheh and Dr. Graef for the taxes owed by Dr. Alhamadsheh and Dr. Graef as a result of such issuance of common stock.

8. Income taxes

No provision for income taxes was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017. The Company has incurred net operating losses since its inception. The Company has not reflected any benefit of such net operating loss carryforwards in the financial statements. The Company has established a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty surrounding the realization of such assets.

In December 2017, the SEC staff issued SAB 118, which provides guidance for the tax effect of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, or the Tax Act. SAB 118 provides a measurement period that should not extend beyond one year from the Tax Act’s enactment date for companies to complete the accounting under Accounting Standards Codification Topic 740, Income Taxes, or ASC 740. In accordance with SAB 118, the Company must reflect the income tax effects of those aspects of the Tax Act for which the accounting under ASC 740 is complete. To the extent that the Company’s accounting for certain income tax effects of the Tax Act is incomplete, but it is able to determine a reasonable estimate, the Company must record a provisional estimate in its financial statements. If the Company cannot determine a provisional estimate to be included in its financial statements, it should continue to apply ASC 740 on the basis of the provisions of the tax laws that were in effect immediately before the enactment of the Tax Act. The $1.6 million decrease in deferred tax assets and corresponding adjustment to the valuation allowance represent the Company’s reasonable estimates based on the corporate tax rate reduction to 21% from 35% for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017 and are provisional amounts within the meaning of SAB 118. Also, it is expected that the U.S. Treasury will issue

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

 

regulations and other guidance on the application of certain provisions of the Tax Act. In subsequent periods, but within the measurement period, the Company will analyze that guidance and other necessary information to refine its estimates and complete its accounting for the tax effects of the Tax Act as necessary.

The effective tax rate of the provision for income taxes differs from the federal statutory rate as follows:

 

       Year ended
December 31,
 
       2016     2017  

Federal statutory income tax rate

     34.0%       34.0%  

State taxes

            

Federal rate change impact due to Tax Act

           (13.4

Research and development credits

     2.1       1.5  

Stock-based compensation

           (1.5

Change in fair value of convertible note

     (2.1      

Other permanent differences

     (1.3     (0.5

Change in valuation allowance

     (32.7     (20.1
  

 

 

 
     0.0%       0.0%  

 

 

The income tax effect of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the Company’s deferred tax assets is presented below (in thousands):

 

       December 31,  
       2016     2017  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforward

   $ 873     $ 3,596  

Research and development credits

     66       355  

Stock-based compensation

     43       208  

Other

           32  
  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     982       4,191  

Less: valuation allowance

     (982     (4,191
  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets, net

   $     $  

 

 

As of December 31, 2017, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $12.8 million and $12.9 million, respectively, available to reduce future taxable income, if any, for federal and California state income tax purposes. The net operating losses will begin to expire in 2037.

As of December 31, 2017, the Company has federal research and development credit carryforwards of $331,000, which will expire beginning in 2037 if not utilized. As of December 31, 2017, the Company has California research and development credit carryforwards of $223,000. The California research and development credits have no expiration date.

The Company has established a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty surrounding realization of such assets. The net increase in the valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 was $1.0 million and $3.2 million, respectively. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

 

deferred income tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred income tax liabilities, and projected future taxable income in making this assessment. Based on these factors, management has provided a full valuation allowance for its deferred tax assets.

Federal and state laws impose substantial restrictions on the utilization of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards in the event of an ownership change for tax purchases, as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. As a result of such ownership changes, the Company’s ability to realize the potential future benefit of tax losses and tax credits that existed at the time of the ownership change may be significantly reduced.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

 

       December 31,  
       2016      2017  

Balance at beginning of year

   $      $ 31  

Additions based on tax positions related to current year

     31        135  
  

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 31      $ 166  

 

 

The Company’s unrecognized gross tax benefits would not reduce the annual effective tax rate if recognized because it has recorded a full valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets. The Company does not foresee any material changes to the gross unrecognized tax benefit within the next twelve months. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

The Company files income tax returns in the United States and California. The Company currently has no federal or state tax examinations in progress. The Company did not recognize any accrued interest and penalties related to gross unrecognized tax benefits related to the year ended December 31, 2017. All years are open for examination by federal and state authorities.

9. Redeemable convertible preferred stock

In April 2016, the Company completed a Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock financing. The initial total committed amount was $8.0 million to be received in three tranches. The first tranche of $1.0 million was received and 754,831 shares were issued in April 2016 and the second tranche of $3.0 million was received and 2,264,492 shares were issued in September 2016. The third tranche of $4.0 million was received and 3,019,323 shares were issued in March 2017. In September 2017, the Company completed an extension of its Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock financing for a total of $9.0 million and 6,793,477 shares were issued. The Company also converted notes payable, derivative liability and accrued interest of $32,000 (see Note 5) into 24,202 shares of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock concurrently with the first tranche of this financing in April 2016.

Redeemable convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2016 consists of the following:

 

Series    Shares
authorized
     Shares
outstanding
     Price
per share
     Proceeds, net of
issuance cost
(in thousands)
     Liquidation
amount
(in thousands)
 

Seed

     8,000,000        3,043,525      $ 1.3248      $ 3,927      $ 4,032  

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2017 consists of the following:

 

Series    Shares
authorized
     Shares
outstanding
     Price
per share
     Proceeds, net of
issuance cost
(in thousands)
     Liquidation
amount
(in thousands)
 

Seed

     14,000,000        12,856,325      $ 1.3248      $ 16,920      $ 17,032  

 

 

The holders of the redeemable convertible preferred stock have various rights and preferences as follows:

Voting rights

The holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to vote on all matters on which the common stockholders are entitled to vote. Holders of redeemable convertible preferred and common stock generally vote together as a single class, not as separate classes. Each holder of redeemable convertible preferred stock is entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock held by such holder are convertible.

As long as at least 250,000 shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock remain outstanding, the Company must obtain approval from a majority of the holders of the then outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock in order to alter or change the rights, preferences and privileges of preferred stock, change the authorized number of preferred and common stock, create a new class or series of shares having any rights, preferences or privileges superior to or on parity with any outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, purchase or redeem or declare or pay any dividend or distribution on shares of capital stock (subject to certain exceptions), merge, consolidate with or implement a reorganization that would result in the transfer of 50% of the voting power of the Company, sell all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, liquidate, dissolve or wind up the business and affairs of the Company, or change the authorized number of directors.

Dividends

The holders of shares of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive noncumulative cash dividends at a rate of 8% per share, only when, as and if declared by the board of directors. In the event dividends are paid on any share of common stock, the Company will pay an additional dividend on all outstanding shares of preferred stock in a per share amount equal (on an as-converted to common stock basis) to the amount paid or set aside for each share of common stock. No dividends were declared as of December 31, 2016 and 2017.

Liquidation preference

A liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, a merger or consolidation after which the shares of capital stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction do not represent or are not exchanged for shares representing a majority in voting power of the surviving or resulting entity, or a sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets would trigger a redemption event. Accordingly, the redemption event is outside the control of the Company, and all shares of preferred stock have been presented outside of permanent equity. Further, the Company has elected not to adjust the carrying values of the Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock to the liquidation

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

 

preference of such shares, since it is uncertain whether or when a redemption event will occur. Subsequent adjustments to increase the carrying value to the redemption values will be made when it becomes probable that such redemption will occur.

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, a merger or consolidation after which the shares of capital stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction do not represent or are not exchanged for shares representing a majority in voting power of the surviving or resulting entity, or a sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, the holders of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive prior to and in preference to any distribution to holders of common stock, an amount equal to $1.3248 per share plus any declared but unpaid dividends on such shares. The remaining assets, if any, shall be distributed to the holders of common stock. Should the Company’s legally available assets be insufficient to satisfy the liquidation preferences, the funds will be distributed ratably among the holders of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock in proportion to the preferential amount each holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

Conversion

Each share of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into the number of shares of common stock into which such shares are convertible at the then effective conversion ratio. The initial conversion price per share for Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock is $1.3248 per share. The initial conversion price is subject to adjustment from time to time for events such as future stock splits, combinations and dividends. Additionally, the conversion price is subject to adjustment from time to time in the event of dilutive issuances based on a broad-based weighted-average anti-dilution formula. As of December 31, 2016 and 2017, the redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible into common stock on a one for one basis.

Each share of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible into common stock automatically upon the earlier of (i) immediately prior to the completion of the sale of shares of common stock at a price of at least $6.624 per share in a firm commitment underwritten public offering in which the public offering aggregate gross proceeds raised equals or exceeds $30.0 million, or (ii) the Company’s receipt of a written request for such conversion from the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Redemption and classification

The Company has classified the redeemable convertible preferred stock as mezzanine equity on the balance sheets as the stock is contingently redeemable. Upon the occurrence of certain change in control events that are outside the Company’s control, including liquidation, sale or transfer of the Company, holders of the redeemable convertible preferred stock can cause redemption for cash to the extent permitted by applicable law.

10. Redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

In April 2016, the Company entered into a Series Seed Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, or the Agreement, for the issuance of up to 6,062,848 shares of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock at a price of $1.3248 per share in three closings. Upon the initial closing on April 4, 2016, 754,831 shares of Series Seed

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

 

redeemable convertible preferred stock were issued for gross proceeds of $1.0 million and 24,202 shares were issued upon conversion of outstanding convertible note principal balance and accrued interest of $26,000. According to the initial terms of the Agreement, the Company can issue 5,283,815 shares under the same terms as the initial closing, in two subsequent closings contingent upon the achievement of certain scientific milestones. The second tranche of $3.0 million was received and 2,264,492 shares were issued in September 2016. The third tranche of $4.0 million was received and 3,019,323 shares were issued in March 2017.

The Company has determined that the Company’s obligation to issue additional shares of its redeemable convertible preferred stock represents a freestanding financial instrument. The freestanding redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability is initially recorded at fair value, with fair value changes recognized as increases or reductions in other income (expense), net in the statements of operations. The Company continued to adjust the liability for changes in the estimated fair value until the settlement of the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability. At such time, any remaining value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability was reclassified to redeemable convertible preferred stock with no further remeasurement required. The Company had recorded a redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability in April 2016 of $287,000 related to the Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock financing.

The Company estimated the fair value of the preferred stock liability using a Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following assumptions to determine the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability:

Expected term— The expected term represents the period for which the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liabilities are expected to be outstanding, which is estimated to be the remaining contractual term.

Expected volatility— The volatility data was estimated based on a study of publicly traded industry peer companies, as there is no trading history for our redeemable convertible preferred stock. For purposes of identifying these comparable peer companies, the Company considered the industry, stage of development, size and financial leverage. The Company has measured historical volatility over a period equivalent to the expected term and believes that historical volatility provides a reasonable estimate of future expected volatility.

Expected dividends —The Black-Scholes valuation model calls for a single expected dividend yield as an input. The Company currently has no history or expectation of paying cash dividends on its preferred stock.

Risk-free interest rate— The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues similar in duration to the expected term of the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability.

The Black-Scholes option pricing model resulted in a tranche liability of $123,000 for the second milestone closing and $164,000 for the third milestone closing using the following assumptions: estimated equity value of $2.1 million, a term of three years, a risk-free rate of 0.87%, a volatility of 75%, and a dividend yield of 0.0%.

The second milestone closing redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability was revalued at the time of settlement (September 7, 2016) and therefore, $123,000 was reclassified to redeemable convertible preferred stock at that date. The third milestone closing fair value was remeasured as of December 31, 2016 with the following assumptions: estimated equity value was $4.0 million, a term of 2.5 years, a risk-free rate of 1.34%, a volatility of 76% and a dividend yield of 0.0% resulting in a fair value of $315,000. The Company recorded the change in fair value of $151,000 as other income (expense), net in the statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

 

The redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability for the third milestone was settled in March 2017 at the time of the final tranche closing of the Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock and the remeasured liability balance of $240,000 was reclassified to redeemable convertible preferred stock. The final closing fair value was remeasured with the following assumptions: estimated equity value was $4.0 million, a term of 2.3 years, a risk-free rate of 1.40%, a volatility of 70% and a dividend yield of 0.0%. The Company recorded the change in fair value of $75,000 in other income (expense), net in the statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017.

11. Common stock

Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote. The holders of common stock are also entitled to receive dividends whenever funds are legally available and when declared by the board of directors, subject to prior rights of the preferred stockholders.

The Company has reserved common stock, on an as-converted basis, for issuance as follows:

 

       December 31,  
       2016      2017  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding, as-converted

     3,043,525        12,856,325  

Options issued and outstanding

     25,125        707,497  

Options available for future grants

     538,411        561,029  
  

 

 

 

Total

     3,607,061        14,124,851  

 

 

12. Stock option plan

In April 2016, the Company established its 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2016 Plan, which provides for the granting of stock options to employees and consultants of the Company. Options granted under the 2016 Plan may be either incentive stock options, or ISOs, nonqualified stock options, or NSOs or restricted stock awards. ISOs may be granted only to Company employees (including officers and directors who are also employees). NSOs may be granted to Company employees and consultants. As of December 31, 2016 and 2017, the Company has reserved 910,281 and 2,160,281 shares of common stock for issuance under the 2016 Plan, respectively.

The exercise price of an ISO and NSO shall not be less than 100% of the estimated fair value of the shares on the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors. The exercise price of an ISO granted to an employee who at the time of grant is a 10% stockholder shall not be less than 110% of the estimated fair value of the shares on the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors. To date, options have a term of ten years and generally vest over a four-year period with annual cliff vesting and the balance monthly over 36 months.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

 

2016 Plan award activity is as follows (in thousands, except per share and per share data and years):

 

       Number of
options
available for
grant
    Options
outstanding
    Weighted-
average
exercise
price per
option
     Weighted-
average
remaining
contractual
life (years)
    

Aggregate

intrinsic

value

 

Outstanding—December 31, 2015

               $        

Additional authorized

     910,281                    

Granted

     (371,870     371,870       0.18        

Exercised

           (346,745     0.18        
  

 

 

 

Outstanding—December 31, 2016

     538,411       25,125     $ 0.18        9.62      $  

Additional authorized

     1,250,000                    

Granted

     (1,227,382     1,227,382       0.66        

Exercised

           (545,010     0.58        
  

 

 

 

Outstanding—December 31, 2017

     561,029       707,497     $ 0.70        9.97      $ 4,384  
  

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest—December 31, 2017

       707,497     $ 0.70        9.97      $ 4,384  
  

 

 

 

Exercisable—December 31, 2017

       39,904     $ 0.59        9.80      $ 252  

 

 

Aggregate intrinsic value represents the difference between the Company’s estimated fair value of its common stock and the exercise price of outstanding in–the–money options. The total intrinsic value of options exercised was zero and $2.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017.

The total fair value of shares vested during the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 was $4,000 and $534,000, respectively.

Stock options valuation

The fair value of the Company’s shares of common stock underlying its stock options has historically been determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. Because there has been no public market for the Company’s common stock, the Company’s Board of Directors has determined fair value of the common stock at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective factors including important developments in the Company’s operations, valuations performed by an independent third party, sales of redeemable convertible preferred stock, actual operating results and financial performance, the conditions in the biotechnology industry and the economy in general, the stock price performance and volatility of comparable public companies, and the lack of liquidity of the Company’s common stock, among other factors.

The determination of the fair value of stock-based payment awards on the date of grant is affected by the stock price, as well as assumptions regarding a number of complex and subjective variables. These variables include expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards, actual and projected employee/consultant stock option exercise behaviors, risk-free interest rates, and expected dividends. Estimating the fair value of equity-settled awards as of the grant date using valuation models, such as the Black-Scholes option pricing model, is affected by assumptions regarding a number of complex variables. These inputs include:

Fair value of common stock —Given the absence of a public trading market, the Company’s board of directors considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of common

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

 

stock at each meeting at which awards were approved. The factors included, but were not limited to: (i) third-party valuations of common stock; (ii) the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of the redeemable convertible preferred stock relative to those of common stock; (iii) the lack of marketability of common stock; (iv) actual operating and financial results; (v) current business conditions and projections; and (vi) the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale of the Company, given prevailing market conditions.

Expected term —The Company has opted to use the “simplified method” for estimating the expected term of the options, whereby the expected term equals the arithmetic average of the vesting term and the original contractual term of the option. For non-employees, the term is the remaining contractual term of the option.

Expected volatility —For all stock options granted to date, the volatility data was estimated based on a study of publicly traded industry peer companies, as there is no trading history for the Company’s common stock. For purposes of identifying these peer companies, the Company considered the industry, stage of development, size and financial leverage of potential comparable companies.

Risk-free interest rate —The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues similar in duration to the expected term of the equity-settled award.

Expected dividend —The Black-Scholes valuation model calls for a single expected dividend yield as an input. The Company currently has no history or expectation of paying cash dividends on its common stock.

The estimated grant-date fair values of the employee and non-employee stock options for the year ended December 31, 2016 were calculated using the Black-Scholes valuation model, based on the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

       Year ended
December 31, 2016
 
       Employee      Non-employee  

Expected term (in years)

     6.08        10.00  

Expected volatility

     76.23%        79.62%  

Risk-free interest rate

     1.34%        1.57%  

Expected dividend

             

 

 

The estimated grant-date fair values of the employee and non-employee stock options for the year ended December 31, 2017 were calculated using the Black-Scholes valuation model, based on the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

       Year ended
December 31, 2017
 
       Employee      Non-employee  

Expected term (in years)

     5.83        9.66  

Expected volatility

     68.40%        80.08%  

Risk-free interest rate

     2.27%        2.41%  

Expected dividend

             

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

 

Accrued repurchase liability for common stock early exercises

During the years of December 31, 2016 and 2017, there were 251,265 shares and 414,896 shares, respectively, of common stock issued upon the early exercise of stock options prior to the vesting of the underlying shares. These shares are subject to repurchase by the Company at the original issuance price upon termination of the services received from the holder of the option. The right to repurchase these shares generally lapses with respect to 25% of the shares underlying the option after one year of service to the Company and 1/48 of the shares underlying the original grant per month over 36 months thereafter. The shares purchased by the employees pursuant to the early exercise of stock options are not deemed, for accounting purposes, to be issued until those shares vest. The cash received in exchange for exercised and unvested shares related to stock options granted is recorded as a liability for the early exercise of stock options on the balance sheets. As of December 31, 2016 and 2017, the Company recorded $46,000 and $287,000, respectively, associated with shares issued upon the early exercise of stock options that are subject to repurchase rights as a liability.

Restricted stock

In August 2013, the Company issued 3,000,000 shares of common stock to founders at a price of $0.001 per share in exchange for intellectual property and for ongoing consulting services. Under the related stock purchase agreements, the Company has the right to repurchase the common stock at $0.001 per share, which right lapses as the shares vest, which is 25% cliff after one year and monthly thereafter over 36 months. As of December 31, 2016 and 2017, 500,000 and zero shares remained subject to purchase under the related stock purchase agreements, which were valued at less than $1,000 and zero, respectively.

In December 2017, the Company issued 326,544 shares of common stock for no consideration to the founders pursuant to the Series Seed Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement and license agreement (see Note 13) in connection with certain anti-dilution rights held by these parties. If the shares issued under the license agreement represent less than 1% of the shares issued and outstanding of common stock on an as-converted basis, the Company will issue additional common stock to the founders and Stanford University. The Company has the right to repurchase the common stock at the fair value per share on the date of repurchase, which right lapses as the shares vest, which is 25% cliff after one year and monthly thereafter over 36 months. In order to vest, the holders are required to provide continued service to the Company. As of December 31, 2017, 326,544 shares remained subject to repurchase.

The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense over the period in which the related services from the founders are received. Stock-based compensation expense related to the restricted stock is recognized based on the vesting date fair value of stock using Black-Scholes pricing model. During the years of December 31, 2016 and 2017, $103,000 and $273,000, respectively, was recognized as stock-based compensation expense related to the restricted stock.

During the years of December 31, 2016 and 2017, the Company issued 95,480 shares and 74,989 shares of common stock to an employee at a purchase price ranging from $0.18 to $0.71 per share. These shares are subject to repurchase by the Company at the fair value per share on the date of repurchase. The right to repurchase these shares lapses with respect to 25% of the underlying shares after one year of service to the Company and 1/48 th of the shares per month over 36 months thereafter or 1/48 th of the share per month over 48 months. The cash received for the purchase of these shares was recorded as a liability on the balance sheets. As of December 31, 2016 and 2017, the Company recorded $17,000 and $30,000, respectively, associated with 95,480, and 112,700 shares, respectively, remained subject to repurchase rights as a liability.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

 

Stock-based compensation expense

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company granted stock options and restricted stock awards to employees and non-employees to purchase 346,745 and 25,125 shares of common stock, respectively, with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $0.12 and $0.14 per share, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company granted stock options and restricted stock awards to employees and non-employees to purchase 1,068,872 and 158,510 shares of common stock, respectively, with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $5.87 and $6.18 per share, respectively.

Total stock-based compensation recognized for both employees and non-employees was as follows (in thousands):

 

       Year ended
December 31,
 
       2016      2017  

Research and development

   $ 103      $ 519  

General and administrative

     4        629  
  

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 107      $ 1,148  

 

 

As of December 31, 2017, there was $8.2 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock-based compensation arrangements under the 2016 Plan. The unrecognized stock-based compensation cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.7 years.

13. License agreement

In April 2016, the Company entered into a license agreement with the Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University, or Stanford University relating to the Company’s drug discovery and development initiatives. Under this agreement, the Company has been granted certain worldwide exclusive licenses to use the licensed compounds. The Company paid an upfront license payment of $25,000 in April 2016, which was recorded as research and development expense and issued 47,500 shares of common stock. The value of this equity was recorded, at fair value of $0.18 per share, as research and development expense of $8,000 during the year ended December 31, 2016. In March 2017, the Company paid a license fee of $10,000, which was recorded as research and development expense during the year ended December 31, 2017. Under the agreement, the Company will issue additional shares of common stock without further consideration to ensure the number of shares issued to the founders, as the license inventors, and Stanford University does not represent less than 1% of the Company’s total outstanding shares through the completion of $8.0 million in Series Seed financing. Stanford University retains participation rights to purchase up to 10% of equity in future private financings at the then fair value of the equity. The Company may also be required to make future payments of up to approximately $1.0 million to Stanford University upon achievement of specific intellectual property, clinical and regulatory milestone events, as well as pay royalties in the low single digits on future net sales, if any. In addition, the Company is obligated to pay Stanford University a percentage of non-royalty revenue received by the Company from its sublicensees, with the amount owed decreasing annually for three years based on when the applicable sublicense agreement is executed.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

 

14. Net loss per share

The following table sets forth the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per common share during the periods presented (in thousands, except share and per share data), which excludes shares which are legally outstanding, but subject to repurchase by the Company:

 

       Year ended
December 31,
 
       2016     2017  

Numerator:

    

Net loss—basic and diluted

   $ (2,542   $ (11,941
  

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted-average shares outstanding used in computing net loss per share – basic and diluted

     2,173,613       3,007,252  
  

 

 

 

Net loss per share—basic and diluted

   $ (1.17   $ (3.97

 

 

The following outstanding shares were excluded from the computation of the diluted net loss per common share for the periods presented because their effect would have been anti-dilutive.

 

       Year ended
December 31,
 
       2016      2017  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis

     3,043,525        12,856,325  

Options to purchase common stock

     25,125        707,497  

Common stock subject to vesting or repurchase

     846,745        1,016,980  
  

 

 

 

Total

     3,915,395        14,580,802  

 

 

15. Pro forma net loss per share (unaudited)

The following table sets forth (in thousands, except share and per share amounts) the computation of the Company’s unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share after giving effect to the conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock using the as-converted method into common stock as though the conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period presented or date of issuance, if later.

 

       Year ended
December 31,
2017
 

Net loss used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (11,941
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share, basic and diluted

     3,007,252  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     7,675,911  
  

 

 

 

Shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

     10,683,163  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (1.12

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

 

16. Subsequent events

In February 2018, the Company entered into a Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement with BBP LLC and issued a convertible note in the principal amount of $10.0 million. The note has a maturity date in February 2019 and an annual interest rate of 5.0%. The note is convertible into future preferred stock at a 30% discount to the price paid by investors in the Company’s next preferred equity financing of at least $10.0 million or convertible into common stock at the price per share in an IPO with aggregate proceeds of at least $30.0 million. In connection with the convertible note, the Company issued warrants for the purchase of $4.0 million in shares of the Company’s Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock or the Company’s preferred stock in the next equity financing. The exercise period commences upon the earlier of the closing of the next qualified financing and the consummation of a deemed liquidation event. The exercise price of the warrant is the price lesser of the per share in the next equity financing or the purchase price of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock of $1.3248 per share. If the warrant remains outstanding upon the consummation of this offering, the warrant will automatically be deemed net-exercised in full immediately prior to the completion of this offering at the initial public offering price.

The Company has reviewed and evaluated subsequent events through March 22, 2018 the date the financial statements were available for issuance.    

17. Subsequent events – Unaudited

On March 29, 2018, the Company sold an aggregate of 1,476,715 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $10.8348 per share for a total purchase price of $16.0 million and converted $10.0 million of notes payable plus interest into 1,324,823 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock at a conversion price of $7.5844 per share.

In May 2018, the Company issued 4,430,162 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $10.8348 per share, for total proceeds of $48.0 million. The issuance of the shares is in connection with the additional shares related to the put option asset pertaining to the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock financing in March 2018. The tranche liability will be remeasured at the closing date of the additional shares to the then fair value and the tranche liability and put option asset balances will be reclassified to redeemable convertible preferred stock.

On May 22, 2018, the Board of Directors approved the amendment to the certificate of incorporation to increase the number of redeemable convertible preferred stock authorized and available for issuance by 369,180 shares.

On April 26, 2018, the Company entered into a bonus agreement with Dr. Kumar. Under the bonus agreement, in the event that following the Company’s initial public offering, either (i) the Company’s market capitalization is equal to or greater than $750 million for any 30 consecutive trading days or (ii) a change in control, as defined, occurs and the transaction proceeds equal or exceed certain valuation thresholds, Dr. Kumar will be entitled to a lump sum cash bonus of up to $18.75 million, subject to his continuous service relationship with the Company as its Chief Executive Officer through the date of such applicable trigger event.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Unaudited Condensed Balance sheets

(in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

       December 31,     March 31,    

Pro forma

March 31,

 
       2017     2018     2018  

ASSETS

      

CURRENT ASSETS:

      

Cash

   $ 5,497     $ 25,269    

Related party receivable

     67       76    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     484       624    
  

 

 

   

Total current assets

     6,048       25,969    

Property and equipment, net

     114       218    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock put option asset

           1,527    

Other assets

     181       1,109    
  

 

 

   

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 6,343     $ 28,823    
  

 

 

   

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY

      

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

      

Accounts payable

   $ 566     $ 1,667    

Related party payable

     372       327    

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     1,300       2,744    
  

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

     2,238       4,738    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

           2,028    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

           841    

Other liabilities

     273       439    
  

 

 

   

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     2,511       8,046    
  

 

 

   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)

      

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 14,000,000 and 20,088,025 shares authorized as of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, respectively; 12,856,325 and 15,657,863 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, respectively; aggregate liquidation preference of $17,032 and $30,354 as of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, respectively; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma

     17,028       46,603    

STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY:

      

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 20,000,000 and 27,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, respectively; 4,295,799 and 4,459,043 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, respectively;          shares authorized,         issued or outstanding, pro forma

     4       4    

Additional paid-in capital

     1,332       4,281    

Accumulated deficit

     (14,532     (30,111  
  

 

 

   

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY

     (13,196     (25,826  
  

 

 

   

TOTAL LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY

   $ 6,343     $ 28,823    

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed financial statements.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Unaudited Condensed Statements of operations

(in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

       Three months ended
March 31,
 
       2017     2018  

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development (includes related party expense of $5 and $18, respectively)

   $ 2,039     $ 6,034  

General and administrative (includes related party expense of $66 and $318, respectively)

     378       2,143  
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     2,417       8,177  
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (2,417     (8,177

Other income (expense), net

     75       (725

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     —         (6,677
  

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (2,342   $ (15,579
  

 

 

 

Net loss per share:

    

Basic and diluted

   $ (0.86   $ (4.65
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share:

    

Basic and diluted

     2,709,982       3,349,570  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

     $  
    

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

    

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed financial statements.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Unaudited Condensed Statements of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

(in thousands, except for share amounts)

 

       Redeemable  convertible
preferred stock
     Common stock      Additional
paid in
capital
     Accumulated
deficit
    Total
stockholders’
deficit
 
       Shares     Amount      Shares      Amount          

Balance—December 31, 2017

     12,856,325     $ 17,028        4,295,799      $ 4      $ 1,332      $ (14,532   $ (13,196

Issuance of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $125 and redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability and put option asset of $501

     1,476,715       15,374                                    

Issuance of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock upon conversion of convertible promissory notes and accrued interest

     1,324,823       10,048                                    

Settlement of embedded derivative liability

           4,153                                    

Beneficial conversion feature related to convertible promissory notes

                                2,360              2,360  

Issuance of common stock to Stanford University in exchange for services and technology

                38,369               7              7  

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options and restricted stock

                  124,875                             

Vesting of restricted stock and early exercised options

                                18              18  

Stock-based compensation expense

                                564              564  

Net loss

                                       (15,579     (15,579
  

 

 

 

Balance—March 31, 2018

     15,657,863     $ 46,603        4,459,043      $ 4      $ 4,281      $ (30,111   $ (25,826

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed financial statements.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Unaudited Condensed Statements of cash flows

(in thousands)

 

       Three months ended
March 31,
 
       2017     2018  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net loss

   $ (2,342   $ (15,579

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

           10  

Stock-based compensation

     38       564  

Accrued interest on convertible promissory notes

           48  

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

     (75      

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

           (37

Amortization of debt discount

           713  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

           6,677  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Related party receivable

           (9

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (3     (140

Other assets

           (741

Accounts payable

     364       1,102  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     258       1,546  

Related party payable

     (59     (45
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (1,819     (5,891
  

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

    

Purchase of property and equipment

     (3     (114
  

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

    

Proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance
costs

     4,000       15,875  

Proceeds from issuance of convertible promissory notes

           10,000  

Payment of deferred offering costs

           (187

Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options and restricted stock

     6       89  
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     4,006       25,777  
  

 

 

 

Net increase in cash

     2,184       19,772  

Cash—Beginning of period

     1,956       5,497  
  

 

 

 

Cash—End of period

   $ 4,140     $ 25,269  
  

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NON-CASH FINANCING ITEMS:

    

Deferred offering costs in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   $     $ 760  
  

 

 

 

Vesting of restricted stock and early exercised options

   $     $ 18  
  

 

 

 

Conversion of convertible promissory notes and accrued interest into redeemable convertible preferred stock

   $     $ 10,048  

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed financial statements.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to unaudited condensed financial statements

1. The company

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc., or the Company, was incorporated as an S corporation in the state of Delaware on August 6, 2013. The Company was converted into a C corporation on April 4, 2016 in conjunction with its Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock financing. The Company is advancing a drug candidate to treat multiple forms of transthyretin amyloidosis, which leads to organ damage, loss of organ function and eventual death from abnormal buildup of protein deposits predominantly in the heart and peripheral nervous system. Through March 31, 2018, the Company has been primarily engaged in business planning, research, recruiting personnel and raising capital. The Company is headquartered in San Francisco, California and it operates as one operating segment.

Liquidity and going concern

The Company has incurred significant losses and negative cash flows from operations since its inception and had an accumulated deficit of $30.1 million as of March 31, 2018. The Company has a cash balance of $25.3 million as of March 31, 2018 and in May 2018, the Company issued 4,430,162 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock for total net proceeds of $48.0 million. The Company has historically financed its operations primarily through the sale of redeemable convertible preferred stock. To date, none of the Company’s product candidates have been approved for sale and therefore the Company has not generated any revenue from product sales. Management expects operating losses to continue for the foreseeable future. The Company believes that its cash as of March 31, 2018, without any future financing, will not be sufficient for the Company to continue as a going concern for at least one year from the issuance date of its unaudited condensed financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2018. The Company believes that this raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. As a result, the Company will be required to raise additional capital. If sufficient funds on acceptable terms are not available when needed, the Company could be required to significantly reduce its operating expenses and delay, reduce the scope of, or eliminate one or more of its development programs. Failure to manage discretionary spending or raise additional financing, as needed, may adversely impact the Company’s ability to achieve its intended business objectives. The accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the settlement of liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business. The financial statements do not reflect any adjustments relating to the recoverability and reclassifications of assets and liabilities that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.

2. Summary of significant accounting policies

Basis of preparation

These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP. These financial statements include transactions with BridgeBio Pharma LLC, a controlling investor in the Company. For the periods presented, BridgeBio Pharma LLC has provided consulting and management services to the Company in the ordinary course of business, including certain executive personnel, facility related costs, advisory services, insurance costs and other general corporate expenses. These allocations were made based on direct usage, when identifiable, with the remainder allocated primarily based on a proportional share of headcount. The Company’s historical financial statements do not purport to reflect what the Company’s results of operations, financial position, or cash flows would have been if the Company had

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to unaudited condensed financial statements

 

operated as an independent entity during the periods presented. Management believes the basis on which the expenses have been allocated to be a reasonable reflection of the utilization of services provided to or the benefit received by the Company during the periods presented. For more information on the allocated costs and related party transactions, see Note 6—Related party transactions.

Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements

The interim condensed balance sheet as of March 31, 2018, and the condensed statements of operations, and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018 are unaudited. The unaudited interim condensed financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements and reflect, in the opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal and recurring nature that are necessary for the fair statement of the Company’s financial position as of March 31, 2018 and its results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018. The financial data and the other financial information disclosed in these notes to the financial statements related to the three-month periods are also unaudited. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2018 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2018, or for any other future annual or interim period. The condensed balance sheet as of December 31, 2017, included herein was derived from the audited financial statements as of that date. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed or omitted from these interim financial statements. These unaudited condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Use of estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates, including those related to the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability, the preferred stock put asset, the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability, the fair value of the Company’s common stock, stock-based compensation, the useful lives of fixed assets, accruals for research and development activities and income taxes. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on other relevant assumptions that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Pro forma balance sheet

The pro forma balance sheet as of March 31, 2018 presents the Company’s stockholders’ equity as though all of the Company’s outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock had converted into 15,657,863 shares of common stock, the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants have been net exercised into shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of a firm commitment underwritten public offering in which the public offering proceeds raised equals or exceeds $75.0 million (IPO), the settlement of the redeemable convertible preferred stock put option asset, and the settlement of the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability. The pro forma balance sheet does not assume any proceeds from the offering.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to unaudited condensed financial statements

 

Deferred offering costs

Deferred offering costs, which include legal, accounting, printer and filing fees, related to the IPO are capitalized. The deferred offering costs will be offset against proceeds from the IPO upon the effectiveness of the offering. In the event that the offering is terminated, all capitalized deferred offering costs will be immediately expensed. As of March 31, 2018, $947,000 of deferred offering costs were capitalized, which are included in other assets on the condensed balance sheet. There were no such costs capitalized as of December 31, 2017.

Accrued research and development

The Company records accrued expenses for estimated costs of research and development activities conducted by third-party service providers, which include preclinical studies and clinical trials and contract manufacturing activities. The Company records the estimated costs of research and development activities based upon the estimated amount of services provided but not yet invoiced, and include these costs in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the balance sheets and within research and development expense in the statements of operations. These costs are a significant component of the Company’s research and development expenses.

The Company estimates the amount of work completed through discussions with internal personnel and external service providers as to the progress or stage of completion of the services and the agreed-upon fee to be paid for such services. The Company makes significant judgments and estimates in determining the accrued balance in each reporting period. As actual costs become known, the Company adjusts its accrued estimates. Although the Company does not expect its estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, the Company’s understanding of the status and timing of services performed, the number of patients enrolled and the rate of patient enrollment may vary from its estimates and could result in its reporting amounts that are too high or too low in any particular period. The Company’s accrued expenses are dependent, in part, upon the receipt of timely and accurate reporting from clinical research organizations and other third-party service providers. The Company records advance payments to service providers as prepaid assets, which are expensed as the contracted services are performed. To date, there have been no material differences from the Company’s accrued expenses to actual expenses.

Accrued repurchase liability for common stock

The Company records as a liability, within accrued expenses and other current liabilities, the purchase price of unvested common stock that the Company has a right to repurchase if and when the stockholder ceases to be a service provider to the Company before the end of the requisite service period. The proceeds are recorded as a liability and the proceeds related to the vested common stock is reclassified to additional paid-in capital as the Company’s repurchase right lapses.

Redeemable convertible preferred stock put option asset

The Company has determined that its right to cause the Series B shareholders to purchase additional shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock upon the achievement of the specified milestone represented a freestanding financial instrument. The instrument is classified as an asset on the balance sheets based on its relative fair value. The put option asset balance will be reclassified to redeemable convertible preferred stock upon the settlement of the additional shares.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to unaudited condensed financial statements

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

The Company has determined that its obligation to issue additional shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock upon the achievement of certain milestones or at the option of the holder represents a freestanding financial instrument. The instrument is classified as a liability on the balance sheets and is subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date and any change in fair value is recognized through other income (expense), net in the condensed statements of operations.

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

The Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants require liability classification and accounting as the underlying preferred stock is considered redeemable. At initial recognition, the warrants are recorded at their estimated fair value. The warrants are subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date, with changes in fair value recognized as a component of other income (expense), net.

The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of (i) exercise or expiration of the warrants, (ii) conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants into equity classified common stock warrants or (iii) the completion of an IPO, at which time all redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants will be net exercised into shares of common stock and the related redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability will be reclassified to common stock and additional paid-in capital.

Comprehensive loss

Comprehensive loss is defined as a change in equity of a business enterprise during a period, resulting from transactions from non-owner sources. There have been no items qualifying as other comprehensive income (loss) and, therefore, for all periods presented, the Company’s comprehensive loss was the same as its reported net loss.

Net loss per share

Basic net loss per common share is calculated by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, without consideration for potentially dilutive securities. Diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share since the effects of potentially dilutive securities are antidilutive given the net loss of the Company.

Pro forma net loss per share

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share has been computed to give effect to the conversion of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock as if such conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period or the date of issuance, if later. In addition, the numerator in the pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share calculation has been adjusted to remove gains or losses resulting from the remeasurement of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability as the warrants will be net exercised into common stock and the related redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability will be reclassified to common stock and additional paid-in capital upon the completion of an IPO of the Company’s common stock. The pro forma net loss per share does not include the shares expected to be sold and related proceeds to be received from the Company’s proposed initial public offering.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to unaudited condensed financial statements

 

Recent accounting pronouncements

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842 ), which for operating leases requires the lessee to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability, initially measured at the present value of the lease payments, in its balance sheet. The guidance also requires a lessee to recognize single lease costs, calculated so that the cost of the lease is allocated over the lease term, on a generally straight-line basis. A modified retrospective transition approach is required for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements, including a number of optional practical expedients that entities may elect to apply. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The Company has not determined the potential effects of this ASU on its financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments . The areas affected by ASU 2016-15 are debt prepayment and debt extinguishment costs, settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments or other debt instruments with coupon interest rates that are insignificant in relation to the effective interest rate of the borrowing, contingent consideration payments made after a business combination, proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims, proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies (including bank-owned life insurance policies), distributions received from equity method investees, beneficial interests in securitization transactions, and separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. Specifically, under this guidance, cash payments for debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs will be classified as cash outflows for financing activities. On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted this guidance and applied this amendment using a retrospective transition method to each period presented in the Company’s condensed statements of cash flows. The condensed statement of cash flows for the periods ended March 31, 2017 and 2018 have been presented in accordance with this amendment. The adoption of this amendment did not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed financial statements and disclosures.

In July 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-11, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260); Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480) Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) (Part I) Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Down Round Features, (Part II) Replacement of the Indefinite Deferral for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Certain Mandatorily Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests with a Scope Exception. This update simplifies the accounting for certain financial instruments with down round features, a provision in an equity-linked financial instrument (or embedded feature) that provides a downward adjustment of the current exercise price based on the price of future equity offerings. Down round features are common in warrants, preferred shares and convertible debt instruments issued by private companies and development-stage public companies. This update requires companies to disregard the down round feature when assessing whether the instrument is indexed to its own stock, for purposes of determining liability or equity classification. The provisions of this update related to down rounds are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of this standard will have on our financial statements and related disclosures.

3. Fair value measurement

Financial assets and liabilities are recorded at fair value. The accounting guidance for fair value provides a framework for measuring fair value, clarifies the definition of fair value and expands disclosures regarding fair value measurements. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to unaudited condensed financial statements

 

a liability (an exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the reporting date. The accounting guidance establishes a three-tiered hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in the valuation methodologies in measuring fair value as follows:

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2—Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

In determining fair value, the Company utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible as well as considers counterparty credit risk in its assessment of fair value.

Financial liabilities measured and recognized at fair value are as follows (in thousands):

 

       March 31, 2018  
       Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Redeemable convertible preferred stock put option asset

   $      —      $      —      $ 1,527      $ 1,527  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets

   $      $      $ 1,527      $ 1,527  

Liabilities:

           

Redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

   $      $      $ 2,028      $ 2,028  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

                   841        841  
  

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

   $      $      $ 2,869      $ 2,869  

 

 

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to unaudited condensed financial statements

 

There were no financial assets outside of cash in an operating account as of December 31, 2017. There were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 categories during the periods presented. There were no financial liabilities measured at fair value as of December 31, 2017. Following are the Company’s Level 3 financial liabilities as of March 31, 2018:

Redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

The fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability is based on significant inputs not observed in the market and thus represents a Level 3 measurement. The Company estimates the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability using the Black-Scholes option pricing model (See Note 8). The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in the fair value of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability (in thousands):

 

      

Three months
ended
March 31,

2018

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability:

  

Balance—beginning of period

   $  

Issuance of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

     2,028  

Loss (gain) on the change in fair value upon revaluation

      
  

 

 

 

Balance—end of period

   $ 2,028  

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

The fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability is based on significant inputs not observed in the market and thus represents a Level 3 measurement. The Company estimates the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability using the Black-Scholes option pricing model (See Note 5). The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in the fair value of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability (in thousands):

 

      

Three months
ended
March 31,

2018

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability:

  

Balance—beginning of period

   $  

Issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     878  

Loss (gain) on the change in fair value upon revaluation

     (37
  

 

 

 

Balance—end of period

   $ 841  

 

 

Embedded derivative in convertible note

The convertible note issued in February 2018 had a redemption feature which was determined to be an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation and separate accounting (See Note 5). The fair value of the derivative was determined based on an income approach that identified the cash flows using a

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to unaudited condensed financial statements

 

“with-and-without” valuation methodology. The inputs used to determine the estimated fair value of the derivative instrument were based largely on the probability of an underlying event triggering the embedded derivative occurring and the timing of such event. The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in the fair value of the Company’s embedded derivative in convertible note (in thousands):

 

      

Three months ended
March 31,

2018

 

Derivative instrument:

  

Balance—beginning of period

   $  

Initial fair value of the embedded derivative issued with the convertible note

     4,153  

Loss (gain) on the change in fair value upon revaluation

     0  

Extinguishment of the embedded derivative

     (4,153
  

 

 

 

Balance—end of period

   $         —  

 

 

4. Condensed balance sheet components

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

       December 31,
2017
     March 31,
2018
 

Prepaid clinical and research related expenses

   $ 432      $ 525  

Other current assets

     52        99  
  

 

 

 

Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 484      $ 624  

 

 

Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

       December 31,
2017
    March 31,
2018
 

Furniture and computer equipment

   $ 41     $ 147  

Leasehold improvements

     77       85  
  

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     118       232  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (4     (14
  

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 114     $ 218  

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for the three months ended March 31, 2018 was $10,000. No depreciation and amortization expense recognized for the three months ended March 31, 2017.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to unaudited condensed financial statements

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

       December 31,
2017
     March 31,
2018
 

Accrued research and development costs

   $ 564      $ 1,006  

Accrued employee related expenses

     606        978  

Liability for unvested stock, short-term

     109        179  

Accrued other current liabilities

     21        581  
  

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   $ 1,300      $ 2,744  

 

 

As of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, the balances of $208,000 and $372,000, respectively, in other liabilities related to the long-term liability for unvested stock.

5. Convertible promissory notes

In February 2018, the Company entered into a Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement with BBP LLC and Stanford University. The Company issued two convertible promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $10.0 million. The notes had a maturity date of the earliest of a qualified financing, a deemed liquidation event, a qualified initial public offering or February 2019. The convertible promissory notes had an annual interest rate of 5.0%. The convertible promissory notes were convertible into future preferred stock at a 30% discount to the price paid by investors in the Company’s next preferred equity financing of at least $10.0 million or convertible into common stock at the price per share in an IPO with aggregate proceeds of at least $30.0 million. In connection with the convertible promissory notes, the Company issued warrants for the purchase of $4.0 million in shares of the Company’s Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock or the Company’s preferred stock in the next equity financing. The exercise period commences upon the earlier of the closing of the next qualified financing and the consummation of a deemed liquidation event. The exercise price of the warrant is the price per share in the next equity financing if the warrant is exercisable for the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock in the next qualified financing, or $1.3248 per share if the warrant is exercisable for shares of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock. If the warrant remains outstanding upon the consummation of this offering, the warrant will automatically be deemed net-exercised in full immediately prior to the completion of this offering at the initial public offering price.

Upon issuance of the convertible promissory notes, the Company recorded the fair value of the warrants of $877,000 as a debt discount and redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability. The convertible promissory notes also contained a redemption feature which was determined to be an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation and separate accounting. The fair value of the embedded derivative liability at issuance was determined to be $4.2 million and was recorded as an additional debt discount. The debt discount was accreted using the effective interest method as additional interest expense over the term of the convertible note. Changes in the fair value of the embedded derivative and redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability have also been recorded within other income (expense), net, in the condensed statement of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2018.

During the three months ended March 31, 2018, the Company recognized interest expense of $761,000 related to the accrued interest and amortization of debt discount.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to unaudited condensed financial statements

 

As the convertible notes payable contained an embedded conversion feature that does not qualify for derivative treatment, the Company evaluated if there was beneficial conversion feature (BCF). The Company determined there was a BCF of $2.4 million as the effective conversion rate of the convertible note was below market value. The Company accounted for the value of the BCF as a debt discount, which was being accreted to interest expense over the life of the related debt using the effective interest method. The value of the BCF was recorded to additional paid-in capital with the offset to discount on convertible notes payable. The debt discount was to be accreted to other income (expense), net over the one-year original term of the convertible notes payable. The Company recorded $228,000 as an expense related to this debt discount during the three months ended March 31, 2018. On March 29, 2018 the Company converted the convertible notes payable into Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, and the remaining amount of unamortized debt discount was recorded as an extinguishment of debt.

In March 2018, as a result of the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock financing event (see Note 7), the outstanding principal and accrued interest of $10.0 million related to the convertible promissory notes automatically converted into 1,324,823 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock using a conversion price of $7.5844. Consequently, the Company recorded $6.7 million related to the loss on the extinguishment of the convertible promissory notes. In the addition, the warrants associated with the convertible note became warrants to purchase 369,180 shares of the Company’s Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $10.8348 per share.

6. Related party transactions

BridgeBio Pharma LLC and its affiliates, or BBP LLC, is a controlling investor in the Company, as it owned 75% and 71% of the Company’s total outstanding shares as of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018. In April 2016, the Company began receiving consulting, management, facility and infrastructure services pursuant to a services agreement with BBP LLC. The initial agreement was entered into on March 1, 2016 and was superseded by the subsequent agreement effective as of May 1, 2017. The Company incurred the following expenses: rent of $5,400 and $8,400, facility related costs of $1,700 and $45,800 and consulting expenses of $64,700 and $282,500 for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively. As of March 31, 2018, the Company had an outstanding receivable from BBP LLC of $76,000 related to providing services to other subsidiaries of BBP LLC. As of March 31, 2018, the Company had an outstanding liability due to BBP LLC of $327,000.

In April 2016, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with Dr. Graef, one of the Company’s founders. Pursuant to the consulting agreement, Dr. Graef agreed to provide consulting services in connection with the discovery and development of novel TTR stablizers. As compensation for these services, Dr. Graef is entitled to an annual fee in the amount of up to $150,000 and reimbursement by the Company for pre-approved expenses. The consulting agreement has a term of four years but may be terminated by either party for any reason with thirty days’ prior notice. During the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company incurred $37,500 and $83,000, respectively, for services under the consulting agreement.

In August 2016, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with Dr. Alhamadsheh, one of the Company’s founders. Pursuant to the consulting agreement, Dr. Alhamadsheh agreed to provide consulting services in connection with the discovery and development of novel TTR stablizers. As compensation for these services, Dr. Alhamadsheh is entitled to an annual fee in the amount of up to $115,000 and reimbursement by the Company for pre-approved expenses. The consulting agreement has a term of two years but may be terminated

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to unaudited condensed financial statements

 

by either party for any reason with thirty days’ prior notice. During the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company incurred $28,700 and $111,800, respectively, for services under the consulting agreement.

7. Redeemable convertible preferred stock

In March 2018, the Company sold an aggregate of 1,476,715 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock financing in an initial closing for total gross proceeds of $16.0 million. An additional 4,430,162 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock may be issued in an additional closing contingent upon the release of specified data study either upon the request of the Company for investors to purchase the shares (purchased put option) or the investors may call for the purchase of such shares (tranche liability or call option). The Company has determined that its right to cause the Series B shareholders to purchase additional shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock upon the achievement of the specified milestone represented a freestanding financial instrument. In addition, the Company determined it was obligated to sell additional shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock contingent upon the achievement of the specified milestone. This additional closing was also deemed to be freestanding financial instrument.

Upon issuance of the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, the Company recorded the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability incurred in connection with its Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock as a derivative financial instrument liability at the fair value of $2.0 million on the date of issuance, and will remeasure the liability on each subsequent balance sheet date. The changes in fair value are recognized as a gain or loss within other income (expense), net in the statements of operations and the liability is remeasured at each reporting period and settlement of the related tranche closing. Additionally, the Company recorded the redeemable convertible preferred stock put option asset, based on its relative fair value of $1.5 million as an asset on the balance sheets at March 31, 2018.

The Company also converted outstanding promissory notes and accrued interest of $10.0 million (see Note 5) into 1,324,823 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock concurrently with the initial closing of the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock financing.

Redeemable convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2017 consists of the following:

 

Series    Shares
authorized
     Shares
outstanding
     Price
per share
     Proceeds, net of
issuance cost
(in thousands)
     Liquidation
amount
(in thousands)
 

Seed

     14,000,000        12,856,325      $ 1.3248      $ 16,920      $ 17,032  

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2018 consists of the following:

 

Series    Shares
authorized
     Shares
outstanding
     Price
per share
     Proceeds, net of
issuance cost
(in thousands)
     Liquidation
amount
(in thousands)
 

Seed

     12,856,325        12,856,325      $ 1.3248      $ 16,920      $ 17,032  

Series B

     7,231,700        2,801,538      $ 10.8348        25,923        30,354  
  

 

 

 

Total

     20,088,025        15,657,863         $ 42,843      $ 47,386  

 

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to unaudited condensed financial statements

 

The holders of the redeemable convertible preferred stock have various rights and preferences as follows:

Voting rights

The holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to vote on all matters on which the common stockholders are entitled to vote. Holders of redeemable convertible preferred and common stock generally vote together as a single class, not as separate classes. Each holder of redeemable convertible preferred stock is entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock held by such holder are convertible.

As long as at least 250,000 shares of each class of redeemable convertible preferred stock remain outstanding, the Company must obtain approval from a majority of the holders of the then outstanding shares of Series B or Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock in order to alter or change the rights, preferences and privileges of preferred stock, change the authorized number of preferred and common stock, create a new class or series of shares having any rights, preferences or privileges superior to or on parity with any outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, purchase or redeem or declare or pay any dividend or distribution on shares of capital stock (subject to certain exceptions), merge, consolidate with or implement a reorganization that would result in the transfer of 50% of the voting power of the Company, sell all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, liquidate, dissolve or wind up the business and affairs of the Company, or change the authorized number of directors.

Dividends

The holders of shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, in preference to both the holders of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock and common stock, are entitled to receive noncumulative cash dividends at a rate of 8% per share, only when, as and if declared by the board of directors. The holders of shares of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock, in preference to the holders of common stock, are entitled to receive noncumulative cash dividends at a rate of 8% per share, only when, as and if declared by the board of directors. In the event dividends are paid on any share of common stock, the Company will pay an additional dividend on all outstanding shares of preferred stock in a per share amount equal (on an as-converted to common stock basis) to the amount paid or set aside for each share of common stock. No dividends were declared as of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018.

Liquidation preference

A liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, a merger or consolidation after which the shares of capital stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction do not represent or are not exchanged for shares representing a majority in voting power of the surviving or resulting entity, or a sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets would trigger a redemption event. Accordingly, the redemption event is outside the control of the Company, and all shares of preferred stock have been presented outside of permanent equity. Further, the Company has elected not to adjust the carrying values of the redeemable convertible preferred stock to the liquidation preference of such shares, since it is uncertain whether or when a redemption event will occur. Subsequent adjustments to increase the carrying value to the redemption values will be made when it becomes probable that such redemption will occur.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to unaudited condensed financial statements

 

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, a merger or consolidation after which the shares of capital stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction do not represent or are not exchanged for shares representing a majority in voting power of the surviving or resulting entity, or a sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, the holders of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive prior to and in preference to any distribution to holders of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock and common stock, an amount equal to the greater of (i) $10.8348 per share plus any declared but unpaid dividends on such shares, or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock been converted into common stock prior to such event. After payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, the holders of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive prior to and in preference to any distribution to holders of common stock, an amount equal to the greater of (i) $1.3248 per share plus any declared but unpaid dividends on such shares, or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock been converted into common stock prior to such event. The remaining assets, if any, shall be distributed to the holders of common stock. Should the Company’s legally available assets be insufficient to satisfy the liquidation preferences, the funds will be distributed ratably among the holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock in proportion to the preferential amount each holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

Conversion

Each share of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into the number of shares of common stock into which such shares are convertible at the then effective conversion ratio. The initial conversion price per share for Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock is $10.8348 per share. The initial conversion price per share for Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock is $1.3248 per share. The initial conversion price is subject to adjustment from time to time for events such as future stock splits, combinations and dividends. Additionally, the conversion price is subject to adjustment from time to time in the event of dilutive issuances based on a broad-based weighted-average anti-dilution formula. As of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, the redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible into common stock on a one for one basis.

Each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible into common stock automatically upon the closing of the sale of shares of common stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering in which the public offering aggregate gross proceeds raised exceeds $75.0 million. In addition, all outstanding shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible into common stock automatically upon the Company’s receipt of a written request for such conversion from the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock. Similarly, all outstanding shares of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible into common stock automatically upon the Company’s receipt of a written request for such conversion from the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock.

In the event that any holder of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock is a defaulting purchaser with respect to the additional closing described in the Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, or the Agreement, then each two shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock held by such holder will automatically be converted into one share of common stock, (a) effective upon the consummation of the additional closing, or (b) if such additional closing does not occur as a result of such holder’s failure to purchase

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to unaudited condensed financial statements

 

additional shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, effective upon the date on which the holder became a defaulting purchaser pursuant to the Agreement.

Redemption and classification

The Company has classified the redeemable convertible preferred stock as mezzanine equity on the condensed balance sheets as the stock is contingently redeemable. Upon the occurrence of certain change in control events that are outside the Company’s control, including liquidation, sale or transfer of the Company, holders of the redeemable convertible preferred stock can cause redemption for cash to the extent permitted by applicable law.

8. Redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability and put option asset

In March 2018, the Company entered into a Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, or the Agreement, for the issuance of up to 7,231,700 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock at a price of $10.8348 per share in two closings. Upon the initial closing on March 29, 2018, 1,476,715 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock were issued for gross proceeds of $16.0 million and 1,324,823 shares were issued upon conversion of the outstanding convertible promissory note principal balance and accrued interest of $10.0 million.

According to the terms of the Agreement, the Company may issue 4,430,162 shares under the same terms as the initial closing, in an additional closing contingent upon the achievement of certain milestone. Either the investors or the Company may provide written notice for the additional closing to occur.

The Company has determined that the its obligation to issue additional shares of its redeemable convertible preferred stock and the Company’s right to request investors purchase additional shares of its redeemable convertible preferred stock represent freestanding financial instruments. The freestanding redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability was initially recorded at fair value, with fair value changes recorded within other income (expense), net in the condensed statement of operations. The purchased put option was recorded at fair value without subsequent remeasurement. The Company will continue to adjust the tranche liability for changes in the fair value until the settlement of the redeemable convertible preferred stock additional closing. At such time, any remaining value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability and the put option asset will be reclassified to redeemable convertible preferred stock with no further remeasurement required. The Company has recorded a redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability and a put option asset in March 2018 of $2.0 million and $1.5 million, respectively, related to the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock financing.

The Company estimated the fair value of the preferred stock liability and the put option asset using a Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following assumptions:

Expected term —The expected term represents the period for which the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability and put option asset are expected to be outstanding, which is estimated to be the remaining contractual term.

Expected volatility —The volatility data was estimated based on a study of publicly traded industry peer companies, as there is no trading history for our redeemable convertible preferred stock. For purposes of identifying these comparable peer companies, the Company considered the industry, stage of development, size

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to unaudited condensed financial statements

 

and financial leverage. The Company has measured historical volatility over a period equivalent to the expected term and believes that historical volatility provides a reasonable estimate of future expected volatility.

Expected dividends —The Black-Scholes valuation model calls for a single expected dividend yield as an input. The Company currently has no history or expectation of paying cash dividends on its redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Risk-free interest rate —The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues similar in duration to the expected term of the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability and put option asset.

The Company used the following assumptions: a term of 0.08 years, a risk-free rate of 1.63%, a volatility of 36.4%, and a dividend yield of 0.0%.

9. Common stock

Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote. The holders of common stock are also entitled to receive dividends whenever funds are legally available and when declared by the board of directors, subject to prior rights of the preferred stockholders.

The Company has reserved common stock, on an as-converted basis, for issuance as follows:

 

       December 31,
2017
     March 31,
2018
 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding, as-converted

     12,856,325        15,657,863  

Options issued and outstanding

     707,497        468,336  

Options available for future grants

     561,029        675,315  

Series B convertible stock warrant, as-converted

            369,180  
  

 

 

 

Total

     14,124,851        17,170,694  

 

 

10. Stock option plan

The 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2016 Plan, award activity is as follows (in thousands, except for share and per share data and years):

 

       Number of
options
available for
grant
    Options
outstanding
    Weighted-
average
exercise
price per
option
     Weighted-
average
remaining
contractual
life (years)
    

Aggregate

intrinsic

value

 

Outstanding—December 31, 2017

     561,029       707,497     $ 0.70        9.97      $ 4,384  

Granted

     (154,875     154,875       2.97        

Exercised

           (124,875     2.03        

Cancelled

     269,161       (269,161     0.71        
  

 

 

 

Outstanding—March 31, 2018

     675,315       468,336     $ 1.10        9.73      $ 3,541  
  

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest—March 31, 2018

       468,336     $ 1.10        9.73      $ 3,541  
  

 

 

 

Exercisable—March 31, 2018

       61,309     $ 1.21        9.63      $ 349  

 

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to unaudited condensed financial statements

 

Aggregate intrinsic value represents the difference between the Company’s estimated fair value of its common stock and the exercise price of outstanding in–the–money options. The total intrinsic value of options exercised was zero and $828,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, respectively.

The total fair value of shares vested during the three months ended March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018 was $38,000 and $564,000, respectively.

Stock options valuation

The estimated grant-date fair values of the employee and non-employee stock options for the three months ended March 31, 2017 were calculated using the Black-Scholes valuation model, based on the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

       Three months ended
March 31, 2017
 
       Employee      Non-employee  

Expected term (in years)

     5.04        10  

Expected volatility

     75.69%        75.69%  

Risk-free interest rate

     2.02%        2.49%  

Expected dividend

             

 

 

The estimated grant-date fair values of the employee and non-employee stock options for the three months ended March 31, 2018 were calculated using the Black-Scholes valuation model, based on the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

       Three months ended
March 31, 2018
 
       Employee      Non-employee  

Expected term (in years)

     6.08        9.95  

Expected volatility

     69.08%        69.08%  

Risk-free interest rate

     2.69%        2.73%  

Expected dividend

             

 

 

Accrued repurchase liability for common stock early exercises

During the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, there were 714,524 and 1,075,059 shares, respectively, of common stock issued upon the early exercise of stock options prior to the vesting of the underlying shares. These shares are subject to repurchase by the Company at the original issuance price upon termination of the services received from the holder of the option. The right to repurchase these shares generally lapses with respect to 25% of the shares underlying the option after one year of service to the Company and 1/48 of the shares underlying the original grant per month over 36 months thereafter. The shares purchased by the employees pursuant to the early exercise of stock options are not deemed, for accounting purposes, to be issued until those shares vest. The cash received in exchange for exercised and unvested shares related to stock options granted is recorded as a liability for the early exercise of stock options on the balance sheets. As of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, the Company recorded $287,000 and $551,000, respectively, associated with shares issued upon the early exercise of stock options that are subject to repurchase rights as a liability.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to unaudited condensed financial statements

 

Restricted stock

In December 2017, the Company issued 326,544 shares of common stock for no consideration to the founders pursuant to the Series Seed Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement and license agreement in connection with certain anti-dilution rights held by these parties. If the shares issued under the license agreement represent less than 1% of the shares issued and outstanding common stock on an as-converted basis, the Company will issue additional common stock to the founders and Stanford University. The Company has the right to repurchase the common stock at the fair value per share on the date of repurchase, which right lapses as the shares vest, which is 25% cliff after one year and monthly thereafter over 36 months. In order to vest, the holders are required to provide continued service to the Company. As of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, 326,544 and 326,544 shares remained subject to repurchase.

The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense over the period in which the related services from the founders are received. Stock-based compensation expense related to the restricted stock is recognized based on the vesting date fair value of stock using Black-Scholes pricing model. During the three months ended March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018 the Company recognized zero and $212,000 stock-based compensation expense related to the restricted stock.

During the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company issued 55,279 shares and 124,875 shares of common stock to an employee at a purchase price ranging from $0.18 to $6.90 per share. These shares are subject to repurchase by the Company at the fair value per share on the date of repurchase. The right to repurchase these shares lapses with respect to 25% of the underlying shares after one year of service to the Company and 1/48 th of the shares per month over 36 months thereafter or 1/48 th of the share per month over 48 months. The cash received for the purchase of these shares was recorded as a liability on the balance sheets. As of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, the Company recorded $30,000 and $272,000, respectively, associated with 112,700 shares and 214,643 shares, respectively, remained subject to repurchase rights as a liability.

Stock-based compensation expense

During the three months ended March 31, 2017, the Company granted stock options and restricted stock awards to employees and non-employees to purchase 55,279 and 9,090 shares of common stock, respectively, with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $0.14 and $0.11 per share, During the three months ended March 31, 2018, the Company granted stock options and restricted stock awards to employees and non-employees to purchase 124,875 and 430,000 shares of common stock, respectively, with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $7.65 and $6.83 per share, respectively.

Total stock-based compensation recognized for both employees and non-employees was as follows (in thousands):

 

       Three months ended
March 31,
 
       2017      2018  

Research and development

   $ 37      $ 556  

General and administrative

     1        8  
  

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 38      $ 564  

 

 

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to unaudited condensed financial statements

 

As of March 31, 2018, there was $7.8 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock-based compensation arrangements under the 2016 Plan. The unrecognized stock-based compensation cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.48 years.

11. Net loss per share

The following table sets forth the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per common share during the periods presented (in thousands, except for share and per share data), which excludes shares which are legally outstanding, but subject to repurchase by the Company:

 

       Three months ended
March 31,
 
       2017     2018  

Numerator:

    

Net loss—basic and diluted

   $ (2,342   $ 15,579  
  

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted-average shares outstanding used in computing net loss per share – basic and diluted

     2,709,982       3,349,570  
  

 

 

 

Net loss per share—basic and diluted

   $ (0.86   $ (4.65

 

 

The following outstanding shares were excluded from the computation of the diluted net loss per common share for the periods presented because their effect would have been anti-dilutive.

 

       Three months ended
March 31,
 
       2017      2018  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis

     6,062,848        15,657,863  

Options to purchase common stock

     34,215        468,336  

Common stock subject to vesting or repurchase

     714,524        1,075,059  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants on an as-converted basis

            369,180  
  

 

 

 

Total

     6,811,587        17,570,438  

 

 

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to unaudited condensed financial statements

 

12. Pro forma net loss per share

The following table sets forth (in thousands, except for share and per share amounts) the computation of the Company’s pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share after giving effect to the conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock using the as-converted method into common stock as though the conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period presented or date of issuance, if later.

 

       Three months ended
March 31,
2018
 

Net loss

   $                   

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

  

Net loss used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $  

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share, basic and diluted

  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed cashless exercise of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants

  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

  
  

 

 

 

Shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $                   

 

 

13. License agreement

In April 2016, the Company entered into a license agreement with the Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University, or Stanford University relating to the Company’s drug discovery and development initiatives. Under this agreement, the Company has been granted certain worldwide exclusive licenses to use the licensed compounds. The Company paid an upfront license payment of $25,000 in April 2016, which was recorded as research and development expense and issued 47,500 shares of common stock. The value of this equity was recorded, at fair value of $0.18 per share, as research and development expense of $8,000 during the year ended December 31, 2016. In March 2017, the Company paid a license fee of $10,000, which was recorded as research and development expense during the year ended December 31, 2017. The Company may also be required to make future payments of up to approximately $1.0 million to Stanford University upon achievement of specific intellectual property, clinical and regulatory milestone events, as well as pay royalties in the low single digits on future net sales, if any. In addition, the Company is obligated to pay Stanford University a percentage of non-royalty revenue received by the Company from its sublicensees, with the amount owed decreasing annually for three years based on when the applicable sublicense agreement is executed. In March 2018, the Company recorded $50,000 under the Stanford agreement in connection with the achievement of a development milestone. During the three months ended March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, the Company recognized $10,000 and $63,000, respectively, in connection with this agreement.

14. Commitments and contingencies

Lease arrangements

In September 2017, the Company entered into a one-year operating lease for laboratory facilities in San Francisco, California. In November 2017, the Company entered into an operating lease for a facility in San

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to unaudited condensed financial statements

 

Francisco, California, which expires in November 2022. The Company has provided a security deposit of $158,000 as collateral for the lease, which is included in other assets on the balance sheet.

Future minimum lease payments as of March 31, 2018 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31:    Amount  

2018 (remaining 9 months)

   $ 258  

2019

     327  

2020

     337  

2021

     347  

2022

     327  
  

 

 

 

Total future minimum lease payments

   $ 1,596  

 

 

The Company’s rent expense was $5,400 and $101,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, of which $5,400 and $8,400 was incurred pursuant to the service agreement with BridgeBio Services, Inc., an affiliate of BridgeBio Pharma LLC, for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively (see Note 6). Rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the Company’s leases and accordingly, the Company recorded the difference between rent expense and amount paid under the leases as deferred rent liability within other liabilities in the balance sheets. Incentives granted under the Company’s facility lease, including allowances to fund leasehold improvements, are deferred and recognized as adjustments to rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Indemnification

In the ordinary course of business, the Company may provide indemnifications of varying scope and terms to vendors, lessors, business partners, board members, officers, and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, losses arising out of breach of such agreements, services to be provided by the Company, negligence or willful misconduct of the Company, violations of law by the Company, or from intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. In addition, the Company has entered into indemnification agreements with directors and certain officers and employees that will require the Company, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors, officers or employees. No demands have been made upon the Company to provide indemnification under such agreements, and thus, there are no claims that the Company is aware of that could have a material effect on the Company’s balance sheets, statements of operations, or statements of cash flows.

15. Subsequent events

The Company has reviewed and evaluated subsequent events through May 25, 2018 the date the unaudited condensed financial statements were available for issuance.

In May 2018, the Company issued 4,430,162 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $10.8348 per share, for total proceeds of $48.0 million. The issuance of the shares is in connection with the additional shares related to the put option asset discussed in Note 7 pertaining to the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock financing in March 2018. The tranche liability will be remeasured at the closing date of the additional shares to the then fair value and the tranche liability and put option asset balances will be reclassified to redeemable convertible preferred stock.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to unaudited condensed financial statements

 

On May 22, 2018, the Board of Directors approved the amendment to the certificate of incorporation to increase the number of redeemable convertible preferred stock authorized and available for issuance by 369,180 shares.

On April 26, 2018, the Company entered into a bonus agreement with Dr. Kumar. Under the bonus agreement, in the event that following the Company’s initial public offering, either (i) the Company’s market capitalization is equal to or greater than $750 million for any 30 consecutive trading days or (ii) a change in control occurs and the transaction proceeds equal or exceed certain valuation thresholds, Dr. Kumar will be entitled to a lump sum cash bonus of up to $18.75 million, subject to his continuous service relationship with the Company as its Chief Executive Officer through the date of such applicable trigger event.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

 

 

             shares

 

LOGO

Common stock

 

Prospectus

 

 

J.P. Morgan        BofA Merrill Lynch  
  Barclays               

                , 2018

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Part II

Information not required in prospectus

Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution

The following table sets forth all expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by Eidos Therapeutics, Inc., or the Company or the Registrant, in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All the amounts shown are estimates except the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee.

 

       Amount
paid or
to be
paid
 

SEC registration fee

   $ 14,318  

FINRA filing fee

     17,750  

Nasdaq initial listing fee

     *  

Printing and engraving expenses

     *  

Legal fees and expenses

     *  

Accounting fees and expenses

     *  

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     *  

Miscellaneous

     *  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *  

 

 
*   To be filed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers

As permitted by Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, we have adopted provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors for a breach of their fiduciary duty of care as a director. The duty of care generally requires that, when acting on behalf of the corporation, directors exercise an informed business judgment based on all material information reasonably available to them. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:

 

 

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

any act related to unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or payment of dividends; or

 

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

These limitations of liability do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also authorizes us to indemnify our officers, directors and other agents to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to include in its charter documents, and in agreements between the corporation and its directors and officers, provisions expanding the scope of indemnification beyond that specifically provided by the current law.

Section 145(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), because he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of

 

II-1


Table of Contents

another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor because the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which he or she shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, he or she is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court shall deem proper.

Section 145(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the person against such liability under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

The Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon completion of the offering, provides for the indemnification of directors to the fullest extent permissible under Delaware law.

The Company’s amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon completion of the offering, provide for the indemnification of officers, directors and third parties acting on the Company’s behalf if such persons act in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in and not opposed to the Company’s best interest, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, such indemnified party had no reason to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

The Company is entering into indemnification agreements with each of its directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provisions provided for in its charter documents, and the Company intends to enter into indemnification agreements with any new directors and executive officers in the future. These agreements will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and executive officers, and such entities to the fullest extent permitted by law.

The underwriting agreement (to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto) will provide for indemnification by the underwriters of the Company, and its executive officers and directors, and indemnification of the underwriters by the Company for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in connection with matters specifically provided in writing by the underwriters for inclusion in the registration statement.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

The Company intends to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer against any loss arising from any claim asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in that capacity, subject to certain exclusions and limits of the amount of coverage.

Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities

Since January 1, 2015, the Registrant has issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:

Issuances of capital stock

Issuances of common stock

From August 2016 to May 2018, the Registrant issued 442,413 shares of restricted common stock outside of the 2016 Plan to certain founders and a collaborator.

Sales of redeemable convertible preferred stock and convertible notes

In September 2015, the Registrant sold a convertible note in the principal amount of $25,000 to one accredited investor. In April 2016, the entire amount due, including accrued interest of $1,000, was converted into 24,202 shares of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock.

In April 2016, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 779,033 shares of Series Seed redeemable convertible (including the conversion of the 24,202 shares in the preceding paragraph) preferred stock to two accredited investors for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $1.0 million and the cancellation of the amount outstanding under the convertible note.

In September 2016, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 2,264,492 shares of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock to one accredited investor for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $3.0 million.

In March 2017, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 3,019,323 shares of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock to one accredited investor for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $4.0 million.

In September 2017, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 6,793,477 shares of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock to one accredited investor for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $9.0 million.

In February 2018, the Registrant sold a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $10.0 million and issued a warrant to purchase shares of preferred stock in an aggregate amount of up to $4.0 million to one accredited investor. In March 2018, the note was converted into an aggregate of 1,324,823 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock.

In March 2018, the Registrant issued and sold an aggregate of 2,801,538 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock to 13 accredited investors for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $16.0 million and the cancellation of approximately $10.0 million of indebtedness.

In May 2018, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 4,430,162 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock to 10 accredited investors for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $48.0 million.

No underwriters were used in the foregoing transactions. We believe these transactions were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, Regulation D, or Regulation S promulgated thereunder, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as

 

II-3


Table of Contents

transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about our company.

Grants of stock options and restricted stock under the 2016 equity incentive plan.

From August 1, 2016 to May 7, 2018, the Registrant granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 1,637,583 shares of its common stock, with exercise prices ranging from $0.18 to $8.66 per share, to employees, directors and consultants pursuant to the 2016 Plan. From August 1, 2016 to May 7, 2018, the Registrant granted an aggregate of 621,888 shares of restricted stock under the 2016 Plan. The issuances of these securities were exempt either pursuant to Rule 701, as a transaction pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan, or pursuant to Section 4(a)(2), as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering.

Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules

(a) Exhibits.

The exhibits to the registration statement are listed in the Exhibit Index to this registration statement and are incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial statement schedules.

None.

Item 17. Undertakings

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(a) The undersigned Registrant will provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(b) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of

 

II-4


Table of Contents

prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(c) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit index

 

Exhibit No.    Description
  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  3.2*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be in effect upon completion of the offering
  3.3    Bylaws of the Registrant and the amendments thereto, as currently in effect
  3.4*    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be in effect upon completion of the offering
  4.1*    Specimen Common Stock Certificate
  4.2    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders dated March 29, 2018
  4.3    Convertible Promissory Note, dated February 22, 2018
  4.4*    Warrant to Purchase Shares of Capital Stock, dated February 22, 2018
  5.1*    Opinion of Goodwin Procter LLP
10.1#    Amended and Restated 2016 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of award agreements thereunder
10.2#    2018 Stock Option and Incentive Plan and forms of award agreements thereunder
10.3*#    2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.4*#    Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan
10.5#    Employment Offer Letter Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Jonathan C. Fox, M.D., Ph.D., dated October 25, 2016
10.6#    Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy
10.7#   

Employment Offer Letter Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Christine Siu, dated December 12, 2017

10.8#    Employment Offer Letter Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Uma Sinha, Ph.D., dated June 1, 2016, as amended on May 24, 2018
10.9†    Exclusive (Equity) Agreement, by and between the Registrant and the Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University, effective as of April 10, 2016, as amended by Amendment No. 1 effective September 25, 2017
10.10    Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between the Registrant and each of its directors and officers
10.11    Intercompany Services Agreement, by and between the Registrant and BridgeBio Services Inc., dated as of May 1, 2017
10.12    Office Lease, by and between the Registrant and 101 Montgomery Street Co., dated as of November 14, 2017
10.13    QB3@953 Sublease Agreement, by and between the Registrant and QB3 Incubator Partners, LP, dated as of August 17, 2017
10.14#   

Bonus Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Neil Kumar, dated as of April 26, 2018.


Table of Contents
Exhibit No.    Description
21.1    List of Subsidiaries
23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2*    Consent of Goodwin Procter LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

 

*   To be filed by amendment.

 

  Application has been made to the Securities and Exchange Commission for confidential treatment of certain provisions. Omitted material for which confidential treatment has been requested has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

#   Represents management compensation plan, contract or arrangement.


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Francisco, California, on the 25th day of May, 2018.

 

EIDOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Neil Kumar     

 

Neil Kumar

 

Chief Executive Officer

Power of attorney

Each person whose individual signature appears below hereby authorizes and appoints Neil Kumar and Christine Siu and each of them, with full power of substitution and resubstitution and full power to act without the other, as his or her true and lawful attorney in fact and agent to act in his or her name, place and stead and to execute in the name and on behalf of each person, individually and in each capacity stated below, and to file any and all amendments to this Registration Statement, including any and all post effective amendments and amendments thereto, and any registration statement relating to the same offering as this Registration Statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys in fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing, ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys in fact and agents or any of them or their or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated below.

 

Signature    Title   Date

/s/ Neil Kumar

Neil Kumar

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

  May 25, 2018

/s/ Christine Siu

Christine Siu

  

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  May 25, 2018

/s/ Rajeev Shah

Rajeev Shah

  

Director

  May 25, 2018

/s/ Eric Aguiar

Eric Aguiar

  

Director

  May 25, 2018

/s/ Hoyoung Huh

Hoyoung Huh

  

Director

  May 25, 2018

Exhibit 3.1

EIDOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION


AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

EIDOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”),

D OES H EREBY C ERTIFY :

1. That the name of this corporation is Eidos Therapeutics, Inc., and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on August 6, 2013.

2. That the Board of Directors duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:

R ESOLVED , that the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

FIRST: The name of this corporation is Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Zip Code 19801, and the name of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is the Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD: The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (i) 27,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“ Common Stock ”) and (ii) 20,088,025 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“ Preferred Stock ”).


The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

A. C OMMON S TOCK

1. General. The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein.

2. Voting. The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings). The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

B. P REFERRED S TOCK

12,856,325 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series Seed Preferred Stock” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. 7,231,700 shares of the authorized and unissued Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series B Preferred Stock” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “sections” or “subsections” in this Part B of this Article Fourth refer to sections and subsections of Part B of this Article Fourth.

1. D IVIDENDS .

Holders of Series B Preferred Stock, in preference to both the holders of Series Seed Preferred Stock and the holders of Common Stock, shall be entitled to receive, but only out of funds that are legally available therefor, cash dividends at the rate of eight percent (8%) of the Series B Original Issue Price (as defined below) per annum on each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock. Such dividends shall be payable only when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) and shall be non-cumulative. Holders of Series Seed Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of Common Stock, shall be entitled to receive, but only out of funds that are legally available therefor, cash dividends at the rate of eight percent (8%) of the Series Seed Original Issue Price (as defined below) per annum on each outstanding share of Series Seed Preferred Stock. Such dividends shall be payable only when, as and if declared by the Board and shall be non-cumulative. In the event dividends are paid on any share of Common Stock, the Company shall pay an additional dividend on all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock in a per share amount equal (on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis) to the amount paid or set aside for each share of Common Stock. The “ Original Issue Price ” shall mean $1.3248 per share of Series Seed Preferred Stock, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock


dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series Seed Preferred Stock and $10.8348 per share of Series B Preferred Stock, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock.

2. L IQUIDATION , D ISSOLUTION OR W INDING U P ; C ERTAIN M ERGERS , C ONSOLIDATIONS AND A SSET S ALES .

2.1 Preferential Payments to Holders of Series B Preferred Stock. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock and Series Seed Preferred Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the Series B Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series B Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section  4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event (the amount payable pursuant to this sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series B Liquidation Amount ”). If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection  2.1 , the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

2.2 Preferential Payments to Holders of Series Seed Preferred Stock. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, after payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to holders of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to Subsection 2.1 , the holders of shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the Series Seed Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section  4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event (the amount payable pursuant to this sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series Seed Liquidation Amount ”). If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection  2.2 , the holders of shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.


2.3 Payments to Holders of Common Stock . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of shares of Common Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder.

2.4 Deemed Liquidation Events.

2.4.1 Definition. Each of the following events shall be considered a “ Deemed Liquidation Event ” unless the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis, elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Corporation prior to the effective date of any such event:

(a) a merger or consolidation in which

(i) the Corporation is a constituent party or

(ii) a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation,

except any such merger or consolidation involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation, at least a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation; or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation; or

(b) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or the sale or disposition (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) of one or more subsidiaries of the Corporation if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation.

2.4.2 Effecting a Deemed Liquidation Event.

(a) The Corporation shall not have the power to effect a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.4.1(a)(i) unless the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation for such transaction (the “ Merger Agreement ”) provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 , 2.2 and 2.3 .


(b) In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.4.1(a)(ii) or 2.4.1(b) , if the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the General Corporation Law within ninety (90) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then (i) the Corporation shall send a written notice to each holder of Preferred Stock no later than the ninetieth (90 th ) day after the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause; (ii) to require the redemption of such shares of Preferred Stock, and (iii) if the holders of at least majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis, so request in a written instrument delivered to the Corporation not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation for such Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board), together with any other assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, all to the extent permitted by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders (the “ Available Proceeds ”), on the one hundred fiftieth (150 th ) day after such Deemed Liquidation Event, to redeem all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the Series B Liquidation Amount and all outstanding shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the Series Seed Liquidation Amount (an “ Available Proceeds Redemption ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of an Available Proceeds Redemption, if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall ratably redeem each holder’s shares of Series B Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of such Available Proceeds, and shall redeem the remaining shares as soon as it may lawfully do so under Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders. In the event of an Available Proceeds Redemption, if the remaining Available Proceeds following the redemption of all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to the preceding sentence are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall ratably redeem each holder’s shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of such Available Proceeds, and shall redeem the remaining shares as soon as it may lawfully do so under Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders. Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Subsection 2.4.2(b) , the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event or in the ordinary course of business.

2.4.3 Amount Deemed Paid or Distributed. The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any such merger, consolidation, sale, transfer, exclusive license, other disposition or redemption shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities paid or distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity. The value of such property, rights or securities shall be determined in good faith by the Board.

2.4.4 Allocation of Escrow and Contingent Consideration. In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Subsection 2.4.1(a)(i) , if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is payable only upon satisfaction of contingencies (the “ Additional Consideration ”), the Merger Agreement shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the


Initial Consideration ”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 , 2.2 and 2.3 as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event; and (b) any Additional Consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon satisfaction of such contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 , 2.2 and 2.3 after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction. For the purposes of this Subsection 2.4.4 , consideration placed into escrow or retained as holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification or similar obligations in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be deemed to be Additional Consideration.

3. V OTING .

3.1 General. On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class.

3.2 Election of Directors. The holders of record of the shares of Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect three (3) directors of the Corporation (the “ Preferred Directors ”). Any director elected as provided in the preceding sentence may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders. If the holders of shares of Preferred Stock fail to elect a sufficient number of directors to fill all directorships for which they are entitled to elect directors, voting exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant to the first sentence of this Subsection 3.2 , then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the Preferred Stock elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting; and no such directorship may be filled by stockholders of the Corporation other than by the stockholders of the Corporation that are entitled to elect a person to fill such directorship, voting exclusively and as a separate class. The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the Preferred Stock), exclusively and voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Corporation. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director. Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection 3.2 , a vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of any class or series shall be filled only by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of such class or series or by any remaining director or directors elected by the holders of such class or series pursuant to this Subsection 3.2 .


3.3 Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. At any time when at least 250,000 shares of Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Preferred Stock) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) together as a single class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio , and of no force or effect.

3.3.1 liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation, effect any merger or consolidation or any other Deemed Liquidation Event, or consent to any of the foregoing;

3.3.2 amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that affects the powers, preferences or rights of the Preferred Stock;

3.3.3 create or authorize the creation of any additional class or series of capital stock unless the same ranks junior to each series of Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends and rights of redemption, or increase the authorized number of shares of each series of Preferred Stock or increase the authorized number of shares of any additional class or series of capital stock unless the same ranks junior to each series of Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends and rights of redemption;

3.3.4 (i) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is pari passu with any series of Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to such series of Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference, or privilege or (ii) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is junior to any series of Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or pari passu with such series of Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege;

3.3.5 purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of capital stock of the Corporation other than (i) redemptions of or dividends or distributions on the Preferred Stock as expressly authorized herein, (ii) dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock and (iii) repurchases of stock from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for the Corporation or any subsidiary in connection with the cessation of such employment or service at the lower of the original purchase price or the then-current fair market value thereof; or


3.3.6 increase or decrease the authorized number of directors constituting the Board.

3.4 Series B Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. At any time when at least 250,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio , and of no force or effect.

3.4.1 alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock in a manner that is adverse to the Series B Preferred Stock (a “ Series B Diminution ”); provided , that the creation or issuance of a new series of Preferred Stock that is senior to the Series B Preferred Stock in connection with a bona fide equity financing shall not, in and of itself, constitute a Series B Diminution;

3.4.2 purchase or redeem any shares of Series B Preferred Stock except as expressly contemplated under, and in accordance with the terms of, the Certificate of Incorporation;

3.4.3 purchase or redeem or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of Common Stock and/or Series Seed Preferred Stock, other than (i) stock repurchased from former employees or consultants in connection with the cessation of their employment/services, at the lower of fair market value or cost, or (ii) payments of dividends as expressly contemplated under, and in accordance with the terms of, the Certificate of Incorporation; or

3.4.4 increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

3.5 Series Seed Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. At any time when at least 250,000 shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series Seed Preferred Stock) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio , and of no force or effect.


3.5.1 alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the shares of the Series Seed Preferred Stock in a manner that is adverse to the Series Seed Preferred Stock (a “ Series Seed Diminution ”); provided , that the creation or issuance of a new series of Preferred Stock that is senior to, or pari passu with, the Series Seed Preferred Stock in connection with a bona fide equity financing shall not, in and of itself, constitute a Series Seed Diminution;

3.5.2 purchase or redeem any shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock except as expressly contemplated under, and in accordance with the terms of, the Certificate of Incorporation;

3.5.3 purchase or redeem or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of Common Stock, other than (i) stock repurchased from former employees or consultants in connection with the cessation of their employment/services, at the lower of fair market value or cost, or (ii) payments of dividends as expressly contemplated under, and in accordance with the terms of, the Certificate of Incorporation; or

3.5.4 increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock.

4. O PTIONAL C ONVERSION .

The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

4.1 Right to Convert.

4.1.1 Conversion Ratio. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series B Original Issue Price by the Series B Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “ Series B Conversion Price ” shall initially be equal to $10.8348 for Series B Preferred Stock. Such initial Series B Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series B Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below. Each share of Series Seed Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series Seed Original Issue Price by the Series Seed Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “ Series Seed Conversion Price ” shall initially be equal to $1.3248 for Series Seed Preferred Stock. Such initial Series Seed Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

4.1.2 Termination of Conversion Rights. In the event of a notice of redemption of any shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section  7 , the Conversion Rights of the shares designated for redemption shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for redemption, unless the redemption price is not fully paid on such


redemption date, in which case the Conversion Rights for such shares shall continue until such price is paid in full. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Preferred Stock.

4.2 Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board. Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

4.3 Mechanics of Conversion.

4.3.1 Notice of Conversion. In order for a holder of Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall (a) provide written notice to the Corporation’s transfer agent at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) that such holder elects to convert all or any number of such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent and (b), if such holder’s shares are certificated, surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent). Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the shares of Common Stock to be issued. If required by the Corporation, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of such notice and, if applicable, certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) shall be the time of conversion (the “ Conversion Time ”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the specified shares shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time (i) issue and deliver to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and a certificate for the number (if any) of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Common Stock, (ii) pay in cash such amount as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and (iii) pay all declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.


4.3.2 Reservation of Shares. The Corporation shall at all times when the Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued capital stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation. Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing either the Series B Conversion Price or the Series Seed Conversion Price below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock or the Series Seed Preferred Stock, respectively, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted Series B Conversion Price or Series Seed Conversion Price.

4.3.3 Effect of Conversion. All shares of Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor, to receive payment in lieu of any fraction of a share otherwise issuable upon such conversion as provided in Subsection 4.2 and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. Any shares of Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

4.3.4 No Further Adjustment. Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the Series B Conversion Price or Series Seed Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock or Series Seed Preferred Stock, respectively, surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion.

4.3.5 Taxes. The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section  4 . The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.


4.4 Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues.

4.4.1 Special Definitions. For purposes of this Article Fourth, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) Option ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(b) Series B Original Issue Date ” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series B Preferred Stock was issued.

(c) Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.

(d) Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Series B Original Issue Date, other than (1) the following shares of Common Stock and (2) shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities (clauses (1) and (2), collectively, “ Exempted Securities ”):

(i) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock;

(ii) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Subsection 4.5 , 4.6 , 4.7 or 4.8 ;

(iii) shares of Common Stock or Options issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board;

(iv) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options or shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security;

(v) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions, or to real property lessors, pursuant to a debt financing, equipment leasing or real property leasing transaction approved by the Board;

(vi) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to suppliers or third party service providers in connection with the provision of goods or services pursuant to transactions approved by the Board;

(vii) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided that such issuances are approved by the Board; or


(viii) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Board.

4.4.2 No Adjustment of Conversion Price. No adjustment in the Series B Conversion Price or Series Seed Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis, agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

4.4.3 Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock.

(a) If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

(b) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Series B Conversion Price or Series Seed Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 , are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Series B Conversion Price or Series Seed Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Series B Conversion Price or Series Seed Conversion Price as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (b) shall have the effect of increasing the Series B Conversion Price or Series Seed Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Series B Conversion Price or Series Seed Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security, or (ii) the Series B Conversion Price or Series Seed Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.


(c) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Series B Conversion Price or Series Seed Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection  4.4.5 ) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Series B Conversion Price or Series Seed Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Series B Original Issue Date), are revised after the Series B Original Issue Date as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Subsection 4.4.3(a) ) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

(d) Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Series B Conversion Price or Series Seed Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 , the Series B Conversion Price or Series Seed Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Series B Conversion Price or Series Seed Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.

(e) If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the Series B Conversion Price or Series Seed Conversion Price provided for in this Subsection 4.4.3 shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (b) and (c) of this Subsection 4.4.3 ). If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to the Series B Conversion Price or Series Seed Conversion Price that would result under the terms of this Subsection 4.4.3 at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to the Series B Conversion Price or Series Seed Conversion Price that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.


4.4.4 Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Series B Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 ), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Series B Conversion Price or Series Seed Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue, then the Series B Conversion Price or Series Seed Conversion Price, respectively, shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

CP 2 = CP 1 * (A + B) ÷ (A + C).

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “CP 2 ” shall mean the Series B Conversion Price or Series Seed Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock

(b) “CP 1 ” shall mean the Series B Conversion Price or Series Seed Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(c) “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);

(d) “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP 1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP 1 ); and

(e) “C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

4.4.5 Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this Subsection 4.4 , the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(a) Cash and Property: Such consideration shall:

(i) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;


(ii) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board; and

(iii) in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (i) and (ii) above, as determined in good faith by the Board.

(b) Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 , relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing:

(i) The total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

(ii) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

4.4.6 Multiple Closing Dates. In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the Series B Conversion Price or Series Seed Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 , and such issuance dates occur within a period of no more than ninety (90) days from the first such issuance to the final such issuance, then, upon the final such issuance, the Series B Conversion Price or Series Seed Conversion Price, respectively, shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period).

4.5 Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the Series B Conversion Price or Series Seed Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original


Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Series B Conversion Price or Series Seed Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Any adjustment under this subsection shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

4.6 Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the Series B Conversion Price or Series Seed Conversion Price in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Series B Conversion Price or Series Seed Conversion Price, respectively then in effect by a fraction:

(1) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

(2) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

Notwithstanding the foregoing (a) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Series B Conversion Price or Series Seed Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Series B Conversion Price or Series Seed Conversion Price, respectively, shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (b) that no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of Series B Preferred Stock or Series Seed Preferred Stock simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock or Series Seed Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

4.7 Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Section  1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.


4.8 Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc. Subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.4 , if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not the Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Subsections 4.4, 4.6 or 4.7 ), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of Preferred Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section  4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section  4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Series B Conversion Price or Series Seed Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock.

4.9 Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Series B Conversion Price or Series Seed Conversion Price pursuant to this Section  4 , the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than twenty (20) days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which the Preferred Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock (but in any event not later than twenty (20) days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the Series B Conversion Price or Series Seed Conversion Price then in effect, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of Preferred Stock.

4.10 Notice of Record Date. In the event:

(a) the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or


(b) of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Corporation, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

(c) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,

then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock. Such notice shall be sent at least twenty (20) days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice.

5. M ANDATORY C ONVERSION .

5.1 Trigger Events. Upon either (a) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $75,000,000 of gross proceeds to the Corporation or (b) (x) with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock, the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock or (y) with respect to the Series Seed Preferred Stock, the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock (the time of such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “ Mandatory Conversion Time ”), then (i) in the case of (a) above, all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series Seed Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate as calculated pursuant to Subsection 4.1.1 ., (ii) in the case of (b) above, all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock or Series Seed Preferred Stock, as applicable, shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the then effective conversion rate as calculated pursuant to Subsection 4.1.1. and (iii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation.

5.2 Procedural Requirements. All holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be sent written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section  5 . Such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Time. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock in certificated form shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement


reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice. If so required by the Corporation, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Subsection 5.1 , including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the Mandatory Conversion Time (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender any certificates at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of any certificate or certificates of such holders (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Subsection 5.2 . As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Time and, if applicable, the surrender of any certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall (a) issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and (b)pay cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted. Such converted Preferred Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

6. S PECIAL M ANDATORY C ONVERSION .

6.1 Trigger Events. In the event that any holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock is a Defaulting Purchaser with respect to the Call Option (as such capitalized terms are defined in the Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Corporation and the investors listed thereto, dated March 29, 2018 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”)), then each two (2) shares of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by such holder (or any transferee or assignee of shares of such holder) shall automatically, and without any further action on the part of such holder (or such transferee or assignee), be converted into one (1) share of Common Stock, (a) effective upon, subject to, and concurrently with, the consummation of the Additional Closing, or (b) if such Additional Closing does not occur as a result of such holder’s failure to purchase additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock, effective upon the date on which the holder became a Defaulting Purchaser pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement. Such conversion is referred to as a “ Special Mandatory Conversion . ” If any Defaulting Purchaser (or a transferee or assignee of a Defaulting Purchaser) converted any shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by such holder (or such transferee or assignee) into shares of Common Stock at any time prior to such holder becoming either a Defaulting Purchaser, then such shares of Series B Preferred Stock that were so converted shall be deemed to have been converted pursuant to such Special Mandatory Conversion (and half of the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon such prior conversion of such shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be forfeited by such Defaulting Purchaser (or such transferee or assignee) and cancelled immediately upon such Defaulting Purchaser becoming a Defaulting Purchaser, as applicable).


6.2 Procedural Requirements . Upon a Special Mandatory Conversion, each holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Subsection  6.1 shall be sent written notice of such Special Mandatory Conversion and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section  6 . Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of such shares of Series B Preferred Stock in certificated form shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that any such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice. If so required by the Corporation, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Subsection 6.1 , including the rights, if any, to receive notices, to vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), or to designate a member of the Board, will terminate at the time of the Special Mandatory Conversion (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender any certificates for such shares at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of any certificate or certificates of such holders therefor (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement), to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Subsection 6.2 . As soon as practicable after the Special Mandatory Conversion and, if applicable, the surrender of any certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Series B Preferred Stock so converted, the Corporation shall (a) issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and (b) pay cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Series B Preferred Stock converted. Such converted Series B Preferred Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock accordingly.

7. R EDEEMED OR O THERWISE A CQUIRED S HARES . Any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred. Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Preferred Stock following redemption.

8. W AIVER . Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series B Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series B Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series Seed Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series Seed Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock then outstanding. Subject to Section  3.4 and 3.5 , any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Preferred Stock may be waived on behalf of all holders of Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of all series of Preferred Stock then outstanding voting together as a single class and on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis.


9. N OTICES . Any notice required or permitted by the provisions of this Article Fourth to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing or electronic transmission.

FIFTH: Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

SIXTH: Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

SEVENTH: Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

EIGHTH: Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

NINTH: To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article Ninth to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Ninth by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

TENTH: To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which General Corporation Law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section  145 of the General Corporation Law.


Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Tenth shall not adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer or other agent of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

ELEVENTH: The Corporation renounces, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “ Excluded Opportunity ” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “ Covered Persons ”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

*     *     *

3. That the foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of this corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

4. That this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of this Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , this A MENDED AND R ESTATED C ERTIFICATE OF I NCORPORATION has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on this 29th day of March, 2018.

 

By:   /s/ Neil Kumar
  Neil Kumar

Exhibit 3.3

AMENDED & RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

EIDOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)


AMENDED & RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

EIDOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section  1. Registered Office. The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent.

Section  2. Other Offices. The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

Section  3. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section  4. Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”).

Section 5. Annual Meeting.

(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may lawfully come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of

 

1.


stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders; (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in the following paragraph, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in Section 7.

(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, (i) the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the corporation, (ii) such other business must be a proper matter for stockholder action under the DGCL, (iii) if the stockholder, or the beneficial owner on whose behalf any such proposal or nomination is made, has provided the corporation with a Solicitation Notice (as defined in this Section 5(b)), such stockholder or beneficial owner must, in the case of a proposal, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry any such proposal, or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a percentage of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or beneficial owner to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder, and must, in either case, have included in such materials the Solicitation Notice, and (iv) if no Solicitation Notice relating thereto has been timely provided pursuant to this section, the stockholder or beneficial owner proposing such business or nomination must not have solicited a number of proxies sufficient to have required the delivery of such a Solicitation Notice under this Section 5. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposed to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) and Rule 14a-4(d) thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i)

 

2.


the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, and (iii) whether either such stockholder or beneficial owner intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of the proposal, at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (an affirmative statement of such intent, a “ Solicitation Notice ”).

(c) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Section 5(b) of these Bylaws to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the corporation is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the corporation at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation.

(d) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5 shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, stockholders must provide notice as required by the regulations promulgated under the 1934 Act. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act.

(f) For purposes of this Section 5, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

Section 6. Special Meetings.

(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose or purposes, by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, or (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the

 

3.


total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption) or (iv) by the holders of shares entitled to cast not less than ten percent (10%) of the votes at the meeting, and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix. At any time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the California General Corporation Law (“CGCL”), stockholders holding five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding shares shall have the right to call a special meeting of stockholders as set forth in Section 21(b) herein.

(b) If a special meeting is properly called by any person or persons other than the Board of Directors, the request shall be in writing, specifying the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, or the Secretary of the corporation. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in such notice. The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place of such special meeting, which shall be held not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the receipt of the request. Upon determination of the time and place of the meeting, the officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. Nothing contained in this paragraph (b) shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

Section   7. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

Section  8. Quorum. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a

 

4.


majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

Section  9. Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section  10. Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote or execute consents shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Section  11. Joint Owners of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or

 

5.


order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one (1) votes, his act binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

Section  12. List of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.

Section 13. Action Without Meeting.

(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required by statute to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, or by electronic transmission setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

(b) Every written consent or electronic transmission shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent or electronic transmission shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation in the manner herein required, written consents or electronic transmissions signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action are delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

(c) Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing or by electronic transmission and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action were

 

6.


delivered to the corporation as provided in Section 228(c) of the DGCL. If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the DGCL if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

(d) A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (i) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the state of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the corporation or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the board of directors of the corporation. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

Section 14. Organization.

(a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in his absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for

 

7.


maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section 15. Number and Term of Office.

The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors from time to time. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient.

Section  16. Powers. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 17. Term of Directors.

(a) Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders and his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

(b) No person entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such person is entitled, unless, at the time of such election, the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL. During such time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, every stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate such stockholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholder’s shares are otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as such stockholder thinks fit. No stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholder’s votes unless (i) the names of such candidate or candidates have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and (ii) the stockholder has given notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate such stockholder’s votes. If any stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been properly placed in nomination. Under cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

 

8.


Section 18. Vacancies.

(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, provided, however, that whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

(b) At any time or times that the corporation is subject to §2115(b) of the CGCL, if, after the filling of any vacancy, the directors then in office who have been elected by stockholders shall constitute less than a majority of the directors then in office, then

(i) any holder or holders of an aggregate of five percent (5%) or more of the total number of shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for those directors may call a special meeting of stockholders; or

(ii) the Superior Court of the proper county shall, upon application of such stockholder or stockholders, summarily order a special meeting of the stockholders, to be held to elect the entire board, all in accordance with Section 305(c) of the CGCL, the term of office of any director shall terminate upon that election of a successor.

Section  19. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time, upon receipt by the Secretary or at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

9.


Section 20. Removal.

(a) Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law (and assuming the corporation is not subject to Section 2115 of the CGCL), the Board of Directors or any director may be removed from office at any time (i) with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors or (ii) without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation, entitled to elect such director.

(b) During such time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, the Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office at any time without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such removal; provided, however, that unless the entire Board is removed, no individual director may be removed when the votes cast against such director’s removal, or not consenting in writing to such removal, would be sufficient to elect that director if voted cumulatively at an election which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if such action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number of directors authorized at the time of such director’s most recent election were then being elected.

Section 21. Meetings

(a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, including a voice-messaging system or other system designated to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for a regular meeting of the Board of Directors.

(b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any director.

(c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages,

 

10.


facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by US mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, postage prepaid at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

(e) Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 22. Quorum and Voting.

(a) Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, at any meeting, whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

(b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Section  23. Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section  24. Fees and Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

 

11.


Section 25. Committees.

(a) Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the corporation.

(b) Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.

(c) Term. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Bylaw may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

(d) Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any

 

12.


committee may be waived in writing at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

Section  26. Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President, (if a director) or, in the absence of any such person, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence, any Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section  27. Officers Designated. The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer and the Controller, all of whom shall be elected at the annual organizational meeting of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 28. Tenure and Duties of Officers.

(a) General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

(b) Duties of Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. If there is no President, then the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in paragraph (c) of this Section 28.

 

13.


(c) Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is present. Unless some other officer has been elected Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(d) Duties of Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(e) Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The President may direct any Assistant Secretary to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(f) Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. The President may direct the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each Controller and Assistant Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

Section   29 . Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

 

14.


Section  30. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission notice to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

Section  31. Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written or electronic consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or superior officers.

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING

OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

Section  32. Execution of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation.

All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.

Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

Section  33. Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

 

15.


ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

Section  34. Form and Execution of Certificates. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock in the corporation represented by certificate shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section  35. Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

Section 36. Restrictions on Transfer.

(a) No holder of any of the shares of common stock of the corporation (“Common Stock”) may sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or otherwise dispose of or encumber any of the shares of Common Stock or any right or interest therein, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise (each, a “Transfer”) without the prior written consent of the corporation, upon duly authorized action of its Board of Directors. The corporation may withhold consent for any legitimate corporate purpose, as determined by the Board of Directors. Examples of the basis for the corporation to withhold its consent include, without limitation, (i) if such Transfer to individuals, companies or any other form of entity identified by the corporation as a potential competitor or considered by the corporation to be unfriendly; or (ii) if such Transfer increases the risk of the corporation having a class of security held of record by two thousand (2,000) or more persons, or five hundred (500) or more persons who are not accredited investors (as such term is defined by the SEC), as described in Section 12(g) of the 1934 Act and any related regulations, or otherwise requiring the corporation to register any class of securities under the 1934 Act; or (iii) if such Transfer would result in the loss of any federal or state securities law exemption relied upon by the corporation in connection with the initial issuance of such shares or the issuance of any other securities; or (iv) if such Transfer is facilitated in any manner by any public posting, message board, trading portal, internet site, or similar method of communication, including without limitation any trading portal or internet site intended to facilitate secondary transfers of securities; or (v) if such Transfer is to be effected in a brokered transaction; or (vi) if such Transfer represents a Transfer of less than all of the shares then held by the stockholder and its affiliates or is to be made to more than a single transferee.

 

16.


(b) If a stockholder desires to Transfer any shares, then the stockholder shall first give written notice thereof to the corporation. The notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of shares to be transferred, the proposed consideration, and all other terms and conditions of the proposed transfer. Any shares proposed to be transferred to which Transfer the corporation has consented pursuant to Section 36(a) will first be subject to the corporation’s right of first refusal located in Section 46 hereof.

(c) Any Transfer, or purported Transfer, of shares not made in strict compliance with this Section 36 shall be null and void, shall not be recorded on the books of the corporation and shall not be recognized by the corporation.

(d) The foregoing restriction on Transfer shall terminate upon the date securities of the corporation are first offered to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(e) The certificates representing shares of Common Stock of the corporation shall bear on their face the following legend so long as the foregoing Transfer restrictions are in effect:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A TRANSFER RESTRICTION, AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION.”

Section 37. Fixing Record Dates.

(a) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take corporate action by written consent shall, by written notice to the Secretary, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date. The Board of Directors shall promptly, but in all events within ten (10) days after the date on which such a request is received, adopt a resolution fixing the record date. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors within ten (10) days of the date

 

17.


on which such a request is received, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

(c) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section  38. Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

Section  39. Execution of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 34), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of

 

18.


Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

Section  40. Declaration of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate, of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

Section  41. Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

Section  42. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 43. Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents.

(a) Directors and Executive Officers. The corporation shall indemnify its directors and executive officers (for the purposes of this Article XI, “executive officers” shall have the meaning defined in Rule 3b-7 promulgated under the 1934 Act) to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however, that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and executive officers; and, provided, further , that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or executive officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by

 

19.


such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).

(b) Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents. The corporation shall have power to indemnify its other officers, employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person to such officers or other persons as the Board of Directors shall determine.

(c) Expenses. The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or executive officer, of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or executive officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or executive officer in connection with such proceeding, provided, however, that, if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 43 or otherwise.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Bylaw, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an executive officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if not a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

(d) Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and executive officers under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director or executive officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Bylaw to a director or executive officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent

 

20.


jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. The claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an executive officer of the corporation (except in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation) for advances, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a director or executive officer to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director or executive officer is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article XI or otherwise shall be on the corporation.

(e) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law.

(f) Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or executive officer, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g) Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this Bylaw.

(h) Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this Bylaw shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

 

21.


(i) Saving Clause. If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this Bylaw that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this Section 43 shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent under applicable law.

(j) Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:

(1) The term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(2) The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

(3) The term the “corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Bylaw with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(4) References to a “director,” “executive officer,” “officer,” “employee,” or “agent” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(5) References to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this Bylaw.

 

22.


ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

Section 44. Notices.

(a) Notice to Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by United States mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

(b) Notice to Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), or as provided for in Section 21 of these Bylaws. If such notice is not delivered personally, it shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.

(c) Affidavit of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

(d) Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

(e) Notice to Person with Whom Communication Is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

 

23.


(f) Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within 60 days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section  45. Amendments. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws of the corporation. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE XIV

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

Section  46. Right of First Refusal. No stockholder shall Transfer any of the shares of Common Stock of the corporation, or any right or interest therein, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise, except by a Transfer which meets the requirements set forth in Section 36 and below:

(a) If the stockholder desires to Transfer any of his shares of Common Stock, then the stockholder shall first give the notice specified in Section 36(b) hereof and comply with the provisions therein.

(b) For thirty (30) days following receipt of such notice, the corporation shall have the option to purchase all (but not less than all) of the shares specified in the notice at the price and upon the terms set forth in such notice; provided, however, that, with the consent of the stockholder, the corporation shall have the option to purchase a lesser portion of the shares specified in said notice at the price and upon the terms set forth therein. In the event of a gift, property settlement or other Transfer in which the proposed transferee is not paying the full price for the shares, and that is not otherwise exempted from the provisions of this Section 46, the price shall be deemed to be the fair market value of the stock at such time as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. In the event the corporation elects to purchase all of the shares or, with consent of the stockholder, a lesser portion of the shares, it shall give written notice to the transferring stockholder of its election and settlement for said shares shall be made as provided below in paragraph (d).

 

24.


(c) The corporation may assign its rights hereunder.

(d) In the event the corporation and/or its assignee(s) elect to acquire any of the shares of the transferring stockholder as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice, the Secretary of the corporation shall so notify the transferring stockholder and settlement thereof shall be made in cash within thirty (30) days after the Secretary of the corporation receives said transferring stockholder’s notice; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice were other than cash against delivery, the corporation and/or its assignee(s) shall pay for said shares on the same terms and conditions set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice.

(e) In the event the corporation and/or its assignees(s) do not elect to acquire all of the shares specified in the transferring stockholder’s notice, said transferring stockholder may, subject to the corporation’s approval and all other restrictions on Transfer located in Section 36 hereof, within the sixty-day period following the expiration or waiver of the option rights granted to the corporation and/or its assignees(s) herein, Transfer the shares specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice which were not acquired by the corporation and/or its assignees(s) as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice. All shares so sold by said transferring stockholder shall continue to be subject to the provisions of this bylaw in the same manner as before said Transfer.

(f) Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, the following transactions shall be exempt from the right of first refusal in Section 46(a):

(1) A stockholder’s Transfer of any or all shares held either during such stockholder’s lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to such stockholder’s immediate family or to any custodian or trustee for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family or to any limited partnership of which the stockholder, members of such stockholder’s immediate family or any trust for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family will be the general or limited partner(s) of such partnership. “Immediate family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant, father, mother, brother, or sister of the stockholder making such Transfer;

(2) A stockholder’s bona fide pledge or mortgage of any shares with a commercial lending institution, provided that any subsequent Transfer of said shares by said institution shall be conducted in the manner set forth in this bylaw;

(3) A stockholder’s Transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to the corporation or to any other stockholder of the corporation;

(4) A stockholder’s Transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to a person who, at the time of such Transfer, is an officer or director of the corporation;

(5) A corporate stockholder’s Transfer of any or all of its shares pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of any merger, consolidation, reclassification of shares or capital reorganization of the corporate stockholder, or pursuant to a sale of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of a corporate stockholder;

 

25.


(6) A corporate stockholder’s Transfer of any or all of its shares to any or all of its stockholders; or

(7) A Transfer by a stockholder which is a limited or general partnership to any or all of its partners or former partners in accordance with partnership interests.

In any such case, the transferee, assignee, or other recipient shall receive and hold such stock subject to the provisions of this Section 46 and the transfer restrictions in Section 36, and there shall be no further Transfer of such stock except in accord with this bylaw and the transfer restrictions in Section 36.

(g) The provisions of this bylaw may be waived with respect to any Transfer either by the corporation, upon duly authorized action of its Board of Directors, or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the corporation (excluding the votes represented by those shares to be transferred by the transferring stockholder). This bylaw may be amended or repealed either by a duly authorized action of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the corporation.

(h) Any Transfer, or purported Transfer, of securities of the corporation shall be null and void unless the terms, conditions, and provisions of this bylaw are strictly observed and followed.

(i) The foregoing right of first refusal shall terminate upon the date securities of the corporation are first offered to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(j) The certificates representing shares of Common Stock of the corporation shall bear on their face the following legend so long as the foregoing right of first refusal remains in effect:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S), AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION.”

(k) To the extent this Section 46 conflicts with any written agreement between the Company and the stockholder attempting to transfer shares, such agreement shall control.

ARTICLE XV

LOANS TO OFFICERS

Section  47. Loans to Officers. Except as otherwise prohibited under applicable law, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or

 

26.


employee who is a Director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

ARTICLE XVI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 48. Annual Report.

(a) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Bylaw, the Board of Directors shall cause an annual report to be sent to each stockholder of the corporation not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of the corporation’s fiscal year. Such report shall include a balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year and an income statement and statement of changes in financial position for such fiscal year, accompanied by any report thereon of independent accountants or, if there is no such report, the certificate of an authorized officer of the corporation that such statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the corporation. When there are more than 100 stockholders of record of the corporation’s shares, as determined by Section 605 of the CGCL, additional information as required by Section 1501(b) of the CGCL shall also be contained in such report, provided that if the corporation has a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, the 1934 Act shall take precedence. Such report shall be sent to stockholders at least fifteen (15) days prior to the next annual meeting of stockholders after the end of the fiscal year to which it relates.

(b) If and so long as there are fewer than 100 holders of record of the corporation’s shares, the requirement of sending of an annual report to the stockholders of the corporation is hereby expressly waived.

 

27.


T ABLE O F C ONTENTS

 

              P AGE  
ARTICLE I    OFFICES      1  
  Section 1.    Registered Office      1  
  Section 2.    Other Offices      1  
ARTICLE II    CORPORATE SEAL      1  
  Section 3.    Corporate Seal      1  
ARTICLE III    STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS      1  
  Section 4.    Place of Meetings      1  
  Section 5.    Annual Meeting      1  
  Section 6.    Special Meetings      3  
  Section 7.    Notice of Meetings      4  
  Section 8.    Quorum      4  
  Section 9.    Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings      5  
  Section 10.    Voting Rights      5  
  Section 11.    Joint Owners of Stock      5  
  Section 12.    List of Stockholders      6  
  Section 13.    Action Without Meeting      6  
  Section 14.    Organization      7  
ARTICLE IV    DIRECTORS      8  
  Section 15.    Number and Term of Office      8  
  Section 16.    Powers      8  
  Section 17.    Term of Directors      8  
  Section 18.    Vacancies      9  
  Section 19.    Resignation      9  
  Section 20.    Removal      10  
  Section 21.    Meetings      10  
  Section 22.    Quorum and Voting      11  
  Section 23.    Action Without Meeting      11  
  Section 24.    Fees and Compensation      11  
  Section 25.    Committees      12  
  Section 26.    Organization      13  
ARTICLE V    OFFICERS      13  
  Section 27.    Officers Designated      13  
  Section 28.    Tenure and Duties of Officers      13  
  Section 29.    Delegation of Authority      14  
  Section 30.    Resignations      15  
 

Section 31.

  

Removal

     15  

 

i.


T ABLE O F C ONTENTS

(CONTINUED)

 

             P AGE  
ARTICLE VI   EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION      15  
  Section 32.   Execution of Corporate Instruments      15  
  Section 33.   Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation      15  
ARTICLE VII   SHARES OF STOCK      15  
  Section 34.   Form and Execution of Certificates      15  
  Section 35.   Lost Certificates      16  
  Section 36.   Restrictions on Transfer      16  
  Section 37.   Fixing Record Dates      17  
  Section 38.   Registered Stockholders      18  
ARTICLE VIII   OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION      18  
  Section 39.   Execution of Other Securities      18  
ARTICLE IX   DIVIDENDS      19  
  Section 40.   Declaration of Dividends      19  
  Section 41.   Dividend Reserve      19  
ARTICLE X   FISCAL YEAR      19  
  Section 42.   Fiscal Year      19  
ARTICLE XI   INDEMNIFICATION      19  
  Section 43.   Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents      19  
ARTICLE XII   NOTICES      23  
  Section 44.   Notices      23  
ARTICLE XIII   AMENDMENTS      24  
  Section 45.   Amendments      24  
ARTICLE XIV   RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL      24  
  Section 46.   Right of First Refusal      24  
ARTICLE XV   LOANS TO OFFICERS      26  
  Section 47.   Loans to Officers      26  
ARTICLE XVI   MISCELLANEOUS      27  
  Section 48.   Annual Report      27  

 

ii.

Table of Contents

Exhibit 4.2

EXECUTION

EIDOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

 

             Page  

1.

  DEFINITIONS      1  

2.

  REGISTRATION RIGHTS      4  
  2.1   Demand Registration      4  
  2.2   Company Registration      5  
  2.3   Underwriting Requirements      6  
  2.4   Obligations of the Company      7  
  2.5   Furnish Information      8  
  2.6   Expenses of Registration      8  
  2.7   Delay of Registration      9  
  2.8   Indemnification      9  
  2.9   Reports Under Exchange Act      11  
  2.10   Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights      12  
  2.11   “Market Stand-off” Agreement      12  
  2.12   Restrictions on Transfer      13  
  2.13   Termination of Registration Rights      14  

3.

  INFORMATION AND OBSERVER RIGHTS      14  
  3.1   Delivery of Financial Statements      14  
  3.2   Inspection      15  
  3.3   Observer Rights      15  
  3.4   Termination of Information and Observer Rights      16  
  3.5   Confidentiality      16  

4.

  ADDITIONAL COVENANTS      17  
  4.1   Insurance      17  
  4.2   Employee Agreements      17  
  4.3   Employee Stock      17  
  4.4   Board and Observer Matters      17  
  4.5   Successor Indemnification      17  
  4.6   Indemnification Matters      18  
  4.7   Right to Conduct Activities      18  

 

-i-


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

             Page  
 

4.8

 

FCPA

     19  
  4.9   Termination of Covenants      19  

5.

 

RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL

     20  
  5.1   Subsequent Offerings      20  
  5.2   Exercise of Rights      20  
  5.3   Issuance of Equity Securities to Other Persons      20  
  5.4   Sale Without Notice      21  
  5.5   Termination and Waiver of Rights of First Refusal      21  
  5.6   Assignment of Rights of First Refusal      21  
  5.7   Excluded Securities      21  

6.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

     21  
  6.1   Successors and Assigns      21  
  6.2   Governing Law      22  
  6.3   Counterparts      22  
  6.4   Titles and Subtitles      22  
  6.5   Notices      22  
  6.6   Amendments and Waivers      22  
  6.7   Severability      23  
  6.8   Aggregation of Stock      23  
  6.9   Additional Investors      23  
  6.10   Entire Agreement      23  
  6.11   Dispute Resolution      24  
  6.12   Delays or Omissions      24  

Schedule A – Investors

Schedule B – Key Holders

 

-ii-


Table of Contents

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

T HIS A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS R IGHTS A GREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), is made as of the 29th day of March, 2018, by and among Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and each of the investors listed on Schedule A hereto, each of which is referred to in this Agreement as an “ Investor ”, and each of the stockholders listed on Schedule B hereto, each of whom is referred to herein as a “ Key Holder ” and any Additional Purchaser (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) that becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with Section  5 .9 hereof.

R ECITALS

W HEREAS , certain of the Investors (the “ Existing Investors ”) hold shares of the Company’s Series Seed Preferred Stock and/or shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof and possess registration rights, information rights, rights of first offer, and other rights pursuant to an Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of April 5, 2016 between the Company and such Investors (the “ Prior Agreement ”); and

W HEREAS , the Existing Investors are holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities of the Company (as defined in the Prior Agreement), and desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety and to accept the rights created pursuant to this Agreement in lieu of the rights granted to them under the Prior Agreement; and

W HEREAS , certain of the Investors are parties to that certain Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith between the Company and certain of the Investors (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), under which certain of the Company’s and such Investors’ obligations are conditioned upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by such Investors, Existing Investors holding at least a majority of the Registrable Securities, and the Company;

N OW , T HEREFORE , the Existing Investors hereby agree that the Prior Agreement shall be amended and restated, and the parties to this Agreement further agree as follows:

1. D EFINITIONS . For purposes of this Agreement:

1.1 Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, including without limitation any general partner, managing member, officer or director of such Person or any venture capital, private equity or similar investment fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Person; with respect to any Person that is an investment fund advised or sub-advised by a registered investment adviser, any other investment fund advised or sub-advised by the same registered investment adviser.

1.2 Common Stock ” means shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share.


Table of Contents

1.3 Damages ” means any loss, damage, claim or liability (joint or several) to which a party hereto may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state law, insofar as such loss, damage, claim or liability (or any action in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement of the Company, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto; (ii) an omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the indemnifying party (or any of its agents or Affiliates) of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any state securities law.

1.4 Derivative Securities ” means any securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for (in each case, directly or indirectly), Common Stock, including options and warrants.

1.5 Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.6 Excluded Registration ” means (i) a registration relating to the sale of securities to employees of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, or similar plan; (ii) a registration relating to an SEC Rule 145 transaction; (iii) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities; or (iv) a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.

1.7 Form S -1 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC.

1.8 Form S -3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

1.9 GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

1.10 Holder ” means any holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement.

1.11 Immediate Family Member ” means a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including, adoptive relationships, of a natural person referred to herein.

 

2


Table of Contents

1.12 Initiating Holders ” means, collectively, Holders who properly initiate a registration request under this Agreement.

1.13 IPO ” means the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act.

1.14 Major Investor ” means any Investor that, individually or together with such Investor’s Affiliates, holds at least 187,820 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization or reclassification effected after the date hereof); provided that, for purposes of this Agreement, Blackwell Partners LLC—Series A (“ Blackwell ”) shall be considered a Major Investor; provided further, that any Investor that becomes a Defaulting Purchaser (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) shall no longer be considered a Major Investor;

1.15 Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

1.16 Preferred Director ” means any director of the Company that the holders of record of the Preferred Stock are entitled to elect pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation.

1.17 Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series Seed Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock.

1.18 Registrable Securities ” means (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock and (ii) any Common Stock, or any Common Stock issued or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise of any other securities of the Company, acquired by the Investors after the date hereof; excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which the applicable rights under this Agreement are not assigned pursuant to Subsection 5.1 , and excluding for purposes of Section 2 any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Subsection 2.13 of this Agreement.

1.19 Registrable Securities then outstanding ” means the number of shares determined by adding the number of shares of outstanding Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable (directly or indirectly) pursuant to then exercisable and/or convertible securities that are Registrable Securities.

1.20 Restricted Securities ” means the securities of the Company required to be notated with the legend set forth in Subsection 2.12(b) hereof.

1.21 SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

1.22 SEC Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

1.23 SEC Rule 145 ” means Rule 145 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

 

3


Table of Contents

1.24 Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.25 Selling Expenses ” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder, except for the fees and disbursements of the Selling Holder Counsel borne and paid by the Company as provided in Subsection 2.6.

1.26 Series B Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

1.27 Series Seed Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series Seed Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

2. R EGISTRATION R IGHTS . The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

2.1 Demand Registration.

(a) Form S-1 Demand. If at any time after the earlier of (i) three (3) years after the date of this Agreement or (ii) one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO, the Company receives a request from Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-1 registration statement with respect to a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding and if the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, would exceed $10 million, then the Company shall (x) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give notice thereof (the “ Demand Notice ”) to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (y) as soon as practicable, and in any event within sixty (60) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-1 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Subsections 2.1(c) and 2.3.

(b) Form S-3 Demand. If at any time when it is eligible to use a Form S-3 registration statement, the Company receives a request from Holders of at least thirty percent (30%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-3 registration statement with respect to outstanding Registrable Securities of such Holders having an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, of at least $1 million, then the Company shall (i) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give a Demand Notice to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Subsections 2.1(c) and 2.3 .

 

4


Table of Contents

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing obligations, if the Company furnishes to Holders requesting a registration pursuant to this Subsection 2.1 a certificate signed by the Company’s chief executive officer stating that in the good faith judgment of the Company’s Board of Directors it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to either become effective or remain effective for as long as such registration statement otherwise would be required to remain effective, because such action would (i) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction involving the Company; (ii) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; or (iii) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, then the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after the request of the Initiating Holders is given; provided , however , that the Company may not invoke this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period.

(d) The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a)(i) during the period that is thirty (30) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; (ii) after the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a) ; or (iii) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b) . The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b)  (i) during the period that is thirty (30) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is one hundred eighty (180) after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or (ii) if the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b) within the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the date of such request. A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Subsection 2.1(d) until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration, elect not to pay the registration expenses therefor, and forfeit their right to one demand registration statement pursuant to Subsection 2.6 , in which case such withdrawn registration statement shall be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Subsection 2.1(d) .

2.2 Company Registration . If the Company proposes to register (including, for this purpose, a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its securities under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than in an Excluded Registration), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder notice of such registration. Upon the request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after such notice is given by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.3 , cause to be registered all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be included in such registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Subsection 2.2 before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration. The expenses (other than Selling Expenses) of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Subsection 2.6 .

 

5


Table of Contents

2.3 Underwriting Requirements .

(a) If, pursuant to Subsection 2.1 , the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Subsection 2.1 , and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Notice. The underwriter(s) will be selected by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders. In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Subsection 2.4(e) ) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Subsection 2.3 , if the managing underwriter(s) advise(s) the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that otherwise would be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among such Holders of Registrable Securities, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities owned by each Holder or in such other proportion as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders; provided , however , that the number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting.

(b) In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to Subsection 2.2 , the Company shall not be required to include any of the Holders’ Registrable Securities in such underwriting unless the Holders accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and its underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total number of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities to be sold (other than by the Company) that the underwriters in their reasonable discretion determine is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters and the Company in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering. If the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be allocated among the selling Holders in proportion (as nearly as practicable to) the number of Registrable Securities owned by each selling Holder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall (i) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced unless all other securities (other than securities to be sold by the Company) are first entirely excluded from the offering, or (ii) the

 

6


Table of Contents

number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced below thirty percent (30%) of the total number of securities included in such offering. For purposes of the provision in this Subsection 2.3(b) concerning apportionment, for any selling Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, or corporation, the partners, members, retired partners, retired members, stockholders, and Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and Immediate Family Members of any such partners, retired partners, members, and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Persons included in such “selling Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

(c) For purposes of Subsection 2.1 , a registration shall not be counted as “effected” if, as a result of an exercise of the underwriter’s cutback provisions in Subsection  2.3(a) , fewer than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of Registrable Securities that Holders have requested to be included in such registration statement are actually included.

2.4 Obligations of the Company . Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided , however , that such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration;

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement, and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement, as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act in order to enable the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

(c) furnish to the selling Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, as required by the Securities Act, and such other documents as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate their disposition of their Registrable Securities;

(d) use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue-sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

 

7


Table of Contents

(e) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the underwriter(s) of such offering;

(f) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(g) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

(h) promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any managing underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith;

(i) notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed; and

(j) after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus.

In addition, the Company shall ensure that, at all times after any registration statement covering a public offering of securities of the Company under the Securities Act shall have become effective, its insider trading policy shall provide that the Company’s directors may implement a trading program under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act.

2.5 Furnish Information. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as is reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

2.6 Expenses of Registration. All expenses (other than Selling Expenses) incurred in connection with registrations, filings, or qualifications pursuant to Section 2 , including all registration, filing, and qualification fees; printers’ and accounting fees; fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; and the reasonable fees and disbursements, not to exceed $25,000 per registration, of one counsel for the selling Holders (“ Selling Holder Counsel ”),

 

8


Table of Contents

shall be borne and paid by the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Subsection 2.1 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all selling Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Subsections 2.1(a) or 2.1(b) , as the case may be; provided further that if, at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders shall have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after learning of such information then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall not forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Subsections 2.1(a) or 2.1(b) . All Selling Expenses relating to Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 2 shall be borne and paid by the Holders pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities registered on their behalf.

2.7 Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2 .

2.8 Indemnification. If any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2 :

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each selling Holder, and the partners, members, officers, directors, and stockholders of each such Holder; legal counsel and accountants for each such Holder; any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for each such Holder; and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any Damages, and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Subsection 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable for any Damages to the extent that they arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of any such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person expressly for use in connection with such registration.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person (if any), who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act), any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement, and any controlling Person of any such underwriter or other

 

9


Table of Contents

Holder, against any Damages, in each case only to the extent that such Damages arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of such selling Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such selling Holder will pay to the Company and each other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Subsection 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further that in no event shall the aggregate amounts payable by any Holder by way of indemnity or contribution under Subsections 2.8(b) and 2.8(d) exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Subsection 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Subsection 2.8 , give the indemnifying party notice of the commencement thereof. The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, participate jointly with any other indemnifying party to which notice has been given, and to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided , however , that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such action.

(d) To provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either: (i) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Subsection 2.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that this Subsection 2.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Subsection 2.8 , then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of each of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements, omissions, or other actions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability, or expense, as well as to reflect any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact, or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact, relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to

 

10


Table of Contents

correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided , however , that, in any such case (x) no Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (y) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided further that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Subsection 2.8(d) , when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Subsection 2.8(b) , exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of willful misconduct or fraud by such Holder.

(e) Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Subsection 2.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section  2 , and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

2.9 Reports Under Exchange Act. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of SEC Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company shall:

(a) make and keep available adequate current public information, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO;

(b) use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(c) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) to the extent accurate, a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO), the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies); (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company; and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act) or pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies to use such form).

 

11


Table of Contents

2.10 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would allow such holder or prospective holder (i)  to include such securities in any registration unless, under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the number of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that are included; or (ii)  to initiate a demand for registration of any securities held by such holder or prospective holder; provided that this limitation shall not apply to any additional Investor who becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with Subsection 5.9 .

2.11 “Market Stand-off” Agreement. Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the registration by the Company of shares of its Common Stock or any other equity securities under the Securities Act on a registration statement on Form S-1 or Form S-3, and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180)  days in the case of the IPO, or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (1)  the publication or other distribution of research reports, and (2)  analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), (i) lend; offer; pledge; sell; contract to sell; sell any option or contract to purchase; purchase any option or contract to sell; grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase; or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Common Stock, held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement for such offering or (ii)  enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i)  or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Subsection 2.11 shall apply only to the IPO, shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, or the transfer of any shares to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the Holder or the immediate family of the Holder, provided that the trustee of the trust agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, and shall be applicable to the Holders only if all officers, directors and stockholders individually owning more than one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock are subject to the same restrictions. The underwriters in connection with such registration are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Subsection 2.11 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such registration that are consistent with this Subsection 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. The provisions of this Subsection 2.11 shall apply only to the Preferred Stock under this Agreement, and shall not apply to any shares the Company has purchased in the IPO or through the open market.

 

12


Table of Contents

2.12 Restrictions on Transfer.

(a) The Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities shall not be sold, pledged, or otherwise transferred, and the Company shall not recognize and shall issue stop-transfer instructions to its transfer agent with respect to any such sale, pledge, or transfer, except upon the conditions specified in this Agreement, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. A transferring Holder will cause any proposed purchaser, pledgee, or transferee of the Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities held by such Holder to agree to take and hold such securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Agreement.

(b) Each certificate, instrument, or book entry representing (i) the Preferred Stock, (ii) the Registrable Securities, and (iii) any other securities issued in respect of the securities referenced in clauses (i) and (ii), upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Subsection 2.12(c) ) be notated with a legend substantially in the following form:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR A VALID EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

The Holders consent to the Company making a notation in its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Subsection 2.12 .

(c) The holder of such Restricted Securities, by acceptance of ownership thereof, agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section  2 . Before any proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of any Restricted Securities, unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed transaction, the Holder thereof shall give notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such sale, pledge, or transfer. Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer in sufficient detail and, if reasonably requested by the Company, shall be accompanied at such Holder’s expense by either (i) a written opinion of legal counsel who shall, and whose legal opinion shall, be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the Company, to the effect that the proposed transaction may be effected without registration under the Securities Act; (ii) a “no action” letter from the SEC to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of such Restricted Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the SEC that action be taken with respect thereto; or (iii) any other evidence reasonably satisfactory to counsel to the Company to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of the Restricted Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, whereupon the Holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to sell,

 

13


Table of Contents

pledge, or transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice given by the Holder to the Company. The Company will not require such a legal opinion or “no action” letter (x) in any transaction in compliance with SEC Rule 144; or (y) in any transaction in which such Holder distributes Restricted Securities to an Affiliate of such Holder; provided that each transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Subsection 2.12 . Each certificate, instrument, or book entry representing the Restricted Securities transferred as above provided shall be notated with, except if such transfer is made pursuant to SEC Rule 144, the appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Subsection 2.12(b) , except that such certificate instrument, or book entry shall not be notated with such restrictive legend if, in the opinion of counsel for such Holder and the Company, such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provisions of the Securities Act. For the avoidance of doubt, a customary arrangement in connection with the deposit of Registrable Securities in a non-margin custodial account shall not be deemed a sale, pledge or transfer for purposes of this Agreement so long as such registrable securities are in certificated form (it being understood that the Company may require the exchange of any such certificated securities for book-entry shares upon the IPO).

2.13 Termination of Registration Rights. The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Subsections 2.1 or 2.2 shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of:

(a) the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation;

(b) such time as Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such Holder’s shares without limitation during a three-month period without registration; and

(c) the five (5) year anniversary of the IPO.

3. I NFORMATION AND O BSERVER R IGHTS .

3.1 Delivery of Financial Statements . The Company shall deliver to each Major Investor:

(a) as soon as practicable, but in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (i) a balance sheet as of the end of such year, (ii) statements of income and of cash flows for such year, and (iii) a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year, all prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(b) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, unaudited statements of income and cash flows for such fiscal quarter, and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments; and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP);

 

14


Table of Contents

(c) as soon as practicable before the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year, approved by the Board of Directors and prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets, income statements, and statements of cash flow for such months and, promptly after prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company; and

(d) such other information relating to the financial condition, business, prospects, or corporate affairs of the Company as any Major Investor may from time to time reasonably request; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated under this Subsection 3.1 to provide information (i) that the Company reasonably determines in good faith to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in a form acceptable to the Company, including Subsection 3.5 hereof); or (ii) the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

If, for any period, the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to the foregoing sections shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding anything else in this Subsection 3.1 to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Subsection 3.1 during the period starting with the date sixty (60) days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing of a registration statement if it reasonably concludes it must do so to comply with the SEC rules applicable to such registration statement and related offering; provided that the Company’s covenants under this Subsection 3.1 shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

3.2 Inspection. The Company shall permit each Major Investor, at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties; examine its books of account and records; and discuss the Company’s affairs, finances, and accounts with its officers, during normal business hours of the Company as may be reasonably requested by the Major Investor; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Subsection 3.2 to provide access to any information that it reasonably and in good faith considers to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form acceptable to the Company, including Subsection 3.5 hereof) or the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

3.3 Observer Rights. As long as RA Capital Healthcare Fund, L.P. (“ RA Capital ”) and its Affiliates continue to own beneficially at least fifty percent (50%) of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock that RA Capital purchases at the Initial Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) (or an equivalent amount of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof), which number is subject to appropriate adjustment for all stock splits, dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and the like, the Company shall invite a representative of RA Capital to attend all meetings of its Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to

 

15


Table of Contents

such directors; provided, however, that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or result in disclosure of trade secrets or a conflict of interest, or if such Investor or its representative is a competitor of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if RA Capital becomes a Defaulting Purchaser (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), it shall no longer have the right under this Section 3.3 to appoint an observer to the Board or to receive the information contemplated under this Section  3.3.

3.4 Termination of Information and Observer Rights. The covenants set forth in Subsection 3.1 , Subsection 3.2 and Subsection 3.3 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i)  immediately before the consummation of the IPO, or (ii)  when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section  12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii)  upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, whichever event occurs first.

3.5 Confidentiality. Each Investor agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge, or use for any purpose (other than to monitor its investment in the Company) any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including notice of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement), unless such confidential information (a)  is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Subsection 3.5 by such Investor), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by the Investor without use of the Company’s confidential information, or (c)  is or has been made known or disclosed to the Investor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided , however , that an Investor may disclose confidential information (i)  to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, advisors and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; (ii)  to any prospective purchaser of any Registrable Securities from such Investor, if such prospective purchaser agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Subsection 3.5 ; (iii) to any Affiliate, partner, member, stockholder, current or prospective investor or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Investor informs such Person that such information is confidential and directs such Person to maintain the confidentiality of such information; or (iv)  as may otherwise be required by law, provided that the Investor promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure and takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure.

3.6 Press Releases. The Company agrees not to (a)  issue any press release that uses the name of Investor or its Affiliates or (b)  make any other statement communication to any third party (other than to its legal, accounting and financial advisors, and other than to potential investors or acquirers under a duty of confidentiality) that uses the name of Investor or its Affiliates name without first allowing Investor to review and comment on such press release, statement or communication.

 

16


Table of Contents

3.7 Auditor Independence. The Company shall be reasonably responsive to requests for information from the Investor relating to issues that may impact auditor independence rules applicable to the Investor.

4. A DDITIONAL C OVENANTS .

4.1 Insurance. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, within ninety (90)  days of the date hereof, from financially sound and reputable insurers Directors and Officers liability insurance, each in an amount and on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Board of Directors, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such insurance policies to be maintained until such time as the Board of Directors determines that such insurance should be discontinued. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.1 to the contrary, for so long as a Preferred Director (as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation) is serving on the Board of Directors, the Company shall not cease to maintain a Directors and Officers liability insurance policy in an amount of at least $2  million unless approved by at least one Preferred Director.

4.2 Employee Agreements. The Company will cause each person now or hereafter employed by it or by any subsidiary (or engaged by the Company or any subsidiary as a consultant/independent contractor) with access to confidential information and/or trade secrets to enter into a nondisclosure and proprietary rights assignment agreement.

4.3 Employee Stock. Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, including at least one Preferred Director, all future employees and consultants of the Company who purchase, receive options to purchase, or receive awards of shares of the Company’s capital stock after the date hereof shall be required to execute restricted stock or option agreements, as applicable, providing for (i)  vesting of shares over a four (4)  year period, with the first twenty-five percent (25%) of such shares vesting following twelve (12)  months of continued employment or service, and the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the following thirty-six (36)  months, and (ii)  a market stand-off provision substantially similar to that in Subsection 2.11 . In addition, unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, the Company shall retain a “right of first refusal” on employee transfers until the Company’s IPO and shall have the right to repurchase unvested shares at cost upon termination of employment of a holder of restricted stock.

4.4 Board and Observer Matters. The Company shall reimburse its directors and board observers for all reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the Board of Directors.

4.5 Successor Indemnification. If the Company or any of its successors or assignees consolidates with or merges into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger, then to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assignees of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board of Directors as in effect immediately before such transaction, whether such obligations are contained in the Company’s Bylaws, its Certificate of Incorporation, or elsewhere, as the case may be.

 

17


Table of Contents

4.6 Indemnification Matters . The Company hereby acknowledges that one (1)  or more of the directors nominated to serve on the Board of Directors by the Investors (each a “Fund Director” ) may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more of the Investors and certain of their affiliates (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors” ).  The Company hereby agrees (a)  that it is the indemnitor of first resort ( i.e. , its obligations to any such Fund Director are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such Fund Director are secondary), (b) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by such Fund Director and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of any such Fund Director to the extent legally permitted and as required by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company (or any agreement between the Company and such Fund Director), without regard to any rights such Fund Director may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and, (c)  that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof.  The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of any such Fund Director with respect to any claim for which such Fund Director has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Fund Director against the Company.

4.7 Right to Conduct Activities . The Company hereby agrees and acknowledges that BridgeBio Pharma LLC (together with its Affiliates) (“ BridgeBio ”), RA Capital (together with its Affiliates), Viking Global Opportunities Illiquid Investments Sub-Master LP (together with its Affiliates, “ Viking ”), Amzak Health Investors, LLC (together with its Affiliates, “ Amzak ”), Aisling Capital IV, LP (together with its Affiliates, “ Aisling ”) and Blackwell (together with its Affiliates) are each professional investment funds, and as such invest in numerous portfolio companies, some of which may be deemed competitive with the Company’s business (as currently conducted or as currently proposed to be conducted). The Company hereby agrees that, to the extent permitted under applicable law, each of BridgeBio, RA Capital (together with its Affiliates), Viking, Amzak, Aisling and Blackwell (together with its Affiliates) shall not be liable to the Company for any claim arising out of, or based upon, (i)  the investment by any of BridgeBio, RA Capital or its Affiliates, Viking, Amzak, Aisling or Blackwell or its Affiliates in any entity competitive with the Company, or (ii)  actions taken by any partner, officer or other representative of any of BridgeBio, RA Capital or its Affiliates, Viking, Amzak, Aisling or Blackwell or its Affiliates to assist any such competitive company, whether or not such action was taken as a member of the board of directors of such competitive company or otherwise, and whether or not such action has a detrimental effect on the Company; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not relieve (x)  any of the Investors from liability associated with the unauthorized disclosure of the Company’s confidential information obtained pursuant to this Agreement, or (y)  any director or officer of the Company from any liability associated with his or her fiduciary duties to the Company.

 

18


Table of Contents

4.8 Public Company Information. The Company understands and acknowledges that, in the regular course of Viking’s and Amzak’s businesses, each of them and their Affiliates may invest in companies that have issued securities that are publicly traded (each, a “ Public Company ”). Accordingly, the Company covenants and agrees that before providing material non-public information about a Public Company (“ Public Company Information ”) to Viking and/or Amzak, the Company will provide prior written notice describing the nature of such information in reasonable detail. The Company shall not disclose Public Company Information to Viking, Amzak or their respective Affiliates without prior written authorization from Viking’s or Amzak’s respective legal and compliance personnel.

4.9 FCPA. The Company represents that it shall not (and shall not permit any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or any of its or their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents to) promise, authorize or make any payment to, or otherwise contribute any item of value to, directly or indirectly, to any third party, including any Non-U.S. Official (as (as such term is defined in the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the “ FCPA ”)), in each case, in violation of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company further represents that it shall (and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and affiliates to) cease all of its or their respective activities, as well as remediate any actions taken by the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, or any of their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents in violation of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law.  The Company further represents that it shall (and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and affiliates to) maintain systems of internal controls (including, but not limited to, accounting systems, purchasing systems and billing systems) to ensure compliance with the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law.  Upon request, the Company agrees to provide responsive information and/or certifications concerning its compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws.  The Company shall promptly notify each Investor if the Company becomes aware of any Enforcement Action (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).  The Company shall, and shall cause any direct or indirect subsidiary or entity controlled by it, whether now in existence or formed in the future, to comply with the FCPA.  The Company shall use its best efforts to cause any direct or indirect subsidiary, whether now in existence or formed in the future, to comply in all material respects with all applicable laws.

4.10 Termination of Covenants. The covenants set forth in this Section  4, except for Subsections 4.5 , 4. 7 and 4.8 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i)  immediately before the consummation of the IPO or (ii)  when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section  12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii)  upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, whichever event occurs first.

 

19


Table of Contents

5. R IGHTS O F F IRST R EFUSAL .

5.1 Subsequent Offerings. Subject to applicable securities laws, each Investor shall have a right of first refusal to purchase its pro rata share of all Equity Securities, as defined below, that the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of this Agreement, other than the Equity Securities excluded by Section 5.7 hereof. Each Investor’s pro rata share is equal to the ratio of (a)  the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the shares or upon the exercise of outstanding warrants or options) of which such Investor is deemed to be a holder immediately prior to the issuance of such Equity Securities to (b)  the total number of shares of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the shares or upon the exercise of any outstanding warrants or options) immediately prior to the issuance of the Equity Securities. The term “ Equity Securities ” shall mean (i)  any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other equity security of the Company, (ii)  any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, with or without consideration, any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other equity security (including any option to purchase such a convertible security), (iii)  any equity security carrying any warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security or (iv)  any such warrant or right.

5.2 Exercise of Rights. If the Company proposes to issue any Equity Securities, it shall give each Investor written notice of its intention, describing the Equity Securities, the price and the terms and conditions upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Investor shall have fifteen (15)  days from the giving of such notice to agree to purchase up to that portion of such Equity Securities that equals the proportion that the number of shares of Registrable Securities issued and held by such Investor (assuming full conversion, exercise and/or exchange of all convertible, exercisable and/or exchangeable securities then outstanding) bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion, exercise and/or exchange of all convertible, exercisable and/or exchangeable securities then outstanding) for the price and upon the terms and conditions specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of Equity Securities to be purchased. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to offer or sell such Equity Securities to any Investor who would cause the Company to be in violation of applicable federal securities laws by virtue of such offer or sale.

5.3 Issuance of Equity Securities to Other Persons. If not all of the Investors elect to purchase all the Equity Securities available to them pursuant to Section 5.2 , then the Company shall promptly notify in writing the Investors who do so elect to purchase all the Equity Securities available to them pursuant to Section 5.2 (a “ Fully-Exercising Investo r”) and shall offer such Fully-Exercising Investors the right to acquire such number of unsubscribed shares that is equal to the proportion that the number of shares of Registrable Securities issued and held by such Fully-Exercising Investor bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock then held, by all Fully-Exercising Investors who wish to purchase some of the unsubscribed shares. The Fully-Exercising Investors shall have five (5)  days after receipt of such notice to notify the Company of its election to purchase all or a portion thereof of the unsubscribed shares. The Company shall have ninety (90)  days thereafter to sell the Equity Securities in respect of which the Investor’s rights were not exercised, at a price and upon general terms and conditions not materially more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s notice to the Investors pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof. If the Company has not sold such Equity Securities within ninety (90)  days of the notice provided pursuant to Section 5.2 , the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any Equity Securities, without first offering such securities to the Investors in the manner provided above.

 

20


Table of Contents

5.4 Sale Without Notice . In lieu of giving notice to the Investors prior to the issuance of Equity Securities as provided in Section 5.2 , the Company may elect to give notice to the Investors within thirty (30)  days after the issuance of Equity Securities. Such notice shall describe the type, price and terms of the Equity Securities. Each Investor shall have twenty (20)  days from the date of receipt of such notice to elect to purchase up to the number of shares that would, if purchased by such Investor, maintain such Investor’s pro rata share (as set forth in Section 5.1 ) of the Company’s equity securities after giving effect to all such purchases. The closing of such sale shall occur within sixty (60)  days of the date of notice to the Investors.

5.5 Termination and Waiver of Rights of First Refusal. The rights of first refusal established by this Section  5 shall not apply to, and shall terminate upon the earlier of (i)  the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to the IPO or (ii)  the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation). Notwithstanding Section 6.6 hereof, the rights of first refusal established by this Section  5  may be amended, or any provision waived with and only with the written consent of the Company and the Investors holding a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Investors, or as permitted by Section 6.6 .

5.6 Assignment of Rights of First Refusal. The rights of first refusal of each Major Investor under this Section 5 may be assigned to the same parties, subject to the same restrictions as any transfer of registration rights pursuant to Section 2.12 .

5.7 Excluded Securities. The rights of first refusal established by this Section  5 shall have no application to any Equity Securities that are Exempted Securities (as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation) or any Equity Securities issued by the Company pursuant to the terms of Section  1.3 of the Purchase Agreement.

6. M ISCELLANEOUS .

6.1 Successors and Assigns. The rights under this Agreement may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee of Registrable Securities that (i)  is an Affiliate of a Holder; (ii)  is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or one or more of such Holder’s Immediate Family Members; or (iii)  after such transfer, holds at least 100,000 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, and other recapitalizations); provided , however , that (x)  the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred; and (y)  such transferee agrees in a written instrument delivered to the Company to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the provisions of Subsection 2.11 . For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee, the holdings of a transferee (1)  that is an Affiliate or stockholder of a Holder; (2)  who is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member; or (3)  that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Immediate Family Member shall be aggregated together and with those of the

 

21


Table of Contents

transferring Holder; provided further that all transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices, or taking any action under this Agreement. The terms and conditions of this Agreement inure to the benefit of and are binding upon the respective successors and permitted assignees of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assignees any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.

6.2 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the internal law of the State of Delaware.

6.3 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two (2)  or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g. , www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

6.4 Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

6.5 Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt or (i)  personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii)  when sent, if sent by electronic mail or facsimile during the recipient’s normal business hours, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day; (iii)  five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv)  one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next-day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their addresses as set forth on Schedule  A hereto, or to the principal office of the Company and to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer, in the case of the Company, or to such email address, facsimile number, or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Subsection 6.5 . If notice is given to the Company, a copy shall also be sent to Goodwin Procter, LLP, Three Embarcadero Center, 28 th Floor, San Francisco, CA 94111, Attn: Maggie Wong.

6.6 Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding; provided that the Company may in its sole discretion waive compliance with Subsection 2.12(c) (and the Company’s failure to object promptly in writing after notification of a proposed assignment allegedly in violation of Subsection 2.12(c) shall be deemed to be a waiver); provided further , that Subsection 1.19 of this Agreement shall not be amended to exclude Blackwell without the written consent of Blackwell; provided further, that Subsections 3.3 and 4.4 shall not be amended or waived without the written consent of RA Capital so long as (x)  RA

 

22


Table of Contents

Capital and its Affiliates continue to own beneficially at least fifty percent (50%) of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock that RA Capital purchases at the Initial Closing (or an equivalent amount of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) and (y)  RA Capital has not become a Defaulting Purchaser (as defined in the Purchase Agreement); provided further, that Subsection 4.7 shall not be amended or waived without the written consent of BridgeBio, RA Capital, Viking, Amzak, Aisling and Blackwell; and provided further that any provision hereof may be waived by any waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the consent of any other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a)  this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Investor without the written consent of such Investor, unless such amendment, termination, or waiver applies to all Investors in the same fashion and (b)  in the event the rights under Section 5 are waived with respect to an offering of Equity Securities without an Investor’s prior written consent and any party that participated in waiving such rights actually purchases Equity Securities in such offering, the Company shall grant to any such non-waiving Investor the right to purchase, in a subsequent closing of such issuance on substantially the same terms and conditions, the same percentage of its full pro rata share of such Equity Securities as the highest percentage of any such purchasing waiving party. The Company shall give prompt notice of any amendment or termination hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment, termination, or waiver. Any amendment, termination, or waiver effected in accordance with this Subsection 6.6 shall be binding on all parties hereto, regardless of whether any such party has consented thereto. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition, or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition, or provision.

6.7 Severability. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision shall be reformed and construed so that it will be valid, legal, and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

6.8 Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement and such Affiliated persons may apportion such rights as among themselves in any manner they deem appropriate.

6.9 Additional Investors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company issues additional shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock after the date hereof, any purchaser of such shares of Series B Preferred Stock may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor” for all purposes hereunder. No action or consent by the Investors shall be required for such joinder to this Agreement by such additional Investor, so long as such additional Investor has agreed in writing to be bound by all of the obligations as an “Investor” hereunder.

6.10 Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including any Schedules and Exhibits hereto) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties is expressly canceled. Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the Prior Agreement shall be deemed amended and restated and superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement, and shall be of no further force or effect.

 

23


Table of Contents

6.11 Dispute Resolution. Any unresolved controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, except as (i)  otherwise provided in this Agreement, or (ii)  any such controversies or claims arising out of either party’s intellectual property rights for which a provisional remedy or equitable relief is sought, shall be submitted to arbitration by one arbitrator mutually agreed upon by the parties, and if no agreement can be reached within thirty (30)  days after names of potential arbitrators have been proposed by the American Arbitration Association (the “ AAA ”), then by one arbitrator having reasonable experience in corporate finance transactions of the type provided for in this Agreement and who is chosen by the AAA. The arbitration shall take place in Palo Alto, California, in accordance with the AAA rules then in effect, and judgment upon any award rendered in such arbitration will be binding and may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. There shall be limited discovery prior to the arbitration hearing as follows: (a)  exchange of witness lists and copies of documentary evidence and documents relating to or arising out of the issues to be arbitrated, (b)  depositions of all party witnesses and (c)  such other depositions as may be allowed by the arbitrators upon a showing of good cause. Depositions shall be conducted in accordance with the California Code of Civil Procedure, the arbitrator shall be required to provide in writing to the parties the basis for the award or order of such arbitrator, and a court reporter shall record all hearings, with such record constituting the official transcript of such proceedings.

6.12 Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of such nonbreaching or nondefaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of or acquiescence to any such breach or default, or to any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. All remedies, whether under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

24


Table of Contents

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

E IDOS T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .
By:   /s/ Neil Kumar
Name:   Neil Kumar
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT


Table of Contents

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

KEY HOLDERS:
Signature:   /s/ Isabella Graef
Name:   Isabella Graef

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT


Table of Contents

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

KEY HOLDERS:
Signature:   /s/ Mamoun Alhamadsheh
Name:   Mamoun Alhamadsheh

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT


Table of Contents

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

KEY HOLDERS:
Signature:   /s/ Christine Siu
Name:   Christine Siu

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT


Table of Contents

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

KEY HOLDERS:
Signature:   /s/ Uma Sinha
Name:   Uma Sinha

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT


Table of Contents

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

KEY HOLDERS:

Jonathan C Fox and Suzanne Markel-Fox, Co-Trustees of the Fox Family Trust Dated

17 Dec 2014

Signature:   /s/ Jonathan C Fox
Name:   Jonathan C Fox
Title:   Trustee, Fox Family Trust

 

Signature:   /s/ Suzanne Markel-Fox
Name:   Suzanne Markel-Fox
Title:   Trustee, Fox Family Trust

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT


Table of Contents

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
B RIDGE B IO P HARMA LLC
By:   /s/ Neil Kumar
Name:   Neil Kumar
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT


Table of Contents

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

I NVESTORS :
    RA CAPITAL HEALTHCARE FUND, L.P.
        By:   RA Capital Management, LLC
        Its:   General Partner

 

        By:   /s/ Rajeev Shah
        Name:   Rajeev Shah
        Title:   Authorized Signatory
        Address:   RA Capital Management, LLC
  20 Park Plaza
  Suite 1200
  Boston, MA 02116
  Attn: Rajeev Shah

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT


Table of Contents

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

        I NVESTORS :
BLACKWELL PARTNERS LLC – SERIES A
By:   /s/ Abayomi A. Adigun
Name:   Abayomi A. Adigun
Title:   Investment Manager
  DUMAC, Inc.
  Authorized Signatory

 

By:   /s/ Jannine M. Lall
Name:   Jannine M. Lall
Title:   Controller
  DUMAC, Inc.
  Authorized Signatory

 

Address:   Blackwell Partners LLC – Series A
  280 S. Mangum Street
  Suite 210
  Durham, NC 27701
  Attn: Jannine Lall

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT


Table of Contents

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

        I NVESTORS :
AISLING CAPITAL IV, LP
By:   /s/ Robert Wenzel
Name:   Robert Wenzel
Title:   CFO
Aisling Capital IV, L.P.
888 Seventh Avenue, 12th Floor
New York, NY 10106

Attn: Drew Schiff

Fax: 212 651 6379

and
Aisling Capital IV, L.P.
888 Seventh Avenue, 12th Floor
New York, NY 10106
Attn: Chief Financial Officer
Fax: 212 651 6379
With a required copy to:
McDermott Will & Emery LLP
340 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10173-1922
Attn: Todd Finger
Fax: 212 547 5444

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT


Table of Contents

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

  I NVESTORS :
VIKING GLOBAL OPPORTUNITIES ILLIQUID INVESTMENTS SUB-MASTER LP
    By:   Viking Global Opportunities Portfolio
    GP LLC, its general partner

 

    By:   /s/ Matthew Bloom
    Name:   Matthew Bloom
    Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT


Table of Contents

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

    I NVESTORS :
A MZAK H EALTH I NVESTORS , LLC
    By:   /s/ Anders Hove
    Name:   Anders Hove
    Title:   Manager

 

    Address:   980 North Federal Highway
  Suite 315
  Boca Raton
  FL 33432
  Attn: Anders Hove

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT


Table of Contents

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

I NVESTORS :
  The Board of Trustees of Leland Stanford Junior University
 

/s/ Sabrina Liang

  Name:   Sabrina Liang
  Title:  

Director, School and Department

Funds

 

        Address:   Stanford management Company
  635 Knight Way
  Stanford, CA 94305-7297

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT


Table of Contents

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

    I NVESTORS :
C ORMORANT P RIVATE H EALTHCARE F UND I, LP
    By:   Cormorant Private Healthcare GP, LLC
    By:   /s/ Bihua Chen
  Bihua Chen, Managing Member of the GP
    Address:   200 Clarendon Street
  52nd Floor
  Boston, MA 02116

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT


Table of Contents

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

    I NVESTORS :
C ORMORANT G LOBAL H EALTHCARE M ASTER F UND , LP
        By:   Cormorant Private Healthcare GP, LLC
        By:   /s/ Bihua Chen
  Bihua Chen, Managing Member of the GP
    Address:   200 Clarendon Street
  52nd Floor
  Boston, MA 02116

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT


Table of Contents

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

    I NVESTORS :
CRMA SPV, L.P.
        By:   Cormorant Asset Management, LLC
        By:   /s/ Bihua Chen
        Name:   Bihua Chen, CEO/CIO
        Its:   Attorney-in-Fact
        Address:   PO Box 309
  Ugland House
  Grand Cayman KY1-1104
  Cayman Islands

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT


Table of Contents

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

    I NVESTORS :
P ERCEPTIVE L IFE S CIENCES M ASTER F UND LTD.
        By:   /s/ James H Mannix
        Name:   James H Mannix
        Title:   COO
        Address:   51 Astor place 10th Floor
  New York NY. 10003

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT


Table of Contents

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

I NVESTORS :
JANUS HENDERSON GLOBAL LIFE SCIENCES FUND

    JANUS CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

    as investment advisor for Janus Henderson

    Global Life Sciences Fund

    By:   /s/ Enrique Chang
    Name:   Enrique Chang
    Title:   Authorized Signatory
    Address:   c/o Janus Capital Management, LLC
  151 Detroit Street
  Denver CO 80206
  Attn: Legal Department, 4th Floor

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT


Table of Contents

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

I NVESTORS :
JANUS HENDERSON CAPITAL FUNDS PLC ON BEHALF OF ITS SERIES JANUS HENDERSON GLOBAL LIFE SCIENCES FUND

    JANUS CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

    as investment advisor for Janus Henderson

    Capital Funds PLC on behalf of its series

    Janus Henderson Global Life Sciences  Fund

    By:   /s/ Enrique Chang
    Name:   Enrique Chang
    Title:   Authorized Signatory
    Address:   c/o Janus Capital Management, LLC
  151 Detroit Street
  Denver CO 80206
  Attn: Legal Department, 4th Floor

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE A

INVESTORS

B RIDGE B IO P HARMA LLC

Address: 421 Kipling Street, Palo Alto, CA 94301

Phone Number

Fax Number

Email: nk@bridgebio.com

T HE B OARD OF T RUSTEES OF L ELAND S TANFORD J UNIOR U NIVERSITY

Stanford Management Company

635 Knight Way

Stanford, CA 94305

G ERALD C RABTREE

Address

Phone Number

Fax Number

Email

RA C APITAL H EALTHCARE F UND , L.P.

20 Park Plaza, Suite 1200

Boston, MA 02116

Attn: Rajeev Shah

Email: rshah@racap.com

B LACKWELL P ARTNERS LLC—S ERIES A

280 S. Mangum Street, Suite 210

Durham, NC 27701

Attn: Jannine Lall

Email: legal@dumac.duke.edu

J ANUS H ENDERSON G LOBAL L IFE S CIENCES F UND and

J ANUS H ENDERSON C APITAL F UNDS PLC ON BEHALF OF ITS S ERIES J ANUS H ENDERSON G LOBAL L IFE S CIENCES

c/o Janus Capital Management, LLC

151 Detroit Street

Denver CO 80206

Attn: Legal Department, 4th Floor

V IKING G LOBAL O PPORTUNITIES I LLIQUID I NVESTMENTS S UB -M ASTER LP

c/o Viking Global Investors LP

55 Railroad Avenue

Greenwich, CT 06830

Attn: General Counsel

Email: legalnotices@vikingglobal.com


Table of Contents

P ERCEPTIVE L IFE S CIENCES M ASTER F UND LTD.

51 Astor Place, 10th Floor

New York, NY 10003

A ISLING C APITAL IV, L.P.

888 Seventh Avenue, 12th Floor

New York, NY 10106

Attn: Drew Schiff

Fax: 212 651 6379

With a required copy to:

McDermott Will & Emery LLP

340 Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10173-1922

Attn: Todd Finger

Fax: 212 547 5444

C ORMORANT P RIVATE H EALTHCARE F UND I, LP

200 Clarendon Street, 52nd Floor

Boston, MA 02116

C ORMORANT G LOBAL H EALTHCARE M ASTER F UND , LP

200 Clarendon Street, 52nd Floor

Boston, MA 02116

CRMA SPV, L.P.

PO Box 309

Ugland House

Grand Cayman

KY1-1104 Cayman Islands

A MZAK H EALTH I NVESTORS , LLC

980 North Federal Highway

Suite 315 Boca Raton

FL 33432

Telephone No. 561 953-4164

Fax No. 561 338-7677

Email: anders@majalincapital.com

Attn: Anders Hove


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE B

KEY HOLDERS

Mamoun Alhamadsheh

6361 Brook Hollow Circle

Stockton, CA 95219

Isabella Graef

7 Durham Road

Woodside, CA 94062

Jonathan C Fox and Suzanne Markel-Fox,

Co-Trustees of the Fox Family Trust

Dated 17 Dec 2014

1788 Clay Street, Suite 809

San Francisco, CA 94109

Christine Siu

16 W. Santa Inez

San Mateo, CA 94402

Uma Sinha

800 Junipero Serra Boulevard

San Francisco, CA 94127

Exhibit 4.3

THIS PROMISSORY NOTE AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF APPLICABLE STATES. THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH LAWS OR AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION REQUIREMENT. INVESTORS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THEY MAY BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR RESALE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

EIDOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$10,000,000

  

February 22, 2018

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Note, for value received, Eidos Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to BridgeBio Pharma LLC (the “ Lender ”), the principal sum of ten million dollars ( $10,000,000) (the “ Principal Amount ”), together with interest thereon accruing on and from the date hereof until the entire Balance is paid (or converted, as provided in Section 1 or Section 5 hereof), at an annual rate equal to five percent (5.0%). Interest shall be calculated based on a 365-day year, but in no event shall the rate of interest exceed the maximum rate, if any, allowable under applicable law. “ Balance ” means, at the applicable time, the sum of all then outstanding principal of this Note and all then accrued but unpaid interest under this Note.

This convertible promissory note (the “ Note ”) is issued by the Borrower pursuant to that certain Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated as of February 22, 2018 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), entered into between the Borrower and the persons listed on Exhibit A thereto (the “ Purchasers ”), and is subject to, and Borrower and Lender shall be bound by, all the terms, conditions and provisions of the Purchase Agreement. This Note, and the other notes issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, are sometimes hereinafter referred to as the “ Notes ”. Unless otherwise converted as set forth below on the earliest of (i) a Qualified Financing (as defined herein), (ii) a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation), (iii) a Qualified IPO (as defined herein) or (iv) February 22, 2019 (the “ Maturity Date ”), this Note shall become due and payable. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement.


The following is a statement of the rights of Lender and the terms and conditions to which this Note is subject and to which the Lender, by acceptance of this Note, agrees:

1. Payment .

(a) If this Note has not been previously converted (as provided in Section 5 hereof), then, subject to Section 1(b), the principal amount of this Note and all accrued and unpaid interest under this Note shall, on the Maturity Date, be due and payable in cash upon the written demand of the Requisite Purchasers. No interest shall be payable other than as set forth in the preceding sentence. Unless the entire Balance then outstanding under this Note is converted in accordance with Section 1(b) or Section 5 hereof, all payments on account of principal and interest shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America at the principal office of the Lender, or such other place as the holder hereof may from time to time designate in writing to the Borrower.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the affirmative written election of the Requisite Purchasers delivered to the Company not later than five (5) days prior to the Maturity Date, the entire Balance then outstanding under all of the Notes shall be automatically converted, on the Maturity Date, into that number of shares of the Company’s Series Seed Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Series Seed Preferred Stock ”), as is equal to the Conversion Amount (as defined herein) divided by $1.3248 (as appropriately adjusted for any stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like affecting the Series Seed Preferred Stock after the date hereof).

2. No Prepayment . Except with regard to conversion of this Note under Section 5, Borrower may not prepay this Note before it becomes due without the written consent of the Requisite Purchasers.

3. Notes Pari Passu; Application of Payments . Each of the Notes shall rank equally without preference or priority of any kind over one another, and all payments and recoveries payable on account of principal and interest on the Notes shall be paid and applied ratably and proportionately on the Balances of all outstanding Notes on the basis of their original principal amount. Subject to the foregoing provisions, all payments will be applied first to accrued interest until all then outstanding accrued interest has been paid in full, and then to the repayment of principal until all principal has been paid in full.

4. New Note . Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of the Note, the Borrower will issue a new Note, of like tenor and amount and dated the date to which interest has been paid, in lieu of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note, and in such event the Lender agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Borrower in respect of any such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note.

5. Conversion of Note .

(a) Conversion of Note upon a Qualified Financing . If the entire Balance outstanding on this Note has not been repaid or otherwise converted before the time of the initial closing of the Borrower’s Qualified Financing (as defined below) (the “ Qualified Financing Closing ”), then contingent and effective upon such Qualified Financing Closing, the entire Balance then outstanding under this Note shall be automatically converted into that number of shares of New Preferred Stock (as defined below) as is equal to the Conversion Amount (as defined below) divided by Qualified

 

-2-


Financing Conversion Price (as defined below). Borrower shall deliver to Lender notice of the Qualified Financing as soon as practicable, but in no event fewer than ten (10) days prior to the scheduled date of the Qualified Financing Closing, notifying the Lender of the conversion to be effected, including specifying (i) the Conversion Amount (calculated as of the anticipated date of the Qualified Financing Closing), (ii) the Qualified Financing Conversion Price and (iii) the anticipated date of the Qualified Financing Closing.

(i) Qualified Financing Defined . For purposes of this Note, the term “ Qualified Financing ” shall mean the Borrower’s sale of shares of preferred stock (the “ New Preferred Stock ”) in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions in each case occurring after the date hereof and on or before the Maturity Date, in which Borrower receives aggregate gross proceeds of at least $10,000,000 in cash (excluding the conversion of the Notes).

(ii) Qualified Financing Conversion Price Defined . For purposes of this Note, the term Qualified Financing Conversion Price shall mean an amount equal to 70% of the lowest per share purchase price at which shares of the New Preferred Stock are or have been sold in the Qualified Financing at the time of conversion of the Notes.

(iii) Conversion Amount Defined . For purposes of this Note, the term “ Conversion Amount ” shall mean the sum of all unpaid principal and accrued interest outstanding under this Note as of the date of (i) the Qualified Financing, (ii) the Qualified IPO or (iii) Deemed Liquidation Event, as applicable.

(b) Conversion of Note upon a Qualified IPO . If the entire Balance outstanding on this Note has not been repaid or otherwise converted before the time of the initial closing of the Borrower’s Qualified IPO (as defined below) (the “ Qualified IPO Closing ”), then contingent and effective upon such Qualified IPO Closing, the entire Balance then outstanding under this Note shall be automatically converted into that number of shares of Common Stock as is equal to the Conversion Amount divided by Qualified IPO Conversion Price (as defined below). Borrower shall deliver to Lender notice of the Qualified IPO as soon as practicable, but in no event fewer than ten (10) days prior to the scheduled date of the Qualified IPO Closing, notifying the Lender of the conversion to be effected, including specifying (i) the Conversion Amount (calculated as of the anticipated date of the Qualified IPO Closing), (ii) the Qualified IPO Conversion Price and (iii) the anticipated date of the Qualified IPO Closing.

(i) Qualified IPO Defined . For purposes of this Note, the term “ Qualified IPO ” shall mean the Borrower’s firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Borrower’s Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed and effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, raising at least $30,000,000 in gross proceeds to the Borrower prior to the conversion or repayment of the Notes, occurring after the date hereof and on or before the Maturity Date.

 

-3-


(ii) Qualified IPO Conversion Price Defined . For purposes of this Note, the term Qualified IPO Conversion Price shall mean an amount equal to price per share to the public in the Qualified IPO.

(c) Repayment or Conversion upon Deemed Liquidation Event . At any time prior to (i) the repayment of the Notes in accordance with the terms hereof or (ii) the conversion of the Notes in accordance with Section 1(b), 5(a) or 5(b) above, the entire Balance then outstanding under this Note shall automatically become due and payable in cash upon the occurrence of a Deemed Liquidation Event. The Borrower shall provide to Lender ten (10) days written notice prior to the anticipated closing of any such Deemed Liquidation Event(the “ Deemed Liquidation Event Closing ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the affirmative written election of the Requisite Purchasers delivered to the Company not later than five (5) days prior to the Deemed Liquidation Event Closing, the entire Balance then outstanding under all of the Notes shall be automatically converted into that number of shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock, as is equal to the Conversion Amount divided by $1.3248 (as appropriately adjusted for any stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like affecting the Series Seed Preferred Stock after the date hereof), contingent and effective upon the Deemed Liquidation Event Closing.

(d) Covenants regarding Conversion Stock . Prior to the conversion of this Note into New Preferred Stock or Series Seed Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms hereof, (i) Borrower shall use its reasonable best efforts (without the payment of additional monies) to authorize and reserve promptly a sufficient number of shares of New Preferred Stock or Series Seed Preferred Stock (and any shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion thereof), to permit such conversion, including obtaining the requisite corporate approvals and stockholder consents and the filing of an amendment to the Company’s certificate incorporation in effect at such time with the Secretary of the State of Delaware, and (ii) Lender shall cooperate with Borrower in connection therewith, including by executing and delivering such consents and other agreements or documents in Lender’s capacity as a stockholder of Borrower as may be necessary for Borrower to effect such actions.

(e) Termination of Rights . Except for the rights to obtain certificates representing New Preferred Stock or Series Seed Preferred Stock (and cash in lieu of fractional shares) set forth in Section 5(f) below, all rights with respect to this Note shall terminate upon the effective conversion or repayment of the entire Balance of the Note, whether or not this Note has been surrendered to Borrower for cancellation.

(f) Delivery of Stock Certificates ; No Fractional Shares. Subject to Section 5(d) above, as promptly as practicable after any conversion of this Note, Borrower at its expense will issue and deliver to Lender a certificate or certificates evidencing the number of full equity securities as are issuable to Lender in connection with a conversion under this Section 5. No fractional shares of any of Borrower’s equity securities will be issued in connection with any conversion hereunder. In lieu of fractional shares that would otherwise be issuable, Borrower shall pay cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the Qualified Financing Conversion Price or Qualified IPO Conversion Price, as applicable, or the price per share of such other securities issuable to Lender upon such conversion, as appropriate.

 

-4-


6. Events of Default . Each of the following shall constitute an “ Event of Default ” hereunder:

(a) The Borrower shall fail to pay any principal or interest payable hereunder on the applicable due date and such failure continues for ten (10) days;

(b) The Borrower shall (i) voluntarily terminate operations or apply for or consent to the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver, custodian, trustee or liquidator of the Borrower or of all or a substantial part of the assets of the Borrower, (ii) admit in writing its inability to pay debts as the debts become due, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iv) commence a voluntary case under the Federal Bankruptcy Code (as now or hereafter in effect), (v) file a petition seeking to take advantage of any other law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding-up, or composition or adjustment of debts, (vi) fail to controvert in a timely and appropriate manner, or acquiesce in writing to, any petition filed against it in an involuntary case under the Federal Bankruptcy Code or applicable state bankruptcy laws or (vii) take any corporate action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

(c) Without the Borrower’s application, approval or consent, a proceeding shall be commenced, in any court of competent jurisdiction, seeking in respect of the Borrower: the liquidation, reorganization, dissolution, winding-up, or composition or readjustment of debt, the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator or the like relief in respect of the Borrower or all or any substantial part of the assets of the Borrower, or other like relief in respect of the Borrower under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding-up, or composition or adjustment of debts; and, if the proceeding is being contested in good faith by the Borrower, the same shall continue undismissed, or unstayed and in effect for any period of 90 consecutive days, or an order for relief against the Borrower shall be entered in any case under the Federal Bankruptcy Code or applicable bankruptcy laws; or

(d) The Borrower’s representations and warranties contained in the Purchase Agreement shall prove to have not been true in any material respect when made.

If any Event of Default shall occur, then, at any time thereafter while such Event of Default is continuing, the Requisite Purchasers, by written notice to the Borrower (the “ Default Notice ”) may declare the entire Balance under all of the Notes then outstanding, to be due and payable immediately; provided, however, that in the case of an Event of Default under Subsections 6(b) or 6(c) above, the Balance under this Note shall automatically become immediately due and payable to Lender without a written election of the Requisite Purchasers.

7. Governing Law . This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of California, without reference to principles of conflict of laws or choice of laws.

 

-5-


8. Amendment . This Note may not be amended or modified, or any provision hereof waived, nor may any rights and remedies available upon the Maturity Date or an Event of Default be exercised, except by a written instrument signed in accordance with the amendment, waiver and exercise of remedies provisions set forth in Section 6.02 of the Purchase Agreement.

9. Waiver . Borrower hereby waives presentment, protest, demand for payment, notice of dishonor, and any and all other notices or demands in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default, or enforcement of this Note.

10. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision.

11. Addresses for Notices , etc. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be conclusively deemed effectively given (a) upon personal delivery or delivery by courier, (b) when sent, if sent by electronic mail or facsimile during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the next business day after transmission if sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile transmission, (c) for domestic United States deliveries, four (4) business days after deposit in the United States mail, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or (d) for international deliveries, four (4) business days after deposit with an internationally recognized overnight delivery service, specifying two- (2-) day delivery, postage prepaid, addressed (i) if to Borrower, at the principal offices of Borrower and (ii) if to Lender, at Lender’s address as set forth on Exhibit A to the Purchase Agreement, or at such other address as Borrower or Lender may designate by advance written notice to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Section 11, a “ business day ” means a weekday on which banks are open for general banking business in San Francisco, California.

12. Headings; Interpretation . In this Note, (i) the meaning of defined terms shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined; (ii) the captions and headings are used only for convenience and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Note and (iii) the words “including,” “includes” and “include” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”. All references in this Note to sections, paragraphs, exhibits and schedules shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits and schedules attached hereto, all of which exhibits and schedules are incorporated herein by this reference.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

-6-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWER:     E IDOS T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .
    By   /s/ Christine Siu
    Name:   Christine Siu
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer

Acknowledged and agreed by Lender:

 

B RIDGE B IO P HARMA LLC
By:   /s/ Neil Kumar
Name:   Neil Kumar
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

SIGNATURE PAGE TO CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

Exhibit 10.1

EIDOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2016 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: March 31, 2016

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: March 31, 2016

AMENDED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: September 7, 2017

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: September 7, 2017

AMENDED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: December 22, 2017

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: December 22, 2017

AMENDED AND RESTATED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: May 22, 2018

TERMINATION DATE: March 31, 2026

1. G ENERAL .

(a) Eligible Stock Award Recipients . Employees, Directors and Consultants are eligible to receive Stock Awards.

(b) Available Stock Awards . The Plan provides for the grant of the following types of Stock Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights, (iv) Restricted Stock Awards, (v) Restricted Stock Unit Awards and (vi) Other Stock Awards.

(c) Purpose . The Plan, through the grant of Stock Awards, is intended to help the Company secure and retain the services of eligible award recipients, provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate and provide a means by which the eligible recipients may benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock.

(d) Amendment and Restatement . The Plan, as amended and restated by the Board on May 22, 2018 (the “ Restatement Date ”), shall apply to and govern all Stock Awards outstanding as of the Restatement Date.

2. A DMINISTRATION .

(a) Administration by the Board . The Board will administer the Plan. The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b) Powers of the Board . The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine (A) who will be granted Stock Awards; (B) when and how each Stock Award will be granted; (C) what type of Stock Award will be granted; (D) the provisions of each Stock Award (which need not be identical), including when a person will be permitted to exercise or otherwise receive cash or Common Stock under the Stock Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to, or the cash value of, a Stock Award; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to a Stock Award.

 

1.


(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for administration of the Plan and Stock Awards. The Board, in the exercise of these powers, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Stock Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it will deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Stock Award fully effective.

(iii) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it.

(iv) To accelerate, in whole or in part, the time at which a Stock Award may be exercised or vest (or the time at which cash or shares of Common Stock may be issued in settlement thereof).

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or a Stock Award Agreement, suspension or termination of the Plan will not impair a Participant’s rights under the Participant’s then-outstanding Stock Award without the Participant’s written consent except as provided in subsection (viii) below.

(vi) To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, by adopting amendments relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or bringing the Plan or Stock Awards granted under the Plan into compliance with the requirements for Incentive Stock Options or ensuring that they are exempt from, or compliant with, the requirements for nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law. If required by applicable law or listing requirements, and except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the Company will seek stockholder approval of any amendment of the Plan that (A) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (B) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Stock Awards under the Plan, (C) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan, (D) materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (E) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (F) materially expands the types of Stock Awards available for issuance under the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or a Stock Award Agreement, no amendment of the Plan will materially impair a Participant’s rights under an outstanding Stock Award without the Participant’s written consent.

(vii) To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code regarding Incentive Stock Options.

(viii) To approve forms of Stock Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable to the Participant than previously provided in the Stock Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided however, that a Participant’s rights under any Stock Award will not be impaired by any such amendment unless (A) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (B) such Participant consents in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) a Participant’s rights will not be deemed to have been impaired by any such amendment if the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that the amendment, taken as a whole, does not materially impair the Participant’s rights, and (2) subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards without the affected Participant’s consent (A) to maintain the qualified status of the Stock Award as an Incentive Stock Option under

 

2.


Section 422 of the Code; (B) to change the terms of an Incentive Stock Option, if such change results in impairment of the Stock Award solely because it impairs the qualified status of the Stock Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (C) to clarify the manner of exemption from, or to bring the Stock Award into compliance with, Section 409A of the Code; or (D) to comply with other applicable laws.

(ix) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Stock Awards.

(x) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States (provided that Board approval will not be necessary for immaterial modifications to the Plan or any Stock Award Agreement that are required for compliance with the laws of the relevant foreign jurisdiction).

(xi) To effect, with the consent of any adversely affected Participant, (A) the reduction of the exercise, purchase or strike price of any outstanding Stock Award; (B) the cancellation of any outstanding Stock Award and the grant in substitution therefor of a new (1) Option or SAR, (2) Restricted Stock Award, (3) Restricted Stock Unit Award, (4) Other Stock Award, (5) cash and/or (6) other valuable consideration determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, with any such substituted award (x) covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock as the cancelled Stock Award and (y) granted under the Plan or another equity or compensatory plan of the Company; or (C) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

(c) Delegation to Committee . The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee, as applicable). Any delegation of administrative powers will be reflected in resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, adopted from time to time by the Board or Committee (as applicable). The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

(d) Delegation to an Officer . The Board may delegate to one or more Officers the authority to do one or both of the following: (i) designate Employees who are not Officers to be recipients of Options and SARs (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, other Stock Awards) and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the terms of such Stock Awards, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Employees; provided, however , that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation will specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself. Any such Stock Awards will be granted on the form of Stock Award Agreement most recently approved for use by the Committee or the Board, unless otherwise provided in the resolutions approving the delegation authority. The Board may not delegate authority to an Officer who is acting solely in the capacity of an Officer (and not also as a Director) to determine the Fair Market Value pursuant to Section 13(t) below.

 

3.


(e) Effect of Board s Decision . All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

3. S HARES S UBJECT TO THE P LAN .

(a) Share Reserve .

(i) Subject to Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards from and after the Effective Date will not exceed 2,160,281 shares (the “Share  Reserve” ).

(ii) For clarity, the Share Reserve in this Section 3(a) is a limitation on the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. Accordingly, this Section 3.(a) does not limit the granting of Stock Awards except as provided in Section 7(a).

(b) Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve . If a Stock Award or any portion thereof (i) expires or otherwise terminates without all of the shares covered by such Stock Award having been issued or (ii) is settled in cash ( i.e. , the Participant receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement will not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be available for issuance under the Plan. If any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares that are forfeited or repurchased will revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. Any shares reacquired by the Company in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations on a Stock Award or as consideration for the exercise or purchase price of a Stock Award will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c) Incentive Stock Option Limit . Subject to the Share Reserve and Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will be a number of shares of Common Stock equal to three multiplied by the Share Reserve.

(d) Source of Shares . The stock issuable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

4. E LIGIBILITY .

(a) Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards . Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code). Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants; provided, however , that Stock Awards may not be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants who are providing Continuous Service only to any “parent” of the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 405, unless (i) the stock underlying such Stock Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A of the Code (for example, because the Stock Awards are granted pursuant to a corporate transaction such as a spin off transaction), (ii) the Company, in consultation with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards are otherwise exempt from Section 409A of the Code, or (iii) the Company, in consultation with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards comply with the distribution requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

4.


(b) Ten Percent Stockholders . A Ten Percent Stockholder will not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.

(c) Consultants . A Consultant will not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award if, at the time of grant, either the offer or sale of the Company’s securities to such Consultant is not exempt under Rule 701 because of the nature of the services that the Consultant is providing to the Company, because the Consultant is not a natural person, or because of any other provision of Rule 701, unless the Company determines that such grant need not comply with the requirements of Rule 701 and will satisfy another exemption under the Securities Act as well as comply with the securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions.

5. P ROVISIONS R ELATING TO O PTIONS AND S TOCK A PPRECIATION R IGHTS .

Each Option or SAR will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate. All Options will be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates will be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, or if an Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option but some portion or all of the Option fails to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under the applicable rules, then the Option (or portion thereof) will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options or SARs need not be identical; provided, however , that each Stock Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a) Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option or SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of 10 years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Stock Award Agreement.

(b) Exercise Price . Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise or strike price of each Option or SAR will be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option or SAR on the date the Stock Award is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be granted with an exercise or strike price lower than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Stock Award if such Stock Award is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option or stock appreciation right pursuant to a Corporate Transaction and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code and, if applicable, Section 424(a) of the Code. Each SAR will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents.

(c) Purchase Price for Options . The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option may be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below. The Board will have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to use a particular method of payment. The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

 

5.


(i) by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

(ii) pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

(iii) by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

(iv) if an Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however , that the Company will accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be subject to an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares issuable upon exercise are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations;

(v) according to a deferred payment or similar arrangement with the Optionholder; provided, however , that interest will compound at least annually and will be charged at the minimum rate of interest necessary to avoid (A) the imputation of interest income to the Company and compensation income to the Optionholder under any applicable provisions of the Code, and (B) the classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes; or

(vi) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board and specified in the applicable Stock Award Agreement.

(d) Exercise and Payment of a SAR . To exercise any outstanding SAR, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such SAR. The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a SAR will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the SAR) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such SAR, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date, over (B) the aggregate strike price of the number of Common Stock equivalents with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date. The appreciation distribution may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Stock Award Agreement evidencing such SAR.

(e) Transferability of Options and SARs . The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options and SARs as the Board will determine. In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options and SARs will apply:

(i) Restrictions on Transfer . An Option or SAR will not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution (or pursuant to subsections (ii) and (iii) below), and will be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant. The Board may permit transfer of the Option or SAR in a manner that is not prohibited by applicable tax and securities laws. Except as explicitly provided in the Plan, neither an Option nor a SAR may be transferred for consideration.

 

6.


(ii) Domestic Relations Orders . Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, an Option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.421-1(b)(2). If an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(iii) Beneficiary Designation . Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, a Participant may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company (or the designated broker), designate a third party who, upon the death of the Participant, will thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, upon the death of the Participant, the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate will be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. However, the Company may prohibit designation of a beneficiary at any time, including due to any conclusion by the Company that such designation would be inconsistent with the provisions of applicable laws.

(f) Vesting Generally . The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or SAR may vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal. The Option or SAR may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of performance goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options or SARs may vary. The provisions of this Section 5(f) are subject to any Option or SAR provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option or SAR may be exercised.

(g) Termination of Continuous Service . Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability), the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Stock Award as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) within the period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the applicable Stock Award Agreement, which period will not be less than 30 days if necessary to comply with applicable laws unless such termination is for Cause) and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Stock Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR (as applicable) within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR will terminate.

(h) Extension of Termination Date . If the exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a total period of time (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post-termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of such registration requirements, and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Stock Award Agreement. In addition, unless otherwise provided in a Participant’s

 

7.


Stock Award Agreement, if the sale of any Common Stock received upon exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause) would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the period of time (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post-termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy, and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Stock Award Agreement.

( i ) Disability of Participant . Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date 12 months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Award Agreement, which period will not be less than six months if necessary to comply with applicable laws unless such termination is for Cause), and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Stock Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

(j) Death of Participant . Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if (i) a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the Participant dies within the period (if any) specified in the Stock Award Agreement for exercisability after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (for a reason other than death), then the Option or SAR may be exercised (to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of death) by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option or SAR by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option or SAR upon the Participant’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date 18 months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Award Agreement, which period will not be less than six months if necessary to comply with applicable laws unless such termination is for Cause), and (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Stock Award Agreement. If, after the Participant’s death, the Option or SAR is not exercised within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

(k) Termination for Cause . Except as explicitly provided otherwise in a Participant’s Stock Award Agreement or other individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, if a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option or SAR will terminate immediately upon such Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and the Participant will be prohibited from exercising his or her Option or SAR from and after the date of such termination of Continuous Service.

(l) Non-Exempt Employees . If an Option or SAR is granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, the Option or SAR will not be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Option or SAR (although the Stock Award may vest prior to such date). Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, (i) if such non-exempt Employee dies or suffers a Disability, (ii) upon a Corporate Transaction in which such Option or SAR is not assumed, continued,

 

8.


or substituted, (iii) upon a Change in Control, or (iv) upon the Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the Participant’s Stock Award Agreement, in another agreement between the Participant and the Company, or, if no such definition, in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines), the vested portion of any Options and SARs may be exercised earlier than six months following the date of grant. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option or SAR will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay. To the extent permitted and/or required for compliance with the Worker Economic Opportunity Act to ensure that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise, vesting or issuance of any shares under any other Stock Award will be exempt from the employee’s regular rate of pay, the provisions of this Section 5(l) will apply to all Stock Awards and are hereby incorporated by reference into such Stock Award Agreements.

(m) Early Exercise of Options . An Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Optionholder may elect at any time before the Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), any unvested shares of Common Stock so purchased may be subject to a repurchase right in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate. Provided that the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l) is not violated, the Company will not be required to exercise its repurchase right until at least six months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless the Board otherwise specifically provides in the Option Agreement.

(n) Right of Repurchase . Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), the Option or SAR may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to repurchase all or any part of the vested shares of Common Stock acquired by the Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option or SAR.

( o ) Right of First Refusal . The Option or SAR may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to exercise a right of first refusal following receipt of notice from the Participant of the intent to transfer all or any part of the shares of Common Stock received upon the exercise of the Option or SAR. Such right of first refusal will be subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l). Except as expressly provided in this Section 5(o) or in the Stock Award Agreement, such right of first refusal will otherwise comply with any applicable provisions of the bylaws of the Company.

6. P ROVISIONS OF S TOCK A WARDS O THER THAN O PTIONS AND SAR S .

(a) Restricted Stock Awards . Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate. To the extent consistent with the Company’s bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock underlying a Restricted Stock Award may be (i) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (ii) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate will be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

9.


(i) Consideration . A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company, (B) past services to the Company or an Affiliate, or (C) any other form of legal consideration (including future services) that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting . Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), shares of Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

(iii) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service . If a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right, any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant that have not vested as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(iv) Transferability . Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board will determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(v) Dividends . A Restricted Stock Award Agreement may provide that any dividends paid on Restricted Stock will be subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions as apply to the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award to which they relate.

( b ) Restricted Stock Unit Awards . Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the will Board deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

( i ) Consideration . At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting . At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

(iii) Payment . A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

(iv) Additional Restrictions . At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

 

10.


(v) Dividend Equivalents . Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board. Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all of the same terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

(vi) Termination of Participant s Continuous Service . Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

(vii) Compliance with Section  409A of the Code .    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any Restricted Stock Unit Award granted under the Plan that is not exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code shall contain such provisions so that such Restricted Stock Unit Award will comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Such restrictions, if any, shall be determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement evidencing such Restricted Stock Unit Award. For example, such restrictions may include, without limitation, a requirement that any Common Stock that is to be issued in a year following the year in which the Restricted Stock Unit Award vests must be issued in accordance with a fixed pre-determined schedule.

(c) Other Stock Awards . Other forms of Stock Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including the appreciation in value thereof (e.g., options or stock rights with an exercise price or strike price less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of grant) may be granted either alone or in addition to Stock Awards provided for under Section 5 and the preceding provisions of this Section 6. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board will have sole and complete authority to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Other Stock Awards will be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted pursuant to such Other Stock Awards and all other terms and conditions of such Other Stock Awards.

7. C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY .

(a) Availability of Shares . The Company will keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy then-outstanding Stock Awards.

(b) Securities Law Compliance . The Company will seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking will not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts and at a reasonable cost, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company will be relieved from any liability for

 

11.


failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. A Participant will not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award or the subsequent issuance of cash or Common Stock pursuant to the Stock Award if such grant or issuance would be in violation of any applicable securities law.

(c) No Obligation to Notify or Minimize Taxes . The Company will have no duty or obligation to any Participant to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Stock Award. Furthermore, the Company will have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of a Stock Award or a possible period in which the Stock Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of a Stock Award to the holder of such Stock Award.

8. M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a) Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock . Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Awards will constitute general funds of the Company.

(b) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Stock Awards . Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of a Stock Award to any Participant will be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Stock Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant. In the event that the corporate records (e.g., Board consents, resolutions or minutes) documenting the corporate action constituting the grant contain terms (e.g., exercise price, vesting schedule or number of shares) that are inconsistent with those in the Stock Award Agreement or related grant documents as a result of a clerical error in the papering of the Stock Award Agreement or related grant documents, the corporate records will control and the Participant will have no legally binding right to the incorrect term in the Stock Award Agreement or related grant documents.

(c) Stockholder Rights . No Participant will be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to a Stock Award unless and until (i) such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of, or the issuance of shares of Common Stock under, the Stock Award pursuant to its terms, and (ii) the issuance of the Common Stock subject to the Stock Award has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

(d) No Employment or Other Service Rights . Nothing in the Plan, any Stock Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Stock Award granted pursuant thereto will confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Stock Award was granted or will affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

(e) Change in Time Commitment . In the event a Participant’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of his or her services for the Company and any Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an Employee of the Company and the Employee has a change in status from a full-time Employee to a part-time Employee or takes an extended leave of absence) after the date of grant of any Stock Award to the Participant, the Board has the right in its sole

 

12.


discretion to (x) make a corresponding reduction in the number of shares subject to any portion of such Stock Award that is scheduled to vest or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (y) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting or payment schedule applicable to such Stock Award. In the event of any such reduction, the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Stock Award that is so reduced or extended.

(f) Incentive Stock Option Limitations . To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds $100,000 (or such other limit established in the Code) or otherwise does not comply with the rules governing Incentive Stock Options, the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) or otherwise do not comply with such rules will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

(g) Investment Assurances . The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Stock Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that the Participant is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Stock Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Stock Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, will be inoperative if (A) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (B) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

(h) Withholding Obligations . Unless prohibited by the terms of a Stock Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to a Stock Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Stock Award; provided, however , that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lesser amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding cash from a Stock Award settled in cash; (iv) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Stock Award Agreement.

(i) Electronic Delivery . Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document will include any agreement or document delivered electronically or posted on the Company’s intranet (or other shared electronic medium controlled by the Company to which the Participant has access).

 

13.


(j) Deferrals . To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Stock Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an employee or otherwise providing services to the Company. The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Stock Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

(k) Compliance with Section  409A of the Code . To the extent that the Board determines that any Stock Award granted hereunder is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Stock Award Agreement evidencing such Stock Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan and Stock Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan (and unless the Stock Award Agreement specifically provides otherwise), if the shares of Common Stock are publicly traded, and if a Participant holding a Stock Award that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, no distribution or payment of any amount that is due because of a “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) will be issued or paid before the date that is six months following the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death, unless such distribution or payment can be made in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code, and any amounts so deferred will be paid in a lump sum on the day after such six month period elapses, with the balance paid thereafter on the original schedule.

(l) Repurchase Limitation . The terms of any repurchase right will be specified in the Stock Award Agreement. The repurchase price for vested shares of Common Stock will be the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase. The repurchase price for unvested shares of Common Stock will be the lower of (i) the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase or (ii) their original purchase price. However, the Company will not exercise its repurchase right until at least six months (or such longer or shorter period of time necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following delivery of shares of Common Stock subject to the Stock Award, unless otherwise specifically provided by the Board.

9. A DJUSTMENTS UPON C HANGES IN C OMMON S TOCK ; O THER C ORPORATE E VENTS .

(a) Capitalization Adjustments . In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(c), and (iii) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards. The Board will make such adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

 

14.


(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . Except as otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) will terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service, provided, however, that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

(c) Corporate Transaction . In the case of and subject to the consummation of a Corporate Transaction, except as may be otherwise provided in the relevant Stock Award Agreement, all Options and Stock Appreciation Rights with time-based vesting, conditions or restrictions that are not vested and/or exercisable immediately prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction shall become fully vested and exercisable as of the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, all other Stock Awards with time-based vesting, conditions or restrictions shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, and all Stock Awards with conditions and restrictions relating to the attainment of performance goals may become vested and nonforfeitable in connection with a Corporate Transaction in the Board’s discretion or to the extent specified in the relevant Stock Award Agreement. In the event of such Corporate Transaction, (i) the Company shall have the option (in its sole discretion) to make or provide for a payment, in cash or in kind, to the grantees holding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount equal to the difference between (A) the value as determined by the Board of the consideration payable, or otherwise to be received by stockholders, per share of Common Stock pursuant to a Corporate Transaction (the “ Sale Price ”) multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (to the extent then exercisable at prices not in excess of the Sale Price) and (B) the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (provided that, in the case of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right with an exercise price equal to or less than the Sale Price, such Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall be cancelled for no consideration); (ii) each grantee shall be permitted, within a specified period of time prior to the consummation of the Corporate Transaction as determined by the Board, to exercise all outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (to the extent then exercisable) held by such grantee; (iii) the Company shall also have the option (in its sole discretion) to make or provide for a payment, in cash or in kind, to the grantees holding other Stock Awards in an amount equal to the Sale Price multiplied by the number of vested shares of Common Stock under such Stock Awards; or (iv) the parties to such Corporate Transaction may cause the assumption or continuation of Stock Awards theretofore granted by the successor entity or the substitution of such Stock Awards with new Stock Awards of the successor entity or parent thereof (taking into account the acceleration of such Stock Awards pursuant to this Section 9(c)), with appropriate adjustment as to the number and kind of shares and, if appropriate, the per share exercise prices.

The Board need not take the same action or actions with respect to all Stock Awards or portions thereof or with respect to all Participants. The Board may take different actions with respect to the vested and unvested portions of a Stock Award.

(d) Change in Control . A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will occur.

 

15.


10. P LAN T ERM ; E ARLIER T ERMINATION OR S USPENSION OF THE P LAN .

(a) Plan Term . The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless terminated sooner by the Board, the Plan will automatically terminate on the day before the 10th anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company. No Stock Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(b) No Impairment of Rights . Suspension or termination of the Plan will not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant or as otherwise permitted in the Plan.

11. E FFECTIVE D ATE OF P LAN .

This Plan will become effective on the Effective Date.

12. C HOICE OF L AW .

The laws of the State of Delaware will govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

13. D EFINITIONS . As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) Affiliate ” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” of the Company, as such terms are defined in Rule 405. The Board will have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(b) Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure, or any similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(d) Cause will have the meaning ascribed to such term in any written agreement between the Participant and the Company defining such term and, in the absence of such agreement, such term means, with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) such Participant’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) such Participant’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) such Participant’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Participant and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (iv) such Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) such Participant’s gross misconduct. The determination that a

 

16.


termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause will be made by the Company, in its sole discretion. Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated with or without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Stock Awards held by such Participant will have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

(e) Change in Control ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control will not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities or (C) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “ Subject  Person ”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control will be deemed to occur;

(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; or

(iii) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; or

(f) Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(g) Committee ” means a committee of one or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

 

17.


(h) Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(i) Company ” means Eidos Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(j) Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, will not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan.

(k) Continuous Service ” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Director or Consultant or a change in the Entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, will not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however , that if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering services ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service will be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. For example, a change in status from an Employee of the Company to a Consultant of an Affiliate or to a Director will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service will be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Board or chief executive officer, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence will be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in a Stock Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law.

(l) Corporate Transaction ” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) a sale or other disposition of at least 90% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(m) Director ” means a member of the Board.

 

18.


(n) Disability ” means, with respect to a Participant, the inability of such Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months as provided in Sections 22(e)(3) and 409A(a)(2)(c)(i) of the Code, and will be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(o) Effective Date ” means the effective date of this Plan, which is the earlier of (i) the date that this Plan is first approved by the Company’s stockholders, and (ii) the date this Plan is adopted by the Board.

(p) Employee ” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(q) Entity ” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(r) Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(s) Exchange Act Person means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” will not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(t) Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined by the Board in compliance with Section 409A of the Code or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, in compliance with Section 422 of the Code.

(u) Incentive Stock Option ” means an option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that is intended to be, and that qualifies as, an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(v) Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(w) Officer ” means any person designated by the Company as an officer.

(x) Option ” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

19.


(y) Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant. Each Option Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(z) Optionholder ” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

( aa ) Other Stock Award ” means an award based in whole or in part by reference to the Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(c).

( bb ) Other Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of an Other Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an Other Stock Award grant. Each Other Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(cc) Own ,” “ Owned ,” “ Owner ,” “ Ownership A person or Entity will be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(dd) Participant ” means a person to whom a Stock Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

(ee) Plan ” means this 2016 Equity Incentive Plan.

(ff) Restricted Stock Award ” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(a).

(gg) Restricted Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(hh) Restricted Stock Unit Award means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(b).

(ii) Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(jj) Rule 405 ” means Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act.

(kk) Rule 701 ” means Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

(ll) Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(mm) Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5.

 

20.


(nn) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(oo) Stock Award ” means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, a Stock Appreciation Right or any Other Stock Award.

( pp ) Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(qq) Subsidiary ” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than 50%.

(rr) Ten Percent Stockholder ” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

21.


EIDOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

2016 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

OPTION AGREEMENT

(INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION OR NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION)

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“ Grant Notice ”) and this Option Agreement, E IDOS T HERAPEUTICS , I NC . (the “ Company ”) has granted you an option under its 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. The option is granted to you effective as of the date of grant set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Date of Grant ”). If there is any conflict between the terms in this Option Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement or in the Grant Notice but defined in the Plan will have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows:

1. V ESTING . Your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice. Vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

2. N UMBER OF S HARES AND E XERCISE P RICE . The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share in your Grant Notice will be adjusted for Capitalization Adjustments.

3. E XERCISE R ESTRICTION FOR N ON -E XEMPT E MPLOYEES . If you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended (that is, a “ Non-Exempt Employee ”), and except as otherwise provided in the Plan, you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant, even if you have already been an employee for more than six months. Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, you may exercise your option as to any vested portion prior to such six month anniversary in the case of (i) your death or disability, (ii) a Corporate Transaction in which your option is not assumed, continued or substituted, (iii) a Change in Control or (iv) your termination of Continuous Service on your “retirement” (as defined in the Company’s benefit plans).

4. E XERCISE PRIOR TO V ESTING (“E ARLY E XERCISE ”) . If permitted in your Grant Notice ( i.e. , the “Exercise Schedule” indicates “Early Exercise Permitted”) and subject to the provisions of your option, you may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of your Continuous Service and (ii) during the term of your option, to exercise all or part of your option, including the unvested portion of your option; provided, however, that:

(a) a partial exercise of your option will be deemed to cover first vested shares of Common Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested shares of Common Stock;

(b) any shares of Common Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the date of exercise will be subject to the purchase option in favor of the Company as described in the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement;

 

1.


(c) you will enter into the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred; and

(d) if your option is an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the Date of Grant) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which your option plus all other Incentive Stock Options you hold are exercisable for the first time by you during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds $100,000, your option(s) or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.

5. M ETHOD OF P AYMENT . You must pay the full amount of the exercise price for the shares you wish to exercise. You may pay the exercise price in cash or by check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

(a) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds. This manner of payment is also known as a “broker-assisted exercise”, “same day sale”, or “sell to cover”.

(b) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. “Delivery” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your option, will include delivery to the Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company. You may not exercise your option by delivery to the Company of Common Stock if doing so would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

(c) If this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, subject to the consent of the Company at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price. You must pay any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by the “net exercise” in cash or other permitted form of payment. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under your option and will not be exercisable thereafter if those shares (i) are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (ii) are delivered to you as a result of such exercise, and (iii) are withheld to satisfy your tax withholding obligations.

6. W HOLE S HARES . You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

7. S ECURITIES L AW C OMPLIANCE . In no event may you exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if not registered, the Company has determined that your exercise and the issuance of the shares would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with all other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations (including any restrictions on exercise required for compliance with Treas. Reg. 1.401(k)-1(d)(3), if applicable).

 

2.


8. T ERM . You may not exercise your option before the Date of Grant or after the expiration of the option’s term. The term of your option expires, subject to the provisions of Section 5(h) of the Plan, upon the earliest of the following:

(a) immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

(b) three months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, your Disability or your death (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d) below); provided, however, that if during any part of such three month period your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in the section above relating to “Securities Law Compliance,” your option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of three months after the termination of your Continuous Service; provided further, that if (i) you are a Non-Exempt Employee, (ii) your Continuous Service terminates within six months after the Date of Grant, and (iii) you have vested in a portion of your option at the time of your termination of Continuous Service, your option will not expire until the earlier of (x) the later of (A) the date that is seven months after the Date of Grant, and (B) the date that is three months after the termination of your Continuous Service, and (y) the Expiration Date;

(c) 12 months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d)) below;

(d) 18 months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than Cause;

(e) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

(f) the day before the 10th anniversary of the Date of Grant.

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the day three months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability. The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.

9. E XERCISE .

(a) You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by (i) delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) or completing such other documents and/or procedures designated by the Company for exercise and (ii) paying the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes to the Company’s Secretary, stock plan administrator, or such other person as the Company may designate, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

 

3.


(b) By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (i) the exercise of your option, (ii) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (iii) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

(c) If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within 15 days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two years after the Date of Grant or within one year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

(d) By exercising your option you agree that you will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of 180 days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company will request to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 or any successor or similar rules or regulation (the “ Lock-Up Period ”); provided, however , that nothing contained in this section will prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock-Up Period. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period. You also agree that any transferee of any shares of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by you will be bound by this Section 9(d). The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 9(d) and will have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

10. T RANSFERABILITY . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10, your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.

(a) Certain Trusts . Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may transfer your option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust. You and the trustee must enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

(b) Domestic Relations Orders . Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your option pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.421-1(b)(2) that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of this option with the Company prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement. If this option is an Incentive Stock Option, this option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

 

4.


(c) Beneficiary Designation . Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company and any broker designated by the Company to handle option exercises, designate a third party who, on your death, will thereafter be entitled to exercise this option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, your executor or administrator of your estate will be entitled to exercise this option and receive, on behalf of your estate, the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.

11. R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL . Shares of Common Stock that you acquire upon exercise of your option are subject to any right of first refusal that may be described in the Company’s bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right; provided, however, that if there is no right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws at such time, the right of first refusal described below will apply. The Company’s right of first refusal will expire on the first date upon which any security of the Company is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on a national securities exchange or quotation system (the “ Listing Date ”).

(a) Prior to the Listing Date, you may not validly Transfer (as defined below) any shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of your option, or any interest in such shares, unless such Transfer is made in compliance with the following provisions:

(i) Before there can be a valid Transfer of any shares of Common Stock or any interest therein, the record holder of the shares of Common Stock to be transferred (the “ Offered Shares ”) will give written notice (by registered or certified mail) to the Company. Such notice will specify the identity of the proposed transferee, the cash price offered for the Offered Shares by the proposed transferee (or, if the proposed Transfer is one in which the holder will not receive cash, such as an involuntary transfer, gift, donation or pledge, the holder will state that no purchase price is being proposed), and the other terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer. The date such notice is mailed will be hereinafter referred to as the “ Notice Date ” and the record holder of the Offered Shares will be hereinafter referred to as the “ Offeror .” If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change in the character or amount of any of the outstanding Common Stock which is subject to the provisions of your option, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which you are entitled by reason of your ownership of the shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of your option will be immediately subject to the Company’s Right of First Refusal (as defined below) with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Right of First Refusal immediately before such event.

(ii) For a period of 30 calendar days after the Notice Date, or such longer period as may be required to avoid the classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes, the Company will have the option to purchase all (but not less than all) of the Offered Shares at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) (the Company’s “ Right of First Refusal ”). In the event that the proposed Transfer is one involving no payment of a purchase price, the purchase price will be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Offered Shares as determined in good faith by the Board in its discretion. The Company may exercise its Right of First Refusal by mailing (by registered or certified mail) written notice of exercise of its Right of First Refusal to the Offeror prior to the end of said 30 days (including any extension required to avoid classification of the option as a liability for financial accounting purposes).

(iii) The price at which the Company may purchase the Offered Shares pursuant to the exercise of its Right of First Refusal will be the cash price offered for the Offered Shares by the proposed transferee (as set forth in the notice required under Section 11(a)(i)), or the Fair Market Value as determined by the Board in the event no purchase price is involved. To the extent consideration

 

5.


other than cash is offered by the proposed transferee, the Company will not be required to pay any additional amounts to the Offeror other than the cash price offered (or the Fair Market Value, if applicable). The Company’s notice of exercise of its Right of First Refusal will be accompanied by full payment for the Offered Shares and, upon such payment by the Company, the Company will acquire full right, title and interest to all of the Offered Shares.

(iv) If, and only if, the option given pursuant to Section 11(a)(ii) is not exercised, the Transfer proposed in the notice given pursuant to Section 11(a)(i) may take place; provided, however , that such Transfer must, in all respects, be exactly as proposed in said notice except that such Transfer may not take place either before the 10 th calendar day after the expiration of the 30 day option exercise period or after the ninetieth 90 th calendar day after the expiration of the 30 day option exercise period, and if such Transfer has not taken place prior to said 90 th day, such Transfer may not take place without once again complying with this Section 11(a). The option exercise periods in this Section 11(a)(iv) will be adjusted to include any extension required to avoid the classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes.

(b) As used in this Section 11, the term “ Transfer ” means any sale, encumbrance, pledge, gift or other form of disposition or transfer of shares of Common Stock or any legal or equitable interest therein; provided, however , that the term Transfer does not include a transfer of such shares or interests by will or intestacy to your Immediate Family (as defined below). In such case, the transferee or other recipient will receive and hold the shares of Common Stock so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there will be no further transfer of such shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 11. As used herein, the term “ Immediate Family ” will mean your spouse, the lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister, child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild of you or your spouse, or the spouse of any child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild of you or your spouse.

(c) None of the shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of your option will be transferred on the Company’s books nor will the Company recognize any such Transfer of any such shares or any interest therein unless and until all applicable provisions of this Section 11 have been complied with in all respects. The certificates of stock evidencing shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of your option will bear an appropriate legend referring to the transfer restrictions imposed by this Section 11.

(d) To ensure that the shares subject to the Company’s Right of First Refusal will be available for repurchase by the Company, the Company may require you to deposit the certificates evidencing the shares that you purchase upon exercise of your option with an escrow agent designated by the Company under the terms and conditions of an escrow agreement approved by the Company. If the Company does not require such deposit as a condition of exercise of your option, the Company reserves the right at any time to require you to so deposit the certificates in escrow. As soon as practicable after the expiration of the Company’s Right of First Refusal, the agent will deliver to you the shares and any other property no longer subject to such restriction. In the event the shares and any other property held in escrow are subject to the Company’s exercise of its Right of First Refusal, the notices required to be given to you will be given to the escrow agent, and any payment required to be given to you will be given to the escrow agent. Within 30 days after payment by the Company for the Offered Shares, the escrow agent will deliver the Offered Shares that the Company has repurchased to the Company and will deliver the payment received from the Company to you.

12. O PTION NOT A S ERVICE C ONTRACT . Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option will be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to

 

6.


continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option will obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, boards of directors, officers or employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

13. W ITHHOLDING O BLIGATIONS .

(a) At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, and at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “same day sale” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

(b) If this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, then upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes). If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your option. Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.

(c) You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company will have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein, if applicable, unless such obligations are satisfied.

14. T AX C ONSEQUENCES . You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your option or your other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the option. Because the Common Stock is not traded on an established securities market, the Fair Market Value is determined by the Board, perhaps in consultation with an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. You acknowledge that there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation as determined by the Board, and you will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation determined by the Board is less than the “fair market value” as subsequently determined by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

7.


15. N OTICES . Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan will be given in writing (including electronically) and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this option by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. By accepting this option, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

16. G OVERNING P LAN D OCUMENT . Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will control.

17. W AIVER OF S TATUTORY I NFORMATION R IGHTS . You acknowledge and understand that, but for the waiver made herein, you would be entitled, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, to inspect for any proper purpose, and to make copies and extracts from, the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and the books and records of subsidiaries of the Company, if any, under the circumstances and in the manner provided in Section 220 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (any and all such rights, and any and all such other rights you may be provided for in Section 220, the “ Inspection Rights ”). In light of the foregoing, until the first sale of stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, you hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waive the Inspection Rights, whether such Inspection Rights would be exercised or pursued directly or indirectly pursuant to Section 220 or otherwise, and covenant and agree never to directly or indirectly commence, voluntarily aid in any way, prosecute, assign, transfer, or cause to be commenced any claim, action, cause of action, or other proceeding to pursue or exercise the Inspection Rights. The foregoing waiver shall not affect any rights of a director, in his or her capacity as such, under Section 220. The foregoing waiver shall not apply to any of your contractual inspection rights under any other written agreement with the Company.

 

8.

Exhibit 10.2

EIDOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

2018 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

 

SECTION 1. GENERAL PURPOSE OF THE PLAN; DEFINITIONS

The name of the plan is the Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. 2018 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The purpose of the Plan is to encourage and enable the officers, employees, Non-Employee Directors and Consultants of Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) and its Subsidiaries upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the Company largely depends for the successful conduct of its business to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company. It is anticipated that providing such persons with a direct stake in the Company’s welfare will assure a closer identification of their interests with those of the Company and its stockholders, thereby stimulating their efforts on the Company’s behalf and strengthening their desire to remain with the Company.

The following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

“Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

“Administrator” means either the Board or the compensation committee of the Board or a similar committee performing the functions of the compensation committee and which is comprised of not less than two Non-Employee Directors who are independent.

“Award” or “Awards,” except where referring to a particular category of grant under the Plan, shall include Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Units, Restricted Stock Awards, Unrestricted Stock Awards, Cash-Based Awards, and Dividend Equivalent Rights.

“Award Certificate” means a written or electronic document setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award granted under the Plan. Each Award Certificate is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Cash-Based Award” means an Award entitling the recipient to receive a cash-denominated payment.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor Code, and related rules, regulations and interpretations.

“Consultant” means any natural person that provides bona fide services to the Company, and such services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities.


“Dividend Equivalent Right” means an Award entitling the grantee to receive credits based on cash dividends that would have been paid on the shares of Stock specified in the Dividend Equivalent Right (or other award to which it relates) if such shares had been issued to and held by the grantee.

“Effective Date” means the date on which the Plan becomes effective as set forth in Section 19.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

“Fair Market Value” of the Stock on any given date means the fair market value of the Stock determined in good faith by the Administrator; provided, however, that if the Stock is admitted to quotation on The Nasdaq Global Market or another national securities exchange, the determination shall be made by reference to market quotations. If there are no market quotations for such date, the determination shall be made by reference to the last date preceding such date for which there are market quotations; provided further, however, that if the date for which Fair Market Value is determined is the Registration Date, the Fair Market Value shall be the “Price to the Public” (or equivalent) set forth on the cover page for the final prospectus relating to the Company’s Initial Public Offering.

“Incentive Stock Option” means any Stock Option designated and qualified as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

“Initial Public Offering” means the first underwritten, firm commitment public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act covering the offer and sale by the Company of its equity securities, or such other event as a result of or following which the Stock shall be publicly held.

“Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board who is not also an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary.

“Non-Qualified Stock Option” means any Stock Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

“Option” or “Stock Option” means any option to purchase shares of Stock granted pursuant to Section 5.

“Registration Date” means the date upon which the registration statement on Form S-1 that is filed by the Company with respect to the Initial Public Offering is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Restricted Shares” means the shares of Stock underlying a Restricted Stock Award that remain subject to a risk of forfeiture or the Company’s right of repurchase.

“Restricted Stock Award” means an Award of Restricted Shares subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant.

 

2


“Restricted Stock Units” means an Award of stock units subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant.

“Sale Event” shall mean (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (ii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power and outstanding stock immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power and outstanding stock or other equity interests of the resulting or successor entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable) immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iii) the sale of all of the Stock of the Company to an unrelated person, entity or group thereof acting in concert, or (iv) any other transaction in which the owners of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the Company or any successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction other than as a result of the acquisition of securities directly from the Company.

Sale Price ” means the value as determined by the Administrator of the consideration payable, or otherwise to be received by stockholders, per share of Stock pursuant to a Sale Event.

“Section  409A” means Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder.

“Service Relationship” means any relationship as a full-time employee, part-time employee, director or other key person (including Consultants) of the Company or any Subsidiary or any successor entity (e.g., a Service Relationship shall be deemed to continue without interruption in the event an individual’s status changes from full-time employee to part-time employee or Consultant).

“Stock” means the Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company, subject to adjustments pursuant to Section 3.

“Stock Appreciation Right” means an Award entitling the recipient to receive shares of Stock (or cash, to the extent explicitly provided for in the applicable Award Certificate) having a value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of exercise over the exercise price of the Stock Appreciation Right multiplied by the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised.

“Subsidiary” means any corporation or other entity (other than the Company) in which the Company has at least a 50 percent interest, either directly or indirectly.

“Ten Percent Owner” means an employee who owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10 percent of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent or subsidiary corporation.

“Unrestricted Stock Award” means an Award of shares of Stock free of any restrictions.

 

3


SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN; ADMINISTRATOR AUTHORITY TO SELECT GRANTEES AND DETERMINE AWARDS

(a) Administration of Plan . The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator.

(b) Powers of Administrator . The Administrator shall have the power and authority to grant Awards consistent with the terms of the Plan, including the power and authority:

(i) to select the individuals to whom Awards may from time to time be granted;

(ii) to determine the time or times of grant, and the extent, if any, of Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units, Unrestricted Stock Awards, Cash-Based Awards, and Dividend Equivalent Rights, or any combination of the foregoing, granted to any one or more grantees;

(iii) to determine the number of shares of Stock to be covered by any Award;

(iv) to determine and modify from time to time the terms and conditions, including restrictions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award, which terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees, and to approve the forms of Award Certificates;

(v) to accelerate at any time the exercisability or vesting of all or any portion of any Award;

(vi) subject to the provisions of Section 5(c), to extend at any time the period in which Stock Options may be exercised; and

(vii) at any time to adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices for administration of the Plan and for its own acts and proceedings as it shall deem advisable; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award (including related written instruments); to make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan; to decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.

All decisions and interpretations of the Administrator shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and Plan grantees.

(c) Delegation of Authority to Grant Awards . Subject to applicable law, the Administrator, in its discretion, may delegate to a committee consisting of one or more officers of the Company including the Chief Executive Officer of the Company all or part of the Administrator’s authority and duties with respect to the granting of Awards to individuals who are (i) not subject to the reporting and other provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and (ii) not members of the delegated committee. Any such delegation by the Administrator shall include a limitation as to the amount of Stock underlying Awards that may be granted during the period of the delegation and shall contain guidelines as to the determination of the exercise price and the vesting criteria. The Administrator may revoke or amend the terms of a delegation at any time but such action shall not invalidate any prior actions of the Administrator’s delegate or delegates that were consistent with the terms of the Plan.

 

4


(d) Award Certificate . Awards under the Plan shall be evidenced by Award Certificates that set forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each Award which may include, without limitation, the term of an Award and the provisions applicable in the event employment or service terminates.

(e) Indemnification . Neither the Board nor the Administrator, nor any member of either or any delegate thereof, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with the Plan, and the members of the Board and the Administrator (and any delegate thereof) shall be entitled in all cases to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising or resulting therefrom to the fullest extent permitted by law and/or under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage which may be in effect from time to time and/or any indemnification agreement between such individual and the Company.

(f) Foreign Award Recipients . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in other countries in which the Company and its Subsidiaries operate or have employees or other individuals eligible for Awards, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (i) determine which Subsidiaries shall be covered by the Plan; (ii) determine which individuals outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (iii) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to individuals outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws; (iv) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent the Administrator determines such actions to be necessary or advisable (and such subplans and/or modifications shall be attached to this Plan as appendices); provided, however, that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitations contained in Section 3(a) hereof; and (v) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that the Administrator determines to be necessary or advisable to obtain approval or comply with any local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate the Exchange Act or any other applicable United States securities law, the Code, or any other applicable United States governing statute or law.

 

SECTION 3. STOCK ISSUABLE UNDER THE PLAN; MERGERS; SUBSTITUTION

(a) Stock Issuable . The maximum number of shares of Stock reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 500,000 shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(c). For purposes of this limitation, the shares of Stock underlying any Awards under the Plan or the shares of Stock underlying any Awards under the Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, that are forfeited, canceled, held back upon exercise of an Option or settlement of an Award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by the Company prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of Stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) shall be added back to the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan and, to the extent permitted under Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder, the shares

 

5


of Stock that may be issued as Incentive Stock Options. In the event the Company repurchases shares of Stock on the open market, such shares shall not be added to the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan. Subject to such overall limitations, shares of Stock may be issued up to such maximum number pursuant to any type or types of Award; provided, however, that no more than 500,000 shares of the Stock may be issued in the form of Incentive Stock Options. The shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued shares of Stock or shares of Stock reacquired by the Company.

(b) Maximum Awards to Non-Employee Directors . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, the value of all Awards awarded under this Plan and all other cash compensation paid by the Company to any Non-Employee Director in any calendar year shall not exceed $1,250,000. For the purpose of this limitation, the value of any Award shall be its grant date fair value, as determined in accordance with ASC 718 or successor provision but excluding the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting provisions.

(c) Changes in Stock . Subject to Section 3(d) hereof, if, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Company’s capital stock, the outstanding shares of Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company, or additional shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such shares of Stock or other securities, or, if, as a result of any merger or consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the outstanding shares of Stock are converted into or exchanged for securities of the Company or any successor entity (or a parent or subsidiary thereof), the Administrator shall make an appropriate or proportionate adjustment in (i) the maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, including the maximum number of shares that may be issued in the form of Incentive Stock Options, (ii) the number and kind of shares or other securities subject to any then outstanding Awards under the Plan, (iii) the repurchase price, if any, per share subject to each outstanding Restricted Stock Award, and (iv) the exercise price for each share subject to any then outstanding Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights under the Plan, without changing the aggregate exercise price (i.e., the exercise price multiplied by the number of Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights) as to which such Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights remain exercisable. The Administrator shall also make equitable or proportionate adjustments in the number of shares subject to outstanding Awards and the exercise price and the terms of outstanding Awards to take into consideration cash dividends paid other than in the ordinary course or any other extraordinary corporate event. The adjustment by the Administrator shall be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued under the Plan resulting from any such adjustment, but the Administrator in its discretion may make a cash payment in lieu of fractional shares.

(d) Mergers and Other Transactions . In the case of and subject to the consummation of a Sale Event,    except as may be otherwise provided in the relevant Award Certificate, all Options and Stock Appreciation Rights with time-based vesting, conditions or restrictions that are not vested and/or exercisable immediately prior to the effective time of the Sale Event shall become fully vested and exercisable as of the effective time of the Sale Event, all other Awards with time-based vesting, conditions or restrictions shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the effective time of the Sale Event, and all Awards with conditions and restrictions relating

 

6


to the attainment of performance goals may become vested and nonforfeitable in connection with a Sale Event in the Administrator’s discretion or to the extent specified in the relevant Award Certificate. In the event of such Sale Event, (i) the Company shall have the option (in its sole discretion) to make or provide for a payment, in cash or in kind, to the grantees holding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount equal to the difference between (A) the Sale Price multiplied by the number of shares of Stock subject to outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (to the extent then exercisable at prices not in excess of the Sale Price) and (B) the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (provided that, in the case of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right with an exercise price equal to or less than the Sale Price, such Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall be cancelled for no consideration); (ii) each grantee shall be permitted, within a specified period of time prior to the consummation of the Sale Event as determined by the Administrator, to exercise all outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (to the extent then exercisable) held by such grantee; (iii) the Company shall also have the option (in its sole discretion) to make or provide for a payment, in cash or in kind, to the grantees holding other Awards in an amount equal to the Sale Price multiplied by the number of vested shares of Stock under such Awards; or (iv) the parties to the Sale Event may cause the assumption or continuation of Awards theretofore granted by the successor entity, or the substitution of such Awards with new Awards of the successor entity or parent thereof (taking into account the acceleration of such Awards pursuant to this Section 3(d)), with appropriate adjustment as to the number and kind of shares and, if appropriate, the per share exercise prices.

 

SECTION 4. ELIGIBILITY

Grantees under the Plan will be such full or part-time officers and other employees, Non-Employee Directors and Consultants of the Company and its Subsidiaries as are selected from time to time by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

SECTION 5. STOCK OPTIONS

(a) Award of Stock Options . The Administrator may grant Stock Options under the Plan. Any Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be in such form as the Administrator may from time to time approve.

Stock Options granted under the Plan may be either Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or any Subsidiary that is a “subsidiary corporation” within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code. To the extent that any Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it shall be deemed a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

Stock Options granted pursuant to this Section 5 shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Administrator shall deem desirable. If the Administrator so determines, Stock Options may be granted in lieu of cash compensation at the optionee’s election, subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator may establish.

 

7


(b) Exercise Price . The exercise price per share for the Stock covered by a Stock Option granted pursuant to this Section 5 shall be determined by the Administrator at the time of grant but shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the option price of such Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than 110 percent of the Fair Market Value on the grant date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Stock Options may be granted with an exercise price per share that is less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code.

(c) Option Term . The term of each Stock Option shall be fixed by the Administrator, but no Stock Option shall be exercisable more than ten years after the date the Stock Option is granted. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the term of such Stock Option shall be no more than five years from the date of grant.

(d) Exercisability; Rights of a Stockholder . Stock Options shall become exercisable at such time or times, whether or not in installments, as shall be determined by the Administrator at or after the grant date. The Administrator may at any time accelerate the exercisability of all or any portion of any Stock Option. An optionee shall have the rights of a stockholder only as to shares acquired upon the exercise of a Stock Option and not as to unexercised Stock Options.

(e) Method of Exercise . Stock Options may be exercised in whole or in part, by giving written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company, specifying the number of shares to be purchased. Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the following methods except to the extent otherwise provided in the Option Award Certificate:

(i) In cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Administrator;

(ii) Through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership following such procedures as the Company may prescribe) of shares of Stock that are not then subject to restrictions under any Company plan. Such surrendered shares shall be valued at Fair Market Value on the exercise date;

(iii) By the optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company for the purchase price; provided that in the event the optionee chooses to pay the purchase price as so provided, the optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Company shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; or

(iv) With respect to Stock Options that are not Incentive Stock Options, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price.

Payment instruments will be received subject to collection. The transfer to the optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent of the shares of Stock to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of a Stock Option will be contingent upon receipt from the optionee (or a

 

8


purchaser acting in his stead in accordance with the provisions of the Stock Option) by the Company of the full purchase price for such shares and the fulfillment of any other requirements contained in the Option Award Certificate or applicable provisions of laws (including the satisfaction of any withholding taxes that the Company is obligated to withhold with respect to the optionee). In the event an optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned shares of Stock through the attestation method, the number of shares of Stock transferred to the optionee upon the exercise of the Stock Option shall be net of the number of attested shares. In the event that the Company establishes, for itself or using the services of a third party, an automated system for the exercise of Stock Options, such as a system using an internet website or interactive voice response, then the paperless exercise of Stock Options may be permitted through the use of such an automated system.

(f) Annual Limit on Incentive Stock Options . To the extent required for “incentive stock option” treatment under Section 422 of the Code, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the shares of Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options granted under this Plan and any other plan of the Company or its parent and subsidiary corporations become exercisable for the first time by an optionee during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000. To the extent that any Stock Option exceeds this limit, it shall constitute a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

SECTION 6. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

(a) Award of Stock Appreciation Rights . The Administrator may grant Stock Appreciation Rights under the Plan. A Stock Appreciation Right is an Award entitling the recipient to receive shares of Stock (or cash, to the extent explicitly provided for in the applicable Award Certificate) having a value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise over the exercise price of the Stock Appreciation Right multiplied by the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised.

(b) Exercise Price of Stock Appreciation Rights . The exercise price of a Stock Appreciation Right shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of grant.

(c) Grant and Exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted by the Administrator independently of any Stock Option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan.

(d) Terms and Conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined on the date of grant by the Administrator. The term of a Stock Appreciation Right may not exceed ten years. The terms and conditions of each such Award shall be determined by the Administrator, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees.

 

9


SECTION 7. RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

(a) Nature of Restricted Stock Awards . The Administrator may grant Restricted Stock Awards under the Plan. A Restricted Stock Award is any Award of Restricted Shares subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant. Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other Service Relationship) and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives.

(b) Rights as a Stockholder . Upon the grant of the Restricted Stock Award and payment of any applicable purchase price, a grantee shall have the rights of a stockholder with respect to the voting of the Restricted Shares and receipt of dividends; provided that if the lapse of restrictions with respect to the Restricted Stock Award is tied to the attainment of performance goals, any dividends paid by the Company during the performance period shall accrue and shall not be paid to the grantee until and to the extent the performance goals are met with respect to the Restricted Stock Award. Unless the Administrator shall otherwise determine, (i) uncertificated Restricted Shares shall be accompanied by a notation on the records of the Company or the transfer agent to the effect that they are subject to forfeiture until such Restricted Shares are vested as provided in Section 7(d) below, and (ii) certificated Restricted Shares shall remain in the possession of the Company until such Restricted Shares are vested as provided in Section 7(d) below, and the grantee shall be required, as a condition of the grant, to deliver to the Company such instruments of transfer as the Administrator may prescribe.

(c) Restrictions . Restricted Shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of except as specifically provided herein or in the Restricted Stock Award Certificate. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award Certificate or, subject to Section 16 below, in writing after the Award is issued, if a grantee’s employment (or other Service Relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates for any reason, any Restricted Shares that have not vested at the time of termination shall automatically and without any requirement of notice to such grantee from or other action by or on behalf of, the Company be deemed to have been reacquired by the Company at its original purchase price (if any) from such grantee or such grantee’s legal representative simultaneously with such termination of employment (or other Service Relationship), and thereafter shall cease to represent any ownership of the Company by the grantee or rights of the grantee as a stockholder. Following such deemed reacquisition of Restricted Shares that are represented by physical certificates, a grantee shall surrender such certificates to the Company upon request without consideration.

(d) Vesting of Restricted Shares . The Administrator at the time of grant shall specify the date or dates and/or the attainment of pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions on which the non-transferability of the Restricted Shares and the Company’s right of repurchase or forfeiture shall lapse. Subsequent to such date or dates and/or the attainment of such pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions, the shares on which all restrictions have lapsed shall no longer be Restricted Shares and shall be deemed “vested.”

 

SECTION 8. RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

(a) Nature of Restricted Stock Units . The Administrator may grant Restricted Stock Units under the Plan. A Restricted Stock Unit is an Award of stock units that may be settled in shares of Stock (or cash, to the extent explicitly provided for in the Award Certificate) upon the satisfaction of such restrictions and conditions at the time of grant. Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other Service Relationship) and/or achievement of pre-established

 

10


performance goals and objectives. The terms and conditions of each such Award shall be determined by the Administrator, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees. Except in the case of Restricted Stock Units with a deferred settlement date that complies with Section 409A, at the end of the vesting period, the Restricted Stock Units, to the extent vested, shall be settled in the form of shares of Stock. Restricted Stock Units with deferred settlement dates are subject to Section 409A and shall contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion in order to comply with the requirements of Section 409A.

(b) Election to Receive Restricted Stock Units in Lieu of Compensation . The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, permit a grantee to elect to receive a portion of future cash compensation otherwise due to such grantee in the form of an award of Restricted Stock Units. Any such election shall be made in writing and shall be delivered to the Company no later than the date specified by the Administrator and in accordance with Section 409A and such other rules and procedures established by the Administrator. Any such future cash compensation that the grantee elects to defer shall be converted to a fixed number of Restricted Stock Units based on the Fair Market Value of Stock on the date the compensation would otherwise have been paid to the grantee if such payment had not been deferred as provided herein. The Administrator shall have the sole right to determine whether and under what circumstances to permit such elections and to impose such limitations and other terms and conditions thereon as the Administrator deems appropriate. Any Restricted Stock Units that are elected to be received in lieu of cash compensation shall be fully vested, unless otherwise provided in the Award Certificate.

(c) Rights as a Stockholder . A grantee shall have the rights as a stockholder only as to shares of Stock acquired by the grantee upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units; provided, however, that the grantee may be credited with Dividend Equivalent Rights with respect to the stock units underlying his Restricted Stock Units, subject to the provisions of Section 11 and such terms and conditions as the Administrator may determine.

(d) Termination . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award Certificate or, subject to Section 16 below, in writing after the Award is issued, a grantee’s right in all Restricted Stock Units that have not vested shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s termination of employment (or cessation of Service Relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason.

 

SECTION 9. UNRESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

Grant or Sale of Unrestricted Stock . The Administrator may grant (or sell at par value or such higher purchase price determined by the Administrator) an Unrestricted Stock Award under the Plan. An Unrestricted Stock Award is an Award pursuant to which the grantee may receive shares of Stock free of any restrictions under the Plan. Unrestricted Stock Awards may be granted in respect of past services or other valid consideration, or in lieu of cash compensation due to such grantee.

 

11


SECTION 10. CASH-BASED AWARDS

Grant of Cash-Based Awards . The Administrator may grant Cash-Based Awards under the Plan. A Cash-Based Award is an Award that entitles the grantee to a payment in cash upon the attainment of specified performance goals. The Administrator shall determine the maximum duration of the Cash-Based Award, the amount of cash to which the Cash-Based Award pertains, the conditions upon which the Cash-Based Award shall become vested or payable, and such other provisions as the Administrator shall determine. Each Cash-Based Award shall specify a cash-denominated payment amount, formula or payment ranges as determined by the Administrator. Payment, if any, with respect to a Cash-Based Award shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Award and may be made in cash.

 

SECTION 11. DIVIDEND EQUIVALENT RIGHTS

(a) Dividend Equivalent Rights . The Administrator may grant Dividend Equivalent Rights under the Plan. A Dividend Equivalent Right is an Award entitling the grantee to receive credits based on cash dividends that would have been paid on the shares of Stock specified in the Dividend Equivalent Right (or other Award to which it relates) if such shares had been issued to the grantee. A Dividend Equivalent Right may be granted hereunder to any grantee as a component of an award of Restricted Stock Units or as a freestanding award. The terms and conditions of Dividend Equivalent Rights shall be specified in the Award Certificate. Dividend equivalents credited to the holder of a Dividend Equivalent Right may be paid currently or may be deemed to be reinvested in additional shares of Stock, which may thereafter accrue additional equivalents. Any such reinvestment shall be at Fair Market Value on the date of reinvestment or such other price as may then apply under a dividend reinvestment plan sponsored by the Company, if any. Dividend Equivalent Rights may be settled in cash or shares of Stock or a combination thereof, in a single installment or installments. A Dividend Equivalent Right granted as a component of an Award of Restricted Stock Units shall provide that such Dividend Equivalent Right shall be settled only upon settlement or payment of, or lapse of restrictions on, such other Award, and that such Dividend Equivalent Right shall expire or be forfeited or annulled under the same conditions as such other Award.

(b) Termination . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award Certificate or, subject to Section 16 below, in writing after the Award is issued, a grantee’s rights in all Dividend Equivalent Rights shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s termination of employment (or cessation of Service Relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason.

 

SECTION 12. TRANSFERABILITY OF AWARDS

(a) Transferability . Except as provided in Section 12(b) below, during a grantee’s lifetime, his or her Awards shall be exercisable only by the grantee, or by the grantee’s legal representative or guardian in the event of the grantee’s incapacity. No Awards shall be sold, assigned, transferred or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by a grantee other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations order. No Awards shall be subject, in whole or in part, to attachment, execution, or levy of any kind, and any purported transfer in violation hereof shall be null and void.

 

12


(b) Administrator Action . Notwithstanding Section 12(a), the Administrator, in its discretion, may provide either in the Award Certificate regarding a given Award or by subsequent written approval that the grantee (who is an employee or director) may transfer his or her Non-Qualified Stock Options to his or her immediate family members, to trusts for the benefit of such family members, or to partnerships in which such family members are the only partners, provided that the transferee agrees in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Plan and the applicable Award. In no event may an Award be transferred by a grantee for value.

(c) Family Member . For purposes of Section 12(b), “family member” shall mean a grantee’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the grantee’s household (other than a tenant of the grantee), a trust in which these persons (or the grantee) have more than 50 percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the grantee) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the grantee) own more than 50 percent of the voting interests.

(d) Designation of Beneficiary . To the extent permitted by the Company, each grantee to whom an Award has been made under the Plan may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise any Award or receive any payment under any Award payable on or after the grantee’s death. Any such designation shall be on a form provided for that purpose by the Administrator and shall not be effective until received by the Administrator. If no beneficiary has been designated by a deceased grantee, or if the designated beneficiaries have predeceased the grantee, the beneficiary shall be the grantee’s estate.

 

SECTION 13. TAX WITHHOLDING

(a) Payment by Grantee . Each grantee shall, no later than the date as of which the value of an Award or of any Stock or other amounts received thereunder first becomes includable in the gross income of the grantee for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator regarding payment of, any Federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld by the Company with respect to such income. The Company and its Subsidiaries shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the grantee. The Company’s obligation to deliver evidence of book entry (or stock certificates) to any grantee is subject to and conditioned on tax withholding obligations being satisfied by the grantee.

(b) Payment in Stock . Subject to approval by the Administrator, a grantee may elect to have the Company’s required tax withholding obligation satisfied, in whole or in part, by authorizing the Company to withhold from shares of Stock to be issued pursuant to any Award a number of shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the withholding amount due; provided, however, that the amount withheld does not exceed the maximum statutory tax rate or such lesser amount as is necessary to avoid liability accounting treatment. The Administrator may also require Awards to be subject to mandatory share withholding up to the required withholding amount. For purposes of share

 

13


withholding, the Fair Market Value of withheld shares shall be determined in the same manner as the value of Stock includible in income of the Participants. The required tax withholding obligation may also be satisfied, in whole or in part, by an arrangement whereby a certain number of shares of Stock issued pursuant to any Award are immediately sold and proceeds from such sale are remitted to the Company in an amount that would satisfy the withholding amount due.

 

SECTION 14. SECTION  409A AWARDS

To the extent that any Award is determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A (a “409A Award”), the Award shall be subject to such additional rules and requirements as specified by the Administrator from time to time in order to comply with Section 409A. In this regard, if any amount under a 409A Award is payable upon a “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A) to a grantee who is then considered a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then no such payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after the grantee’s separation from service, or (ii) the grantee’s death, but only to the extent such delay is necessary to prevent such payment from being subject to interest, penalties and/or additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A. Further, the settlement of any 409A Award may not be accelerated except to the extent permitted by Section 409A.

 

SECTION 15. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT, TRANSFER, LEAVE OF ABSENCE, ETC.

(a) Termination of Employment . If the grantee’s Service Relationship is with a Subsidiary and such Subsidiary ceases to be a Subsidiary, the grantee shall be deemed to have terminated his or her Service Relationship for purposes of the Plan.

(b) For purposes of the Plan, the following events shall not be deemed a termination of employment:

(i) a transfer to the employment of the Company from a Subsidiary or from the Company to a Subsidiary, or from one Subsidiary to another; or

(ii) an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness, or for any other purpose approved by the Company, if the employee’s right to re-employment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Administrator otherwise so provides in writing.

 

SECTION 16. AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

The Board may, at any time, amend or discontinue the Plan and the Administrator may, at any time, amend or cancel any outstanding Award for the purpose of satisfying changes in law or for any other lawful purpose, but no such action shall adversely affect rights under any outstanding Award without the holder’s consent. The Administrator is specifically authorized to exercise its discretion to reduce the exercise price of outstanding Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights or effect the repricing of such Awards through cancellation and re-grants. To the extent required under the rules of any securities exchange or market system on which the

 

14


Stock is listed, to the extent determined by the Administrator to be required by the Code to ensure that Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan are qualified under Section 422 of the Code, Plan amendments shall be subject to approval by the Company stockholders entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders. Nothing in this Section 16 shall limit the Administrator’s authority to take any action permitted pursuant to Section 3(c) or 3(d).

 

SECTION 17. STATUS OF PLAN

With respect to the portion of any Award that has not been exercised and any payments in cash, Stock or other consideration not received by a grantee, a grantee shall have no rights greater than those of a general creditor of the Company unless the Administrator shall otherwise expressly determine in connection with any Award or Awards. In its sole discretion, the Administrator may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the Company’s obligations to deliver Stock or make payments with respect to Awards hereunder, provided that the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the foregoing sentence.

 

SECTION 18. GENERAL PROVISIONS

(a) No Distribution . The Administrator may require each person acquiring Stock pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring the shares without a view to distribution thereof.

(b) Issuance of Stock . To the extent certificated, stock certificates to grantees under this Plan shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a stock transfer agent of the Company shall have mailed such certificates in the United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company. Uncertificated Stock shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a Stock transfer agent of the Company shall have given to the grantee by electronic mail (with proof of receipt) or by United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company, notice of issuance and recorded the issuance in its records (which may include electronic “book entry” records). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any evidence of book entry or certificates evidencing shares of Stock pursuant to the exercise or settlement of any Award, unless and until the Administrator has determined, with advice of counsel (to the extent the Administrator deems such advice necessary or advisable), that the issuance and delivery is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any exchange on which the shares of Stock are listed, quoted or traded. Any Stock issued pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to comply with federal, state or foreign jurisdiction, securities or other laws, rules and quotation system on which the Stock is listed, quoted or traded. The Administrator may place legends on any Stock certificate or notations on any book entry to reference restrictions applicable to the Stock. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Administrator may require that an individual make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Administrator, in its discretion, deems necessary or advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements. The Administrator shall have the right to require any individual to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement or exercise of any Award, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the discretion of the Administrator.

 

15


(c) Stockholder Rights . Until Stock is deemed delivered in accordance with Section 18(b), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights of a stockholder will exist with respect to shares of Stock to be issued in connection with an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of a Stock Option or any other action by the grantee with respect to an Award.

(d) Other Compensation Arrangements; No Employment Rights . Nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, including trusts, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases. The adoption of this Plan and the grant of Awards do not confer upon any employee any right to continued employment with the Company or any Subsidiary.

(e) Trading Policy Restrictions . Option exercises and other Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s insider trading policies and procedures, as in effect from time to time.

(f) Clawback Policy . Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s clawback policy, as in effect from time to time.

 

SECTION 19. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

This Plan shall become effective upon the date immediately preceding the Registration Date. No grants of Stock Options and other Awards may be made hereunder after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date and no grants of Incentive Stock Options may be made hereunder after the tenth anniversary of the date the Plan is approved by the Board.

 

SECTION 20. GOVERNING LAW

This Plan and all Awards and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, applied without regard to conflict of law principles.

DATE APPROVED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS: May 22, 2018

DATE APPROVED BY STOCKHOLDERS:

 

16


INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

UNDER THE EIDOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

2018 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Name of Optionee:                                             
No. of Option Shares:                                             
Option Exercise Price per Share:    $                                       
Grant Date:                                             
Expiration Date:                                             

Pursuant to the Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. 2018 Stock Option and Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants to the Optionee named above an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date specified above all or part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Stock”), of the Company specified above at the Option Exercise Price per Share specified above subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan.

1. Exercisability Schedule . No portion of this Stock Option may be exercised until such portion shall have become exercisable. Except as set forth below, and subject to the discretion of the Administrator (as defined in Section 2 of the Plan) to accelerate the exercisability schedule hereunder, this Stock Option shall be exercisable with respect to the following number of Option Shares on the dates indicated so long as the Optionee remains an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on such dates, except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator:

 

Incremental Number of

Option Shares Exercisable*

   Exercisability Date

_____________ (___%)

                       

_____________ (___%)

                       

_____________ (___%)

                       

_____________ (___%)

                       

_____________ (___%)

                       

 

* Max. of $100,000 per yr.

Once exercisable, this Stock Option shall continue to be exercisable at any time or times prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date, subject to the provisions hereof and of the Plan.


2. Manner of Exercise .

(a) The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner: from time to time on or prior to the Expiration Date of this Stock Option, the Optionee may give written notice to the Administrator of his or her election to purchase some or all of the Option Shares purchasable at the time of such notice. This notice shall specify the number of Option Shares to be purchased.

Payment of the purchase price for the Option Shares may be made by one or more of the following methods: (i) in cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Administrator; (ii) through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of shares of Stock that have been purchased by the Optionee on the open market or that are beneficially owned by the Optionee and are not then subject to any restrictions under any Company plan and that otherwise satisfy any holding periods as may be required by the Administrator; or (iii) by the Optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company to pay the option purchase price, provided that in the event the Optionee chooses to pay the option purchase price as so provided, the Optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Administrator shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; or (iv) a combination of (i), (ii) and (iii) above. Payment instruments will be received subject to collection.

The transfer to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent of the Option Shares will be contingent upon (i) the Company’s receipt from the Optionee of the full purchase price for the Option Shares, as set forth above, (ii) the fulfillment of any other requirements contained herein or in the Plan or in any other agreement or provision of laws, and (iii) the receipt by the Company of any agreement, statement or other evidence that the Company may require to satisfy itself that the issuance of Stock to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of Stock Options under the Plan and any subsequent resale of the shares of Stock will be in compliance with applicable laws and regulations. In the event the Optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned shares of Stock through the attestation method, the number of shares of Stock transferred to the Optionee upon the exercise of the Stock Option shall be net of the Shares attested to.

(b) The shares of Stock purchased upon exercise of this Stock Option shall be transferred to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent upon compliance to the satisfaction of the Administrator with all requirements under applicable laws or regulations in connection with such transfer and with the requirements hereof and of the Plan. The determination of the Administrator as to such compliance shall be final and binding on the Optionee. The Optionee shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Stock subject to this Stock Option unless and until this Stock Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company or the transfer agent shall have transferred the shares to the Optionee, and the Optionee’s name shall have been entered as the stockholder of record on the books of the Company. Thereupon, the Optionee shall have full voting, dividend and other ownership rights with respect to such shares of Stock.

 

2


(c) The minimum number of shares with respect to which this Stock Option may be exercised at any one time shall be 100 shares, unless the number of shares with respect to which this Stock Option is being exercised is the total number of shares subject to exercise under this Stock Option at the time.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date hereof.

3. Termination of Employment . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator, if the Optionee’s employment by the Company or a Subsidiary (as defined in the Plan) is terminated, the period within which to exercise the Stock Option may be subject to earlier termination as set forth below.

(a) Termination Due to Death . If the Optionee’s employment terminates by reason of the Optionee’s death, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date, to the extent exercisable on the date of death, may thereafter be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date of death shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

(b) Termination Due to Disability . If the Optionee’s employment terminates by reason of the Optionee’s disability (as determined by the Administrator), any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date, to the extent exercisable on the date of such termination of employment, may thereafter be exercised by the Optionee for a period of 12 months from the date of disability or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date of disability shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

(c) Termination for Cause . If the Optionee’s employment terminates for Cause, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date shall terminate immediately and be of no further force and effect. For purposes hereof, “Cause” shall mean, unless otherwise provided in an employment agreement between the Company and the Optionee, a determination by the Administrator that the Optionee shall be dismissed as a result of (i) any material breach by the Optionee of any agreement between the Optionee and the Company; (ii) the conviction of, indictment for or plea of nolo contendere by the Optionee to a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude; or (iii) any material misconduct or willful and deliberate non-performance (other than by reason of disability) by the Optionee of the Optionee’s duties to the Company.

(d) Other Termination . If the Optionee’s employment terminates for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, the Optionee’s disability, or Cause, and unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, for a period of three months from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date of termination shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

 

3


The Administrator’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s employment shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees.

4. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

5. Transferability . This Agreement is personal to the Optionee, is non-assignable and is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Stock Option is exercisable, during the Optionee’s lifetime, only by the Optionee, and thereafter, only by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee.

6. Status of the Stock Option . This Stock Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Stock Option qualifies as such. The Optionee should consult with his or her own tax advisors regarding the tax effects of this Stock Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements. To the extent any portion of this Stock Option does not so qualify as an “incentive stock option,” such portion shall be deemed to be a non-qualified stock option. If the Optionee intends to dispose or does dispose (whether by sale, gift, transfer or otherwise) of any Option Shares within the one-year period beginning on the date after the transfer of such shares to him or her, or within the two-year period beginning on the day after the grant of this Stock Option, he or she will so notify the Company within 30 days after such disposition.

7. Tax Withholding . The Optionee shall, not later than the date as of which the exercise of this Stock Option becomes a taxable event for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event. The Company shall have the authority to cause the minimum required tax withholding obligation to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by withholding from shares of Stock to be issued to the Optionee a number of shares of Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due.

8. No Obligation to Continue Employment . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Optionee in employment and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Optionee at any time.

9. Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Stock Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

 

4


10. Data Privacy Consent . In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”). By entering into this Agreement, the Optionee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Optionee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate. The Optionee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

11. Notices . Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Optionee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

 

EIDOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:  

             

  Title:

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned. Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Optionee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

Dated:  

     

   

 

      Optionee’s Signature
      Optionee’s name and address:
     

 

     

 

     

 

 

5


NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

FOR COMPANY EMPLOYEES

UNDER THE EIDOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

2018 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Name of Optionee:                                                                                                        
No. of Option Shares:                                                   
Option Exercise Price per Share:    $                                              
Grant Date:                                                   
Expiration Date:                                                   

Pursuant to the Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. 2018 Stock Option and Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants to the Optionee named above an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date specified above all or part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Stock”) of the Company specified above at the Option Exercise Price per Share specified above subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan. This Stock Option is not intended to be an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1. Exercisability Schedule . No portion of this Stock Option may be exercised until such portion shall have become exercisable. Except as set forth below, and subject to the discretion of the Administrator (as defined in Section 2 of the Plan) to accelerate the exercisability schedule hereunder, this Stock Option shall be exercisable with respect to the following number of Option Shares on the dates indicated so long as Optionee remains an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on such dates, except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator:

 

Incremental Number of

Option Shares Exercisable

   Exercisability Date

_____________ (___%)

                       

_____________ (___%)

                       

_____________ (___%)

                       

_____________ (___%)

                       

_____________ (___%)

                       


Once exercisable, this Stock Option shall continue to be exercisable at any time or times prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date, subject to the provisions hereof and of the Plan.

2. Manner of Exercise .

(a) The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner: from time to time on or prior to the Expiration Date of this Stock Option, the Optionee may give written notice to the Administrator of his or her election to purchase some or all of the Option Shares purchasable at the time of such notice. This notice shall specify the number of Option Shares to be purchased.

Payment of the purchase price for the Option Shares may be made by one or more of the following methods: (i) in cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Administrator; (ii) through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of shares of Stock that have been purchased by the Optionee on the open market or that are beneficially owned by the Optionee and are not then subject to any restrictions under any Company plan and that otherwise satisfy any holding periods as may be required by the Administrator; (iii) by the Optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company to pay the option purchase price, provided that in the event the Optionee chooses to pay the option purchase price as so provided, the Optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Administrator shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; (iv) by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; or (v) a combination of (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above. Payment instruments will be received subject to collection.

The transfer to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent of the Option Shares will be contingent upon (i) the Company’s receipt from the Optionee of the full purchase price for the Option Shares, as set forth above, (ii) the fulfillment of any other requirements contained herein or in the Plan or in any other agreement or provision of laws, and (iii) the receipt by the Company of any agreement, statement or other evidence that the Company may require to satisfy itself that the issuance of Stock to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of Stock Options under the Plan and any subsequent resale of the shares of Stock will be in compliance with applicable laws and regulations. In the event the Optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned shares of Stock through the attestation method, the number of shares of Stock transferred to the Optionee upon the exercise of the Stock Option shall be net of the Shares attested to.

(b) The shares of Stock purchased upon exercise of this Stock Option shall be transferred to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent upon compliance to the satisfaction of the Administrator with all requirements under applicable laws or regulations in connection with such transfer and with the requirements hereof and of the Plan. The determination of the Administrator as to such compliance shall be final and binding on the Optionee. The Optionee shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a

 

2


holder with respect to, any shares of Stock subject to this Stock Option unless and until this Stock Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company or the transfer agent shall have transferred the shares to the Optionee, and the Optionee’s name shall have been entered as the stockholder of record on the books of the Company. Thereupon, the Optionee shall have full voting, dividend and other ownership rights with respect to such shares of Stock.

(c) The minimum number of shares with respect to which this Stock Option may be exercised at any one time shall be 100 shares, unless the number of shares with respect to which this Stock Option is being exercised is the total number of shares subject to exercise under this Stock Option at the time.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date hereof.

3. Termination of Employment . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator, if the Optionee’s employment by the Company or a Subsidiary (as defined in the Plan) is terminated, the period within which to exercise the Stock Option may be subject to earlier termination as set forth below.

(a) Termination Due to Death . If the Optionee’s employment terminates by reason of the Optionee’s death, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date, to the extent exercisable on the date of death, may thereafter be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date of death shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

(b) Termination Due to Disability . If the Optionee’s employment terminates by reason of the Optionee’s disability (as determined by the Administrator), any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date, to the extent exercisable on the date of such termination of employment, may thereafter be exercised by the Optionee for a period of 12 months from the date of disability or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date of disability shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

(c) Termination for Cause . If the Optionee’s employment terminates for Cause, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date shall terminate immediately and be of no further force and effect. For purposes hereof, “Cause” shall mean, unless otherwise provided in an employment agreement between the Company and the Optionee, a determination by the Administrator that the Optionee shall be dismissed as a result of (i) any material breach by the Optionee of any agreement between the Optionee and the Company; (ii) the conviction of, indictment for or plea of nolo contendere by the Optionee to a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude; or (iii) any material misconduct or willful and deliberate non-performance (other than by reason of disability) by the Optionee of the Optionee’s duties to the Company.

(d) Other Termination . If the Optionee’s employment terminates for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, the Optionee’s disability or Cause, and unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date may

 

3


be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, for a period of three months from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date of termination shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

The Administrator’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s employment shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees.

4. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

5. Transferability . This Agreement is personal to the Optionee, is non-assignable and is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Stock Option is exercisable, during the Optionee’s lifetime, only by the Optionee, and thereafter, only by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee.

6. Tax Withholding . The Optionee shall, not later than the date as of which the exercise of this Stock Option becomes a taxable event for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event. The Company shall have the authority to cause the minimum required tax withholding obligation to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by withholding from shares of Stock to be issued to the Optionee a number of shares of Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due.

7. No Obligation to Continue Employment . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Optionee in employment and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Optionee at any time.

8. Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Stock Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

9. Data Privacy Consent . In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”). By entering into this Agreement, the Optionee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy

 

4


rights the Optionee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate. The Optionee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

10. Notices . Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Optionee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

 

EIDOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:  

             

  Title:

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned. Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Optionee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

Dated:

 

 

     

                      

            Optionee’s Signature
            Optionee’s name and address:
       

 

       

 

       

 

 

5


NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS

UNDER THE EIDOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

2018 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Name of Optionee:                                                                                                        
No. of Option Shares:                                                   
Option Exercise Price per Share:    $                                              
Grant Date:                                                   
Expiration Date:                                                   

Pursuant to the Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. 2018 Stock Option and Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants to the Optionee named above, who is a Director of the Company but is not an employee of the Company, an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date specified above all or part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Stock”), of the Company specified above at the Option Exercise Price per Share specified above subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan. This Stock Option is not intended to be an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1. Exercisability Schedule . No portion of this Stock Option may be exercised until such portion shall have become exercisable. Except as set forth below, and subject to the discretion of the Administrator (as defined in Section 2 of the Plan) to accelerate the exercisability schedule hereunder, this Stock Option shall be exercisable with respect to the following number of Option Shares on the dates indicated so long as the Optionee remains in service as a member of the Board on such dates:

 

Incremental Number of

Option Shares Exercisable

   Exercisability Date

_____________ (___%)

                       

_____________ (___%)

                       

_____________ (___%)

                       

_____________ (___%)

                       

_____________ (___%)

                       


Once exercisable, this Stock Option shall continue to be exercisable at any time or times prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date, subject to the provisions hereof and of the Plan.

2. Manner of Exercise .

(a) The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner: from time to time on or prior to the Expiration Date of this Stock Option, the Optionee may give written notice to the Administrator of his or her election to purchase some or all of the Option Shares purchasable at the time of such notice. This notice shall specify the number of Option Shares to be purchased.

Payment of the purchase price for the Option Shares may be made by one or more of the following methods: (i) in cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Administrator; (ii) through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of shares of Stock that have been purchased by the Optionee on the open market or that are beneficially owned by the Optionee and are not then subject to any restrictions under any Company plan and that otherwise satisfy any holding periods as may be required by the Administrator; (iii) by the Optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company to pay the option purchase price, provided that in the event the Optionee chooses to pay the option purchase price as so provided, the Optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Administrator shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; (iv) by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; or (v) a combination of (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above. Payment instruments will be received subject to collection.

The transfer to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent of the Option Shares will be contingent upon (i) the Company’s receipt from the Optionee of the full purchase price for the Option Shares, as set forth above, (ii) the fulfillment of any other requirements contained herein or in the Plan or in any other agreement or provision of laws, and (iii) the receipt by the Company of any agreement, statement or other evidence that the Company may require to satisfy itself that the issuance of Stock to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of Stock Options under the Plan and any subsequent resale of the shares of Stock will be in compliance with applicable laws and regulations. In the event the Optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned shares of Stock through the attestation method, the number of shares of Stock transferred to the Optionee upon the exercise of the Stock Option shall be net of the Shares attested to.

(b) The shares of Stock purchased upon exercise of this Stock Option shall be transferred to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent upon compliance to the satisfaction of the Administrator with all requirements under applicable laws or regulations in connection with such transfer and with the requirements hereof and of the Plan. The determination of the Administrator as to such compliance shall be final and binding on the Optionee. The Optionee shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a

 

2


holder with respect to, any shares of Stock subject to this Stock Option unless and until this Stock Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company or the transfer agent shall have transferred the shares to the Optionee, and the Optionee’s name shall have been entered as the stockholder of record on the books of the Company. Thereupon, the Optionee shall have full voting, dividend and other ownership rights with respect to such shares of Stock.

(c) The minimum number of shares with respect to which this Stock Option may be exercised at any one time shall be 100 shares, unless the number of shares with respect to which this Stock Option is being exercised is the total number of shares subject to exercise under this Stock Option at the time.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date hereof.

3. Termination as Director . If the Optionee ceases to be a Director of the Company, the period within which to exercise the Stock Option may be subject to earlier termination as set forth below.

(a) Termination Due to Death . If the Optionee’s service as a Director terminates by reason of the Optionee’s death, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date, to the extent exercisable on the date of death, may thereafter be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date of death shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

(b) Other Termination . If the Optionee ceases to be a Director for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date the Optionee ceased to be a Director, for a period of six months from the date the Optionee ceased to be a Director or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date the Optionee ceases to be a Director shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

4. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

5. Transferability . This Agreement is personal to the Optionee, is non-assignable and is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Stock Option is exercisable, during the Optionee’s lifetime, only by the Optionee, and thereafter, only by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee.

6. No Obligation to Continue as a Director . Neither the Plan nor this Stock Option confers upon the Optionee any rights with respect to continuance as a Director.

 

3


7. Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Stock Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

8. Data Privacy Consent . In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”). By entering into this Agreement, the Optionee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Optionee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate. The Optionee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

 

4


9. Notices . Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Optionee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

 

EIDOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:  

                     

  Title:

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned. Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Optionee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

Dated:

 

 

     

                      

            Optionee’s Signature
            Optionee’s name and address:
       

 

       

 

       

 

 

5


RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

UNDER THE EIDOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

2018 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Name of Grantee:

 

                                                                                          

No. of Shares:

 

                                                                                           

Grant Date:

 

                                                                                           

Pursuant to the Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. 2018 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) as amended through the date hereof, Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants a Restricted Stock Award (an “Award”) to the Grantee named above. Upon acceptance of this Award, the Grantee shall receive the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Stock”) of the Company specified above, subject to the restrictions and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan. The Company acknowledges the receipt from the Grantee of consideration with respect to the par value of the Stock in the form of cash, past or future services rendered to the Company by the Grantee or such other form of consideration as is acceptable to the Administrator.

1. Award . The shares of Restricted Stock awarded hereunder shall be issued and held by the Company’s transfer agent in book entry form, and the Grantee’s name shall be entered as the stockholder of record on the books of the Company. Thereupon, the Grantee shall have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such shares, including voting and dividend rights, subject, however, to the restrictions and conditions specified in Paragraph 2 below. The Grantee shall (i) sign and deliver to the Company a copy of this Award Agreement and (ii) deliver to the Company a stock power endorsed in blank.

2. Restrictions and Conditions .

(a) Any book entries for the shares of Restricted Stock granted herein shall bear an appropriate legend, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, to the effect that such shares are subject to restrictions as set forth herein and in the Plan.

(b) Shares of Restricted Stock granted herein may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee prior to vesting.

(c) Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator, if the Grantee’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries is voluntarily or involuntarily terminated for any reason (including death) prior to vesting of shares of Restricted Stock granted herein, all shares of Restricted Stock shall immediately and automatically be forfeited and returned to the Company.

3. Vesting of Restricted Stock . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator, the restrictions and conditions in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement shall lapse on the Vesting Date or Dates specified in the following schedule so long as the Grantee remains an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on such Dates. If a series of Vesting Dates is specified, then the restrictions and conditions in Paragraph 2 shall lapse only with respect to the number of shares of Restricted Stock specified as vested on such date.


Incremental Number

of Shares Vested

   Vesting Date  

                                      (          %)

                                            

                                      (          %)

                                            

                                      (          %)

                                            

                                      (          %)

                                            

                                      (          %)

                                            

Subsequent to such Vesting Date or Dates, the shares of Stock on which all restrictions and conditions have lapsed shall no longer be deemed Restricted Stock. The Administrator may at any time accelerate the vesting schedule specified in this Paragraph 3.

4. Dividends . Dividends on shares of Restricted Stock shall be paid currently to the Grantee.

5. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Award shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

6. Transferability . This Agreement is personal to the Grantee, is non-assignable and is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

7. Tax Withholding . The Grantee shall, not later than the date as of which the receipt of this Award becomes a taxable event for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event. Except in the case where an election is made pursuant to Paragraph 8 below, the Company shall have the authority to cause the required minimum tax withholding obligation to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by withholding from shares of Stock to be issued or released by the transfer agent a number of shares of Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due.

8. Election Under Section  83(b) . The Grantee and the Company hereby agree that the Grantee may, within 30 days following the Grant Date of this Award, file with the Internal Revenue Service and the Company an election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code. In the event the Grantee makes such an election, he or she agrees to provide a copy of the election to the Company. The Grantee acknowledges that he or she is responsible for obtaining the advice of his or her tax advisors with regard to the Section 83(b) election and that he or she is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents with regard to such election.

 

2


9. No Obligation to Continue Employment . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Grantee in employment and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Grantee at any time.

10. Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Award and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

11. Data Privacy Consent . In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”). By entering into this Agreement, the Grantee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Grantee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate. The Grantee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

 

3


12. Notices . Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Grantee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

 

EIDOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:  

                     

  Title:

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned. Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Grantee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

   
Dated:  

 

   

 

Grantee’s Signature

      Grantee’s name and address:
     

 

     

 

     

 

 

4


RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

FOR COMPANY EMPLOYEES

UNDER THE EIDOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

2018 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Name of Grantee:                                                                                          
No. of Restricted Stock Units:                                                 
Grant Date:                                                 

Pursuant to the Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. 2018 Stock Option and Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants an award of the number of Restricted Stock Units listed above (an “Award”) to the Grantee named above. Each Restricted Stock Unit shall relate to one share of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Stock”) of the Company.

1. Restrictions on Transfer of Award . This Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee, and any shares of Stock issuable with respect to the Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of until (i) the Restricted Stock Units have vested as provided in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement and (ii) shares of Stock have been issued to the Grantee in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement.

2. Vesting of Restricted Stock Units . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator, the restrictions and conditions of Paragraph 1 of this Agreement shall lapse on the Vesting Date or Dates specified in the following schedule so long as the Grantee remains an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on such Dates. If a series of Vesting Dates is specified, then the restrictions and conditions in Paragraph 1 shall lapse only with respect to the number of Restricted Stock Units specified as vested on such date.

 

Incremental Number of

Restricted Stock Units Vested

   Vesting Date

                                      (        %)

                       

                                      (        %)

                       

                                      (        %)

                       

                                      (        %)

                       

The Administrator may at any time accelerate the vesting schedule specified in this Paragraph 2.

3. Termination of Employment . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator, if the Grantee’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates for any reason (including death or disability) prior to the satisfaction of the vesting conditions set forth in Paragraph 2 above, any Restricted Stock Units that have not vested as of such date shall


automatically and without notice terminate and be forfeited, and neither the Grantee nor any of his or her successors, heirs, assigns, or personal representatives will thereafter have any further rights or interests in such unvested Restricted Stock Units.

4. Issuance of Shares of Stock . As soon as practicable following each Vesting Date (but in no event later than two and one-half months after the end of the year in which the Vesting Date occurs), the Company shall issue to the Grantee the number of shares of Stock equal to the aggregate number of Restricted Stock Units that have vested pursuant to Paragraph 2 of this Agreement on such date and the Grantee shall thereafter have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to such shares.

5. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

6. Tax Withholding . The Grantee shall, not later than the date as of which the receipt of this Award becomes a taxable event for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event. The Company shall have the authority to cause the required minimum tax withholding obligation to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by withholding from shares of Stock to be issued to the Grantee a number of shares of Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the withholding amount due.

7. Section  409A of the Code. This Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner that all provisions relating to the settlement of the Award are exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code as “short-term deferrals” as described in Section 409A of the Code.

8. No Obligation to Continue Employment . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Grantee in employment and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Grantee at any time.

9. Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Award and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

10. Data Privacy Consent . In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”). By entering into this Agreement, the Grantee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Grantee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the

 

2


Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate. The Grantee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

11. Notices . Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Grantee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

 

EIDOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:  

 

  Title:

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned. Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Grantee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

Dated:

 

 

   
     

 

Grantee’s Signature

     

Grantee’s name and address:

     

 

     

 

     

 

 

3


RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS

UNDER THE EIDOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

2018 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Name of Grantee:

 

                                                                  

No. of Restricted Stock Units:

 

                                             

Grant Date:

 

                                             

Pursuant to the Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. 2018 Stock Option and Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants an award of the number of Restricted Stock Units listed above (an “Award”) to the Grantee named above. Each Restricted Stock Unit shall relate to one share of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Stock”) of the Company.

1. Restrictions on Transfer of Award . This Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee, and any shares of Stock issuable with respect to the Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of until (i) the Restricted Stock Units have vested as provided in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement and (ii) shares of Stock have been issued to the Grantee in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement.

2. Vesting of Restricted Stock Units . The restrictions and conditions of Paragraph 1 of this Agreement shall lapse on the Vesting Date or Dates specified in the following schedule so long as the Grantee remains in service as a member of the Board on such Dates. If a series of Vesting Dates is specified, then the restrictions and conditions in Paragraph 1 shall lapse only with respect to the number of Restricted Stock Units specified as vested on such date.

 

Incremental Number of

Restricted Stock Units Vested

   Vesting Date  

_____________ (___%)

                       

_____________ (___%)

                       

_____________ (___%)

                       

_____________ (___%)

                       

The Administrator may at any time accelerate the vesting schedule specified in this Paragraph 2.

3. Termination of Service . If the Grantee’s service with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates for any reason (including death or disability) prior to the satisfaction of the vesting conditions set forth in Paragraph 2 above, any Restricted Stock Units that have not vested as of such date shall automatically and without notice terminate and be forfeited, and neither the Grantee nor any of his or her successors, heirs, assigns, or personal representatives will thereafter have any further rights or interests in such unvested Restricted Stock Units.


4. Issuance of Shares of Stock . As soon as practicable following each Vesting Date (but in no event later than two and one-half months after the end of the year in which the Vesting Date occurs), the Company shall issue to the Grantee the number of shares of Stock equal to the aggregate number of Restricted Stock Units that have vested pursuant to Paragraph 2 of this Agreement on such date and the Grantee shall thereafter have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to such shares.

5. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

6. Section 409A of the Code. This Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner that all provisions relating to the settlement of the Award are exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code as “short-term deferrals” as described in Section 409A of the Code.

7. No Obligation to Continue as a Director . Neither the Plan nor this Award confers upon the Grantee any rights with respect to continuance as a Director.

8. Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Award and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

9. Data Privacy Consent . In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”). By entering into this Agreement, the Grantee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Grantee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate. The Grantee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

 

2


10. Notices . Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Grantee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

 

EIDOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

By:  

 

  Title:

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned. Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Grantee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

Dated:                                                                   
   

 

Grantee’s Signature

    Grantee’s name and address:
   

 

   

 

   

 

 

3

Exhibit 10.5

October 25, 2016

Jonathan C. Fox, MD, Ph.D.

Dear Jonathan,

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) is pleased to offer you employment on the following terms:

1. Position. Your title will be President and Chief Medical Officer. Effective as of November 1, 2016, you will report to the Company’s CEO and you shall have such powers and duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), provided that such duties are consistent with the position of Chief Medical Officer or other positions that you may hold from time to time. This is initially a part-time position and you will be required to devote 80% of your full working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company. An ongoing commitment as Senior Advisor to MyoKardia, Inc., for approximately 1 day per week (on average) currently accounts for the remainder of your full working time. At such time that your commitment to MyoKardia, Inc. is terminated or is reduced to sporadic activity only, your position with the Company shall automatically convert to a full-time position. During your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other outside employment, consulting or other business activity (whether full-time or part-time) without the Company’s written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. By signing this letter agreement, you confirm to the Company that you have no contractual commitments or other legal obligations that would prohibit you from performing your duties for the Company.

2. Salary. The Company will pay you a starting salary beginning as of November 1, 2016 at the annual rate of $280,000, payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll schedule and subject to tax-related deductions and withholdings. This salary will be subject to adjustment pursuant to the Company’s employee compensation policies in effect from time to time. At such time that your position converts to a full-time position as described above, your salary will increase to at least $350,000 per annum and will not be materially reduced without your written approval, except for across-the-board salary reductions based on the Company’s financial performance that similarly affect all or substantially all senior management employees of the Company. As noted below, certain reductions to your salary or bonus potential will provide you with the opportunity to resign for Good Reason.

3. Employee Benefits. You will be eligible to participate in or receive benefits under the Company’s employee benefit plans in effect from time to time (including, without limitation, any group health care plan when established), subject to the terms of such plans. If a group plan is not established or to the extent that you are not eligible to participate in such plan once established, the Company will reimburse the cost of your COBRA insurance or individual insurance plan until a group plan is set up in which you are eligible. You have indicated that you elect not to participate in Company health benefits until July 2017. Therefore, through June 2017 the Company will reimburse up to $500 per month to cover supplemental healthcare costs that are not covered by your current COBRA benefits.

4. Bonus. Compensation for this position also includes participation in the Company’s bonus plan (which is yet to be adopted by the Board) with an annual target bonus of 25% of your annual salary. Your bonus will be based on the Company’s overall goals as well as your individual goals. For each year during the term of this letter agreement, you will be eligible to receive a bonus (pro-rated in the case of any partial year during which you were employed by the Company) based on a determination by the Company’s Board (or a committee thereof) regarding the Company’s achievement of its goals and your own successful performance of your duties through the end of the applicable year.

5. Stock Options. Subject to the approval of the Board, you will be granted an option to purchase 251,265 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (this amount will be equal to approximately 2.5% of the Company’s fully-diluted equity as of the date of grant) (the “Option”). The exercise price per share will be 100% of the fair market value of the Company’s Stock on the grant date, and will be determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee when the Option is granted, which grant date shall occur as promptly as practicable following your first day of employment. The Option will be subject to the terms and conditions applicable to


awards granted under the Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), as described in the Plan and the applicable stock option agreement, copies of which have been provided to you. You will vest in 25% of the shares underlying the Option after twelve (12) months of your Continuous Service (as defined in the Plan), commencing as of November 1, 2016 and the remaining 75% of the shares underlying the Option will vest and become exercisable in equal monthly installments over the next thirty-six (36) months of your Continuous Service, as described in the applicable stock option agreement. In the event your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined below) or if you resign for Good Reason (as defined below), subject to you signing a general release of claims in favor of the Company that becomes irrevocable within sixty (60) days following the termination date, an additional number of shares equal to the lesser of: (i) the remaining unvested shares underlying the Option or (ii) l/48 th of the shares underlying the Option multiplied by the number of completed months of your service following the grant date and prior to the termination date, shall immediately vest and become exercisable as of such termination date. For example, if you are terminated without Cause or resign for Good Reason after fifteen (15) months of Continuous Service, in addition to the shares that have vested as of the date of such termination or resignation, an additional 15/48 th of the shares underlying the Option will vest. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or you resign for Good Reason before you have provided twelve (12) months of Continuous Service (as defined in the Plan), subject to you signing a general release of claims in favor of the Company that becomes irrevocable within sixty (60) days following the termination date, one-fourth (l/4 th ) of the shares underlying the Option shall vest and become exercisable as of such termination date (“No Cause Acceleration”). In the event your employment is terminated without Cause or you resign for Good Reason within one (1) month before or twelve (12) months after a Change of Control (as defined in the Plan), subject to you signing a general release of claims in favor of the Company that becomes irrevocable within sixty (60) days following the termination date, the lessor of: (i) 125,633 of the unvested shares underlying the Option or (ii) the remaining unvested shares underlying the Option, will vest and become exercisable as of such termination date (“COC Acceleration”). For the avoidance of doubt, in no event will you be entitled to both No Cause Acceleration and COC Acceleration. “Cause” shall mean (i) your commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud or dishonesty under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, (ii) your attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company, (iii) your intentional and material violation of any contract or agreement between you and the Company or intentional and material violation of any statutory duty owed to the Company, (iv) your knowing unauthorized use or knowing disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets, either of which cause material damage to the Company or (v) your gross misconduct. In the event of a dispute as to whether a termination of your Continuous Service is appropriately considered for Cause, a neutral third party shall make such determination. “Good Reason” shall mean that you have complied with the “Good Reason Process” (hereinafter defined) following the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) a material diminution in your responsibilities, authority or duties, (ii) a diminution of over twenty-five (25%) percent in your salary or bonus potential or (iii) a change of more than twenty-five (25) miles in the geographic location at which you provide services to the Company. “Good Reason Process” shall mean that (i) you have reasonably determined in good faith that a “Good Reason” condition has occurred, (ii) you provide the Company written notice that such an event has occurred within thirty (30) days of the first occurrence of such condition, (iii) you cooperate in good faith with the Company’s efforts, for a period not less than thirty (30) days following such notice (the “Cure Period”), to remedy the condition, (iv) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason condition continues to exist, and (v) you terminate your employment within thirty (30) days after the end of the Cure Period.

6. Severance. In the event you are terminated by the Company without Cause or if you resign for Good Reason, in addition to the vesting described in Section 5 above, subject to you signing a general release of claims in favor of the Company that becomes irrevocable within sixty (60) days following the termination date, the Company also agrees to pay you a lump sum equal to nine (9) months of your then-base salary, a pro-rated bonus in accordance with Section 4 above, and (9) months of COBRA reimbursement for you and your dependents if you were participating in the Company’s group health plan immediately prior to the termination date and elect COBRA health continuation (the “Severance”). If the Company has not established a group health plan at the time of your termination, the Company will reimburse you for health insurance costs in an amount up to $2,000 per month to compensate for the lack of a COBRA Plan. If the 60-day period following the termination date begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the Severance shall be paid in the second calendar year and no later than the last day of such 60-day period. Furthermore, to the extent you become eligible for health benefits under a subsequent employer’s health plan within nine (9) months of your termination date, you agree to return a pro-rated amount of the COBRA reimbursement to the Company within sixty (60) days from when you first become eligible to participate in the subsequent employer’s health plan.

7. Covenant. The Company covenants and agrees not to enter into any arrangement pursuant to which the Company is obligated to accelerate the vesting of any of its options or common stock solely upon the occurrence of a Change of Control.

 

2


8. Employee Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement. Like all Company employees, you will be required, as a condition of your employment with the Company, to sign the Company’s standard Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

9. Employment Relationship. Employment with the Company is for no specific period of time. Your employment with the Company will be “at will,” meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause. Any contrary representations that may have been made to you are superseded by this letter agreement. Although your job duties, title, reporting relationship, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may change from time to time (except as otherwise provided herein), the “at will” nature of your employment may only be changed in an express written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company (other than you).

10. Interpretation, Amendment and Enforcement. This letter agreement and Exhibit A constitute the complete agreement between you and the Company, contain all of the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether written, oral or implied) between you and the Company. This letter agreement may not be amended or modified, except by an express written agreement signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. In the event the terms of this letter contradict or are in any way different from the terms contained any other document(s) provided by the Company, this letter shall control. The terms of this letter agreement and the resolution of any disputes as to the meaning, effect, performance or validity of this letter agreement or arising out of, related to, or in any way connected with, this letter agreement, your employment with the Company or any other relationship between you and the Company will be governed by California law, excluding laws relating to conflicts or choice of law.

We hope that you will accept our offer to join the Company. You may indicate your agreement with these terms and accept this offer by signing and dating both the enclosed duplicate original of this letter agreement and the enclosed Confidentiality Agreement and returning them to me. This offer, if not accepted, will expire at the close of business on October 21, 2016. As required by law, your employment with the Company is contingent upon your providing legal proof of your identity and authorization to work in the United States. Should you accept this offer, your start date of employment will be November 1, 2016 or any other date agreed upon between you and the Company.

If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Neil Kumar
Neil Kumar
CEO
E IDOS T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .

 

I have read and accept this employment offer:  
/s/ Jonathan C Fox       25 Oct 2016
Jonathan C Fox, MD, PhD  

Effective as of November 1, 2016

Attachment

Exhibit A: Employee Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement

 

3

Exhibit 10.6

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

The purpose of this Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy (the “ Policy ”) of Eidos Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), is to provide a total compensation package that enables the Company to attract and retain, on a long-term basis, high-caliber directors who are not employees or officers of the Company or its subsidiaries (“ Outside Directors ”). In furtherance of the purpose stated above, all Outside Directors shall be paid compensation for services provided to the Company as set forth below:

 

  I. Cash Retainers

 

  (a) Annual Retainer for Board Membership : $35,000 for general availability and participation in meetings and conference calls of our Board of Directors.

 

  (b) Additional Annual Retainer for Non-Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors : $25,000

 

  (c) Additional Annual Retainers for Committee Membership :

 

Audit Committee Chairperson:

   $ 15,000  

Audit Committee non-Chairperson member:

   $ 7,500  

Compensation Committee Chairperson:

   $ 15,000  

Compensation Committee non-Chairperson member:

   $ 7,500  

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Chairperson:

   $ 15,000  

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee non-Chairperson member:

   $ 7,500  

No additional compensation for attending individual committee meetings.

All cash retainers will be paid quarterly, in arrears, or upon the earlier resignation or removal of the Outside Director. Cash retainers owing to Outsider Directors shall be annualized, meaning that with respect to non-employee directors who join the Board of Directors during the calendar year, such amounts shall be pro-rated based on the number of calendar days served by such director.

 

  II. Equity Retainers

All grants of equity retainer awards to Outside Directors pursuant to this Policy will be automatic and nondiscretionary and will be made in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) Value . For purposes of this Policy, “ Value ” means with respect to (i)  any award of stock options the grant date fair value of the option (i.e., Black-Scholes Value) determined in accordance with the reasonable assumptions and methodologies employed by the Company for


calculating the fair value of options under ASC 718; and (ii) any award of restricted stock and restricted stock units the product of (A)  the closing market price on The Nasdaq Global Market (or such other market on which the Company’s common stock is then principally listed) of one share of the Company’s common stock on the grant date, and (B) the aggregate number of shares pursuant to such award.

(b) Revisions . The Compensation Committee in its discretion may change and otherwise revise the terms of awards to be granted under this Policy, including, without limitation, the number of shares subject thereto, for awards of the same or different type granted on or after the date the Compensation Committee determines to make any such change or revision.

(c) Sale Event Acceleration . In the event of a Sale Event (as defined in the Company’s 2018 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “2018 Plan”)), the equity retainer awards granted to Outside Directors pursuant to this Policy shall become 100% vested and exercisable.

(d) Initial Grant . Upon initial election to the Board of Directors, each new Outside Director will receive an initial, one-time grant of a non-statutory stock option (the “ Initial Grant ”) to purchase 36,000 shares of the Company’s commons stock with an exercise price per share equal to the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant and a term of ten years, that vests annually over three years; provided, however, that all vesting ceases if the director resigns from our Board of Directors or otherwise ceases to serve as a director, unless the Board of Directors determines that the circumstances warrant continuation of vesting. If any Initial Grant to an Outside Directors is to become effective as of the date of the Company’s initial public offering, it shall have an exercise price per share equal to the per share “price to the public” (or equivalent) set forth on the cover page for the final prospectus relating to the Company’s initial public offering. This Initial Grant applies to Outside Directors who are first elected to the Board of Directors effective as of or subsequent to the Company’s initial public offering.

(e) Annual Grant . On the date of the Company’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders, each Outside Director who will continue as a member of the Board of Directors following such Annual Meeting of Stockholders will receive a grant of a non-statutory stock option on the date of such Annual Meeting (the “ Annual Grant ”) to purchase 18,000 shares of the Company’s common stock with an exercise price per share equal to the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant and a term of ten years, that vests in full on the earlier of (i)  the one-year anniversary of the grant date or (ii)  the next Annual Meeting of Stockholders; provided, however, that all vesting ceases if the director resigns from our Board of Directors or otherwise ceases to serve as a director, unless the Board of Directors determines that the circumstances warrant continuation of vesting. If a new Outside Director joins our Board of Directors on a date other than the date of the Company’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders, then such Outside Director will be granted a pro-rata portion of the Annual Grant based on the time between such Outside Director’s appointment and the next Annual Meeting of Stockholders, on the first eligible grant date following such Outside Director’s appointment to our Board of Directors.

 

  III. Expenses

The Company will reimburse all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Outside Directors in attending meetings of the Board of Directors or any Committee thereof.


  IV. Maximum Annual Compensation

The aggregate amount of compensation, including both equity compensation and cash compensation, paid to any Outside Director in a calendar year period shall not exceed $1,250,000 (or such other limit as may be set forth in Section 3(b) of the 2018 Plan or any similar provision of a successor plan). For this purpose, the “amount” of equity compensation paid in a calendar year shall be determined based on the grant date fair value thereof, as determined in accordance with ASC 718 or its successor provision, but excluding the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions.

Date Policy Approved : May 22, 2018

Exhibit 10.7

 

LOGO

December 6, 2017

Christine Siu

via Email

Dear Christine,

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) is pleased to offer you employment on the following terms:

1.     Position . Your initial title will be Chief Financial Officer. You will report to the CEO, and you shall have such powers, duties, responsibilities and accountabilities as set forth below and in the Job Description for the Position, or as may from time to time be prescribed by the senior executives or the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), provided that such duties are consistent with your Position. During your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other outside employment, consulting or other business activity (outside of your current Bluefield commitments) whether full-time or part-time without the Company’s written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. By signing this letter agreement, you confirm to the Company that you have no contractual commitments or other legal obligations that would prohibit you from performing your duties for the Company.

In your role as Chief Financial Officer, you will be responsible for:

 

    Overseeing the global financial strategy and organization, working with senior executives and the Board of Directors to establish financial and strategic goals for the company, and financial and investing strategies to meet specific business objectives, legal, regulatory and securities reporting requirements

 

    Long-range financial planning and policies, accounting practices and procedures and the company’s relationship with the financial and shareholder communities

 

    Overseeing all aspects of financial planning and reporting

 

    Other projects, as assigned

2.     Salary . The Company will pay you a starting salary at the annual rate of $310,000, payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll schedule and subject to tax-related deductions and withholdings. This salary will be subject to adjustment pursuant to the Company’s employee compensation policies in effect from time to time.

3.     Employee Benefits . You will be eligible to participate in or receive benefits under the Company’s employee benefit plans in effect from time to time (including, without limitation, any group health care plan and 401(k)), subject to the terms of such plans.

4.     Stock Options . Subject to the approval of the Board, you will be granted an option to purchase a number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Option”) so that your total ownership inclusive of the 9,090 share options granted in March 2017 will be 1.35% on a fully diluted basis. The exercise price per share will be determined by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee when the equity award is granted. The equity award will be subject to the terms and conditions applicable to awards granted under the Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), as described in the Plan and the applicable restricted stock award or stock option agreement. You will vest in equal monthly installments over the next 48 months of your continuous service for the Company, as described in the applicable stock option agreement.

 


Change of Control Acceleration . In the event your employment with the Company is terminated without Cause (as defined in the Plan) or you resign from your employment for Good Reason (as defined below) within one (1) month before or twelve (12) months after the consummation of a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan), any remaining unvested shares of Common Stock underlying the Option will accelerate and vest in full; provided that you enter into, do not revoke, and comply with the terms of a Release (as defined below).

5.     Bonus. Compensation for this position also includes participation in the Company’s bonus with an annual target bonus of 30% of your annual salary. Your bonus will be based on accomplishing the Company’s overall goals as well as your individual goals. For each year during the term of this letter agreement, you will be eligible to receive a bonus (pro- rated in the case of any partial year during which you were employed by the Company) based on a determination by the Company’s Board (or a committee thereof) regarding the Company’s achievement of its goals and your own successful performance of your duties through the end of the applicable year.

6.     Severance. In the event your employment is terminated by the Company (or its acquirer or successor) without Cause or if you resign for Good Reason (as defined below) within one (1) month before or twelve (12) months after a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan), subject to you signing a general release of claims in favor of the Company that becomes irrevocable within sixty (60) days following the termination date, you will be entitled to be paid a lump sum payment equal to nine (9) months of your then-current base salary, a pro-rated bonus in accordance with Section 5 above, and nine (9) months of COBRA reimbursement for you and your dependents if you were participating in the Company’s group health plan immediately prior to the termination date and elect COBRA health continuation (the “Change in Control Severance”). In the event you are terminated by the Company without Cause or if you resign for Good Reason other than in connection with a Change in Control as described above, subject to you signing a general release of claims in favor of the Company that becomes irrevocable within sixty (60) days following the termination date, you will be entitled to be paid a lump sum payment equal to six (6) months of your then-current base salary, a pro-rated bonus in accordance with Section 5 above, and six (6) months of COBRA reimbursement for you and your dependents if you were participating in the Company’s group health plan immediately prior to the termination date and elect COBRA health continuation (the “Severance”). If the 60-day period following the termination date begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the Change in Control Severance or the Severance, as the case may be, shall be paid in the second calendar year and no later than the last day of such 60-day period. Furthermore, to the extent you become eligible for health benefits under a subsequent employer’s health plan within six (6) months of your termination date, you agree to return a pro-rated amount of the COBRA reimbursement to the Company (or its acquirer or successor) within sixty (60) days from when you first become eligible to participate in the subsequent employer’s health plan. For purposes of this agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean that you have complied with the “Good Reason Process” (hereinafter defined) following the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) a material diminution in your responsibilities, authority or duties, (ii) a diminution of over twenty-five (25%) percent in your salary or bonus potential or (iii) a change of more than twenty-five (25) miles in the geographic location at which you provide services to the Company. “Good Reason Process” shall mean that (i) you have reasonably determined in good faith that a “Good Reason” condition has occurred, (ii) you provide the Company written notice that such an event has occurred within thirty (30) days of the first occurrence of such condition, (iii) you cooperate in good faith with the Company’s efforts, for a period not less than thirty (30) days following such notice (the “Cure Period”), to remedy the condition, (iv) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason condition continues to exist, and (v) you terminate your employment within thirty (30) days after the end of the Cure Period.

7.     Employee Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement. Like all Company employees, you will be required, as a condition of your employment with the Company, to sign the Company’s standard Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A .

 

2


8.     Background Check . The Company may conduct a background or reference check (or both). If so, then you agree to cooperate fully in those procedures, and this offer is subject to the Company’s approving the outcome of those checks, in the discretion of the Company.

9.     Employment Relationship . Employment with the Company is for no specific period of time. Your employment with the Company will be “at will,” meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause. Any contrary representations that may have been made to you are superseded by this letter agreement. Although your job duties, title, reporting relationship, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may change from time to time, the “at will” nature of your employment may only be changed in an express written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company (other than you).

10.     Interpretation, Amendment and Enforcement . This letter agreement and Exhibit A constitute the complete agreement between you and the Company, contain all of the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether written, oral or implied) between you and the Company. This letter agreement may not be amended or modified, except by an express written agreement signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. The terms of this letter agreement and the resolution of any disputes as to the meaning, effect, performance or validity of this letter agreement or arising out of, related to, or in any way connected with, this letter agreement, your employment with the Company or any other relationship between you and the Company will be governed by California law, excluding laws relating to conflicts or choice of law.

We hope that you will accept our offer to join the Company. You may indicate your agreement with these terms and accept this offer by signing and dating both the enclosed duplicate original of this letter agreement and the enclosed Confidentiality Agreement and returning them to me. This offer, if not accepted, will expire at the close of business on December 8, 2017. As required by law, your employment with the Company is contingent upon your providing legal proof of your identity and authorization to work in the United States. Should you accept this offer, your start date of employment will be a date agreed upon with Eidos in Q4 2017.

If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Neil Kumar

Neil Kumar

CEO

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

I have read and accept this employment offer:

 

/s/ Christine Siu
Christine Siu

 

Dated:     Dec 12, 2017

Attachment

Exhibit A: Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement

 

3

Exhibit 10.8

June 1, 2016

Uma Sinha, Ph.D.

Dear Uma,

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) is pleased to offer you employment on the following terms:

1. Position . Your initial title will be Chief Scientific Officer. Effective as of June 1, 2016, you will report to the Company’s CEO and you shall have such powers and duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) or the President, provided that such duties are consistent with the position of Chief Scientific Officer or other positions that you may hold from time to time. This is initially a part-time position and you will be required to devote 3 days per week to the business and affairs of the Company. During your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any outside employment, consulting or other business activity (whether full-time or part-time) without the Company’s written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, other than the for profit and non-profit consulting activities in which you currently engage (which have been previously disclosed to the Company), or any work for BridgeBio Pharma, LLC (“BridgeBio”) under that certain letter agreement dated June 10, 2016, provided that such consulting activities or future work for a non-profit do not materially interfere with your performance of duties to the Company under this letter agreement. By signing this letter agreement, you confirm to the Company that you have no contractual commitments or other legal obligations that would prohibit you from performing your duties for the Company.

2. Salary . The Company will pay you a starting salary beginning as of June 1, 2016 at the annual rate of $300,000, payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll schedule and subject to tax-related deductions and withholdings. This salary will be subject to adjustment pursuant to the Company’s employee compensation policies in effect from time to time.

3. Employee Benefits . You will be eligible to participate in or receive benefits under the Company’s employee benefit plans in effect from time to time (including, without limitation, any group health care plan when established), subject to the terms of such plans. If a group plan is not established or to the extent that you are not eligible to participate in such plan once established, the Company will reimburse the cost of your COBRA insurance or individual insurance plan until a group plan is set up in which you are eligible.

4. Stock Award . Subject to the approval of the Board, you will be issued a stock award consisting of 95,480 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Stock Award”) (this amount is equal to approximately 0.95% of the Company’s fully-diluted equity as of the date of issuance, assuming the purchase of an aggregate of $8,000,000 in the Company’s Series Seed Preferred Stock by BridgeBio at a purchase price of $1.3248 per share) at a purchase price per share equal to 100% of the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock on the issuance date, as determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee, which determination and issuance dates shall occur as promptly as practicable following your acceptance of this offer. The shares issued under the Stock Award will be subject to the terms and conditions applicable to awards granted under the Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), as described in the Plan and the applicable stock award agreement, copies of which have been provided to you. The shares issued under the Stock Award will be fully vested upon issuance; provided, that in the event of any termination of your continuous service relationship with the Company, the Company shall have the option to repurchase the shares issued under the Stock Award at the fair market value of such shares on the date of repurchase (as determined under the Plan) (the “Repurchase Right”); provided, however, that the Repurchase Right shall lapse as to 25% of the shares after 12 months of your continuous service for the Company, commencing as of June 1, 2016, and the Repurchase Right shall lapse as to the remaining 75% of the shares in equal monthly installments over the next 36 months of your continuous service for the Company, as described in the applicable stock award agreement.


5. Employee Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement . Like all Company employees, you will be required, as a condition of your employment with the Company, to sign the Company’s standard Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

6. Employment Relationship . Employment with the Company is for no specific period of time. Your employment with the Company will be “at will,” meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause. Any contrary representations that may have been made to you are superseded by this letter agreement. Although your job duties, title, reporting relationship, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may change from time to time, the “at will” nature of your employment may only be changed in an express written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company (other than you).

7. Interpretation, Amendment and Enforcement . This letter agreement and Exhibit A constitute the complete agreement between you and the Company, contain all of the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether written, oral or implied) between you and the Company. This letter agreement may not be amended or modified, except by an express written agreement signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. The terms of this letter agreement and the resolution of any disputes as to the meaning, effect, performance or validity of this letter agreement or arising out of, related to, or in any way connected with, this letter agreement, your employment with the Company or any other relationship between you and the Company will be governed by California law, excluding laws relating to conflicts or choice of law.

We hope that you will accept our offer to join the Company. You may indicate your agreement with these terms and accept this offer by signing and dating both the enclosed duplicate original of this letter agreement and the enclosed Confidentiality Agreement and returning them to me. This offer, if not accepted, will expire at the close of business on June 30, 2016. As required by law, your employment with the Company is contingent upon your providing legal proof of your identity and authorization to work in the United States. Should you accept this offer, your start date of employment will be June 1, 2016 or any other date agreed upon between you and the Company.

If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me.

 

Very truly yours,

/s/ Neil Kumar

Neil Kumar
CEO
E IDOS T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .

 

I have read and accept this employment offer:
/s/ Uma Sinha
Uma Sinha Ph.D.

Effective as of June 1, 2016

Attachment

Exhibit A: Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement

 

2


Exhibit A

Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement

Exhibit not included


LOGO

May 24, 2018

Uma Sinha, Ph.D.

Re: Amendment to Offer Letter

Dear Uma,

Reference is made to your offer letter dated June 1, 2016 (the “Offer Letter”). Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) has agreed to amend the Offer Letter to provide you with certain additional benefits described below.

Severance. In the event your employment is terminated by the Company (or its acquirer or successor) without Cause (as defined in the Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) or if you resign for Good Reason (as defined below) within one (1) month before or twelve (12) months after a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan), subject to you signing a general release of claims in favor of the Company that becomes irrevocable within sixty (60) days following the termination date, you will be entitled to be paid a lump sum payment equal to nine (9) months of your then-current base salary, an amount equal to your target bonus for the year in which your employment was terminated (pro-rated in the case of any partial year during which you were employed by the Company) and nine (9) months of COBRA reimbursement for you and your dependents if you were participating in the Company’s group health plan immediately prior to the termination date and elect COBRA health continuation (the “Change in Control Severance”). In the event you are terminated by the Company without Cause or if you resign for Good Reason other than in connection with a Change in Control as described above, subject to you signing a general release of claims in favor of the Company that becomes irrevocable within sixty (60) days following the termination date, you will be entitled to be paid a lump sum payment equal to six (6) months of your then-current base salary, an amount equal to your target bonus for the year in which your employment was terminated (pro-rated in the case of any partial year during which you were employed by the Company) and six (6) months of COBRA reimbursement for you and your dependents if you were participating in the Company’s group health plan immediately prior to the termination date and elect COBRA health continuation (the “Severance”). If the 60-day period following the termination date begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the Change in Control Severance or the Severance, as the case may be, shall be paid in the second calendar year and no later than the last day of such 60-day period. Furthermore, to the extent you become eligible for health benefits under a subsequent employer’s health plan within six (6) months of your termination date, you agree to return a pro-rated amount of the COBRA reimbursement to the Company (or its acquirer or successor) within sixty (60) days from when you first become eligible to participate in the subsequent employer’s health plan. For purposes of this agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean that you have complied with the “Good Reason Process” (hereinafter defined) following the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) a material diminution in your responsibilities, authority or duties, (ii) a diminution of over twenty-five (25%) percent in your salary or bonus potential or (iii) a change of more than twenty-five (25) miles in the geographic location


at which you provide services to the Company. “Good Reason Process” shall mean that (i) you have reasonably determined in good faith that a “Good Reason” condition has occurred, (ii) you provide the Company written notice that such an event has occurred within thirty (30) days of the first occurrence of such condition, (iii) you cooperate in good faith with the Company’s efforts, for a period not less than thirty (30) days following such notice (the “Cure Period”), to remedy the condition, (iv) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason condition continues to exist, and (v) you terminate your employment within thirty (30) days after the end of the Cure Period.

The remainder of your offer letter will remain unchanged.

If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Neil Kumar
Neil Kumar
CEO
Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

 

I have read and accept this employment offer:
/s/ Uma Sinha
Uma Sinha, Ph.D.
Dated: May 24, 2018

Exhibit 10.9

 

S09-398 : CKC

   E XCLUSIVE  (E QUITY ) A GREEMENT    C ONFIDENTIAL

4/10/16

 

EXCLUSIVE (EQUITY) AGREEMENT

This Exclusive (Equity) Agreement (this “Agreement”) between THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE LELAND STANFORD JUNIOR UNIVERSITY (“Stanford”), an institution of higher education having powers under the laws of the State of California, and Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. (“Eidos”), a corporation having a principal place of business at 12354 Skyline Boulevard, Woodside, CA 94062, is effective on the 10 th day of April, 2016 (“Effective Date”).

 

1. BACKGROUND

Stanford has an assignment of an invention entitled “Novel transthyretin aggregation inhibitors,” which was invented in the laboratory of Dr. Isabella Graef, and is described in Stanford Docket S09-398. The invention was made in the course of research supported by the Hillblom Foundation, the Baxter Foundation and the SPARK program. Both Stanford and Eidos want to have the invention perfected and marketed as soon as possible so that resulting products may be available for public use and benefit, and Eidos has contributed materially to acquiring patent protection for the invention outside of the United States where there is a significant patient population that may benefit from the invention.

 

2. DEFINITIONS

 

2.1 Affiliate means any person, corporation, or other business entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Eidos; and for this purpose, “control” of a corporation means the direct or indirect ownership of 50% or more of its voting stock, and “control” of any other business entity means the direct or indirect ownership of 50% or more interest in the income of such entity.

 

2.2 “Change of Control” means the following, as applied only to the entirety of that part of Eidos’ business that exercises all of the rights granted under this Agreement:

 

  (A) acquisition of ownership—directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record—by any person or group (within the meaning of the Exchange Act and the rules of the SEC or equivalent body under a different jurisdiction) that is not an Eidos Affiliate of the capital stock of Eidos representing more than 45% of either the aggregate ordinary voting power or the aggregate equity value represented by the issued and outstanding capital stock of Eidos; and/or

 

  (B) the sale of all or substantially all Eidos’ assets and/or business in one transaction or in a series of related transactions other than to an Affiliate;

provided, however, that in no event shall the sale of equity or other securities for the primary purpose of financing Eidos be a Change of Control.


2.3 “Exclusive” means that, subject to Article 3, Stanford will not grant further licenses under the Licensed Patents in the Licensed Field of Use in the Licensed Territory.

 

2.4 “Fully Diluted Basis” means the total number of shares of Eidos’s issued and outstanding common stock, assuming:

 

  (A) the conversion of all issued and outstanding securities convertible into common stock;

 

  (B) the exercise of all issued and outstanding warrants or options, regardless of whether then exercisable; and

 

  (C) the issuance, grant, and exercise of all securities reserved for issuance pursuant to any Eidos stock or stock option plan then in effect.

 

2.5 “Licensed Field of Use” means all fields.

 

2.6 “Licensed Patent” means Stanford’s Patent Applications:

[*****]

any foreign patent application corresponding thereto, and any divisional, continuation, or reexamination application, extension, and each patent that issues or reissues from any of these patent applications. Any claim of an unexpired Licensed Patent is presumed to be valid unless it has been held to be invalid by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction from which no appeal can be or is taken. Neither Stanford nor Eidos will file any continuation-in-part applications without written consent from the other party.

 

2.7 “Licensed Product” means a product or part of a product in the Licensed Field of Use:

 

  (A) the making, using, importing or selling of which, absent the license granted in Section 3.1, infringes, induces infringement, or contributes to infringement of a Licensed Patent.

 

2.8 “Licensed Territory” means worldwide.

 

2.9 “Net Sales” means all gross revenue derived by Eidos or its Affiliates or sublicensees, and their distributors or designees, from the sale, transfer or other disposition of Licensed Product to an end user. Net Sales excludes the following items (but only as they pertain to the making, using, importing or selling of Licensed Products, are included in gross revenue, and are separately billed):

 

  (A) import, export, excise, sales and other similar taxes (excluding income taxes), and custom duties;

 

  (B) costs of insurance, packing, and transportation from the place of manufacture to the customer’s premises or point of installation;

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

PAGE 2 OF 28


  (C) costs of installation at the place of use;

 

  (D) cash, trade and quantity discounts; and

 

  (E) charge-back payments and credit for returns, allowances, or rebates.

Amounts received from the sale of Licensed Products among Eidos and its Affiliates and sublicensees shall not be included in Net Sales, unless such entity is the end user. Net Sales shall not include any amounts received for sales of Licensed Products supplied for use at or below cost, in clinical trials or under early access, compassionate use, named patient, indigent access, patient assistance or other reduced pricing programs, or donations to non-profit institutions or government agencies, as promotional free samples or the like.

 

2.10 Nonroyalty Sublicensing Consideration” means any consideration received by Eidos from a sublicensee hereunder attributable to a sublicense under the Licensed Patents, but excluding any consideration for:

 

  (A) royalties on products sales (royalties on product sales by sublicensees will be treated as if Eidos made the sale of such product; for clarity, no double payments will be made on such product sales);

 

  (B) payments for the purchase of equity in Eidos;

 

  (C) research and development expenses calculated on a fully burdened basis;

 

  (D) debt; and

 

  (E) reimbursement of out-of pocket patent prosecution and maintenance expenses for Patent Matters.

 

2.11 “Patent Matters” means preparing, filing, and prosecuting broad and extensive patent claims (including any interference or reexamination actions) for Stanford’s benefit in the Licensed Territory and for maintaining all Licensed Patents.

 

2.12 “Stanford Indemnitees means Stanford and Stanford Health Care, and their respective trustees, officers, employees, students, agents, faculty, representatives, and volunteers.

 

2.13 “Sublicense” means any agreement between Eidos or its Affiliates or sublicensees and a third party that contains a grant to Stanford’s Licensed Patents regardless of the name given to the agreement by the parties; however, an agreement to make, have made, use or sell Licensed Products, or perform research or development services in furtherance of the development or commercialization of the Licensed Products, on behalf of Eidos, its Affiliates or its sublicensees is not considered a Sublicense.

 

 

PAGE 3 OF 28


3. GRANT

 

3.1 Grant. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Stanford grants Eidos a license under the Licensed Patent in the Licensed Field of Use to make, have made, use, import, offer to sell and sell Licensed Product in the Licensed Territory.

 

3.2 Exclusivity. The license is Exclusive, including the right to sublicense under Article 4, in the Licensed Field of Use beginning on the Effective Date and ending when the last Licensed Patent expires.

 

3.3 Retained Rights. Stanford retains the right, on behalf of itself, Stanford Health Care, and all other non-profit research institutions, to practice the Licensed Patent for any non-profit purpose, including sponsored research and collaborations. Eidos agrees that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, it has no right to enforce the Licensed Patent against any such institution. Stanford and any such other institution have the right to publish any information included in a Licensed Patent.

 

3.4 Specific Exclusion. Stanford does not:

 

  (A) grant to Eidos any other licenses, implied or otherwise, to any patents or other rights of Stanford other than those rights granted under the Licensed Patents, regardless of whether the patents or other rights are dominant or subordinate to any Licensed Patent, or are required to exploit any Licensed Patent;

 

  (B) commit to Eidos to bring suit against third parties for infringement, except as described in Article 14; and

 

  (C) agree to furnish to Eidos any technology or technological information or to provide Eidos with any assistance, except as expressly set forth in Section 10.1 and Article 14.

 

4. SUBLICENSING

 

4.1 Permitted Sublicensing. Eidos may grant Sublicenses through two tiers of sublicensees in the Licensed Field of Use only during the Exclusive term and only if Eidos is developing or selling Licensed Products directly or through its Affiliates or sublicensees. Sublicenses with any exclusivity must include diligence requirements commensurate with the diligence requirements of Appendix A. Stanford agrees that Eidos may apportion without discrimination between Eidos and Stanford patents a commercially reasonable percentage of sublicensing payments made to Stanford pursuant to Section 4.6, provided however that Eidos provides Stanford with the proposed apportionment and justification prior to Eidos’s payment pursuant to Section 8.1. Stanford and Eidos agree to meet to discuss such proposed apportionment in good faith if in Stanford’s opinion the apportionment does not reasonably reflect the value of the Licensed Patents.

 

 

PAGE 4 OF 28


4.2 Required Sublicensing. If Eidos directly or through its Affiliates or sublicensees is unable or unwilling to serve or develop a potential market or market territory for which there is a company willing to be a sublicensee for the Licensed Products, and which has adequate resources and a bona fide, detailed business plan to develop the Licensed Products for the potential market or market territory, Eidos will, at Stanford’s request, and at Eidos’ election, either negotiate in good faith a Sublicense with any such company; or demonstrate in a written document to Stanford that such company’s proposed development is competitive with Eidos’ current or planned Licensed Products.

Stanford would like licensees to address unmet needs, such as those of neglected patient populations or geographic areas, giving particular attention to improved therapeutics, diagnostics and agricultural technologies for the developing world.

 

4.3 Sublicense Requirements. Any Sublicense:

 

  (A) is subject to this Agreement (it being understood that the financial terms may differ, provided that Eidos shall remain at all times responsible for all payments due to Stanford hereunder);

 

  (B) will reflect that any sub-sublicensee will not further sublicense;

 

  (C) will prohibit sublicensee from paying royalties on sales of Licensed Products to an escrow or other similar account;

 

  (D) will expressly include the provisions of Sections 8.4, 8.5 and 8.6 and Articles 9, and 10 for the benefit of Stanford; and

 

  (E) will include the provisions of Section 4.4 and require the transfer of all the sublicensee’s obligations to Eidos relating to the Licensed Products, including the payment of royalties specified in the Sublicense (up to the royalty rates set forth in this Agreement), to Stanford or its designee, if this Agreement is terminated. If the sublicensee is a spin-out from Eidos, unless otherwise separately agreed by Stanford Eidos must guarantee the sublicensee’s performance with respect to the payment of Stanford’s share of Sublicense royalties. For clarity, an assignment in the context of a Change of Control of Eidos shall not be deemed a spin-out from Eidos.

 

4.4 Litigation by Sublicensee . Any Sublicense must include the following clauses:

 

  (A) In the event sublicensee brings an action seeking to invalidate any Licensed Patent:

 

  (1) sublicensee will double the payment of royalties paid to Eidos during the pendency of such action. Moreover, should the outcome of such action determine that any claim of a patent challenged by the sublicensee is both valid and infringed by a Licensed Product, following such determination sublicensee will [*****] the payment of royalties paid under the original Sublicense;

 

  (2) sublicensee will have no right to recoup any royalties paid before or during the pendency of such action;

 

 

PAGE 5 OF 28


  (3) any dispute regarding the validity of any Licensed Patent shall be litigated in the courts located in Santa Clara County, and the parties agree not to challenge personal jurisdiction in that forum; and

 

  (4) sublicensee shall not pay royalties into any escrow or other similar account.

 

  (B) Sublicensee will provide written notice to Stanford at least three months prior to bringing an action seeking to invalidate a Licensed Patent. Sublicensee will include with such written notice an identification of all prior art it believes invalidates any claim of the Licensed Patent.

 

4.5 Copy of Sublicenses and Sublicensee Royalty Reports. Eidos will submit to Stanford a copy of each Sublicense, any subsequent amendments and all copies of sublicensees’ royalty reports, which may in each case be reasonably redacted for information not relevant to this Agreement. Beginning with the first Sublicense, the Chief Financial Officer or equivalent of Eidos will certify annually regarding the name and number of sublicensees.

 

4.6 Sharing of Sublicensing Income. Eidos will pay to Stanford a portion of all Nonroyalty Sublicensing Consideration attributable to the Sublicense of Licensed Patents and Technology, as provided below:

 

  (A) [*****]% if sublicensed in the [*****]

 

  (B) [*****]% if sublicensed in the [*****]

 

  (C) [*****]% if sublicensed in the [*****]

 

  (D) [*****]% if sublicensed [*****]

 

4.7 Royalty-Free Sublicenses. If Eidos pays all royalties due Stanford from a sublicensee’s Net Sales, Eidos may grant that sublicensee a royalty-free or non-cash:

 

  (A) Sublicense or

 

  (B) cross-license.

 

5. [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.]

 

6. DILIGENCE

 

6.1

Milestones. Because the invention is not yet commercially viable as of the Effective Date, Eidos, directly or through its Affiliates and sublicensees, will use commercially reasonable efforts to diligently develop, manufacture, and sell Licensed Products and will use commercially reasonable efforts to diligently develop markets for Licensed Product. In addition, Eidos will meet the milestones shown in Appendix A, and notify Stanford in writing as each milestone is met. The parties acknowledge that (a) patient safety is of

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

PAGE 6 OF 28


  paramount concern; (b) the Licensed Products are at an early experimental stage and the potential outcome of any future tests or studies of the Licensed Products are unknown; and (c) prudent development of the Licensed Products will be based on analyses of the actual results of such tests and studies, requiring Eidos to continually review and update its development plans for the Licensed Products based on such results and analyses, and, therefore, the timelines for development of the Licensed Products cannot be accurately predicted. Accordingly, if there are delays in any of the milestones shown in Appendix A for reasons beyond the reasonable control of Eidos, Stanford and Eidos agree in good faith to meet and discuss the timeframe for the performance of the milestones. Within 60 days of the meeting, Eidos will present Stanford with a written plan, reasonably acceptable to Stanford, to either meet such milestone or replace such milestone with a more appropriate milestone based on development results to date.

 

6.2 Progress Report. By March 1 of each year, Eidos will submit a written annual report to Stanford covering the preceding calendar year. The report will include information sufficient to enable Stanford to ascertain progress by Eidos toward meeting this Agreement’s diligence requirements. Each report will describe, where relevant: Eidos’s progress toward commercialization of Licensed Products, including work completed, key scientific discoveries, summary of work-in-progress, current schedule of anticipated events or milestones, market plans for introduction of Licensed Products, and significant corporate transactions involving Licensed Product. Eidos will specifically describe how each Licensed Product is related to each Licensed Patent.

 

6.3 Clinical Trial Notice. Eidos will notify the Stanford University Office of Technology Licensing prior to commencing any clinical trials of Licensed Products at Stanford.

 

7. ROYALTIES

 

7.1 Issue Royalty. Eidos will pay to Stanford a noncreditable, nonrefundable license issue royalty of $25,000; due within 60 days of signing the Agreement.

 

7.2 Equity Interest. As further consideration, Eidos will grant to Stanford 47,500 shares of common stock in Eidos. When issued, those shares will represent [*****]% of the common stock of Eidos on a Fully Diluted Basis on the date of the Agreement. Eidos agrees to provide Stanford with the summary capitalization table upon which the above calculation is made. Eidos will issue [*****]% of all shares granted to Stanford pursuant to this Section 7.2 and Section 7.3, if any, directly to and in the name of the inventors listed below allocated as stated below:

Dr. Isabella Graef – [*****]%

Dr. Mamoun Alhamadsheh – [*****]%

The remaining [*****]% of all shares granted to Stanford pursuant to this Section 7.2 and 7.3, if any, shall be issued to The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University.

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

PAGE 7 OF 28


7.3 Anti-Dilution Protection. Eidos will issue Stanford, without further consideration, that number of additional shares of Eidos common stock necessary to ensure that the number of shares issued Stanford pursuant to Section 7.2 and this Section 7.3 does not represent [*****] % of the shares issued and outstanding on a Fully-Diluted Basis, until such time as Eidos has raised [*****] pursuant that certain Series Seed Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated April 5, 2016 (the “First Round”). Stanford’s right pursuant to this Section 7.3 will expire at such time as [*****]

 

7.4 Purchase Right.

 

  (A) Stanford shall have the right, but not the obligation, to purchase for cash up to its Share of the securities issued in any Qualifying Offering on the terms, and subject to the conditions, set forth in this Section 7.4 (the “Purchase Right”). For purposes of this Agreement:

 

  (1) “Adjustment Event” means the final closing of the first Threshold Qualifying Offering occurring after the date of this Agreement.

 

  (2) “Qualifying Offering” means a private offering of Eidos’s equity securities (or securities convertible into or exercisable for Eidos’s equity securities) for cash (or in satisfaction of debt issued for cash) having its final closing on or after the date of this Agreement and which includes investment by one or more venture capital, professional angel, corporate or other similar institutional investors other than Stanford.

 

  (3) “Share” means:

 

  (i) [*****]% with respect to any Qualifying Offering having a closing on or before the date of an Adjustment Event; or

 

  (ii) with respect to any Qualifying Offering having a closing after an Adjustment Event, but before a Termination Event, the percentage necessary for Stanford to maintain its pro rata ownership interest in Eidos on a Fully-Diluted Basis .

 

  (4) “Threshold Qualifying Offering” means any Qualifying Offering which either (i) is at least $[*****] in size or (ii) involves the sale to outside investors of at least [*****]% of the securities outstanding after such round on a Fully-Diluted Basis.

 

  (B) The Purchase Right shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of the following (each a “Termination Event”):

 

  (1) Stanford’s execution of an investor rights agreement or similar agreement (each a “Rights Agreement”) in connection with a Threshold Qualifying Offering so long the Rights Agreement satisfies the terms of this Section 7.4 and Section 7.5 below;

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

PAGE 8 OF 28


  (2) Stanford purchases less than its entire Share of a Qualifying Offering; and

 

  (3) Stanford fails to give an election notice within the Notice Period for a Qualifying Offering which has its final closing within 90 days of the date such notice is received by Stanford and which is closed on terms that are the same or less favorable to the investors as the terms stated in Eidos’s notice to Stanford.

 

  (C) The Purchase Right shall not apply to the issuance of securities: (i) to employees, current members of Eidos’s Board of Directors and other service providers pursuant to a plan approved by Eidos’s Board of Directors; or (ii) as additional consideration in lending or leasing transactions; or (iii) to an entity pursuant to an arrangement that Eidos’s Board of Directors determines in good faith is a strategic partnership or similar arrangement of Eidos (i.e., an arrangement in which the entity’s purchase of securities is not primarily for the purpose of financing Eidos); or (iv) to shareholders of another corporation in connection with the acquisition of that corporation by Eidos.

 

  (D) For the avoidance of doubt: (i) any securities Stanford may acquire or have the right to acquire under Section 7.2 or 7.3 shall not reduce the number of securities Stanford may purchase under this Section 7.4 or under any applicable Rights Agreement; and (ii) Stanford shall not be obligated to purchase under this Section 7.4 any Company securities it has the right to acquire under Section 7.2 or 7.3 above.

 

  (E) If Eidos has entered into more than one Exclusive (Equity) Agreement or other agreement to license intellectual property from Stanford, and Stanford has fully exercised its right to purchase its Share in connection with a Qualifying Offering under any such agreement, Stanford will waive its right to purchase its Share in connection with a Qualifying Offering under all other applicable agreements. In the event that Stanford has not fully exercised its right to purchase its Share in connection with a Qualifying Offering under any agreement, then Stanford may only exercise its right to purchase under a single agreement, and will waive its right to purchase under all others.

 

7.5 Rights Agreements; Information Rights; Notice; Elections.

 

  (A) Eidos shall ensure that each Rights Agreement executed by Stanford in connection with a Qualifying Offering will grant to Stanford the same rights as all other investors who are parties to that Rights Agreement. In particular, Eidos shall ensure that each such Rights Agreement will grant to Stanford the same right to purchase additional securities in future offerings, the same information rights, and the same registration rights as are granted to other parties thereto, including all such rights granted to any investor designated as a “Major Investor” or other similar designation, even if Stanford is not so designated.

 

 

PAGE 9 OF 28


  (B) Notwithstanding any terms to the contrary contained in any applicable Rights Agreement:

 

  (1) Stanford shall not have any board representation or board meeting attendance rights;

 

  (2) In connection with all Qualifying Offerings, Eidos shall give Stanford notice of the terms of the offering, including: (i) the names of the investors, the allocation of shares among them and the total amounts to be invested by each of them in such offering; (ii) pre- and post- (projected) financing capitalization table; (iii) investor presentation (if available); (iv) an introduction to the lead investor in such offering for the purpose of discussing the lead investor’s due diligence process; and (v) such other documents and information as Stanford may reasonably request for the purpose of making an investment decision or verifying the number of shares it is entitled to purchase in such offering; and

 

  (3) Stanford may elect to exercise its Purchase Right, in whole or in part, by notice given to Eidos within 15 Stanford business days (i.e., days other than Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays or other days on which Stanford is officially closed) after receipt of Eidos’s notice (“Notice Period”).

 

  (C) If Stanford has no information rights under a Rights Agreement and to the extent that such information has been prepared by Eidos for other purposes, so long as Stanford holds Company securities, Eidos shall furnish to Stanford, upon request and as promptly as reasonably practicable, Eidos’s annual consolidated financial statements and annual operating plan, including an annual report of the holders of Eidos’s units and other securities, and such other information as Stanford may reasonably request from time to time for the purpose of valuing its interest in Eidos.

 

  (D) Notwithstanding any notice provision in this Agreement to the contrary, any notice given under this Agreement that refers or relates to any of Section 7.4 above or this Section 7.5 shall be copied concurrently to [*****]; provided , however , that delivery of the copy will not by itself constitute notice for any purpose under this Agreement.

 

7.6 License Maintenance Fee. Beginning [*****] and each [*****] thereafter, Eidos will pay Stanford a yearly license maintenance fee as follows:

 

  (A) $[*****] for the [*****]

 

  (B) $[*****]

 

  (C) $[*****]

Yearly maintenance payments are nonrefundable, but they are creditable each year as described in Section 7.11.

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

PAGE 10 OF 28


7.7 Milestone Payments. Milestone payments will only be payable if there is a claim within a Licensed Patent claiming the Licensed Product that achieved the applicable milestone. Eidos will pay Stanford the following milestone payments, whether milestone was achieved by Eidos or by an Affiliate or sublicensee:

 

  (A) $[*****]

 

  (B) $[*****]

 

  (C) $[*****]

 

  (D) $[*****]

In the event that a milestone payment is due to Stanford on account of an event for which Eidos receives a milestone payment from a sublicensee, the maximum amount payable by Eidos to Stanford on account of such event shall be the greater of (a) the milestone payment set forth above, or (b) the amount due under 4.6 on account of the milestone payment received by Eidos.

 

7.8 Earned Royalty. Eidos will pay Stanford earned royalties on Net Sales as follows:

 

Annual Net Sales

(Per calendar year)

   Royalty
Rate

Portion between $[*****] - $[*****]

   [*****]%

Portion between $[*****] - $[*****]

   [*****]%

Portion greater than $[*****]

   [*****]%

 

7.9 S ingle Royalty . No more than one royalty payment under this Agreement shall be due to Stanford with respect to a sale of a particular Licensed Product (e.g., even if such Licensed Product is covered by multiple Licensed Patents or because any Licensed Product, or its manufacture, sale or use, is covered by more than one claim within the Licensed Patents).

 

7.10 Earned Royalty if Eidos Challenges the Patent. Notwithstanding the above, should Eidos bring an action seeking to invalidate any Licensed Patent, Eidos will pay royalties to Stanford at the rate of [*****] during the pendency of such action. Moreover, should the outcome of such action determine that any claim of a Licensed Patent challenged by Eidos is both valid and infringed by a Licensed Product, Eidos will pay royalties at the rate of [*****] following such determination.

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

PAGE 11 OF 28


7.11 Creditable Payments. The license maintenance fee paid in a calendar year may be offset against earned royalty payments due on Net Sales occurring in that year.

For example:

 

  (A) if Eidos pays Stanford a $10 maintenance payment for year Y, and according to Section 7.8 $15 in earned royalties are due Stanford for Net Sales in year Y, Eidos will only need to pay Stanford an additional $5 for that year’s earned royalties.

 

  (B) if Eidos pays Stanford a $10 maintenance payment for year Y, and according to Section 7.8 $3 in earned royalties are due Stanford for Net Sales in year Y, Eidos will not need to pay Stanford any earned royalty payment for that year. Eidos will not be able to offset the remaining $7 against a future year’s earned royalties.

 

7.12 Obligation to Pay Royalties. A royalty is due Stanford under this Agreement for any activity conducted under the licenses granted. For convenience’s sake, the amount of that royalty is calculated using Net Sales. Nonetheless, if certain Licensed Products are made, used, imported, or offered for sale before the date this Agreement terminates, and those Licensed Products are sold after the termination date, Eidos will pay Stanford an earned royalty for its exercise of rights based on the Net Sales of those Licensed Products.

 

7.13 No Escrow. Eidos shall not pay royalties into any escrow or other similar account.

 

7.14 Currency. Eidos will calculate the royalty on sales in currencies other than U.S. Dollars using the appropriate foreign exchange rate for the currency quoted by the Wall Street Journal on the close of business on the last banking day of each calendar quarter. Eidos will make royalty payments to Stanford in U.S. Dollars.

 

7.15 Non-U.S. Taxes. Eidos will pay all non-U.S. taxes related to royalty payments. These payments are not deductible from any payments due to Stanford.

 

7.16 Interest. Any payments not made when due will bear interest at the lower of (a) [*****] or (b) the maximum rate permitted by law.

 

8. ROYALTY REPORTS, PAYMENTS, AND ACCOUNTING

 

8.1 Quarterly Earned Royalty Payment and Report. Beginning with the first sale of a Licensed Product by Eidos or an Affiliate or sublicensee, Eidos will submit to Stanford a written report (even if there are no sales) and an earned royalty payment within, as applicable, the earlier of: (a) 30 days after the receipt of a royalty report from any sublicensee following the end of each calendar quarter, or (b) 60 days after the end of each calendar quarter. This report will be in the form of Appendix B and will state the number, description, and aggregate Net Sales of Licensed Product during the completed calendar quarter. The report will include an overview of the process and documents relied upon to permit Stanford to understand how the earned royalties are calculated. With each report Eidos will include any earned royalty payment due Stanford for the completed calendar quarter (as calculated under Section 7.8).

 

8.2 No Refund. In the event that a validity or non-infringement challenge of a Licensed Patent brought by Eidos is successful, Eidos will have no right to recoup any royalties paid before or during the period challenge.

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

PAGE 12 OF 28


8.3 Termination Report. Eidos will pay to Stanford all applicable unpaid royalties accrued as of the date of termination and submit to Stanford a written report within 90 days after the license terminates. Eidos will continue to submit earned royalty payments and reports to Stanford after the license terminates, until all Licensed Products made or imported under the license have been sold.

 

8.4 Accounting. Eidos will maintain records showing manufacture, importation, sale, and use of a Licensed Product for 5 years from the date of sale of that Licensed Product. Records will include general-ledger records showing cash receipts and expenses, and records that include: production records, customers, invoices, serial numbers, and related information in sufficient detail to enable Stanford to determine the royalties payable under this Agreement.

 

8.5 Audit by Stanford. Eidos will allow Stanford or its designee to examine Eidos’s records to verify payments made by Eidos under this Agreement once per fiscal year. Stanford will provide reasonable prior notice when Stanford desires to audit, and Eidos will provide access at a mutually agreeable time.

 

8.6 Paying for Audit. Stanford will pay for any audit done under Section 8.5. But if the audit reveals an underreporting of earned royalties due Stanford of [*****] for the period being audited, [*****] .

 

8.7 Self-audit. Eidos will conduct an independent audit of sales and royalties at least every [*****] years if [*****] sales of Licensed Product are [*****]. The audit will address, at a minimum, the amount of gross sales by or on behalf of Eidos during the audit period, the amount of funds owed to Stanford under this Agreement, and whether the amount owed has been paid to Stanford and is reflected in the records of Eidos. Eidos will submit the auditor’s report promptly to Stanford upon completion. [*****] will pay for the entire cost of the audit.

 

9. EXCLUSIONS AND NEGATION OF WARRANTIES

 

9.1 Negation of Warranties. Stanford provides Eidos the rights granted in this Agreement AS IS and WITH ALL FAULTS. Stanford makes no representations and extends no warranties of any kind, either express or implied. Among other things, Stanford disclaims any express or implied warranty:

 

  (A) of merchantability, of fitness for a particular purpose;

 

  (B) of non-infringement; or

 

  (C) arising out of any course of dealing.

 

9.2 No Representation of Licensed Patent. Eidos also acknowledges that Stanford does not represent or warrant:

 

  (A) the validity or scope of any Licensed Patent; or

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

PAGE 13 OF 28


  (B) that the exploitation of Licensed Patent or Technology will be successful.

 

10. INDEMNITY

 

10.1 Indemnification. Eidos will indemnify, hold harmless, and defend all Stanford Indemnitees against any claim of any kind arising out of or related to the exercise of any rights granted Eidos under this Agreement or the breach of this Agreement by Eidos. Stanford agrees to inform Eidos promptly in writing of any claim or threatened claim that may give rise to an obligation of indemnity under this Agreement of which Stanford becomes aware. Eidos’s obligations to a Stanford Indemnitee under this section shall be relieved only to the extent that Eidos can demonstrate material prejudice caused by (1) Stanford’s failure to provide adequate or timely notice of the claim; (2) the Stanford Indemnitee making an admission regarding such claim without the prior written consent of Eidos, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and (3) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Stanford Indemnitee. Stanford will provide Eidos with the first right to defend and settle and exclusive control of the defense or settlement of each such claim, provided that Eidos must do so in a manner that does not adversely affect Stanford’s interests and it must obtain Stanford’s prior consent to any settlement (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned).

 

10.2 No Indirect Liability. Neither party is liable for any special, consequential, lost profit, expectation, punitive or other indirect damages in connection with any claim arising out of or related to this Agreement, whether grounded in tort (including negligence), strict liability, contract, or otherwise, except with respect to an indemnified claim pursuant to Section 10.1.

 

10.3 Workers’ Compensation. Eidos will comply with all statutory workers’ compensation and employers’ liability requirements for activities performed under this Agreement.

 

10.4 Insurance. During the term of this Agreement, Eidos will maintain Comprehensive General Liability Insurance, including Product Liability Insurance, with a reputable and financially secure insurance carrier to cover the activities of Eidos and its sublicensees. Prior to the first use of Licensed Products in human patients, the insurance will provide minimum limits of liability of $[*****] and thereafter the insurance will provide minimum limits of liability of $[*****] The insurance will include all Stanford Indemnitees as additional insureds. Insurance must cover claims incurred, discovered, manifested, or made during or after the expiration of this Agreement and must be placed with carriers with ratings of at least A- as rated by A.M. Best. Within 30 days of the Effective Date of this Agreement and prior to the commencement of the first clinical trial of any Licensed Product, Eidos will furnish a Certificate of Insurance evidencing primary coverage and additional insured requirements. Eidos will provide to Stanford 30 days prior written notice of cancellation or material change to this insurance coverage. Eidos will advise Stanford in writing that it maintains excess liability coverage (following form) over primary insurance for at least the minimum limits set forth above. All insurance of Eidos will be primary coverage; insurance of Stanford Indemnitees will be excess and noncontributory.

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

PAGE 14 OF 28


11. EXPORT

Eidos and its Affiliates and sublicensees shall comply with all United States laws and regulations controlling the export of licensed commodities and technical data. (For the purpose of this paragraph, “licensed commodities” means any article, material or supply but does not include information; and “technical data” means tangible or intangible technical information that is subject to U.S. export regulations, including blueprints, plans, diagrams, models, formulae, tables, engineering designs and specifications, manuals and instructions.) These laws and regulations may include, but are not limited to, the Export Administration Regulations (15 CFR 730-774), the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (22 CFR 120-130) and the various economic sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Department of the Treasury (31 CFR 500-600).

Among other things, these laws and regulations prohibit or require a license for the export or retransfer of certain commodities and technical data to specified countries, entities and persons. Eidos hereby gives written assurance that it will comply with, and will cause its Affiliates and sublicensees to comply with all United States export control laws and regulations, that it bears sole responsibility for any violation of such laws and regulations by itself or its Affiliates or sublicensees, and that it will indemnify, defend and hold Stanford harmless for the consequences of any such violation.

 

12. MARKING

To the extent required by the applicable patent marking laws, (i) before any Licensed Patent issues, Eidos will mark Licensed Product with the words “Patent Pending.”, and (ii) otherwise, Eidos will mark Licensed Product claimed by an issued Licensed Patent(s) with the number of such issued Licensed Patent(s).

 

13. STANFORD NAMES AND MARKS

Eidos will not use (i) Stanford’s name or other trademarks, (ii) the name or trademarks of any organization related to Stanford, or (iii) the name of any Stanford faculty member, employee, student or volunteer without the prior written consent of Stanford. Permission may be withheld at Stanford’s sole discretion. This prohibition includes, but is not limited to, use in press releases, advertising, marketing materials, other promotional materials, presentations, case studies, reports, websites, application or software interfaces, and other electronic media. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Eidos may, without prior permission of Stanford, reasonably utilize Stanford’s name in statements of fact (provided such statements do not imply endorsement of Eidos’s products), in legal proceedings, patent filings, and regulatory filings. In addition, Dr. Isabella Graef may be identified as a Stanford faculty member as part of biographical statements.

 

 

PAGE 15 OF 28


14. PROSECUTION AND PROTECTION OF PATENTS

 

14.1 Patent Prosecution.

 

  (A) Following the Effective Date and subject to Stanford’s approval, not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, Eidos will be responsible for Patent Matters. Eidos will use its commercially reasonable efforts with respect to the Patent Matters and in doing so will act in good faith irrespective of other patents, patent applications, or other rights that Eidos may possess. Eidos will notify Stanford before taking any substantive actions in prosecuting the claims, and Stanford will have final approval on how to proceed with any such actions. To aid Eidos in this process, Stanford will provide information, execute and deliver documents and do other acts as Eidos shall reasonably request from time to time. If Stanford at any time believes that Eidos has failed to satisfy the standards of this Section 14.1(A), it may, upon 30 days’ notice, terminate this Section 14.1(A) unless Eidos cures such failure within such 30 day period.

 

  (B) [*****] will reimburse [*****] for [*****] reasonable costs incurred in complying with [*****] under subsection (A) above. Stanford and Eidos agree that Stanford is the client of record for the attorney prosecuting the Licensed Patents and agree to have Appendix C fully executed by the appropriate parties upon execution of this Agreement. At Stanford’s request, Eidos will provide all information and assistance reasonably requested by Stanford to ensure that Licensed Patent is as extensive as possible. If Stanford has terminated Section 14.1(A), any agreement in the form of Appendix C will be deemed to be amended immediately without prior action by any party to revise Appendix C, Section 1 to require the Firm (as defined in Appendix C) to interact directly with Stanford only.

 

14.2 Patent Costs. Within 30 days after receiving a statement from [*****], [*****] will reimburse [*****]

 

  (A) $[*****] to offset Licensed Patent’s patenting expenses, including any interference or reexamination matters, incurred by [*****] before [*****], to be paid within 30 days of the Effective Date;

 

  (B) for all Licensed Patent’s patenting expenses, including any interference or reexamination matters, incurred by [*****] after [*****]. In all instances, [*****] must preapprove all patent expenses, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, and [*****] will pay the fees prescribed for large entities to the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

 

14.3 Infringement Procedure. Eidos will promptly notify Stanford if it believes a third party infringes a Licensed Patent or if a third party files a declaratory judgment action with respect to any Licensed Patent. During the Exclusive term of this Agreement and if Eidos is developing Licensed Product, Eidos may have the right to institute a suit against or defend any declaratory judgment action initiated by this third party as provided in Section 14.4 through and including Section 14.8.

 

14.4

Stanford Suit. If Eidos does not exercise its first right pursuant to Section 14.6 or the Parties do not agree to enter into a joint action pursuant to Section 14.5, then Stanford shall have the first right to institute suit, and may name Eidos as a party for standing

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

PAGE 16 OF 28


  purposes. If Stanford decides to institute suit, it will notify Eidos in writing. If Eidos does not notify Stanford in writing that it desires to jointly prosecute the suit within 15 days after the date of the notice, Eidos will assign and hereby does assign to Stanford all rights, causes of action, and damages resulting from the alleged infringement. Stanford will bear the entire cost of the litigation and, following reimbursement of any legal fees, pre-approved by Stanford, incurred by Eidos in cooperating with such action by Stanford, Stanford will retain the entire amount of any recovery or settlement.

 

14.5 Joint Suit. If Stanford and Eidos so agree, they may institute suit or defend the declaratory judgment action jointly. If so, they will:

 

  (A) prosecute the suit in both their names;

 

  (B) bear the out-of-pocket costs equally;

 

  (C) share any recovery or settlement equally; and

 

  (D) agree how they will exercise control over the action.

 

14.6 Eidos Suit. Eidos shall have the first right to institute and prosecute a suit or defend any declaratory judgment action so long as it conforms with the requirements of this Section and Eidos is diligently using commercially reasonable efforts in developing or selling Licensed Product. Eidos will diligently pursue the suit and Eidos will bear the entire cost of the litigation, including expenses and counsel fees incurred by Stanford. Eidos will keep Stanford reasonably apprised of all developments in the suit, and will seek Stanford’s input and approval on any substantive submissions or positions taken in the litigation regarding the scope, validity and enforceability of the Licensed Patent. Eidos will not prosecute, settle or otherwise compromise any such suit in a manner that adversely affects Stanford’s interests without Stanford’s prior written consent. Stanford may be named as a party only if

 

  (A) Eidos’s and Stanford’s respective counsel recommend that such action is necessary in their reasonable opinion to achieve standing;

 

  (B) Stanford is not the first named party in the action; and

 

  (C) the pleadings and any public statements about the action state that Eidos is pursuing the action and that Eidos has the right to join Stanford as a party.

 

14.7 Recovery. If Eidos sues under Section 14.6, then any recovery in excess of any litigation costs and fees will be shared with Stanford as follows:

 

  (A) any payment for past sales will be deemed Net Sales, and Eidos will pay Stanford royalties at the rates specified in Section 7.8;

 

  (B) any payment for future sales will be deemed a payment under a Sublicense, and royalties will be shared as specified in Article 4; and

 

 

PAGE 17 OF 28


  (C) Eidos and Stanford will negotiate in good faith appropriate compensation to Stanford for any non-cash settlement or non-cash cross-license.

 

14.8 Abandonment of Suit. If either Stanford or Eidos commences a suit and then wants to abandon the suit, it will give timely notice to the other party. The other party may continue prosecution of the suit after Stanford and Eidos agree on the sharing of expenses and any recovery in the suit.

 

15. TERMINATION

 

15.1 Termination by Eidos. Eidos may terminate this Agreement by giving Stanford written notice at least 30 days in advance of the effective date of termination selected by Eidos.

 

15.2 Termination by Stanford.

 

  (A) Stanford may also terminate this Agreement if Eidos:

 

  (1) is delinquent on any report or payment under this Agreement;

 

  (2) is not diligently using commercially reasonable efforts in developing and commercializing Licensed Product (directly or through an Affiliate or sublicensee);

 

  (3) misses a milestone described in Appendix A, provided that parties have completed the process set forth in Section 6.1

 

  (4) is in material breach of any material provision of this Agreement; or

 

  (5) knowingly provides any false report to Stanford under this Agreement.

 

  (B) Termination under this Section 15.2 will take effect 30 days after written notice by Stanford unless Eidos remedies the problem in that 30-day period.

 

15.3 Surviving Provisions. Surviving any termination or expiration are:

 

  (A) Eidos’s obligation to pay royalties accrued or accruable;

 

  (B) any claim of Eidos or Stanford, accrued or to accrue, because of any breach or default by the other party; and

 

  (C) the provisions of Section 19.1 and Articles 8, 9, and 10 and any other provision that by its nature is intended to survive.

 

16. CHANGE OF CONTROL AND ASSIGNMENT

 

16.1 Change of Control. If there is a Change of Control, Eidos will pay Stanford a fee of $250,000 (“Change of Control Fee”) within thirty (30) days of assignment of this Agreement per Section 16.2.

 

 

PAGE 18 OF 28


16.2 Conditions of Assignment under Change of Control. Eidos may assign this Agreement as part of a Change of Control upon prior and complete performance of the following conditions:

 

  (A) Eidos must give Stanford 30 days prior written notice of the assignment, including the new assignee’s contact information; and

 

  (B) the new assignee must agree in writing to Stanford to be bound by this Agreement; and

 

  (C) Stanford must have received the full Change of Control Fee.

 

16.3 O ther Permitted Assignment by Eidos . Subject to Section 16.4, Eidos may assign this Agreement to an Affiliate, provided that Eidos gives Stanford prompt written notice thereof.

 

16.4 After the Assignment. Upon a permitted assignment of this Agreement pursuant to this Article 16, Eidos will be released of liability under this Agreement and the term “Eidos” in this Agreement will mean the assignee.

 

16.5 Bankruptcy. In the event of a bankruptcy or insolvency, assignment is permitted only to a party that can provide adequate assurance of future performance, including diligent development and sales of Licensed Product.

 

16.6 Nonassignability of Agreement. Except in conformity with Sections 16.2, 16.3 and 16.5, this Agreement is not assignable by Eidos under any other circumstances and any attempt to assign this Agreement by Eidos is null and void.

 

17. DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

17.1 Dispute Resolution by Arbitration. Any dispute between the parties regarding any payments made or due under this Agreement will be settled by confidential arbitration in accordance with the JAMS Arbitration Rules and Procedures. The parties are not obligated to settle any other dispute that may arise under this Agreement by arbitration.

 

17.2 Request for Arbitration. Either party may request such arbitration. Stanford and Eidos will mutually agree in writing on a third party arbitrator within 30 days of the arbitration request. The arbitrator’s decision will be final and nonappealable and may be entered in any court having jurisdiction.

 

17.3 Discovery. The parties will be entitled to discovery as if the arbitration were a civil suit in the California Superior Court. The arbitrator may limit the scope, time, and issues involved in discovery.

 

17.4 Place of Arbitration. The arbitration will be held in Stanford, California unless the parties mutually agree in writing to another place.

 

 

PAGE 19 OF 28


17.5 Patent Validity. Any dispute regarding the validity of any Licensed Patent shall be litigated in the courts located in Santa Clara County, California, and the parties agree not to challenge personal jurisdiction in that forum.

 

18. NOTICES

 

18.1 Legal Action. Eidos will provide written notice to Stanford at least three months prior to bringing an action seeking to invalidate any Licensed Patent or a declaration of non-infringement. Eidos will include with such written notice an identification of all prior art it believes invalidates any claim of the Licensed Patent.

 

18.2 All Notices. All notices under this Agreement are deemed fully given when written, addressed, and delivered (with delivery confirmed in writing) as follows:

All general notices to Eidos are mailed to:

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

[*****]

With a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:

Barbara A. Kosacz

Cooley LLP

3175 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, CA 94304

All financial invoices to Eidos (i.e., accounting contact) are e-mailed to:

Mamoun Alhamadsheh

[*****]

All progress report invoices to Eidos (i.e., technical contact) are e-mailed to:

Mamoun Alhamadsheh

[*****]

All general notices to Stanford are e-mailed or mailed to:

Office of Technology Licensing

3000 El Camino Real

Building 5, Suite 300

Palo Alto, CA 94306-2100

[*****]

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

PAGE 20 OF 28


All payments to Stanford are mailed to:

Stanford University

Office of Technology Licensing

Department #44439

P.O. Box 44000

San Francisco, CA 94144-4439

All progress reports to Stanford are e-mailed or mailed to:

Office of Technology Licensing

3000 El Camino Real

Building 5, Suite 300

Palo Alto, CA 94306-2100

[ ****** ]

Any notice related to Section 7.4 or Section 7.5 (Stanford Purchase Rights) shall be copied concurrently to [*****]

Either party may change its address with written notice to the other party.

 

19. MISCELLANEOUS

 

19.1 C onfidentiality . Stanford shall maintain the terms of this Agreement as well as the reports and any information provided by Eidos to Stanford hereunder, including information provided pursuant to Sections 4.5, 6.2, 7.2, 7.4, 7.5, 8.1, 8.3, 8.5, 8.7 and 10.1, Articles 15 and 17, and Appendix A of this Agreement, in confidence and not disclose such information or reports to any third party, except as required by law. Stanford shall not use such information except in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and for Stanford’s internal reporting purposes. Stanford’s obligation of confidentiality hereunder shall be fulfilled by using at least the same degree of care with Eidos’s confidential information as Stanford uses to protect its own confidential information. Stanford shall have no obligation hereunder to refrain from disclosing or using the following:

 

  (A) Information that, at the time of disclosure, is generally available to the public;

 

  (B) Information that becomes part of the public domain or publicly known or available by publication or otherwise, not due to any unauthorized act or omission on the part of Stanford;

 

  (C) Information that is disclosed to the Stanford by third parties who was not under a duty of confidentiality to Eidos;

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

PAGE 21 OF 28


  (D) Information that has been independently developed by Stanford without use of or reference to information provided by Eidos; and

 

  (E) Information that is required to be disclosed by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

19.2 Waiver. No term of this Agreement can be waived except by the written consent of the party waiving compliance.

 

19.3 Choice of Law. This Agreement and any dispute arising under it is governed by the laws of the State of California, United States of America, applicable to agreements negotiated, executed, and performed within California.

 

19.4 Entire Agreement. The parties have read this Agreement and agree to be bound by its terms, and further agree that it constitutes the complete and entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all previous communications, oral or written, and all other communications between them relating to the license and to the subject hereof. This Agreement may not be amended except by writing executed by authorized representatives of both parties. No representations or statements of any kind made by either party, which are not expressly stated herein, will be binding on such party.

 

19.5 Exclusive Forum. The state and federal courts having jurisdiction over Stanford, California, United States of America, provide the exclusive forum for any court action between the parties relating to this Agreement. Eidos submits to the jurisdiction of such courts, and waives any claim that such a court lacks jurisdiction over Eidos or constitutes an inconvenient or improper forum.

 

19.6 Headings. No headings in this Agreement affect its interpretation.

 

19.7 F orce Majeure . Neither party shall be held liable to the other party nor be deemed to have defaulted under or breached this Agreement for failure or delay in performing any obligation under this Agreement to the extent such failure or delay is caused by or results from causes beyond the reasonable control of the affected party, potentially including embargoes, war, acts of war (whether war be declared or not), acts of terrorism, insurrections, riots, civil commotions, strikes, lockouts or other labor disturbances, fire, floods, earthquakes or other acts of god, or acts, generally applicable action or inaction by any governmental authority, or omissions or delays in acting by the other party, or unavailability of materials related to the manufacture of Licensed Products. The affected party shall notify the other party in writing of such force majeure circumstances as soon as reasonably practical, and shall promptly undertake and continue diligently all reasonable efforts necessary to cure such force majeure circumstances or to perform its obligations in spite of the ongoing circumstances.

 

19.8 Electronic Copy. The parties to this document agree that a copy of the original signature (including an electronic copy) may be used for any and all purposes for which the original signature may have been used. The parties further waive any right to challenge the admissibility or authenticity of this document in a court of law based solely on the absence of an original signature.

 

 

PAGE 22 OF 28


The parties execute this Agreement in duplicate originals by their duly authorized officers or representatives.

 

THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE LELAND STANFORD JUNIOR UNIVERSITY

Signature:

 

/s/ Mona Wan

Name:

 

Mona Wan

Title:

 

Associate Director

Date:

  4/15/2016

 

EIDOS THERAPEUTICS

Signature:

 

/s/ Mamoun Alhamadsheh

Name:

 

Mamoun Alhamadsheh

Title:

 

Professor

Date:

 

Apr 12, 2016

 

 

PAGE 23 OF 28


Appendix A - Milestones

Business Milestones

 

1. Eidos has already provided Stanford a preliminary business plan. By [*****], Eidos will provide Stanford a detailed document covering Eidos’s plans as to projected product development, markets and sales forecasts, manufacturing and operations, and financial forecasts until [*****] (“Business Plan”). Stanford will treat this Business Plan as confidential information and protect it as Stanford would its own confidential information.

 

2. By [*****], Eidos will have $[*****] of available non-contingent, operating capital to proceed with the exploration and development of Licensed Product. Capital will be from a third party who may or may not be an investor in Eidos and unused capital will be on deposit at [*****] .

 

3. By [*****], Eidos will provide to Stanford a listing of the management team or a schedule for the recruitment of key management positions.

Development Milestones

 

1. By [*****], Eidos will commence scale-up of AG-10 to undertake [*****] and [*****] .

 

2. By [*****], Eidos will commence a [*****]

By [*****] the parties will agree on additional development milestones in writing. The parties will revisit the milestones in good faith after every Progress Report is submitted pursuant to Section 6.2 in light of the development results to date. If there are changes to the milestones, they will be mutually agreed to in writing.

 

1.

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

PAGE 24 OF 28


Appendix B – Sample Reporting Form

Stanford Docket No. S09-398

This report is provided pursuant to the license agreement between Stanford University and Eidos

License Agreement Effective Date:

Name(s) of Licensed Products being reported:

 

Report Covering Period

  

Yearly Maintenance Fee

   $           

Number of Sublicenses Executed

  

Gross Revenue

  

U.S. Gross Revenue

   $       

Non-U.S. Gross Revenue

   $       

Net Sales

  

U.S. Net Sales

   $       

Non-U.S. Net Sales

   $       

Royalty Calculation

  

Royalty Subtotal

   $       

Credit

   $       

Royalty Due

   $       

Comments:

 

 

PAGE 25 OF 28


Appendix C – Client and Billing Agreement

The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University (“STANFORD”); and Eidos, a Corporation of the State of _____________, with a principal place of business at ______________, (“Eidos”); have agreed to use the law firm of _____________________ (“FIRM”) to prepare, file and prosecute the pending patent applications listed in Exhibit A attached hereto and maintain the patents that issue thereon (“Patents”).

WHEREAS, FIRM desires to perform the legal services related to obtaining and maintaining the Patents; and

WHEREAS, STANFORD remains the client of the FIRM; and

WHEREAS, Eidos is the licensee of STANFORD’s interest in the Patents;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the faithful performance of the covenants herein contained, IT IS AGREED:

1. FIRM can interact directly with Eidos on all patent prosecution matters related to the Patents and will copy STANFORD on all correspondence. STANFORD will be notified by FIRM prior to any substantive actions and will have final approval on proceeding with such actions. In addition, as prosecution proceeds, FIRM will notify STANFORD if there is any change in inventorship from the originally filed application.

2. [*****] is responsible for the payment of all charges and fees by FIRM related to the prosecution and maintenance of the Patents. FIRM will invoice [*****] and [*****] must pay FIRM directly for all charges. If [*****] requests, [*****] will be copied on all invoices and payments. FIRM must inform [*****] within 90 days if the licensee is delinquent on payment. Otherwise, [*****] will not be responsible for those expenses.

3. Notices and copies of all correspondence should be sent to the following:

To Eidos:

Name, Title

Eidos

Address

To STANFORD:

Name

Office of Technology Licensing

Stanford University

3000 El Camino Real

Building 5, Suite 300

Palo Alto, CA 94306-2100

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

PAGE 26 OF 28


To FIRM:

Edward J. Baba

Bozicevic, Field & Francis LLP

235 Montgomery St, 29 th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94104

4. The parties to this document agree that a copy of the original signature (including an electronic copy) may be used for any and all purposes for which the original signature may have been used. The parties further waive any right to challenge the admissibility or authenticity of this document in a court of law based solely on the absence of an original signature.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:

 

STANFORD
By:    
Name:  
Title:  
Date:    

 

Eidos
By:    
Name:  
Title:  
Date:    

 

Law Firm Name
By:    
Name:  
Title:  
Date:    

 

 

PAGE 27 OF 28


Exhibit A

Stanford patent applications:

[*****]

and any foreign patent application corresponding thereto, and any divisional, continuation, or reexamination application, extension, and each patent that issues or reissues from any of these patent applications.

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

PAGE 28 OF 28


S09-398 · CKC    A MENDMENT    09/22/2017

AMENDMENT No 1

TO THE

LICENSE AGREEMENT EFFECTIVE THE 10TH DAY OF April 2016

BETWEEN

STANFORD UNIVERSITY

AND

EIDOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Effective the 25th day of September 2017, THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE LELAND STANFORD JUNIOR UNIVERSITY (“Stanford”), an institution of higher education having powers under the laws of the State of California, and Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. (“Eidos”), a corporation having a principal place of business at 421 Kipling Street, Palo Alto, CA 94301, agree as follows:

 

1. BACKGROUND

Stanford and Eidos are parties to a License Agreement effective the 10th day of April 2016 (“Original Agreement”) covering an invention entitled “Novel transthyretin aggregation inhibitors,” disclosed in Stanford docket S09-398, from the laboratory of Dr. Isabella Graef.

Stanford and Eidos wish to amend the Original Agreement to update diligence milestones set forth in Appendix A to the Original Agreement.

 

2. AMENDMENT

Appendix A to the Original Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as set forth in Appendix A to this Amendment.

 

3. OTHER TERMS

 

3.1 Stanford acknowledges that Eidos has met each of the milestones set forth in Appendix A to the Original Agreement and that Eidos has complied with its obligations under Article 6 of the Original Agreement through the effective date of this Amendment.

 

3.2 Except as expressly amended herein, all other terms of the Original Agreement remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

 

PAGE 1 OF 3


S09-398 · CKC    A MENDMENT    09/22/2017

 

3.3 The parties to this document agree that a copy of the original signature (including an electronic copy) may be used for any and all purposes for which the original signature may have been used. The parties further waive any right to challenge the admissibility or authenticity of this document in a court of law based solely on the absence of an original signature.

 

3.4 This Amendment and any dispute arising under it is governed by the laws of the State of California, applicable to agreements negotiated, executed and performed within California.

The parties execute this Amendment No 1 by their duly authorized officers or representatives.

 

THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE LELAND STANFORD JUNIOR UNIVERSITY

Signature:    

/s/ Mona Wan

Name:    

Mona Wan

Title:    

Associate Director

Date:    

Sep 22, 2017

 

EIDOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Signature:    

/s/ Neil Kumar

Name:    

Neil Kumar

Title:    

CEO

Date:    

Sep 22, 2017

 

 

PAGE 2 OF 3


S09-398 · CKC    A MENDMENT    09/22/2017

 

Appendix A—Milestones

Since the execution of the Exclusive License Agreement in April 2016, Eidos has achieved the following significant milestones and fulfilled each of the business diligence milestones 1-3 and each of the development milestones 1 and 2 set forth in Appendix A to the Original Agreement.

 

1. Eidos has provided Stanford a preliminary development plan for AG10 for familial amyloid cardiomyopathy and wild-type TTR amyloidosis. The executive summary includes development path and costs, market estimates, and management team members.

 

2. Eidos has raised over $1,000,000 of available non-contingent, operating capital to proceed with the exploration and development of Licensed Product: BridgeBio has invested $4M between April 2016 and Jan 2017.

 

3. Eidos has commenced scale-up of AG-10 to undertake [*****]. Also, Eidos has begun a [*****]

Moving forward, Eidos agrees to the following diligence milestone obligations:

 

  1. By [*****], Eidos will have achieved:

[*****]

 

  2. By [*****], Eidos will have initiated:

[*****]

 

  3. By [*****], Eidos will have completed [*****]

 

  4. By [*****], Eidos will [*****]

By [*****], the parties will agree on additional milestones in writing. The parties will revisit the milestones in good faith after every Progress Report is submitted pursuant to Section 6.2 in light of the development results to date. If there are changes to the milestones, they will be mutually agreed to in writing.

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

PAGE 3 OF 3

Exhibit 10.10

EIDOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

DIRECTOR INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of [                  ], 201[      ] by and between Eidos Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [                  ] (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve the Company;

WHEREAS, in order to induce Indemnitee to [provide][continue to provide] services to the Company, the Company wishes to provide for the indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, Indemnitee to the maximum extent permitted by law;

WHEREAS, the Bylaws (as amended, the “ Bylaws ”) of the Company require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company, and Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (as amended, the “ DGCL ”);

WHEREAS, the Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining highly qualified persons such as Indemnitee is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable and prudent for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, regardless of any amendment or revocation of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (as amended, the “ Charter ”) or the Bylaws, so that they will [serve][continue to serve] the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Charter, the Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and

[WHEREAS, Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance, including as provided by [Name of Fund/Sponsor], which Indemnitee and [Name of Fund/Sponsor] intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided in this Agreement, with the Company’s acknowledgment and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve or continue to serve on the Board.] 1

 

1   This recital should be included if the director is affiliated with a fund or other entity that provides indemnification to the director that is intended to backstop the indemnification provided by the Company.

 

1


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. Services to the Company . Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director of the Company. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee.

Section 2. Definitions .

As used in this Agreement:

(a) “ Change in Control ” shall mean:

(i) the date any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Act ”) (other than the Company, any of its subsidiaries, or any trustee, fiduciary or other person or entity holding securities under any employee benefit plan or trust of the Company or any of its subsidiaries), together with all “affiliates” and “associates” (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Act) of such person, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities having the right to vote in an election of the Board (“ Voting Securities ”) (in such case other than as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company); or

(ii) the date a majority of the members of the Board is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board before the date of the appointment or election; or

(iii) the date of consummation of (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company where the stockholders of the Company, immediately prior to the consolidation or merger, would not, immediately after the consolidation or merger, beneficially own (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, shares representing in the aggregate more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares of the resulting or successor entity in the consolidation or merger (or of its ultimate parent entity, if any), or (B) any sale or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of transactions contemplated or arranged by any party as a single plan) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to a person or entity not affiliated with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change in Control” will not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing clause (i) solely as the result of an acquisition of securities by the Company which, by reducing the number of shares of Voting Securities outstanding, increases the proportionate number of Voting Securities beneficially owned by any person to fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of all of the then outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, that if any person referred to in this sentence will thereafter become the beneficial owner of any additional shares of Voting Securities (other than pursuant to a stock split, stock dividend, or similar transaction or

 

2


as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company) and immediately thereafter beneficially owns fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of all of the then outstanding Voting Securities, then a “Change in Control” will be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing clause (i).

(b) “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person as a current or former director of the Company or current or former director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

(c) “ Enforcement Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with an action to enforce indemnification or advancement rights, or an appeal from such action. Expenses, however, shall not include fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.

(d) “ Enterprise ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company), partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, limited liability company, or other legal entity of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee.

(e) “ Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding or an appeal resulting from a Proceeding. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee, the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee or fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.

(f) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner (or, if applicable, member or shareholder) of such a law firm, that is experienced in matters of Delaware corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, any Enterprise or Indemnitee in any matter material to any such party; or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(g) The term “ Proceeding ” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory or investigative nature, and whether formal or informal, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise or by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee or of any action taken on his or her part while acting as a director of the Company or while serving at the request of the Company as a director,

 

3


manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement; provided , however , that the term “Proceeding” shall not include any action, suit or arbitration, or part thereof, initiated by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement as provided for in Section 12(a) of this Agreement.

Section 3. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

Section 4. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery (the “ Delaware Court ”) shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court shall deem proper.

Section 5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement and except as provided in Section 7, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in any Proceeding and is successful in such Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

Section 6. Reimbursement for Expenses of a Witness or in Response to a Subpoena . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, (i) is a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party or (ii) receives a subpoena with respect to any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party, the Company shall reimburse Indemnitee for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

 

4


Section 7. Exclusions . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement:

(a) to indemnify for amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise[; provided that the foregoing shall not affect the rights of Indemnitee or the Fund Indemnitors as set forth in Section 13(c)];

(b) to indemnify for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Act or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law[, or from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of such securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“ SOX ”)] 2 ;

(c) to indemnify with respect to any Proceeding, or part thereof, brought by Indemnitee against the Company, any legal entity which it controls, any director or officer thereof or any third party, unless (i) the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding or part thereof and (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law; provided , however , that this Section 7(d) shall not apply to (A) counterclaims or affirmative defenses asserted by Indemnitee in an action brought against Indemnitee or (B) any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or advancement is being sought as described in Section 12; or

(e) to provide any indemnification or advancement of expenses that is prohibited by applicable law (as such law exists at the time payment would otherwise be required pursuant to this Agreement).

Section 8. Advancement of Expenses . Subject to Section 9(b), the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances (including any invoices received by Indemnitee, which such invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law) from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s (i) ability to repay the expenses, (ii) and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement and (iii) entitlement to and availability of insurance coverage, including advancement, payment or reimbursement of defense costs, expenses or covered loss under the provisions of any applicable insurance policy (including, without limitation, whether such advancement, payment, or reimbursement is withheld, conditioned, or delayed by the insurer(s)). Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement which shall constitute an undertaking providing that Indemnitee undertakes to the fullest extent required by law to repay the advance if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The right to advances under this paragraph shall in all events continue until final disposition of any Proceeding, including any appeal therein. Nothing in this Section 8 shall limit Indemnitee’s right to advancement pursuant to Section 12(e) of this Agreement.

 

2   Include this language if the company’s officers are subject to the prohibition on trading during pension fund blackout periods under SOX 306.

 

5


Section 9. Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim .

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor specifying the basis for the claim, the amounts for which Indemnitee is seeking payment under this Agreement, and all documentation related thereto as reasonably requested by the Company.

(b) In the event that the Company shall be obligated hereunder to provide indemnification for or make any advancement of Expenses with respect to any Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, or any claim, issue or matter therein, with counsel approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of the Company’s election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees or expenses of separate counsel subsequently employed by or on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding; provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense and (ii) if (A) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of such defense, or (C) the Company shall not continue to retain such counsel to defend such Proceeding, then the reasonable fees and expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee with respect to his or her separate counsel shall be Expenses hereunder.

(c) In the event that the Company does not assume the defense in a Proceeding pursuant to paragraph (b) above, then the Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

(d) The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without its prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the fact that an insurer under an applicable insurance policy delays or is unwilling to consent to such settlement or is or may be in breach of its obligations under such policy, or the fact that the directors’ and officers’ liability insurance is otherwise unavailable or not maintained by the Company, may not be taken into account by the Company in determining whether to provide its consent. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), enter into any settlement which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee, any non-monetary remedy imposed on Indemnitee or any monetary damages for which Indemnitee is not wholly and actually indemnified hereunder or (ii) with respect to any Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee may be or is made a party or may be otherwise entitled to seek indemnification hereunder, does not include the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding.

Section 10. Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification .

(a) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), a determination, if such determination is required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder shall be made in the specific case by one of the following methods: (x) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board; or (y) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred: (i) by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; (ii) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; or (iii) if there are no disinterested directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board. For purposes hereof, disinterested directors are those members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought. In the case

 

6


that such determination is made by Independent Counsel, a copy of Independent Counsel’s written opinion shall be delivered to Indemnitee and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within thirty (30) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Independent Counsel or the Company, as applicable, in making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such counsel or the Company, upon reasonable advance request, any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any reasonable out-of-pocket costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Independent Counsel or the Company shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(b) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(a), the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board if a Change in Control shall not have occurred or, if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Indemnitee. Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after written notice of such selection, deliver to the Company or Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Delaware Court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected without objection, either Indemnitee or the Company may petition the Delaware Court for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by Indemnitee or the Company to the selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate. The person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

 

7


Section 11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

(a) To the extent permitted by applicable law, in making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, it shall be presumed that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 9(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making of any determination contrary to that presumption. Neither (i) the failure of the Company or of Independent Counsel to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Company or by Independent Counsel that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of guilty, nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(c) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, or any Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

Section 12. Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a) Subject to Section 12(f), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification for which a determination is to be made other than by Independent Counsel, (iv) payment of indemnification or reimbursement of expenses is not made pursuant to Section 5 or 6 or the last sentence of Section 10(a) of this Agreement within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor (including any invoices received by Indemnitee, which such invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law) or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3 or 4 of this Agreement is not made within thirty (30) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by the Delaware Court of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided , however , that the foregoing time limitation shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 5 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

 

8


(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement, as the case may be.

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

(e) The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law against any and all Enforcement Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Enforcement Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or advancement is being sought. Such written request for advancement shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Enforcement Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law need not be included with the invoice.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein.

Section 13. Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; [Primacy of Indemnification;] Subrogation .

(a) The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Charter, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement than would be afforded currently under the Charter, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

9


(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, managers, partners, officers, employees, agents or trustees of the Company or of any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.

(c) [The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by third parties, including as provided by [Name of Fund/Sponsor] and certain of [its][their] affiliates (collectively, the “ Fund Indemnitors ”). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort ( i.e. , its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Charter and/or Bylaws (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 13(c).]

(d) [Except as provided in paragraph (c) above,] [I/i]n the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee [(other than against the Fund Indemnitors)], who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(e) [Except as provided in paragraph (c) above,] [T/t]he Company’s obligation to provide indemnification or advancement hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement from such other Enterprise.

Section 14. Duration of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director of the Company or as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise for which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company in the above-described capacity or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the

 

10


benefit of Indemnitee and his or her heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

Section 15. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

Section 16. Enforcement; Entire Agreement .

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director of the Company.

(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Charter, the Bylaws and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

Section 17. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment, or waiver of any provision, of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee prior to such supplement, modification or amendment.

Section 18. Notice by Indemnitee . Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification, reimbursement or advancement as provided hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.

Section 19. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on

 

11


which it is so mailed, (iii) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (iv) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:

 

  (a) If to Indemnitee, at such address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.

 

  (b) If to the Company to:
    Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.
    101 Montgomery Street, Suite 2550

San Francisco, CA 94104

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

Section 20. Contribution . To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any Proceeding in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee in connection with the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving rise to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transactions.

Section 21. Internal Revenue Code Section  409A . The Company intends for this Agreement to comply with the Indemnification exception under Section 1.409A-1(b)(10) of the regulations promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), which provides that indemnification of, or the purchase of an insurance policy providing for payments of, all or part of the expenses incurred or damages paid or payable by Indemnitee with respect to a bona fide claim against Indemnitee or the Company do not provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Code, where such claim is based on actions or failures to act by Indemnitee in his or her capacity as a service provider of the Company. The parties intend that this Agreement be interpreted and construed with such intent.

Section 22. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction . This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) consent to service of process at the address set forth in Section 19 of this Agreement with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

 

12


Section 23. Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

Section 24. Identical Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Director Indemnification Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

EIDOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
   
  [Name of Indemnitee]

S IGNATURE P AGE TO

D IRECTOR I NDEMNIFICATION A GREEMENT


EIDOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.

OFFICER INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of [                  ], 201[_] by and between Eidos Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [__________] (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve the Company;

WHEREAS, in order to induce Indemnitee to [provide or continue to provide] services to the Company, the Company wishes to provide for the indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, Indemnitee to the maximum extent permitted by law;

WHEREAS, the Bylaws (as amended, the “ Bylaws ”) of the Company require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company, and Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (as amended, the “ DGCL ”);

WHEREAS, the Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining highly qualified persons such as Indemnitee is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable and prudent for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, regardless of any amendment or revocation of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (as amended, the “ Charter ”) or the Bylaws, so that they will [serve or continue to serve] the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified; and

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Charter, the Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. Services to the Company . Indemnitee agrees to serve as [a director and] 1 an officer of the Company. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from [any] such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee.

 

1   Note to draft: bracketed and highlighted text throughout applies to CEO director version only.


Section 2. Definitions .

As used in this Agreement:

(a) “ Change in Control ” shall mean:

(i) the date any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Act ”) (other than the Company, any of its subsidiaries, or any trustee, fiduciary or other person or entity holding securities under any employee benefit plan or trust of the Company or any of its subsidiaries), together with all “affiliates” and “associates” (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Act) of such person, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities having the right to vote in an election of the Board (“ Voting Securities ”) (in such case other than as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company); or

(ii) the date a majority of the members of the Board is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board before the date of the appointment or election; or

(iii) the date of consummation of (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company where the stockholders of the Company, immediately prior to the consolidation or merger, would not, immediately after the consolidation or merger, beneficially own (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, shares representing in the aggregate more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares of the resulting or successor entity in the consolidation or merger (or of its ultimate parent entity, if any), or (B) any sale or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of transactions contemplated or arranged by any party as a single plan) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to a person or entity not affiliated with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change in Control” will not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing clause (i) solely as the result of an acquisition of securities by the Company which, by reducing the number of shares of Voting Securities outstanding, increases the proportionate number of Voting Securities beneficially owned by any person to fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of all of the then outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, that if any person referred to in this sentence will thereafter become the beneficial owner of any additional shares of Voting Securities (other than pursuant to a stock split, stock dividend, or similar transaction or as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company) and immediately thereafter beneficially owns fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of all of the then outstanding Voting Securities, then a “Change in Control” will be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing clause (i).

(b) “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person as a current or former [director or] officer of the Company or current or former director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

(c) “ Enforcement Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with an action to enforce indemnification or advancement rights, or an appeal from such action. Expenses, however, shall not include fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.

 

2


(d) “ Enterprise ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company), partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, limited liability company, or other legal entity of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee.

(e) “ Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding or an appeal resulting from a Proceeding. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee, the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee or fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.

(f) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner (or, if applicable, member or shareholder) of such a law firm, that is experienced in matters of Delaware corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, any Enterprise or Indemnitee in any matter material to any such party; or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(g) The term “ Proceeding ” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory or investigative nature, and whether formal or informal, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was [a director or] an officer of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise or by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee or of any action taken on his or her part while acting as [a director or] an officer of the Company or while serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement; provided , however , that the term “Proceeding” shall not include any action, suit or arbitration, or part thereof, initiated by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement as provided for in Section 12(a) of this Agreement.

Section 3. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred

 

3


by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

Section 4. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery (the “ Delaware Court ”) shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court shall deem proper.

Section 5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement and except as provided in Section 7, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in any Proceeding and is successful in such Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

Section 6. Reimbursement for Expenses of a Witness or in Response to a Subpoena . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, (i) is a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party or (ii) receives a subpoena with respect to any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party, the Company shall reimburse Indemnitee for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

Section 7. Exclusions . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement:

(a) to indemnify for amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise;

(b) to indemnify for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Act, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law[, or from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of such securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“ SOX ”)] 2 ;

 

2   Include this language if the company’s directors are subject to the prohibition on trading during pension fund blackout periods under SOX 306.

 

4


(c) to indemnify for any reimbursement of, or payment to, the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or any formal policy of the Company adopted by the Board (or a committee thereof), or any other remuneration paid to Indemnitee if it shall be determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication that such remuneration was in violation of law;

(d) to indemnify with respect to any Proceeding, or part thereof, brought by Indemnitee against the Company, any legal entity which it controls, any director or officer thereof or any third party, unless (i) the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding or part thereof and (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law; provided , however , that this Section 7(d) shall not apply to (A) counterclaims or affirmative defenses asserted by Indemnitee in an action brought against Indemnitee or (B) any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or advancement is being sought as described in Section 12; or

(e) to provide any indemnification or advancement of expenses that is prohibited by applicable law (as such law exists at the time payment would otherwise be required pursuant to this Agreement).

Section 8. Advancement of Expenses . Subject to Section 9(b), the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances (including any invoices received by Indemnitee, which such invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law) from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s (i) ability to repay the expenses, (ii) and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement, and (iii) entitlement to and availability of insurance coverage, including advancement, payment or reimbursement of defense costs, expenses or covered loss under the provisions of any applicable insurance policy (including, without limitation, whether such advancement, payment, or reimbursement is withheld, conditioned, or delayed by the insurer(s)). Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement which shall constitute an undertaking providing that Indemnitee undertakes to the fullest extent required by law to repay the advance if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The right to advances under this paragraph shall in all events continue until final disposition of any Proceeding, including any appeal therein. Nothing in this Section 8 shall limit Indemnitee’s right to advancement pursuant to Section 12(e) of this Agreement.

Section 9. Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim .

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor specifying the basis for the claim, the amounts for which Indemnitee is seeking payment under this Agreement, and all documentation related thereto as reasonably requested by the Company.

 

5


(b) In the event that the Company shall be obligated hereunder to provide indemnification for or make any advancement of Expenses with respect to any Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, or any claim, issue or matter therein, with counsel approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of the Company’s election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees or expenses of separate counsel subsequently employed by or on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding; provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense and (ii) if (A) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of such defense, or (C) the Company shall not continue to retain such counsel to defend such Proceeding, then the reasonable fees and expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee with respect to his or her separate counsel shall be Expenses hereunder.

(c) In the event that the Company does not assume the defense in a Proceeding pursuant to paragraph (b) above, then the Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

(d) The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without its prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the fact that an insurer under an applicable insurance policy delays or is unwilling to consent to such settlement or is or may be in breach of its obligations under such policy, or the fact that the directors’ and officers’ liability insurance is otherwise unavailable or not maintained by the Company, may not be taken into account by the Company in determining whether to provide its consent. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), enter into any settlement which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee, any non-monetary remedy imposed on Indemnitee or any monetary damages for which Indemnitee is not wholly and actually indemnified hereunder or (ii) with respect to any Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee may be or is made a party or may be otherwise entitled to seek indemnification hereunder, does not include the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding.

Section 10. Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification .

(a) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), a determination, if such determination is required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder shall be made in the specific case by one of the following methods: [(x) if a Change in Control shall have occurred and indemnification is being requested by Indemnitee hereunder in his or her capacity as a director of the Company, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board; or (y) in any other case,] (i) by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; (ii) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; or (iii) if there are no disinterested directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board. For purposes hereof, disinterested directors are those members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought. In the case that such determination is made by Independent Counsel, a copy of Independent Counsel’s written opinion shall be

 

6


delivered to Indemnitee and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within thirty (30) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Independent Counsel or the Company, as applicable, in making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such counsel or the Company, upon reasonable advance request, any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any reasonable out-of-pocket costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Independent Counsel or the Company shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(b) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(a), the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board[; provided that, if a Change in Control shall have occurred and indemnification is being requested by Indemnitee hereunder in his or her capacity as a director of the Company, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee]. Indemnitee [or the Company, as the case may be,] may, within ten (10) days after written notice of such selection, deliver to the Company [or Indemnitee, as the case may be,] a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Delaware Court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected without objection, either Indemnitee or the Company may petition the Delaware Court for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by Indemnitee or the Company to the selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate. The person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

Section 11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

(a) To the extent permitted by applicable law, in making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, it shall be presumed that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 9(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making of any determination contrary to that presumption.

(b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of guilty, nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

7


(c) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, or any Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

Section 12. Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a) Subject to Section 12(f), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification for which a determination is to be made other than by Independent Counsel, (iv) payment of indemnification or reimbursement of expenses is not made pursuant to Section 5 or 6 or the last sentence of Section 10(a) of this Agreement within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor (including any invoices received by Indemnitee, which such invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law) or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3 or 4 of this Agreement is not made within thirty (30) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by the Delaware Court of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided , however , that the foregoing time limitation shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 5 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement, as the case may be.

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

 

8


(e) The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law against any and all Enforcement Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Enforcement Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or advancement is being sought. Such written request for advancement shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Enforcement Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law need not be included with the invoice.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein.

Section 13. Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation .

(a) The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Charter, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement than would be afforded currently under the Charter, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, managers, partners, officers, employees, agents or trustees of the Company or of any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.

(c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(d) The Company’s obligation to provide indemnification or advancement hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement from such other Enterprise.

 

9


Section 14. Duration of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as [both a director and] an officer of the Company or as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise for which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company in the above-described capacity or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his or her heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

Section 15. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

Section 16. Enforcement; Entire Agreement .

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as [a director and] an officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as [a director and] an officer of the Company.

(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Charter, the Bylaws and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

Section 17. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment, or waiver of any provision, of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee prior to such supplement, modification or amendment.

Section 18. Notice by Indemnitee . Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification, reimbursement or advancement as provided hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.

 

10


Section 19. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (iii) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (iv) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:

 

  (a) If to Indemnitee, at such address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.

 

  (b) If to the Company to:

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.

101 Montgomery Street, Suite 2550

San Francisco, CA 94104

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

Section 20. Contribution . To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any Proceeding in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee in connection with the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving rise to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transactions.

Section 21. Internal Revenue Code Section  409A . The Company intends for this Agreement to comply with the Indemnification exception under Section 1.409A-1(b)(10) of the regulations promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), which provides that indemnification of, or the purchase of an insurance policy providing for payments of, all or part of the expenses incurred or damages paid or payable by Indemnitee with respect to a bona fide claim against Indemnitee or the Company do not provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Code, where such claim is based on actions or failures to act by Indemnitee in his or her capacity as a service provider of the Company. The parties intend that this Agreement be interpreted and construed with such intent.

Section 22. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction . This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) consent to service of process at the address set forth in Section 19 of this Agreement with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party

 

11


personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

Section 23. Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

Section 24. Identical Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Officer Indemnification Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

EIDOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
   
  [Name of Indemnitee]

S IGNATURE P AGE TO

O FFICER I NDEMNIFICATION A GREEMENT

Exhibit 10.11

INTERCOMPANY SERVICES AGREEMENT

This INTERCOMPANY SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated May 1, 2017 and effective as of May 1, 2017 (the “ Effective Date ”), is made and entered into by and between BridgeBio Services Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Provider ”), and Eidos Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Recipient ”). The Provider and the Recipient may be referred to collectively herein as the “ Parties ” and each, a “Party .”

WHEREAS, the Provider provides facilities, supplies and employs, or will employ from time to time, certain employees in the capacities set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ Designated Services and Personnel ”), and the Recipient desires to obtain the services of Provider, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and covenants set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Services . During the term of this Agreement, the Provider shall provide the facilities and supplies, and shall provide the services set forth in Exhibit B as may be requested by the Recipient through Designated Personnel (the “ Services ”).

2. Compensation .

(a) The Services shall be provided by the Provider to the Recipient at the costs(s) and price(s) set forth on Exhibit A hereto (collectively, the “ Service Fees ”).

(b) Billing and Payment Terms . The Provider will invoice the Recipient on a monthly basis for all Service Fees accrued during the preceding month, and the amounts due under such invoice shall be payable within thirty (30) days after the Recipient’s receipt of such invoice.

3. Personnel . Subject to Section 2, Provider shall be solely responsible for the payment of all salary, benefits and any other direct and indirect compensation for the Designated Personnel assigned to perform Services for the Recipient under this Agreement, as well as such Designated Personnel’s worker’s compensation insurance, employment taxes, and any other employer liabilities relating to such employees as may be required by law (including, for the avoidance of doubt, costs associated with any stock-based compensation of the Designated Personnel, unless required to be excluded pursuant to a change in law after the date hereof) or under the terms and conditions of any employment contract between such Designated Personnel and the Provider.

4. Independent Contractor . Provider shall be an independent contractor in connection with the performance of the Services, and neither Provider nor any of the Designated Personnel shall be deemed to be employees of the Recipient. With respect to the relationship created under this Agreement, the Parties are not joint ventures, partners, principal and agent, or employer and employee, and have no relationship other than as independent contracting parties.


5. Intellectual Property . The Provider will make full and prompt disclosure to the Recipient of all inventions, discoveries, designs, developments, methods, modifications, improvements, ideas, products, processes, algorithms, databases, computer programs, formulae, techniques, know-how, trade secrets, graphics or images, and audio or visual works and other works of authorship, whether or not patentable or copyrightable, that are created, made, conceived or reduced to practice by the Provider (alone or jointly with others), including without limitation by the Designated Personnel, during the term of this Agreement as a result of performing the Services or otherwise in reliance on Confidential Information of the Recipient (collectively “ Developments ”). The Provider acknowledges that all work performed by the Provider in providing the Services is on a “work for hire” basis, and the Provider hereby assigns and transfers and, to the extent any such assignment cannot be made at present, will assign and transfer, to the Recipient and its successors and assigns all of the Provider’s right, title and interest in all Developments, including such Developments that result from the performance of the Services, and all related patents, patent applications, trademarks and trademark applications, service marks and service mark applications, copyrights and copyright applications, and other intellectual property rights in all countries and territories worldwide.

6. Confidentiality . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Confidential Information ” means any information disclosed by a Party (the “ Disclosing Party ”) to the other Party (the “ Receiving Party ”) pursuant to this Agreement relating to any proprietary or confidential information of the Disclosing Party including, without limitation, business, finances, scientific matters, research and development, technology or operations of the Disclosing Party; provided, however, that Confidential Information excludes information that (a) was in the public domain at the time it was disclosed or has become in the public domain through no fault of the Receiving Party; (b) becomes known to the Receiving Party through lawful means, at the time of disclosure; or (c) was independently developed by the Receiving Party without any use of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information. In the event that the Receiving Party, or any of its representatives, becomes legally compelled by deposition, interrogatory, request for documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar judicial or administrative process to disclose any Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party, the Receiving Party shall provide notice of such requirement and cooperate with the Disclosing Party to obtain a protective order or similar remedy to cause the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information not to be disclosed. In the event that such protective order or other similar remedy is not obtained, the Receiving Party will exercise commercially reasonable efforts to obtain assurance that “highly confidential” or other similar protective treatment will be accorded such Confidential Information. The Receiving Party will (i) treat as confidential all Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party, (ii) not use such Confidential Information except to exercise its rights and perform its obligations under this Agreement, and (iii) not disclose such Confidential Information to any third party except to such employees and agents of the Disclosing Party who have a need to know such information in order to fulfill the Disclosing Party’s obligations hereunder and who are bound by obligations of confidentiality and non-use at least as stringent as those applicable to the Disclosing Party hereunder. Each Party will use at least the same degree of care (and not less than a reasonable degree of care) it uses to prevent the disclosure of its own confidential information of like importance, to prevent the disclosure of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information.


7. Term of Agreement . The term of this Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and shall continue until such time as all Services have been completed or the Parties have mutually agreed in writing to terminate this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party may terminate this Agreement in its entirety or with respect to one or more members of the Designated Personnel at any time, with or without cause, upon at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the other Party.

8. Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a) Notice . Any notice, request, demand or other communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (i) if delivered or sent by facsimile or electronic mail transmission, upon acknowledgment of receipt by the recipient, (ii) if sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier, properly addressed with postage prepaid, on the next business day (or Saturday if sent for Saturday delivery) or (iii) if sent by registered or certified mail, upon the sooner of receipt or the expiration of three (3) days after deposit in United States post office facilities properly addressed with postage prepaid. All notices will be sent to the most current address, electronic mail address or facsimile number provided by a Party to the other Party.

(b) Governing Law . All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without reference to its conflicts of laws principles.

(c) Assignment . Neither Party may assign or transfer this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party; provided, that the Recipient may assign this Agreement to an affiliate of the Recipient or to a successor in connection with the merger, consolidation or similar transaction effecting a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Recipient’s assets to a third party. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement and the obligations of the Parties hereunder shall be binding upon and enforceable by, and shall inure to the benefit of, the Parties and their respective successors, executors, administrators, estates, heirs and permitted assigns, and no others.

(d) Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the Parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that the transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the fullest extent possible.

(e) Entire Agreement . This Agreement, including any exhibit hereto, and the documents referred to herein contain the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or between the Parties, written or oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

(f) Amendments and Waiver . This Agreement may not be amended or modified, nor may compliance with any condition or covenant set forth herein be waived, except by a writing duly and validly executed by each of the Parties hereto, or, in the case of a waiver,


the Party waiving compliance. No delay on the part of any Party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of any Party of any such right, power or privilege, or any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or privilege, preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other such right, power or privilege.

(g) Construction . As used in this Agreement, the words “include” and “including” and variations thereof, shall not be deemed to be terms of limitation. The captions in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of any term or provision hereof.

(h) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document. The delivery of a counterpart hereto by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be deemed an original.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first herein above written.

 

PROVIDER:
BRIDGEBIO SERVICES INC.
By:   /s/ Neil Kumar
Name:   Neil Kumar
Title:   CEO
RECIPIENT:
EIDOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:   /s/ Jonathan C Fox
Name:   Jonathan C Fox
Title:   President & CMO

[Signature Page to Intercompany Services Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

DESIGNATED FACILITIES, PERSONNEL AND SERVICE FEES

The annual Service Fees will be calculated as follows:

 

    Annual Service Fees shall be based on the direct costs incurred in connection with the provision of the Services plus a mark-up.

 

    The mark-up will be mutually agreed by the Parties at the beginning of each fiscal year based on prevailing market conditions as evidenced by an annual economic benchmark analysis.

 

    Direct costs incurred in connection with the provision of the Services shall be that ratable portion (as determined based on the time spent on the Services as a percentage of total work time spent by the Designated Personnel, or some other mutually agreed upon measurement base) of:

 

  a. All annual salary, benefits and any other direct and indirect compensation for the Designated Personnel assigned to perform Services for the Recipient under this Agreement, as well as such Designated Personnel’s worker’s compensation insurance, employment taxes, and any other employer liabilities relating to such employees as may be required by law or under the terms and conditions of any employment contract between such Designated Personnel and the Provider (the “ Current Compensation ”).

 

  b. Total rent and facilities (including information technology) costs.

For annual budgeting purposes, the Parties agree that the following will provide an initial estimate of the annual ratable portion of direct costs and the mark-up to be applied. These amounts will be subject to quarterly/annual true up based on the personnel changes and quarterly/annual fee calculations herein.

 

Designated Personnel

/Expense Item

  

Total Cost Base

  

Estimated Annual

Ratable Portion

    

Applicable

Mark-Up

 
Neil Kumar    Current Compensation      20%        4%  
Cameron Turtle    Current Compensation      50%        4%  
Charles Homcy    Current Compensation      60%        4%  
Rubal Sekhon    Current Compensation      50%        4%  
Rent and other facilities    All Rent & Facilities Costs      30%        4%  
D&O    Insurance      20%        4%  
WC    Insurance      10%        4%  
Vanguard    401K Management      20%        4%  
Misc Exp    Travel/Other Invoices      As Incurred        4%  


EXHIBIT B

SERVICES

 

    Providing strategic, business and corporate development consultation services to Recipient.

 

    Negotiating contracts with, and management of, Recipient’s service providers and suppliers.

 

    Providing assistance with the recruitment and hiring of employees by Recipient.

 

    Any other services as mutually agreed by Recipient and Provider.

Exhibit 10.12

OFFICE LEASE

BY AND BETWEEN

101 MONTGOMERY STREET CO.,

a California limited partnership

AS LANDLORD

AND

ElDOS THERAPEUTICS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation,

AS TENANT

PREMISES:

101 Montgomery Street, Suite 2550

San Francisco, California


OFFICE LEASE

THIS OFFICE LEASE (this Lease ”) is made as of the 14 th day of November, 2017, by and between 101 Montgomery Street Co., a California limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and Eidos Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

1.   Premises  (Article 1):   
  1.1 “Building”:    101 Montgomery Street, San Francisco
  1.2 “Property”:    The real property on which the Building is located.
  1.3 “Premises”:    Approximately 4,659 rentable square feet of space located on the northern portion of the 25 th Floor (“ Tenant’s Floor ’”) of the Building, commonly known as Suite 2550 and shown on Exhibit A to this Lease.
2.   Lease Term  (Article 2):   
  2.1 “Term”:    Approximately five (5) years.
  2.2 “Commencement Date”:    The earlier to occur of (i) the date Landlord delivers the Premises to Tenant with the work to be performed by Landlord pursuant to the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit D “substantially complete” or (ii) the date Tenant commences business operations in any portion of the Premises.
  2.3 “Target Commencement Date”:    November 15, 2017
  2.4 “Expiration Date”:    The Expiration Date shall be the last day of the sixtieth (60 th ) full month of the Term.

 

3.   Monthly Base Rent ” (Article 3):    Months of Term          Monthly Base Rent   

 

        1 through 12         $26,401      
      13 through 24         $27,193      
      25 through 36         $28,009      
      37 through 48         $28,849      
49 through end of term         $29,715      

 

4.   Security Deposit ” (Section 3.2):   

Total Security Deposit will be paid in two installments:

 

Initial Security Deposit ”: $79,203

Due Upon Lease Execution

 

Security Deposit Supplement ”: $79,203

Due No Later Than December 31, 2017

 

1


5.   Payments Upon Execution :   
  Monthly Base Rent:    $26,401
  Initial Security Deposit:    $79,203
  Total:    $105,604
6.   Permitted Use ” (Article 4):    General office use consistent with office use in similar Class A Buildings in San Francisco’s Financial District.
7.   Guarantors ”:    None.
8.   Broker(s) ” (Section 22.13):   

Pacific Union International (Tenant’s Broker)

 

JLL (Landlord’s Broker)

9.   Addresses for Notice ” (Article 20):   
  9.1 Tenant’s Address:   

Before the Commencement Date:

 

421 Kipling St

Palo Alto, CA 94301

 

Following the Commencement Date:

 

101 Montgomery Street, Suite 2550

San Francisco, CA 94104

  9.2 Landlord’s Address:   

CALFOX, Inc.

Attn: Mr. Derek Taylor

101 Montgomery Street, Suite 2350

San Francisco, CA 94104

 

With a copy to:

 

Cahill Montgomery Corp.

Attn: Mr. William R. Cahill

300 Drakes Landing Road, Suite 207

Greenbrae, CA 94904

 

10.   Addenda and Exhibits  (Section 22.18):   

Addendum One

Addendum Two

Exhibit A

Exhibit B

Exhibit C

Exhibit D

Exhibit E

  

Lines and Equipment

Electronic Funds Transfer

Floor Plan

Expense and Taxes

Rules and Regulations

Work Letter

Disability Access Obligations

The foregoing Summary of Basic Lease Information (the Summary ”) is an integral part of this Lease. In the event of any conflict between the Summary and this Lease, this Lease shall govern.

 

2


AGREEMENT:

1. PREMISES . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Premises which are located in the Building. Tenant shall also have the right to use any portions of the Building and the Property that are designated by Landlord for the common use of tenants and others (the “ Common Areas ”). Tenant acknowledges that the rentable area of the Premises set forth in Section 1.3 of the Summary is an approximation, which Tenant has had an opportunity to verify prior to execution of this Lease, and Tenant shall have no right to re-measure the Premises. Subject to Landlord’s obligation to perform the work (“ Tenant Improvement Work ”), described in the work letter (the “ Work Letter ”) attached to this Lease as Exhibit D , Tenant agrees to accept the Premises in “as is” condition and configuration, without any representations or warranties by Landlord or Landlord’s agents, unless expressly provided in this Lease.

2. TERM . The provisions of this Lease are effective as of the date of this Lease. The term of this Lease (“ Term ”) shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall terminate on the Expiration Date as defined in Section 2.2. and 2.4 of the Summary, respectively, unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. If Landlord fails to deliver possession of the Premises on the Target Commencement Date set forth in Section 2.3 of the Summary for any reason, Landlord shall not be liable for any damages caused thereby, and this Lease shall not become void or voidable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 2, if for any reason other than a Tenant Delay or Force Majeure, as both terms are hereinafter defined, the actual Commencement Date has not occurred by the date that is one hundred eighty (180) days following the Target Commencement Date, then Tenant may, by written notice to Landlord (“ Termination Notice ”) given at any time thereafter but prior to the actual occurrence of the Commencement Date, elect to terminate this Lease; provided, however, that if the Commencement Date occurs within thirty (30) days after delivery to Landlord of the Termination Notice, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If the Commencement Date has not occurred within thirty (30) days after the date of delivery of the Termination Notice, then this Lease shall terminate as of the thirty first (31 st ) day after delivery of the Termination Notice, and Landlord shall promptly return to Tenant any prepaid rent and/or Security Deposit delivered to Landlord. Following the Commencement Date, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a letter confirming the Commencement Date and the Expiration Date. The dates listed in the letter shall be binding upon the parties unless objected to in writing by Tenant within fifteen (15) days after receipt of said letter.

3. RENT AND SECURITY DEPOSIT .

3.1 Rent . Tenant shall pay Landlord the Monthly Base Rent and Additional Rent (defined below) (collectively “ Rent ”) to Landlord at the place Landlord may designate from time to time without notice, setoff, deduction or demand. In addition to Monthly Base Rent, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of increases in Escalations in accordance with Exhibit B attached hereto. The terms “Tenant’s Share” and “Escalations” are each defined in Exhibit B . All payments, except for Monthly Base Rent, required to be made by Tenant to Landlord under the provisions of this Lease, including Tenant’s Share of increases in Escalations, shall hereafter be referred to as Additional Rent ”. Monthly Base Rent and recurring monthly charges of Additional Rent shall be due and payable in advance on the first day of each calendar month, provided that the Monthly Base Rent for the first calendar month of the Term in which rent is due shall be payable upon execution of this Lease by Tenant. All other items of Rent shall be due and payable within thirty (30) days after billing by Landlord. Throughout the Term, Landlord reserves the right to refuse and return any advance payment of Rent. Tenant’s covenant to pay Rent is independent of every other covenant herein.

3.2 Security Deposit . Upon signing this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the amount of the Initial Security Deposit as security for the performance by Tenant of its obligations under this Lease to be performed or observed by Tenant. Prior to January 1, 2018, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the Security Deposit Supplement, bringing the total amount of the Security Deposit to One Hundred Fifty Eight Thousand Four Hundred Six Dollars ($158,406). Should Tenant fail to so deposit the Security Deposit Supplement, commencing in January, 2018, Monthly Base Rent shall be increased by Two Thousand Three Hundred Thirty Dollars ($2,330) per month until such time as Tenant has deposited

 

3


the Security Deposit Supplement. No trust relationship is created herein between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the Security Deposit, and Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. If Tenant fails to pay any Rent, or otherwise defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease, Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to), and without prejudice to any other remedy available to Landlord, use, apply or retain all or any portion of the Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent in default or for the payment of any other sum to which Landlord may become obligated by reason of Tenant’s default, or to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage which Landlord may suffer thereby, including damages recoverable pursuant to California Civil Code Section 1951.2. Tenant waives the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1950.7, or any similar or successor laws now or hereinafter in effect, that restrict Landlord’s use or application of the Security Deposit, or that provide specific time periods for return of the Security Deposit. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant expressly agrees that if Landlord terminates this Lease due to an Event of Default or if Tenant terminates this Lease in a bankruptcy proceeding, Landlord shall be entitled to hold the Security Deposit until the amount of damages recoverable is finally determined. If Landlord uses or applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit as provided above, Tenant shall within five (5) days after demand therefor deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to the full amount thereof, and Tenant’s failure to do so shall, at Landlord’s option, be an Event of Default. Upon termination of Landlord’s interest in this Lease, if Landlord transfers the Security Deposit (or the amount of the Security Deposit remaining after any permitted deductions) to Landlord’s successor in interest, and thereafter notifies Tenant of such transfer and the name and address of the transferee, then Landlord shall be relieved of any further liability with respect to the Security Deposit. Except as provided above, if Tenant performs all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, the Security Deposit, or so much thereof as has not been applied by Landlord, shall be returned, without payment of interest or other increment for its use, to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee, if any, of Tenant’s interest hereunder) within forty-five (45) days after the later to occur (a) the expiration of the Term or (b) Tenant’s vacation and surrender of the Premises in accordance with the requirements of this Lease. Landlord’s return of the Security Deposit or any part thereof shall not be construed as an admission that Tenant has performed all of its obligations under this Lease.

4. USE .

4.1 Use Restrictions . The Premises shall be used for the purpose described in Section 6 of the Summary (the “ Permitted Use ”) and for no other purpose without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall not use any part or all of the Premises for the following: any retail use (including a retail copy, desktop publishing or FAX service); medical or dental office; cannabis dispensary; psychological, parole, substance abuse or employment counseling; education or training classes; operation of a Governmental or Quasi-Governmental Entity (as defined in Section 8.3(d) below), call center or telemarketing operation; or other similar uses. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises, or bring or keep anything therein which will in any way (a) affect the fire or other insurance on the Building or any of its contents, (b) conflict with any Applicable Requirements, (c) constitute waste, (d) create a nuisance, (e) obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants of the Building, or injure or annoy them, or (f) emit any odors or smoke outside the Premises. The principal use of the Premises shall be Mondays through Fridays, from 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., excepting legal holidays (“ Normal Business Hours ”). Tenant will not use the Premises for evening or weekend shifts of personnel, excepting the occasional use of the Premises by personnel employed by Tenant. Tenant’s use of the Premises shall not place a greater burden on Building Systems (as defined in Section 7.2) than typical business office usage.

4.2 Hazardous Materials . Tenant shall not use, store, treat, transport, discharge or dispose of any Hazardous Material in the Premises, except for small quantities of general office supplies customarily used by office tenants in the ordinary course of their business, such as copier toner, glue, ink and cleaning solvents, provided that such supplies shall be used in strict compliance with all environmental laws and manufacturers’ recommendations. If the use, storage, treatment, transport, discharge or disposal of any Hazardous Material by Tenant or any Tenant Party results in or contributes to contamination of the Premises, the Building, or the Property, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, promptly take all actions which are necessary, as a direct result of Tenant’s or any Tenant Party’s act or

 

4


omission pertaining to Hazardous Materials, to return the Premises, the Building, or the Property to the condition existing prior to the introduction of any such Hazardous Material to the Premises, the Building, or the Property, provided that Tenant first obtain Landlord’s written consent for such actions. The term “ Hazardous Material ” means any hazardous or toxic substance, material or waste, the storage, use or disposition of which is or becomes regulated by any local governmental authority, the State of California, or the United States government.

5. COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS AND RULES .

5.1 Definition . For purposes of this Lease, the term “ Applicable Requirements ” means all applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, or other governmental rules, regulations or requirements now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated, including, but not limited to, the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 USC Section 12181 et seq., and the Unruh Civil Rights Act, California Civil Code Sections 51 through 51.3, and other governmental requirements related to disabled access, the requirements of any board of fire underwriters or other similar body now or in the future constituted, and all recorded covenants, conditions and restrictions.

5.2 Tenant’s Obligations . Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall promptly comply with all Applicable Requirements relating to (a) Tenant’s use, condition, configuration or occupancy of the Premises or (b) mandatory occupational, health or safety standards for employers or employees. In addition, if modifications to the structural portions of the Building, the Building Systems, or the Common Areas, are triggered under any Applicable Requirement as a result of any Alterations made by or at the request of Tenant or use of the Premises for other than the Permitted Use, then Tenant, at Landlord’s option, shall either (i) make such modifications at Tenant’s cost or (ii) reimburse Landlord, as Additional Rent, for the cost of making such modifications, together with a fee to Landlord for oversight and coordination of such work equal to five percent (5%) of such cost. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.2, Landlord will be responsible for causing the Premises and the Common Areas located on Tenant’s Floor to comply with Applicable Requirements as of the Commencement Date; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be deemed to prohibit Landlord from obtaining a variance or relying upon a grandfathered right in order to achieve compliance with Applicable Requirements. Tenant’s obligation to comply with (or to pay for Landlord’s compliance with) Applicable Requirements includes the responsibility to make substantial or structural repairs and modifications regardless of, among other factors, the relationship of the cost of corrective action to the Rent, the length of the then remaining Term hereof, the relative benefit of the repairs to Landlord or Tenant, the degree to which the corrective action may interfere with Tenant’s use or enjoyment of the Premises, whether or not the Applicable Requirement is related to the Permitted Use, and the likelihood that the parties contemplated the particular Applicable Requirement involved. All work by Tenant pursuant to this Section 5.2 shall be performed in compliance with Section 7.3 of this Lease. Tenant shall promptly provide Landlord with copies of any notices it receives regarding an alleged violation of Applicable Requirements. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any action or proceeding against Tenant, whether or not Landlord is a party in such action or proceeding, that Tenant has violated any Applicable Requirement shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant.

5.3 Landlord’s Obligations . Subject to reimbursement as an Expense to the extent not prohibited by Exhibit B of this Lease and Tenant’s obligations under Section 5.2 above, Landlord shall be responsible for causing the structure of the Building, the Building Systems, and the Common Areas to comply with all Applicable Requirements, except in cases where Landlord’s failure to comply therewith does not unreasonably and materially affect the safety of Tenant’s employees, create a significant health hazard for Tenant’s employees, or otherwise materially and adversely affect Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises and provided further, that nothing contained herein shall be deemed to prohibit Landlord from obtaining a variance or relying upon a grandfathered right in order to achieve compliance with Applicable Requirements.

 

5


5.4 Notice of Alterations . In addition to Tenant’s obligations under Section 7.3, Tenant hereby agrees to use reasonable efforts to notify Landlord if Tenant makes any Alterations or improvements to the Premises that might impact accessibility to the Premises or the Building under any disability access laws. Landlord hereby agrees to use reasonable efforts to notify Tenant if Landlord makes any alterations or improvements to the Premises that might impact accessibility to the Premises or the Building under any disability access laws.

5.5 Disability Access Obligations Notice and Access Information Notice . Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge that, prior to the execution of this Lease, Landlord and Tenant executed a Disability Access Obligations Notice pursuant to San Francisco Administrative Code Chapter 38 (an example of which is attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof as Exhibit E). Landlord and Tenant shall each, within three (3) business days following a request from the other party, execute a new Disability Access Obligations Notice in accordance with San Francisco Administrative Code Chapter 38 or any successor statute. In addition, Tenant acknowledges receipt from Landlord of an Access Information Notice as required by San Francisco Administrative Code Chapter 38. Tenant acknowledges that such notices comply with the requirements of San Francisco Administrative Code Chapter 38. To Landlord’s actual knowledge, the Premises have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). The foregoing statement is included in this Lease solely for the purpose of complying with California Civil Code Section 1938 and shall not in any manner affect Landlord’s and Tenant’s respective responsibilities for compliance with construction-related accessibility standards as provided in this Lease.

5.6 Rules and Regulations . Tenant shall comply, and cause all Tenant Parties (defined in Section 10.1 below) to comply, with the rules and regulations attached to this Lease as Exhibit C and such other reasonable rules and regulations adopted by Landlord from time to time.

6. SERVICES .

6.1 Services Provided .

(a) Basic Services: Landlord shall furnish the following services to the Premises: (i) a reasonable amount of electricity to operate office machines as allowed in the Building; (ii) non-attended automatic elevator service; (iii) daily (one shift) janitor service Monday through Friday (except holidays); and (iv) during Normal Business Hours, or such shorter period as may be prescribed by any applicable policies or regulations adopted by any utility or governmental agency, heat and air conditioning in such amounts and at such temperatures as Landlord in good faith determines are required for general office usage and reasonable occupant comfort.

(b) Electrical Consumption: If Tenant’s use of the Premises results in consumption of electricity in excess of Landlord’s estimate of normal usage by an office tenant, as may be adjusted from time to time by Landlord, Landlord may install a separate meter or submeter at Tenant’s cost to measure Tenant’s electrical consumption and bill Tenant for Landlord’s estimate of the cost of Tenant’s electrical consumption in excess of Landlord’s estimate of normal office usage. Landlord’s estimate of the cost of Tenant’s excess electricity consumption shall be computed by using the average rate per applicable period being charged by Landlord’s electricity provider.

(c) HVAC Usage: If Tenant’s use of the Premises places demands upon the Building’s heat and air conditioning in excess of Landlord’s estimate of normal usage by an office tenant, as may be adjusted from time to time by Landlord, Landlord shall have the right to install, at Tenant’s expense, supplementary air conditioning units or other systems (“ Supplementary HVAC ”) to serve the Premises, including additional metering devices, in locations reasonably acceptable to Tenant; provided however, that, prior to the installation of any such Supplementary HVAC, Landlord will provide notice to Tenant (“ HVAC Notice ”) of the need for such Supplementary HVAC, and the anticipated cost of procurement, installation and subsequent maintenance of the same. Upon receipt of an HVAC Notice Tenant shall have up to thirty (30) days in which to mitigate Tenant’s activities within the Premises in a manner which negates the need for Landlord’s installation of such Supplementary HVAC. However, if Tenant does not so mitigate its activities to the satisfaction of Landlord within said thirty (30) days after receipt of an HVAC Notice, Landlord shall have the right, upon further notice to Tenant, to install such Supplementary HVAC. Tenant shall pay Landlord for all costs for such Supplementary HVAC, including the costs of: (i) installation, operation, and maintenance; (ii) increased wear and tear on existing equipment; and (iii) other similar charges (including, Landlord’s project management fee of ten percent 10% of the cost to provide and install the Supplementary HVAC).

 

6


(d) After Hours HVAC: Landlord shall provide additional heat and air conditioning service to the Premises outside Normal Business Hours, provided Tenant gives Landlord at least two (2) business days’ prior written notice of such request and agrees to pay the then applicable Building standard charge for such services as Additional Rent.

(e) Above Standard Improvements: Landlord will not be required to provide special treatment or services for above-standard improvements.

6.2 Lobby Attendant. Landlord may provide a lobby attendant in the Building. Landlord reserves the right to change the hours of the lobby attendant or to eliminate such services. By providing a lobby attendant, Landlord does not assume any responsibility for the security of Tenant or property in, upon or about the Premises or the Building and Tenant expressly assumes such responsibility.

6.3 Disruption in Services . Landlord reserves the right to stop any Building Systems or otherwise interrupt services when reasonably necessary; provided, however, that Landlord shall make good faith efforts to give Tenant advance notice of any scheduled interruption of services, and in any case Landlord shall restore such services as promptly as reasonably practical. Landlord’s failure to furnish, or any interruption or diminishment of services (collectively a Service Disruption ”) shall not render Landlord liable to Tenant, constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant, give rise to an abatement of Rent, nor relieve Tenant from the obligation to fulfill any agreement. However, if the Premises, or a material portion of the Premises, are made untenantable as a result of a Service Disruption for a period in excess of five (5) consecutive business days after Tenant’s notice to Landlord of such disruption, and the Service Disruption results solely from Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, then Tenant, as its sole remedy, shall be entitled to receive an abatement of Monthly Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Escalations payable hereunder during the period beginning on the sixth (6th) consecutive business day after Tenant’s notice to Landlord of such disruption and ending on the day the service is restored. If the entire Premises have not been rendered untenantable by the Service Disruption, Monthly Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of increases in Escalations shall be abated in the proportion that the rentable area of the Premises that is untenantable bears to the total rentable area of the Premises.

7. REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS .

7.1 Tenant’s Repair Obligations . Tenant shall periodically inspect the Premises to identify any conditions that are dangerous or in need of maintenance or repair, and shall promptly provide Landlord with notice of any such conditions. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, perform all maintenance and repairs to the Premises that are not Landlord’s express responsibility under this Lease, that are required to keep the Premises in the condition delivered by Landlord as of the Commencement Date, except for ordinary wear and tear. Tenant’s repair and maintenance obligations shall include repairs to: (a) floor coverings (including carpets and carpet padding); (b) interior partitions; (c) doors; (d) the interior side of demising walls except to the extent damage or repair is the result of work to the opposite side of the demising walls or from floors above Premises; (e) the extent damage or repair to the opposite side of the demising walls or from floors above Premises result from damage occurring within the Premises; (f) supplemental air conditioning units, kitchens, including hot water heaters, plumbing, and similar facilities exclusively serving Tenant; and (g) Alterations. All repairs made by Tenant shall be made in compliance with Section 7.3 of this Lease. Landlord may make such repairs if Tenant fails to, within fifteen (15) days after notice from Landlord make such repair or in the event of an emergency and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the reasonable cost of the repairs plus an administrative charge of 5% of the cost of the repairs.

 

7


7.2 Landlord’s Repair Obligations . Subject to reimbursement pursuant to Exhibit B, Landlord shall maintain: (a) structural elements of the Building; (b) the electrical, mechanical (including heating, ventilation and air conditioning), plumbing, and life safety systems serving the Building in general (“ Building Systems ”); (c) Common Areas; (d) the roof of the Building; (e) exterior windows of the Building; and (f) elevators serving the Building; provided, however, that Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of repairing any damage to the foregoing caused by Tenant or Tenant Parties. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of the California Civil Code Sections 1932 (1), 1941 and 1942, and of any similar Applicable Requirements now or hereinafter in effect.

7.3 Alterations .

(a) Tenant shall not make any alterations, repairs, additions or improvements or install any cable (collectively, Alterations ”) without first obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, Landlord shall be entitled to withhold its consent to proposed Alterations if, in Landlord’s good faith judgment, any one or more of the following situations exist: (i) the proposed Alterations will adversely affect the exterior appearance of the Building; (ii) the proposed Alterations may impair the structural strength of the Building, adversely affect any Building Systems, or adversely affect the value of the Building; (iii) the proposed Alterations would trigger the necessity under Applicable Requirements or otherwise for work to be performed outside the Premises; or (iv) the proposed Alterations are not consistent with, or would detract from, the character or image of the Building. At least thirty (30) days before the commencement of Alterations, Tenant shall submit to Landlord plans, specifications, and product samples of the proposed Alterations for Landlord’s review. Landlord’s sole interest in reviewing and approving such documents is to protect Landlord’s interests, and no such review or approval by Landlord shall be deemed to create any liability of any kind on the part of Landlord, or constitute a representation on the part of Landlord or any person consulted by Landlord in connection with such review and approval that such plans or other documents are correct or accurate, or are in compliance with any Applicable Requirements. Tenant shall pay the reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord in reviewing Tenant’s plans, specifications and product samples, if any, within ten (10) business days after receipt of an invoice therefore and reasonable supporting documentation.

(b) Landlord or its affiliate shall have the right to perform Alterations on behalf of Tenant. If Landlord does not elect to perform the Alterations, the contractor and all subcontractors and suppliers used by Tenant must be approved in writing by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed; provided, however, that Landlord reserves the right to require any work to be performed on the Building Systems (whether such Building Systems are located within or outside the Premises) to be performed by subcontractors specified by Landlord. Tenant shall not, either directly or indirectly, use any non-union labor.

(c) All Alterations by Tenant’s contractor shall be diligently completed in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with all Applicable Requirements and any Building construction rules and regulations then in effect. Tenant and Tenant’s (i) contractor, (ii) subcontractors and (iii) suppliers who provide labor or deliveries on behalf of Tenant within the Building, shall maintain such insurance as may be reasonably required by Landlord, and Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence of such insurance prior to any such party’s entry into the Building. If Tenant or any person who is in or about the Building with the consent of Tenant shall cause any damage to the Building or the Common Areas, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of repairs. Promptly after completion of the Alterations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord “as built” drawings in CAD format showing the Alterations. On the first day of the month following substantial completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall pay Landlord a fee of five percent (5%) of all hard and soft costs of the Alterations to compensate Landlord for its review and coordination of the Alterations.

(d) Unless otherwise provided by written agreement, all Alterations (including, but not limited to, sink units, wall-to-wall carpets, and signs) shall become the property of Landlord at the end of the Term, and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises, excepting however, that at Landlord’s election, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, remove any or all Alterations and restore the Premises to the condition prior to such Alteration (reasonable wear and tear excepted) before the last day of the Term, provided that Landlord shall have included with its approval of such Alterations

 

8


the written statement that Landlord is reserving its right to require that any or all of such Alterations be so removed and the Premises so restored. If Tenant fails to so remove the Alterations or restore the Premises within the time limits provided above, Tenant shall pay Rent to Landlord as provided by Section 19.2 hereof as if Tenant had held possession of the Premises after the Term, until Tenant so removes the Alterations and restores the Premises.

7.4 Liens . Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Building free from any liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. Tenant shall require that each contractor and supplier to the Premises agrees in writing to waive and release all lien rights against the Building and any rights to receive payment from the owner of the Building for work performed in or products supplied to the Building. If Tenant fails to remove any lien within thirty (30) days after demand, Landlord may, in addition to any other remedies, record a bond pursuant to California Civil Code Section 3143 and all amounts incurred by Landlord in so doing shall become immediately due and payable by Tenant to Landlord as Additional Rent. Tenant shall give Landlord at least ten (10) business days’ prior written notice of the commencement of any construction by Tenant. Landlord shall have the right to post and keep posted on the Premises any notices that may be provided by Applicable Requirements or which Landlord may deem to be proper for the protection of Landlord, the Premises and the Building from such liens.

8. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING .

8.1 Consent Required . Tenant shall not assign, sublease, transfer or encumber any interest in this Lease, or allow any third party to use any portion of the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed if Landlord does not exercise its recapture right under Section 8.4. Each of the foregoing is referred to as a “ Transfer ” and any person to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is sometimes referred to as a “ Transferee .”

8.2 Procedure . If Tenant desires Landlord’s consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall submit to Landlord in writing at least twenty (20) business days prior to the proposed effective date of the Transfer: (a) the name of the Transferee; (b) a description of the business to be carried on in the Premises by the Transferee; (c)the portion of the Premises to be Transferred (the “ Subject Space ”); (d) a copy of the proposed sublease or assignment or other documentation; (e) audited or certified financial statements of the proposed Transferee for the two (2) most recently completed fiscal years, and (f) bank and landlord references for the Transferee. Thereafter, Tenant shall furnish such supplemental information as Landlord may reasonably request concerning the proposed Transferee. Within fifteen (15) business days after Landlord’s receipt of all of the information specified above, Landlord shall by written notice to Tenant (i) elect to terminate this Lease with respect to the Subject Space or the entire Premises in accordance with Section 8.4 below, (ii) consent to the proposed Transfer by execution of a consent agreement in a form designated by Landlord, or (iii) reasonably disapprove of the proposed Transfer. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with true and complete copies of all assignments, subleases and any supplementary agreements or amendments thereto within five (5) business days after execution.

8.3 Reasonable Conditions . By way of example and without limitation, it shall be deemed to be reasonable under this Lease and under any Applicable Requirements for Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed Transfer where, in the good faith judgment of Landlord, one or more of the following apply (or where Landlord has not been provided with sufficient information to determine that none of the following apply): (a) the proposed Transferee fails to satisfy Landlord’s then current credit and other standards for tenants of the Building, or does not have the financial strength and stability to perform all of the obligations of the Tenant under this Lease (as they apply to the Subject Space) as and when they fall due; (b) the Transferee is of a character or reputation or is engaged in a business which is not consistent with the quality of the Building or the existing tenant mix; (c) the proposed use of the Premises would (i) be unlawful or inappropriate to the location and configuration of the Premises; (ii) cause Landlord to be in violation of another lease or agreement to which Landlord is a party, or would give an occupant of the Building a right to cancel its lease; (iii) increase insurance premiums applicable to the Building; (iv) materially increase the services or utilities to be provided to the Premises or otherwise

 

9


materially increase the burden on Building Systems or the Common Areas; or (v) impair the reputation of the Building; (d) the Transferee is a governmental entity, or is entitled, directly or indirectly, to diplomatic or sovereign immunity, or is not subject to the service of process in, or the jurisdiction of the courts of, the State of California, or holds any exemption from the payment of ad valorem or other taxes which would prohibit Landlord from collecting from such Transferee any amounts otherwise payable under this Lease (each, a “ Governmental or Quasi-Governmental Entity ”); (e) the proposed Transfer would require demising the Premises into more than two (2) tenant spaces; (f)the Transferee is negotiating with Landlord to lease space in the Building at such time, or has negotiated with Landlord to lease space in the Building during the six (6) month period immediately preceding Tenant’s request for consent; (g) the proposed Transfer is to an existing tenant or subtenant of the Building; or (h) at the time of the proposed Transfer, an Event of Default shall have occurred hereunder, or an event shall have occurred that with notice, the passage of time, or both, would become an Event of Default.

8.4 Recapture . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 8, and except for a Transfer with respect to an Ownership Change or to an Affiliate, as defined in Section 8.11 herein, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease with respect to (a) the Subject Space, or (b) if the Subject Space constitutes fifty percent (50%) or more of the total square footage of the Premises, either the Subject Space or the entire Premises, by giving notice to Tenant within the time period specified in Section 8.2 above. Landlord’s termination pursuant to this Section 8.4 shall be effective as of the effective date of the proposed Transfer. If Landlord terminates this Lease with respect to less than the entire Premises: (i) Landlord, at Landlord’s expense, shall construct any demising walls required to segregate the Subject Space from the remaining Premises retained by Tenant; and Tenant shall be responsible, at its expense, for painting, covering or otherwise decorating the surfaces of the partitions facing the remaining Premises retained by Tenant; (ii) the Monthly Base Rent shall be adjusted based on the rentable area of the Premises retained by Tenant, (iii) Tenant’s share of Escalations shall be equitably adjusted; and (iv) this Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect (upon request of either party, the parties shall execute written confirmation of the same). In the event of such termination, Landlord shall have the right to enter into a direct lease with the Transferee on such terms as shall be acceptable to Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion, and Tenant hereby waives any claims against Landlord related thereto, including, any claims for compensation or profit related to such lease.

8.5 Transfer Premium . Tenant shall pay Landlord, on or before the first (1st) day of each month, fifty percent (50%) of any Transfer Premium payable to Tenant in connection with a Transfer. “ Transfer Premium ” shall mean all rent, additional rent or other consideration payable by the Transferee (including, but not limited to, payments in excess of fair market value for Tenant’s assets, trade fixtures, equipment and other personal property, goodwill, intangible property and any capital stock or other equity ownership of Tenant) in excess of the Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease (on a per rentable square foot basis, if less than all of the Premises is transferred), after deducting Permitted Transfer Costs. “ Permitted Transfer Costs ” means the actual and reasonable costs incurred and paid by Tenant in connection with the applicable Transfer for (a) brokerage commissions, (b) any Alterations to the Subject Space made by Tenant in connection with the Transfer, and (c) legal fees and expenses, provided that Tenant shall furnish Landlord with copies of bills or other documentation substantiating such costs. If the Transfer Premium is not paid to Tenant in a lump sum, all Permitted Transfer Costs shall be amortized on a straight-line basis, without interest, over the relevant term of the Transfer. If Tenant shall enter into multiple Transfers, the Transfer Premium payable to Landlord shall be calculated independently with respect to each Transfer. Landlord or its authorized representatives shall have the right at all reasonable times to audit the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to any Transfer, and shall have the right to make copies thereof.

8.6 Additional Transfers . Without limiting other transactions or events that may constitute an assignment of this Lease, the following shall be deemed an assignment of this Lease: (a) the assignment or transfer by operation of law; (b) the transfer, in one or more transactions occurring within a period of twenty-four (24) months, whether by sale, assignment, bequest, inheritance, operation of law or other disposition, or by subscription of fifty percent (50%) or more of the corporate shares of or partnership or other ownership interest in Tenant (unless Tenant’s stock is listed on a recognized

 

10


securities exchange); (c) the dissolution of Tenant, unless such dissolution is immediately followed by the reconstitution of a successor entity that continues the business of Tenant with the same ownership of shares or constituent partnership interests and the same or greater Net Worth as existed prior to such dissolution; or (d) the sale or other transfer or disposition of substantially all of the assets of Tenant. “ Net Worth ” shall mean the excess of total assets over total liabilities, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), excluding, however, from the determination of total assets, goodwill and other intangibles. Without limiting the other events that may constitute a subletting, any occupancy of all or any portion of the Premises by any person, firm, partnership or corporation, or any groups of persons, firms, partnerships or corporations, or any combination thereof, other than Tenant and its employees and transient business guests, shall be deemed a subletting of the Premises.

8.7 Documentation . Each assignee shall assume and be deemed to have assumed this Lease and shall be and remain jointly and severally liable with Tenant for the payment of Rent and for the timely performance of all of the obligations of Tenant hereunder. No assignment shall be binding on Landlord until the assignee or Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a counterpart of an assignment that contains a covenant of assumption by the assignee, but the failure or refusal of the assignee to execute such assumption shall not release or discharge the assignee from its liability as set forth above. No sublease shall be effective until Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a counterpart of such sublease whereby the subtenant acknowledges receipt of this Lease and agrees that its use and occupancy of the Premises (or a portion thereof) shall be subject to the terms and conditions hereof.

8.8 Tenant Remedies . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if Tenant claims that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent under this Article 8 or otherwise has breached or acted unreasonably under this Article 8, Tenant’s sole remedy shall be declaratory judgment and an injunction for the relief sought without any monetary damages, and Tenant hereby waives all other remedies, including any right provided under California Civil Code Section 1995.310 or other Applicable Requirements to terminate this Lease.

8.9 Costs . Any notice by Tenant to Landlord of a proposed Transfer shall be accompanied by a payment of $1,500 as a non-refundable fee for the processing of Tenant’s request for Landlord’s consent. In addition to said fee, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by Landlord in connection with review and the preparation of documents in connection with a proposed Transfer, whether or not Landlord consents thereto.

8.10 No Merger . The surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation hereof, or the termination of this Lease in accordance with its terms, shall not result in a merger and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate all or any existing subleases or operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all such subleases.

8.11 Ownership Change . Tenant may assign this Lease to a successor to Tenant by purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization (an “ Ownership Change ”) or assign this Lease or sublet all or a portion of the Premises to an Affiliate without the consent of Landlord, provided that all of the following conditions are satisfied (a “ Permitted Transfer ”); (a) Tenant is not in Default; (b) in the event of an Ownership Change, Tenant’s successor shall own substantially all of the assets of Tenant and have a Net Worth which is at least equal to Tenant’s Net Worth as of the date of this Lease; (c) the Permitted Use does not allow the Premises to be used for retail purposes; and (d) Tenant shall give Landlord written notice at least fifteen (15) business days prior to the effective date of the Permitted Transfer (or as soon as may be permissible by law). Tenant’s notice to Landlord shall include information and documentation evidencing the Permitted Transfer and showing that each of the above conditions has been satisfied. If requested by Landlord, Tenant’s successor shall sign an assumption agreement in a form designated by Landlord. “ Affiliate ” shall mean an entity controlled by, controlling or under common control with Tenant.

 

11


9. INSURANCE .

9.1 Insurance . Tenant shall, at all times during the Term, maintain the following insurance: (a) Commercial General Liability Insurance on a form at least as broad as the ISO CG 00 01 (and, if the policy is subject to a Designated Premises endorsement, such endorsement shall include the Premises), providing, on an occurrence basis, a minimum of $5,000,000, which may be provided through a combination of primary and Umbrella or Excess liability coverages; (b) Property Insurance written on a form at least as broad as the ISO special causes of loss form (CP 10 30) and including earthquake sprinkler leakage, at replacement cost value and with a replacement cost endorsement covering all of Tenant’s business and trade fixtures, equipment, moveable partitions, furniture, merchandise and other personal property within the Premises (“ Tenant’s Property ”); (c) Business Income Insurance and extra expenses coverage in amounts no less than 100% of Tenant’s actual loss of business income sustained during a 360 day period of restoration, and expenses necessary to restore Tenant to its normal operations; (d) Workers’ Compensation Insurance in amounts required by Applicable Requirements; and (e) Employers Liability Coverage of at least (i) $1,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury, (ii) $1,000,000 per employee for bodily injury by diseases, and, (iii) $1,000,000 policy limit for bodily injury by disease.

9.2 Other Requirements . Any company writing Tenant’s insurance shall have an A.M. Best rating of not less than A-:X. All Commercial General Liability Insurance policies shall name as additional insureds Landlord, the managing agent for the Building, and other parties reasonably designated by Landlord. All insurance carried by Tenant shall: (a) be written as primary policies, not contributing with or in excess of coverage that Landlord may carry; (b) provide for separation of insureds; and (c) if applicable, include a “per location” endorsement reasonably acceptable to Landlord so that the general aggregate and other limits apply separately to the Premises. Tenant shall provide Landlord with a certificate of insurance evidencing Tenant’s required insurance coverage, along with a copy of the endorsement naming the required parties as additional insureds, within ten (10) business days after the mutual execution of this Lease, and thereafter as necessary to ensure that Landlord always has current certificates evidencing Tenant’s compliance hereunder. In addition, upon request by Landlord, Tenant shall provide copies of its insurance policies.

10. TENANT’S WAIVER OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION .

10.1 Waiver and Release . To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Requirements, neither Landlord nor the holder of any Superior Interests (as defined in Section 16.1 hereof), Landlord affiliate, or any of their respective officers, directors, partners, members, shareholders, employees, agents, or contractors (individually, including Landlord, “ Landlord Party .” and collectively, “ Landlord Parties ”), shall be liable to Tenant or any other Tenant Parties for, and Tenant waives and releases Landlord and the other Landlord Parties from, any and all Claims for loss (including loss of use) or damage to any property or injury, illness or death of any person arising at any time and from any cause whatsoever (including such Claims caused in whole or in part by any active or passive act, omission, or neglect of Landlord or any Landlord Party and any Claims in which liability without fault or strict liability is imposed or sought to be imposed). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the preceding waiver and release extends to Claims resulting from (a) any unauthorized or criminal acts of third parties, or caused by earthquake or earth movement, gas, fire, oil, electricity or (b) water leakage from the roof, walls, windows, basement or other portion of the Premises, the Building or the Property that arises solely from Landlord’s failure to perform any of its repair and maintenance obligations under this Lease. “ Claims ” means any and all obligations, losses, claims, actions (including remedial or enforcement actions of any kind and administrative or judicial proceedings, suits, orders or judgments), causes of action, liabilities, penalties, damages (including consequential and punitive damages), costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and expenses). “ Tenant Party ” or “ Tenant Parties ” means individually or collectively, Tenant, all persons or entities claiming by, through or under Tenant, and their respective officers, directors, partners, members, shareholders, employees, agents, contractors, licensees, and invitees. The provisions of this Section 10.1 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease until all Claims within the scope of this Section 10.1 are fully, finally, and absolutely barred by the applicable statutes of limitations.

 

12


10.2 Indemnification of Landlord . To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Requirements, Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold Landlord and the other Landlord Parties harmless of and from Claims arising out of or in connection with, or related to any of the following, including Claims brought by or on behalf of employees of Tenant, with respect to which Tenant waives, for the benefit of the Landlord Parties, any immunity to which Tenant may be entitled under any worker’s compensation laws: (a) the use, occupancy or conduct of Tenant’s business in or about the Building; (b) Tenant or Tenant’s Party’s performance of Alterations; (c) the use, generation, storage, handling, release, transport, or disposal by Tenant or any other Tenant Parties of any Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises or any other portion of the Building or the Property, including damages for diminution in the value of the Property and sums to remediate, clean up and remove such Hazardous Materials; (d) any other occurrence or condition in, on, or about the Premises; or (e) acts, neglect or omissions of Tenant or any other Tenant Parties in or about any portion of the Building or the Property. The foregoing indemnification shall apply regardless of the active or passive negligence of Landlord Parties and regardless of whether liability without fault or strict liability is imposed or sought to be imposed on the Landlord Parties. Landlord shall have the right to approve legal counsel proposed by Tenant for defense of any Claim indemnified against hereunder or under any other provision of this Lease, provided that such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The provisions of this Section 10.2 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease until all Claims within the scope of this Section 10.2 are fully, finally, and absolutely barred by the applicable statutes of limitations.

10.3 Landlord Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Requirements, Landlord shall indemnify and hold Tenant and the other Tenant Parties harmless of and from Claims arising out of or in connection with, or related to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord Parties. The provisions of this Section 10.3 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease until all Claims within the scope of this Section 10.3 are fully, finally, and absolutely barred by the applicable statutes of limitations.

10.4 Mutual Waiver of Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant hereby waive and release any and all rights of recovery against the other party, including officers, employees, agents and authorized representatives (whether in contract or tort) of such other party, that arise or result from any and all loss of or damage to any property of the waiving party located within or constituting part of the Building, including the Premises, to the extent of amounts payable under a standard ISO Commercial Property insurance policy, or such additional property coverage as the waiving party may carry, whether or not the party suffering the loss or damage actually carries any insurance, recovers under any insurance or self-insures the loss or damage. Each party shall have its property insurance policies issued in such form as to waive any right of subrogation as might otherwise exist. This mutual waiver is in addition to any other waiver or release contained in this Lease.

11. CASUALTY .

11.1 Landlord’s Obligation to Repair . If the Premises or any other portion of the Building necessary for Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises, are damaged or destroyed by fire, earthquake, or any other event of a sudden, unexpected, or unusual nature (“ Casualty ”). Landlord shall, promptly after Landlord obtains actual knowledge of such damage or destruction (“ Casualty Discovery Date ”), notify Tenant of Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the time required to repair such damage or destruction. If Landlord estimates that the necessary repairs can be completed within ninety (90) days after the commencement thereof, then subject to Sections 11.2 and 11.4, Landlord shall repair the Premises, and/or the portion of the Building necessary for Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises, to substantially the condition existing immediately before such damage or destruction, to the extent commercially reasonable, and as permitted by then Applicable Requirements.

11.2 Landlord’s Election to Repair . If (a) Landlord estimates that repairs to the Premises cannot be completed within ninety (90) days after the commencement thereof, or (b) insurance proceeds are insufficient for rebuilding the Premises or the holder of any Superior Interests requires the insurance proceeds to be applied to payment of debt, or (c) any material uninsured damage to the Building occurs (whether or not the Premises are affected), then in any such event Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease or to repair the Premises and/or the portion of the Building necessary for Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises.

 

13


11.3 Performance of Repairs . If this Lease is not terminated, Landlord shall diligently repair the Building and all improvements in the Premises, other than Alterations. Tenant, at Tenant’s cost and expense, shall diligently repair Alterations. Tenant shall also diligently replace or repair, at Tenant’s cost and expense, Tenant’s Property. During such repairs, Monthly Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of increases in Escalations, shall be abated in the proportion that the rentable area of the Premises that is untenantable bears to the total rentable area of the Premises.

11.4 Damage at End of Term . Notwithstanding the above, if the Premises, or any portion of the Building necessary for Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises, are damaged or destroyed by Casualty during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, and such damage will prevent Tenant from using the Premises for a period in excess of thirty (30) consecutive business days, either party shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate this Lease by notice to the other party given within thirty (30) days after the Casualty Discovery Date.

11.5 Waiver of Statutes . The respective rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant in the event of a Casualty are governed exclusively by this Lease. Accordingly, Tenant hereby waives the provisions of any law to the contrary, including California Civil Code Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4), providing for the termination of a lease upon destruction of the leased property.

12. CONDEMNATION . If all or any part of the Premises shall be taken as a result of the exercise of the power of eminent domain or agreement in lieu thereof, this Lease shall terminate as to the part so taken as of the date of taking, and the Monthly Base Rent shall be equitably reduced. In the case of a partial taking, if Tenant cannot reasonably conduct business in the remaining Premises, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Landlord within sixty (60) days after the date of the taking. In addition, if a portion of the Building is taken, and Landlord determines that it is not economically feasible to continue operating the remaining portion of Building, Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Tenant, whether or not any portion of the Premises is taken. Landlord shall be entitled to all compensation awarded or received in connection with a taking, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any and all elements of said compensation that Tenant would, in the absence of such assignment, have been entitled to receive. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant shall have no claim for the “bonus value” of this Lease, or the value of tenant improvements, whether paid for by Landlord or Tenant; provided, however, that Tenant shall be entitled to receive any award for the loss of goodwill of Tenant’s business (but only to the extent the same does not constitute “bonus value”) and for any relocation expenses that Tenant is entitled under Applicable Requirements to recover directly from the condemning authority. Tenant waives the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 1265.110 through 1265.160, or any similar or successor Applicable Requirements.

13. ENTRY; MODIFICATIONS TO COMMON AREAS .

13.1 Entry . Upon reasonable prior verbal notice of not less than twenty-four (24) hours (except in the case of emergency), Landlord may enter the Premises at any time to (a) inspect the same, (b) exhibit the same to prospective purchasers, lenders or tenants, (c) determine whether Tenant is complying with all of its obligations hereunder, (d) post notices of non-responsibility, (e) enforce the provisions of this Lease, and (f) perform maintenance or repairs, or construct alterations or improvements to the Premises or any portion of the Building; provided, however, that Landlord shall use good faith efforts to perform such work as promptly as reasonably practical and so as to cause as little interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises as reasonably practical (provided that Landlord shall not be required to employ labor at overtime or premium rates). Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in, or about the Premises (excluding Tenant’s vaults and similar areas designated in writing by Tenant in advance); and Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means which Landlord may deem proper to open said doors in an emergency in order to obtain entry to the Premises or any portion thereof. If applicable, Tenant shall notify its alarm company or security service provider of Landlord’s rights under this Article, and Tenant and its security service provider shall cooperate with Landlord and Landlord’s lobby attendant (for example, by issuing alarm keys or codes to Landlord’s lobby attendant) to facilitate the exercise of Landlord’s rights under this Article.

 

14


13.2 Modifications to Common Areas . Landlord shall have the right, in its sole discretion from time to time, to: (a) make changes in the Common Areas and/or the Property, including changes in the location, size, and number of entrances, doors and doorways, corridors and stairs; and (b) use or temporarily close Common Areas for maintenance purposes or in connection with the construction of additional improvements on the Property, so long as Tenant has access to the Premises. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord reserves the right to erect scaffolding and to install, use, maintain, relocate and repair pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and equipment serving the Premises or other parts of the Building.

13.3 No Claims . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 10.3 hereof, there shall be no abatement of Rent by reason of Landlord’s actions pursuant to this Article 13, and Tenant hereby waives any claim for damages for any injury or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises or any other loss occasioned thereby. Any actions by Landlord pursuant to this Article 13 shall not under any circumstances be construed or deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into or detainer of the Premises or an eviction, actual or constructive, of Tenant from the Premises, or any portion thereof.

14. DEFAULT BY TENANT .

14.1 Events of Default . The occurrence of any one or more of the following events (“ Events of Default ”) shall constitute a breach of this Lease by Tenant: (a) if Tenant fails to pay any Monthly Base Rent or Additional Rent when due hereunder and such failure continues for more than three (3) days after written notice thereof from Landlord; provided, however, that after the second such failure in a calendar year, only the passage of time, but no notice shall be required to constitute an Event of Default during the same calendar year; (b) if Tenant abandons the Premises (as defined in California Civil Code Section 1951.3); (c) if Tenant fails to deliver any estoppel certificate, subordination documents, financial statements or evidence of insurance within the respective time periods specified elsewhere in this Lease and, except in the case of estoppel certificates, such failure continues for more than ten (10) business days after written notice thereof from Landlord; (d) if Tenant fails to restore or increase the Security Deposit within the time period specified in Section 3.2; (e) if Tenant fails to surrender the Premises in the condition required upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease; (f) if Tenant fails to perform or observe any other agreement or term hereof (except those listed in subparagraphs (a) through (e) above), and such failure continues for more than ten (10) business days after written notice thereof from Landlord, provided that if such failure cannot reasonably be cured within ten (10) business days, an Event of Default shall not exist as long as Tenant commences the curing of such failure within ten (10) business days and thereafter diligently prosecutes and completes the curing of such failure within sixty (60) days after Landlord’s notice; (g) if Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due or shall file a petition in bankruptcy, or shall be adjudicated as bankrupt or insolvent or shall file a petition seeking any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation, or shall file an answer admitting or shall fail timely to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, or shall seek or consent to or acquiesce in the appointment of any trustee, receiver or liquidator of Tenant or any material part of its property; (h) if within sixty (60) days after the commencement of any proceeding against Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease seeking any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation, such proceeding shall not have been dismissed, or if, within ninety (90) days after the appointment without the consent or acquiescence of Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease, of any trustee, receiver or liquidator of Tenant or such guarantor or of any material part of its properties, such appointment shall not have been vacated; or (i) if this Lease or any estate of Tenant hereunder shall be levied upon under any attachment or execution and such attachment or execution is not vacated within ten (10) business days.

 

15


Tenant agrees that notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 14.1, Tenant shall be in default for purposes of Section 1161 of the California Code of Civil Procedure following Tenant’s failure to comply with any agreements, terms or conditions of this Lease to be performed or observed by Tenant, and that any notice required to be given by Landlord under this Section 14.1 shall, in each case, be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under Section 1161 of the California Code of Civil Procedure, and shall be deemed to satisfy the requirement, if any, that notice be given pursuant to said section.

14.2 Termination Upon Default . In any notice given pursuant to any one or more Events of Default, Landlord in its sole discretion, may elect to declare a forfeiture of this Lease as provided in Section 1161 of the California Code of Civil Procedure, and provided that Landlord’s notice states such an election, Tenant’s right to possession shall terminate and this Lease shall terminate, unless on or before the date specified in such notice all arrears of Rent, and all costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of Landlord hereunder, including attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with such default, shall have been paid by Tenant and all other breaches of this Lease by Tenant shall have been fully remedied to the satisfaction of Landlord. Provided that Landlord serves notice, if required, in accordance with the provisions of this Article, Tenant hereby waives any notice required by Section 1161 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. Upon such termination, Landlord may recover from Tenant (a) the worth at the time of award of the unpaid rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (b) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could reasonably have been avoided; (c) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; and (d) any other amounts necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom. The “worth at the time of award” of the amounts referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above shall be computed by allowing interest at the interest rate set forth in Section 14.8. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in clause (c) above shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus 1%. Unpaid rent shall include Escalations as well as Monthly Base Rent. For the purpose of determining unpaid rent under clause (c) above, Escalations for the balance of the Term shall be projected based upon the annual average rate of increase, if any, in Escalations from the Commencement Date through the time of award.

14.3 Continuation After Default . Even though Tenant has breached this Lease, this Lease shall continue in effect for so long as Landlord does not terminate Tenant’s right to possession, and Landlord may enforce all its rights and remedies, including the right pursuant to Section 1951.4 of the California Civil Code to recover Rent as it becomes due under this Lease, if Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. Acts of maintenance or preservation or efforts to relet the Premises or the appointment of a receiver upon the initiative of Landlord to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease shall not constitute a termination of Tenant’s right to possession unless written notice of termination is given by Landlord to Tenant.

14.4 Other Relief . In the event of re-entry or taking possession of the Premises, Landlord shall have the right but not the obligation to remove all or any part of the trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and personal property located in the Premises and to place the same in storage at a public warehouse at the expense and risk of Tenant or to sell such property in accordance with applicable law. The remedies provided for in this Lease are in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity, by statute or otherwise.

14.5 Landlord’s Right to Cure Default . All agreements and provisions to be performed by Tenant under any of the terms of this Lease shall be at its sole cost and expense and without abatement of Rent. If an Event of Default occurs, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, and without waiving or releasing Tenant from any of its obligations hereunder, make any payment or perform any other obligation of Tenant under this Lease. All sums so paid by Landlord and all costs incurred by Landlord to perform such obligations shall be deemed Additional Rent hereunder and shall be payable to Landlord on demand.

 

16


14.6 Remedies Cumulative . The rights and remedies of Landlord under this Lease are cumulative and in addition to all other rights and remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity by statute or otherwise. Landlord’s pursuit of any such right or remedy shall not constitute a waiver or election of remedies with respect to any other right or remedy.

14.7 Waiver of Forfeiture . Tenant hereby waives California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1179, California Civil Code Section 3275, and all such similar laws now or hereinafter enacted which would entitle Tenant to seek relief against forfeiture in connection with any termination of this Lease.

14.8 Interest; Late Charge . All amounts of Rent not paid when due shall accrue interest at twelve percent (12%) per annum, but in no event in excess of the maximum rate of interest permitted by law. Tenant acknowledges that late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Rent will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of such costs being extremely difficult and impracticable to fix. Therefore, if any Monthly Base Rent or Additional Rent is not received by Landlord when due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional sum equal to the greater of (a) Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) or (b) ten percent (10%) of the overdue amount as a late charge, provided that Tenant shall be entitled to a grace period of five (5) days on the first two occasions in a calendar year that Tenant is delinquent. The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of Landlord’s costs to be incurred by reason of Tenant’s late payment, but does not relieve Tenant from its obligation to pay Rent when due. Acceptance of any late charge shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue amount, nor prevent Landlord from exercising any of the other rights and remedies available to Landlord.

14.9 Chronic Delinquency . For the purpose of this Lease, “ Chronic Delinquency ” by Tenant shall mean failure by Tenant to pay Monthly Base Rent, Escalations, or any other payment required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease, within five (5) days after the date such payment is due hereunder (including if such delinquency results from a check presented by Tenant being returned by the drawee bank or an EFT transaction being refused by Tenant’s bank for any reason) on two (2) or more separate occasions during any consecutive twelve (12) month period. In the event of a Chronic Delinquency, Landlord shall have the right, in addition to all other remedies under this Lease and law, to require that subsequent installments of Rent be paid by Tenant quarterly in advance, by certified check, and that Tenant shall, within five (5) days after request, increase the Security Deposit by an amount equal to twice the then applicable Monthly Base Rent. This provision shall not limit in any way nor be construed as a waiver of the rights and remedies of Landlord provided herein or by law in the event of even one instance of delinquency.

15. DEFAULT BY LANDLORD; LIMITATION ON LIABILITY .

15.1 Notice and Cure Period . Landlord shall not be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by Landlord under this Lease unless Landlord has failed to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after written notice of such failure (or such longer period as is reasonably necessary to remedy such default, provided that Landlord shall commence to cure within such thirty (30) days and diligently pursue such remedy until such default is cured). No default by Landlord under this Lease shall entitle Tenant to terminate this Lease or to obtain special, indirect or consequential damages, and Tenant hereby unconditionally waives the remedy of constructive eviction in respect of any such default by Landlord.

15.2 Limitation on Liability . Landlord’s liability to Tenant for any default by Landlord under this Lease or arising in connection with Landlord’s operation, management, leasing, repair, renovation, alteration or any other matter relating to the Building or the Premises shall be limited solely to the lesser of (a) the interest of Landlord in the Building, or (b) the equity interest Landlord would have in the Building if the Building were encumbered by third party debt in an amount equal to eighty percent

 

17


(80%) of the value of the Building (as such value is determined in good faith by Landlord). Neither Landlord nor any other Landlord Party shall have any personal liability for any judgment or deficiency. Further, in no event shall Landlord or any Landlord Party be liable under any circumstances for any special, indirect or consequential damages or for any injury or damage to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including but not limited to, loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, in each case, arising from any cause whatsoever.

16. SUBORDINATION .

16.1 Subordination . This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to all ground or underlying leases, mortgages and deeds of trust (“ Superior Interests ”) that now or may hereafter affect or encumber the Building or the Property (including Superior Interests encumbering the leasehold estate in any ground lease or leases) and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof, unless the holder of a Superior Interest elects to subordinate its Superior Interest to this Lease. Within ten (10) days after request by Landlord or the holder of any Superior Interest, Tenant shall execute documents to confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any Superior Interest provided that such documents do not modify in any adverse respect Tenant’s rights and obligations under this Lease and provided further that any agreement to subordinate is coupled with a nondisturbance agreement on the standard form of the Superior Interest stating that Tenant’s possession of the Premises will not be disturbed, and Tenant’s rights under this Lease will be recognized, so long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease (after expiration of applicable notice and cure periods) and attorns to the record owner of the Premises. Upon request, Tenant shall attorn to any successor to Landlord’s interest in this Lease without any offsets or defenses which Tenant might have against any prior Landlord.

16.2 Notice and Cure Rights . No notice from Tenant to Landlord of a Landlord default shall be effective unless and until a copy of the same is given to the holder of any Superior Interest of which Tenant has been notified, and the curing of any of Landlord’s defaults by the holder of such Superior Interest within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice from Tenant shall be treated as timely performance by Landlord.

17. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE . Within ten (10) days after notice from Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord, in recordable form, a certificate certifying: (a) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications, stating the date and nature of each modification); (b) the Commencement Date and the Expiration Date; (c) that Tenant has accepted the Premises and Landlord has properly completed any improvements required to be made by Landlord (or the reasons why Landlord has not done so); (d) the amount of the current Monthly Base Rent and Escalations, if any, and the date to which Rent has been paid; (e) that no default on the part of Tenant exists (except as to defaults specified in the certificate); (f) that no default of Landlord is claimed by Tenant and there are no defenses against enforcement of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease (except as specified in the certificate); and (g) such other matters as may be reasonably requested by Landlord. If requested, Tenant shall also attach to such certificate a copy of this Lease and any amendments, and include a certification by Tenant that such attachment is a true, correct and complete copy of this Lease. If Tenant fails to deliver such a certificate within said ten (10) day period, then the information contained in such certificate as submitted by Landlord shall conclusively be deemed correct for all purposes.

18. RELOCATION . Landlord shall have the right, from time to time during the Term, to relocate the Premises to another location in the Building, provided that: (a) Landlord shall give Tenant at least three (3) months’ notice prior to the effective date of such relocation; (b) the new premises shall be substantially equivalent in size to the Premises; (c) the new premises shall be reasonably comparable to the Premises with respect to layout and tenant finishes; (d) there shall be no increase in Monthly Base Rent or Tenant’s Share due to such relocation; and (e) Landlord shall pay all reasonable costs of physically relocating Tenant to the new premises, including the installation of comparable cabling, and Tenant’s reasonable costs resulting from such relocation. Landlord and Tenant agree to execute an amendment to this Lease confirming substitution of the new premises and any other changes to the terms of this Lease resulting from such relocation.

 

18


19. HOLDING OVER AND SURRENDER .

19.1 Surrender . Subject to Section 7.3(d), Tenant shall surrender the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease in the same condition as received, reasonable wear and tear and damage by the elements excepted. Any personal property of any kind remaining in the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease shall become the personal property of Landlord. Tenant hereby relinquishes all right, title and interest in the personal property and agrees that Landlord may dispose of the personal property as it sees fit in its sole discretion. Tenant waives the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 1980 et seq. and 1993 et seq. governing the disposal of lost or abandoned property, and releases Landlord, its employees and agents from any and all claims, damages, liabilities and actions of every kind and nature whatsoever, whether now known or unknown, arising out of or relating to disposal of personal property remaining in the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

19.2 Holding Over . Any holding over after the expiration or other termination of this Lease with the written consent of Landlord shall be construed to be a tenancy from month to month at the Monthly Base Rent in effect on the date of such expiration or termination or such other Monthly Base Rent as shall be agreed upon in writing by the parties and otherwise on all the terms of this Lease. Any holding over after the expiration or other termination of this Lease without the written consent of Landlord shall be construed to be a tenancy at sufferance on all the terms of this Lease, except that the Monthly Base Rent shall be an amount equal to the then fair market rental value of the Premises, as determined in good faith by Landlord, but in no event less than one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Monthly Base Rent payable by Tenant immediately prior to such holding over. During any such holding over by Tenant, whether with or without Landlord’s consent, Tenant shall continue to pay Escalations in accordance with Exhibit B . Acceptance by Landlord of Rent after the expiration or termination of this Lease shall not constitute Landlord’s consent to any such tenancy from month to month or result in any other tenancy or any renewal of the Term.

20. NOTICES . All notices, consents, demands and other communications from one party to the other given pursuant to the terms of this Lease or under the laws of the State of California, including notice under Section 1161 of the California Code of Civil Procedure, shall be in writing and delivered by hand or sent by U.S. certified mail, return receipt requested, or by same day or overnight courier service at the respective addresses for Landlord and Tenant set forth in Section 9 on the Summary. Each notice shall be deemed to have been received on the earlier to occur of actual delivery or the date on which delivery is refused, or, if Tenant has vacated the Premises or its last notice address without providing a new notice address, three (3) days after notice is deposited in the U.S. mail. Either party may, at any time, change its notice address (other than to a post office box) by giving the other party written notice of the new address. Tenant agrees that service of notice in accordance with the terms of this Lease shall be in lieu of the methods of service specified in Section 1162 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. Any notice required pursuant to any laws may be incorporated into, given concurrently with, or given separately from any notice required under this Lease. The provisions of subdivision (a) of Section 1013 of the California Code of Civil Procedure, extending the time within which a right may be exercised or an act may be done, shall not apply to a notice given pursuant to this Lease.

21. WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY; VENUE . LANDLORD AND TENANT EACH HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS THAT ARE NOW IN FORCE OR ARE SUBSEQUENTLY ENACTED, TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER OR THEIR SUCCESSORS IN RESPECT OF ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, AND/OR ANY CLAIM FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE OR ANY EMERGENCY OR STATUTORY REMEDY. IF LANDLORD COMMENCES ANY SUMMARY PROCEEDINGS OR ACTION FOR NON-PAYMENT OF RENT, TENANT SHALL NOT INTERPOSE ANY COUNTERCLAIM OF ANY NATURE OR DESCRIPTION (UNLESS SUCH COUNTERCLAIM SHALL BE MANDATORY) IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING OR ACTION, AND ANY SUCH COUNTERCLAIM SHALL BE RELEGATED TO AN INDEPENDENT ACTION AT LAW. IN ADDITION, LANDLORD AND TENANT EACH WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO VENUE IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF SAN FRANCISCO, AND CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE.

 

19


22. MISCELLANEOUS .

22.1 Governing Law . This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

22.2 Attorneys’ Fees . Should either party bring an action against the other party to enforce or interpret this Lease, including in state or federal court actions or proceedings, then the party which prevails in such action shall be entitled to its reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses related to such action, in addition to all other recovery or relief. The non-prevailing party shall also be obligated to pay attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in any post-judgment proceedings to enforce and collect the judgment, which obligation shall survive the merger of this Lease into any judgment on this Lease. A party shall be deemed to have prevailed in any such action (without limiting the generality of the foregoing) if such action is dismissed upon the payment by the other party of the sums allegedly due or the performance of obligations allegedly not complied with, or if such party obtains substantially the relief sought by it in the action. Tenant shall also pay all attorneys’ fees and costs Landlord incurs in defending this Lease or otherwise protecting Landlord’s rights in any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy case, assignment for the benefit of creditors, or other insolvency, liquidation or reorganization proceeding involving Tenant or this Lease, including all motions and proceedings related to relief from an automatic stay, lease assumption or rejection, use of cash collateral, claim objections, disclosure statements and plans of reorganization. In addition, if as a result of any breach or default on the part of Tenant under this Lease, Landlord uses the services of an attorney in order to secure compliance with this Lease, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand as Additional Rent for any and all reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by Landlord, whether or not formal legal proceedings are instituted, including the costs of preparing and serving demand letters, default notices and similar non-judicial enforcement activities. Further, whenever Tenant provides notice to Landlord, requests Landlord’s consent, or submits documents for Landlord’s review, Tenant shall pay to Landlord all reasonable costs, including attorney’s fees, incurred by Landlord in connection with such notice, request or submittal.

22.3 Administrative Fees . If Landlord makes any repairs that are the obligation of Tenant or repairs any damage caused by Tenant or Tenant Parties, as provided in Sections 7.1 and 7.2 respectively, in addition to reimbursing Landlord for the reasonable cost of such repairs, Tenant shall pay Landlord an administrative fee equal to five percent (5%) of the cost of the repairs. Whenever Tenant provides notice to Landlord, requests Landlord’s consent, or submits documents to Landlord for Landlord’s review, Tenant shall pay to Landlord all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and disbursements, incurred by Landlord in connection therewith.

22.4 No Waiver . Landlord’s failure to take advantage of any default or breach of covenant on the part of Tenant shall not be, or be construed, as a waiver thereof, nor shall any custom or practice which may grow up between the parties in the course of administering this instrument be construed to waive or to lessen the right of Landlord to insist upon the performance by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition hereof, or to exercise any rights given him on account of any such default. A waiver of a particular breach or default shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the same or any other subsequent breach or default. The acceptance of Rent hereunder shall not be, nor be construed to be, a waiver of any breach or rights, including the right to possession, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent so accepted.

22.5 Sale . Landlord shall have the right to transfer and assign, in whole or in part, all of its rights and obligations under this Lease and in the Building and the Property. Upon transfer, Landlord shall be released from all obligations under this Lease, and Tenant agrees to look solely to the successor-in-interest of Landlord, provided that any successor pursuant to a voluntary transfer (but not an involuntary transfer, including a transfer resulting from a foreclosure or deed in lieu thereof) shall assume Landlord’s obligations under this Lease.

 

20


22.6 Interpretation . The words “Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular. The captions preceding Articles and Sections are solely for convenience of reference and shall have no effect upon the interpretation of this Lease. The words “include,” “includes,” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The phrase “business days” shall mean Monday through Friday, excluding holidays. This Lease shall be interpreted in accordance with its fair meaning and not strictly for or against either party. If there be more than one Tenant, the obligations of Tenant hereunder are joint and several, and the act of or notice from, or notice or refund to, or the signature of, any one or more of them, with respect to the tenancy or this Lease, including but not limited to, any renewal, extension, expiration, termination or modification of this Lease, shall be binding upon each and all of the persons executing this Lease as Tenant with the same force and effect as if each and all of them had so acted or so given or received such notice or refund or so signed. If any provision of this Lease, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance, is determined to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or its application to other persons or circumstances, shall not be affected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect, unless such enforcement would be grossly inequitable. This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants between Landlord and Tenant are independent. Time is of the essence of each and every covenant contained in this Lease.

22.7 Successors and Assigns . Subject to the provisions hereof relating to assignment and subletting, this Lease is intended to and does bind the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of any and all of the parties hereto.

22.8 Force Majeure . Whenever a period of time is prescribed for the taking of an action by Landlord or Tenant (other than the payment of Rent or the Security Deposit), the period of time for the performance of such action shall be extended by the number of days that performance is actually delayed due to strikes, acts of God, shortages of labor or materials, war, terrorist acts, civil disturbances and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the performing party (each, a “ Force Majeure Event ”).

22.9 Financial Statements . Within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s written request from time to time (not more than once per year), Tenant shall furnish Landlord with audited financial statements reflecting Tenant’s then-current financial condition, or, if audited financial statements are not available, then financial statements certified by an officer, partner, managing member or owner of Tenant, in such form and detail as Landlord may reasonably request. Tenant represents and warrants that the financial information and representations provided to Landlord in conjunction with the making of this Lease and provided hereafter are true and accurate in all material respects.

22.10 No Light, Air, or View Easement . Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed, either expressly or by implication, to create any easement for light and air or access to any view. Any diminution or shutting off of light, air or view to or from the Premises by any structure which now exists or which may hereafter be constructed, whether by Landlord or any other person or entity, shall in no way affect this Lease or Tenant’s obligations hereunder, entitle Tenant to any reduction of Rent, or impose any liability on Landlord. Further, under no circumstances at any time during the Term shall any temporary darkening of any windows of the Premises or any temporary obstruction of the light or view therefrom by reason of any repairs, improvements, maintenance or cleaning in or about the Building in any way impose any liability upon Landlord or in any way reduce or diminish Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

22.11 Recordation . Neither this Lease, nor any notice or memorandum regarding the terms hereof, shall be recorded by Tenant. Any such unauthorized recording shall be an Event of Default for which there shall be no cure or grace period.

22.12 Survival . The waivers of the right of jury trial, the other waivers of claims or rights, the releases and the obligations of Tenant under this Lease to indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless Landlord and/or Landlord Parties shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease, and so shall all other obligations or agreements of Landlord or Tenant which by their terms survive expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

21


22.13 Brokers . Each party covenants and represents to the other that it has dealt with no brokers in connection with this Lease other than Landlord’s Broker(s) and Tenant’s Broker(s) listed in Section 8 of the Summary. Each party agrees to protect, defend, indemnify and hold the other harmless from any and all Claims resulting from a breach of the foregoing representation. Landlord will pay the Brokers’ commissions in accordance with separate agreements between Landlord and each of the Brokers

22.14 Authority . Tenant, Landlord, and each of the persons executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant or Landlord, do hereby represent and warrant that: (a) it is a duly authorized and existing entity; (b) it has and is qualified to do business in the State of California; (c) it has full right and authority to enter into this Lease; (d) each and both of the persons signing on behalf of any party are authorized to do so; and (e) it is not, and the entities or individuals constituting it or which may own or control it or which may be owned or controlled by it are not, identified on any list compiled pursuant to Executive Order 13224 for the purpose of identifying suspected terrorists. If Tenant is a corporation, within thirty (30) days after execution of this Lease by Tenant, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a certified corporate resolution authorizing Tenant to execute this Lease and authorizing the persons who signed below on behalf of Tenant to execute this Lease.

22.15 Quiet Enjoyment . Landlord covenants, in lieu of any implied covenant of quiet possession or quiet enjoyment, that so long as Tenant is in compliance with the covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease, Tenant shall have the right to quiet enjoyment of the Premises without hindrance or interference from Landlord or those claiming through Landlord, subject to the covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease and to the rights of any holders of Superior Interests.

22.16 Name and Address . Landlord reserves the right, without any liability to Tenant, to change the name and/or street address of the Building.

22.17 No Offer . No contractual or other rights shall exist between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the Premises until both have executed and delivered this Lease, notwithstanding that rental deposits have been received by Landlord and notwithstanding that Landlord has delivered to Tenant an unexecuted copy of this Lease. The submission of this Lease to Tenant shall be for examination purposes only, and does not and shall not constitute a reservation of or any option for the Tenant to lease, or otherwise create any interest by Tenant in the Premises or any other Premises situated in the Building. Execution of this Lease by Tenant and return to Landlord shall not be binding upon Landlord, notwithstanding any time interval, until Landlord has in fact executed and delivered this Lease to Tenant.

22.18 Addenda and Exhibits . The Addenda and Exhibits listed in Section 10 of the Summary are attached hereto and are hereby made an integral part of this Lease.

22.19 Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in counterparts. All such executed counterparts shall constitute the same agreement, and the signature of any party to any counterpart shall be deemed a signature to, and may be appended to, any other counterpart. The parties intend to sign and deliver this Lease by electronic or facsimile transmission. Each party agrees that the delivery of this Lease by electronic or facsimile transmission shall have the same force and effect as delivery of original signatures and that each party may use such electronic or facsimile signatures as evidence of the execution and delivery of this Lease by all parties to the same extent that an original signature could be used.

22.20 Parking. Subject to availability, at the commencement of the lease, Landlord will make available one (1) reserved parking space in the lower level of the Building at the current monthly parking rate of Five Hundred Dollars ($550) per month. Such rate is subject to change in accordance with market conditions. If Tenant does not rent such space at the commencement of this Lease or if Tenant

 

22


ceases to rent the space during the Term of the lease, Landlord will be free to rent such space to another party, without further liability or obligation to Tenant. Tenant hereby agrees to follow all reasonable, nondiscriminatory garage rules and procedures established by Landlord or the garage operator. Tenant agrees to sign any and all documents, and to pay any and all fees and charges, required by Landlord or the garage operator of other parking renters to rent such parking spaces. Landlord’s obligation to make such parking space available to Tenant shall be subject to ordinances and regulations of the applicable governmental authority concerning off-street parking and loading facilities, either now existing or hereafter enacted. Landlord or the garage operator each reserve the right to change, reconfigure, or rearrange the garage and parking areas, to reconstruct or repair any portion thereof, and to restrict or eliminate the use of the garage and parking areas and do such other acts in and to the garage and parking areas as they deem necessary or desirable, without such actions being deemed an eviction of Tenant or a disturbance of Tenant’s use of the Premises, and without Landlord being deemed in default hereunder; provided, however, that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize (to the extent consistent with Legal Requirements) the extent and duration of any resulting interference with Tenant’s parking rights. Landlord and the garage operator shall not be liable for any damage of any nature to, or any theft of, vehicles, or the contents thereof, in or about the garage and parking areas. At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute an agreement confirming the foregoing

22.21 Entire Agreement . There are no oral agreements between Landlord and Tenant affecting this Lease, and this Lease supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between Landlord and Tenant or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter of this Lease or the Building. There are no representations between Landlord and Tenant other than those contained in this Lease and all reliance with respect to any representations is based solely upon the terms of this Lease.

23. RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER .

23.1 First Offer Space; Landlord Notice . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Article 23, Tenant shall have a one-time right of first offer to lease the balance of the 25th floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 5,249 rentable square feet (the “ First Offer Space ”). If at any time during the initial Term the First Offer Space is or will become available for lease, Landlord shall give Tenant written notice (the “ First Offer Notice ”) that the First Offer Space is or will become available for lease by Tenant. The First Offer Space shall not be available for lease if it is subject to an option or other legal obligation. In addition, the First Offer Space shall not be deemed available for lease by Tenant if Landlord intends to use such space for its own purposes or as a management office for the Building, and Landlord shall have no obligation to exercise a recapture right in connection with an assignment or sublease of the First Offer Space in order to make such space available to Tenant. The First Offer Notice shall set forth the material terms upon which Landlord, acting in good faith, is willing to lease the First Offer Space to Tenant, including, but not limited to: (a) the Monthly Base Rent (which may include periodic increases) Landlord proposes to charge, based upon Landlord’s assessment of current market conditions, I; (b) the tenant improvements, if any, Landlord proposes to install and/or the tenant improvement allowance, if any, that Landlord proposes to pay to a tenant in connection with a lease of the First Offer Space; (c) the anticipated date upon which possession of the First Offer Space will be available; and (d) such other matters as Landlord may wish to include as proposed terms. The term of the lease for the First Offer Space shall be coterminous with the Term for the original Premises, and if the First Offer Space is anticipated to be available during the final twenty-four (24) months of the initial Term, Landlord may require, as a condition to leasing the First Offer Space to Tenant, that Tenant exercise its Extension Option.

23.2 Procedure for Acceptance . Tenant may, not later than ten (10) business days after receipt of the First Offer Notice (the “ Election Date ”), at its option, deliver a written notice to Landlord (“ Tenant’s Acceptance Notice ”) electing to lease the First Offer Space upon the terms set forth in the First Offer Notice. Time is of the essence of this provision, and if Tenant fails to deliver Tenant’s Acceptance Notice on or before the Election Date, Tenant shall be deemed to have rejected Landlord’s offer (“ Tenant’s Rejection ”), and Landlord shall have the right to lease the First Offer Space to any other party on such terms and conditions as Landlord may determine in its sole discretion. Any qualified or conditional acceptance by Tenant of Landlord’s First Offer Notice shall be deemed a counteroffer to, and a rejection of, Landlord’s First Offer Notice.

 

23


23.3 Amendment to Lease . If Tenant validly exercises its right of first offer to lease the First Offer Space, then except as specified in this Article 23 or in the First Offer Notice, which shall govern to the extent of any conflict with this Lease, the First Offer Space shall become a part of the Premises on all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, except that: (a) the Monthly Base Rent for the First Offer Space shall be as specified in the First Offer Notice; (b) Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs shall be adjusted to reflect the rentable square footage of the First Offer Space; and (c) the First Offer Space shall be delivered in its then existing “as is” condition, and Tenant shall be responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.3 hereof, for the construction and installation of any tenant improvements or alterations Tenant desires to install in the First Offer Space. Upon delivery of Tenant’s Acceptance Notice, Landlord shall be obligated to lease the First Offer Space to Tenant on the terms and conditions set forth in the First Offer Notice and this Article 23 without further act on the part of Landlord or Tenant. Notwithstanding the self-operative effect of the preceding sentence, upon request by Landlord, Tenant shall promptly execute an amendment to this Lease and any other documents reasonably requested by Landlord to memorialize the addition of the First Offer Space to the Premises.

23.4 Conditions on Right of First Offer . Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be required to give a First Offer Notice to Tenant if an Event Default exists under this Lease at the time Landlord would otherwise be required to give such notice. In addition, at Landlord’s election, Tenant’s Acceptance Notice shall be of no force or effect if an Event of Default exists under this Lease at the time Tenant delivers such notice to Landlord or on the scheduled date of delivery of the First Offer Space to Tenant. Tenant’s rights under this Article 23 are personal to the original Tenant executing this Lease, and may not be assigned (voluntarily or involuntarily) to, or exercised by, any person or entity other than the original Tenant, and shall be available to and exercisable by Tenant only for so long as the original Tenant remains in actual and physical possession of the entire Premises.

[No further text appears on this page.]

 

24


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the date first above written.

LANDLORD :

101 Montgomery Street Co.,

a California limited partnership

 

By: Cahill Montgomery Corp.,

a California corporation,

its general partner

 

 
  By:  

/s/ William R. Cahill

    William R. Cahill
    President

TENANT :

Eidos Therapeutics, Inc,

a Delaware corporation

 

By:  

/s/ Neil Kumar

Name:  

Neil Kumar

Title:  

CEO

By:  

/s/ Camille Landis

Name:  

Camille Landis

Title:  

CBO

 

25


ADDENDUM ONE

LINES AND EQUIPMENT

1. Lines . Tenant agrees that any new or existing telephone or data wires and cables (collectively, “ Lines ”) serving the Premises shall be its sole responsibility to maintain, repair, upgrade or replace. “Lines” shall include both copper and fiber-optic cable and wire, conduit, switchboard, splice box, riser and related items. Subject to Section 3 below, Tenant may install, maintain, replace, remove or use Lines, provided that (a) Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent, use the contractor approved by Landlord, and comply with all of the other provisions of the Lease and such other rules and procedures as may be established by Landlord from time to time, (b) an acceptable number of spare Lines and space for additional Lines shall be maintained for existing and future occupants of the Building, as determined in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, (c) any such Lines (including riser cables) shall be appropriately insulated to prevent excessive electromagnetic fields or radiation, and shall be surrounded by a protective conduit reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (d) all such Lines servicing the Premises shall comply with all Applicable Requirements, (e) as a condition to permitting the installation of new Lines, Landlord may require that Tenant remove existing Lines located in or serving the Premises and repair any damage caused by such removal, (f) in the case of the installation of new Lines, Tenant, at the time of installation, shall label such Lines, on each floor through which they pass, with an identification system reasonably approved by Landlord, (g) Landlord shall not be required to grant separate access to the Building to Tenant’s telecommunications services and equipment provider in connection with such Lines, and (h) Tenant shall pay all costs in connection with the foregoing.

2. Telecommunications Equipment . Subject to Section 3 below, Tenant may install, maintain, replace, remove or use telecommunications or other signal or data reception or transmission equipment (collectively, “ Equipment ”) in the Premises, provided that (a) Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent, use the contractor approved by Landlord, and comply with all of the other provisions of the Lease and such other rules and procedures as may be established by Landlord from time to time, (b) any such Equipment shall comply with all Applicable Requirements, and (c) Tenant shall pay all costs in connection with the foregoing.

3. Interference .

(a) Tenant’s Interference . Upon notice of any electrical, electromagnetic, radio frequency, or other interference with the Building Systems or any telecommunication or other signal or data reception or transmission equipment and/or system in or serving the Building and/or its occupants caused by Tenant’s Lines or Equipment (“ I nterference ”), Tenant shall immediately cooperate with Landlord to identify the source of the Interference and shall, within twenty-four (24) hours, if requested by Landlord, cease all operations of Lines and Equipment (except for intermittent testing as approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) until the Interference has been corrected to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord, unless Tenant reasonably establishes prior to the expiration of such twenty-four (24) hour period that the Interference is not caused by Tenant’s Lines or Equipment, in which case Tenant may operate its Lines or Equipment pursuant to the terms of the Lease. Tenant shall be responsible for all costs associated with any tests deemed reasonably necessary to resolve any and all Interference as set forth in this Addendum One. If such Interference has not been corrected within ten (10) business days after notice to Tenant of its occurrence, Landlord may (i) require Tenant to remove the specific Line or Equipment causing such Interference pursuant to the terms of Section 4(d) below, or (ii) eliminate the Interference at Tenant’s expense, provided such Interference is actually caused by Tenant’s Lines or Equipment. If Tenant is required to stop using its Lines or Equipment to remedy Tenant’s Interference, Tenant shall not be entitled to compensation from Landlord nor shall there be an abatement in Rent therefor.

(b) Other Party’s Interference . If the lines or equipment of any other party causes Interference with Tenant’s Lines or Equipment, Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with such other party to resolve such Interference in a mutually acceptable manner.

 

ADDENDUM ONE - 1


4. General Provisions.

(a) Consultation with Landlord . Tenant shall consult with Landlord in advance of any installation of any Lines or Equipment that may cause any electrical, electromagnetic, radio frequency, or other interference with the Building Systems or any telecommunication or other signal or data reception or transmission system and/or Equipment in or serving the Building and/or its occupants at the earliest practicable stage of consideration of such installation.

(b) Landlord’s Rights . Access to telephone risers, closets and equipment outside of the Premises may be controlled by Landlord. Landlord may, but shall not have the obligation to, reasonably direct, monitor, and/or supervise the installation, maintenance, replacement and removal of any Lines or Equipment.

(c) Damage . Tenant shall be responsible for any loss, damage or injury caused by Tenant, its employees, agents or subcontractors to Building communication lines. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if repair or replacement of a Line shall pierce a fire-rated separation, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for cost of restoring the integrity of said separation.

(d) Removal . Landlord reserves the right to require that Tenant remove any Lines or Equipment located in or serving the Premises that (i) are installed in violation of these provisions, or (ii) are at any time in violation of any Applicable Requirements, or (iii) present a dangerous or potentially dangerous condition, or (iv) present a threat to the structural integrity of the Building, or (v) threaten to overload the capacity of, or affect the temperature otherwise maintained by, the air conditioning system, or the capacity of the Building’s electrical system. In addition, Landlord reserves the right to require Tenant to remove Lines and Equipment upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. The removal of Lines or Equipment shall be performed by the contractor specified by Landlord. If Tenant fails to remove any Lines or Equipment as required by Landlord, or if Tenant violates any other provision of this Addendum One , Landlord may, after three (3) days’ written notice to Tenant, remove such Lines and/or Equipment, as the case may be, or remedy such other violation, at Tenant’s expense (without limiting Landlord’s other remedies available under this Lease or Applicable Requirements); provided, however, that Landlord shall have the right to remove any such Lines and/or Equipment immediately, without notice to Tenant, in the event of an emergency.

(e) Approval by Landlord . Landlord’s approval of, or requirements concerning, Lines and Equipment, the plans, specifications or drawings related thereto or Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors, or service provider, shall not be deemed a warranty as to the adequacy thereof, and Landlord hereby disclaims any responsibility or liability for the same. Landlord further disclaims all responsibility for the condition, security or utility of Lines and Equipment, and makes no representation regarding the suitability of any such Lines or Equipment for Tenant’s intended use or the adequacy or fitness of the Building Systems for any such Lines or Equipment.

(f) Waiver of Claims . Landlord shall have no liability for damages arising from, and Landlord does not warrant that Tenant’s use of any Lines or Equipment will be free from, the following: (i) any shortages, failures, variations, interruptions, disconnections, loss or damage caused by the installation, maintenance, replacement, use or removal of Lines and/or Equipment by or for other tenants or occupants of the Building, by any failure of the environmental conditions or the power supply for the Building to conform to any requirements for the Lines and/or Equipment, or any other problems associated with any Lines and/or Equipment by any other cause; (ii) any failure of any Lines and/or Equipment to satisfy Tenant’s requirements; or (iii) any eavesdropping or wire-tapping by unauthorized parties. Without limiting the generality of any other provision of this Lease, in no event shall Landlord be liable for damages by reason of loss of profits, business interruption or other consequential damage arising from the foregoing occurrences. Tenant further waives any right to claim that any occurrence described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above constitutes grounds for a claim of abatement of Rent, actual or constructive eviction, or termination of this Lease.

 

ADDENDUM ONE - 2


ADDENDUM TWO

ELECTRONIC FUNDS TRANSFER

1. Landlord Option to Collect Via Electronic Funds Transfer (“EFT”) . Instead of requiring Tenant to pay Rent, late fees and other charges at the location designated in the Lease, Landlord may, upon mutual agreement of Landlord and Tenant, upon not less than thirty (30) days’ prior notice to Tenant, require Tenant to promptly execute and deliver any documents, instruments, authorizations, or certificates required by Landlord to give effect to an EFT method of payment, whereby any or all payments by Tenant shall be debited monthly or from time-to-time, as determined by Landlord, from Tenant’s account in a bank or financial institution designated by Tenant and credited to Landlord’s designated bank account. Landlord may terminate the EFT method of payment upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to Tenant, after which payment shall be made at the location set forth in the Lease.

2. Fees and Charges . Tenant shall promptly pay all reasonable service fees and related bank charges to Landlord resulting from insufficient funds in Tenant’s designated bank account or de-authorized EFT transactions, together with late charges due under the Lease. Landlord shall credit Tenant for any bona fide bank charges imposed by Tenant’s bank or financial institution due to Landlord’s EFT system.

3. Tenant to Notify of Change in Bank . If Tenant elects to change the bank or financial institution from which any Rent and other charges under the Lease are automatically debited, notification of such change and the required documents, instruments, authorizations, and certificates specified in Paragraph 1 above must be received by Landlord no later than fifteen (15) days prior to the date of the next Rent payment.

4. Mistake in Debit . Tenant agrees that it shall remain responsible to Landlord for all payments of Rent, late fees and other charges pursuant to the Lease, even if Tenant’s bank account is incorrectly debited in any given month. If an error in the debit is made in the favor of Tenant, Tenant shall correct the underpayment within three (3) business days after receipt of notice from Landlord. If an error in the debit is made in favor of Landlord, Landlord shall refund the overpayment within the earlier of three (3) business days after Landlord’s discovery of the error or three (3) business days after receipt of notice from Tenant.

5. Tenant EFT Default . Tenant’s failure to properly designate a bank or financial institution, Tenant’s de-authorization of a bona fide debit, or Tenant’s failure to promptly provide appropriate information in accordance with this Addendum when requested by Landlord shall constitute an Event of Default if not cured within the applicable time set forth in the Lease. For purposes of this paragraph, cure of an EFT default shall mean timely delivery to Landlord of a cashier’s check for all sums due and reactivation of EFT payments as required by this Addendum.

 

ADDENDUM TWO - 1


EXHIBIT A

FLOOR PLAN

TRINITY

 

LOGO

Premises shown in non-hatched area.

All furniture, fixtures and equipment are shown for illustrative purposes only

and are not included in the Tenant Improvements.

 

EXHIBIT A-1


EXHIBIT B

EXPENSES AND TAXES

This Exhibit is attached to and made a part of the Office Lease (the “Lease ”) by and between 101 Montgomery Street Co. (“ Landlord ”) and Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. (“ Tenant ”) for space in the Building located at 101 Montgomery Street. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to them in the Lease.

1. Definitions .

(a) The term Base Year shall mean calendar year 2018.

(b) The term Escalations shall mean the sum of Expenses and Taxes.

(c) The term Expenses shall mean all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the management, operation, maintenance and repair of the Property, including, without limitation, the following costs: (i) building maintenance and repairs (including maintenance contracts for the elevators, HVAC and other Building Systems and equipment); (ii) janitorial, lobby attendant, window washing, waste disposal, recycling, composting, and pest control services; (iii) wages, bonuses, payroll taxes, insurance, pension, vacation, and other benefits of employees of Landlord or its agents engaged in the management, operation, maintenance or repair of the Property; (iv) utilities and sewer charges; (v) supplies and tools; (vi) reasonable property management fees and expenses; (vii) insurance premiums (including deductible amounts); (viii) building office expenses and other administrative expenses; (ix) accounting and other professional services; (x) maintenance, repair or replacement of sidewalks, landscaping and other Common Areas (including any parking facilities); (xi) property management office rent or rental value; and (xii) construction, installation or acquisition of capital improvements or capital assets to comply with any Applicable Requirements, to protect the health and safety of the occupants of the Building or to reduce other Expenses, provided that such costs are amortized over the useful life thereof as reasonably determined by Landlord at an interest rate of nine percent (9%) per annum, or, if applicable, the rate paid by Landlord on funds borrowed for the purpose of constructing, installing or acquiring such capital improvements or capital assets (except that Landlord may include in any calendar year a portion of the cost of such capital improvement or capital asset equal to Landlord’s estimate of the amount of the reduction in other Expenses resulting from such capital improvement or capital asset during such calendar year).

Expenses shall not include: (1) interest on debt or amortization payments on any mortgages or deeds of trust, except as expressly provided in the preceding paragraph; (2) costs of restoration to the extent of net insurance proceeds received by Landlord with respect thereto; (3)  costs incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, painting or redecorating usable space for tenants; (4)  leasing commissions and other similar payments paid to agents or employees of Landlord, independent brokers and other persons incurred in connection with Landlord’s leasing of the Building; (5) costs for space planning of tenant space in the Building; (6) repairs or other work occasioned by fire, windstorm or other casualty or damage to the extent Landlord is reimbursed by insurance; (7) advertising and publicity expenditures; (8) reserve accounts; (9) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions, if any, involved in the operation of any retail space or similar concessions; (10) the costs of abating or removing asbestos; (11) costs of any services sold or provided tenants or other occupants for which Landlord is reimbursed by such tenants or other occupants as an additional charge over and above the base rental and escalations payable under the lease with such tenant or other occupant; (12) the cost of capital improvements or capital assets, except as provided expressly in the preceding paragraph; (13)  the cost of any political or charitable donations; ( 14 )  costs of purchasing, installing and replacing art work or decorative features to the extent the same materially exceed such costs charged by the owners of comparable buildings; (15) legal fees and costs incurred in connection with the negotiation of leases, or the sale, transfer, financing or re-financing of the Building; or (16)  Landlord’s general corporate overhead related to the operation of other buildings owned by Landlord, provided that Landlord’s manager may aggregate general corporate overhead for the Building and other buildings managed by Landlord’s manager and allocate to the Building a portion of the cost of such overhead that Landlord or Landlord’s manager determines in good faith properly represents the cost of overhead actually provided for the benefit of the Building.

 

EXHIBIT B - 1


(d) The term “ Taxes ” shall mean taxes, assessments and charges now or hereafter levied or assessed upon, or with respect to, the Property, or any personal property of Landlord used in the operation thereof or located therein, or Landlord’s interest in the Property or such personal property, by any Federal, State or local entity, including: (i) all real property taxes and general, special, supplemental and escape assessments; (ii) charges, fees or assessments for transit, public improvements, employment, job training, housing, day care, open space, art, police, fire or other governmental services or benefits; (iii) any tax, fee or excise on the use or occupancy of any part of the Property; (iv) any other tax, fee or excise, however described, that may be levied or assessed as a substitute for, or as an addition to, in whole or in part, any other Taxes; and (v) consultants’ and attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred in connection with proceedings to contest, determine or reduce Taxes. Taxes shall not include: franchise, transfer, or inheritance taxes; income taxes measured by the net income of Landlord from all sources; or penalties or interest due by virtue of late payment of Taxes by Landlord.

(e) The term “ Tenant’s Share ” shall mean 1.58%, as may be adjusted by Landlord from time to time to take into account a re-measurement of or changes in the physical size of the Premises and/or the Building.

2. Payment of Additional Rent . In addition to the Monthly Base Rent, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Share of (a) the amount, if any, by which Expenses allocable to any calendar year subsequent to the Base Year exceed the amount of Expenses allocable to the Base Year and (b) the amount, if any, by which Taxes allocable to any calendar year subsequent to the Base Year exceed the amount of Taxes allocable to the Base Year. If the Lease terminates on a day other than the last day of a calendar year, Expenses and Taxes for the calendar year in which such termination occurs shall be prorated on the basis which the number of days from the commencement of such calendar year, to and including the termination date, bears to 360. In no event shall any decrease in Expenses or Taxes below the respective amounts of Expenses and Taxes allocable to the Base Year entitle Tenant to any refund, decrease in Monthly Base Rent, or credit against sums due under the Lease.

3. Adjustments in Expenses . If the Building is substantially expanded or a portion of the Building is master leased to or from a third party, and such change results in Expenses for a calendar year not being reasonably comparable to the Expenses for the Base Year, Landlord shall equitably adjust the Expenses for the Base Year. Further, if the Building is less than 90% occupied in any year during the Term, including the Base Year, Expenses for such year may, at Landlord’s election, be adjusted to the amount such Expenses would have been if the Building had been 90% occupied. In addition, if in any year during the Term, any tenant in the Building contracts directly for services, the cost of which would otherwise be included as Expenses, the Expenses for such year may be “grossed up” to reflect the amount Landlord would have paid for such services if such tenants had not directly contracted for such services.

4. Billing .

(a) Estimated Payments . At or prior to the commencement of each calendar year during the Term after the Base Year, Landlord may reasonably estimate Expenses and Taxes for the ensuing calendar year and compute the annual amount of Expenses and Taxes payable by Tenant for such calendar year based on said estimate. On the first day of the month following the furnishing of a written estimate of Expenses and Taxes, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a sum equal to one-twelfth of Tenant’s Share of such estimated Expenses and Taxes multiplied by the number of months then elapsed, commencing with January first of such calendar year, including the current month, and thereafter, until a different billing shall be submitted, the monthly installments payable under the Lease shall be increased by an amount equal to one-twelfth of Tenant’s Share of such estimated Expenses and Taxes. If at any time Landlord reasonably determines that Expenses or Taxes for the current calendar year will vary from Landlord’s estimate, Landlord may, by notice to Tenant, revise its estimate for such calendar year, and subsequent payments by Tenant for such calendar year shall be based upon such revised estimate.

 

EXHIBIT B - 2


(b) Annual Statement . When the actual Expenses and Taxes for any calendar year after the Base Year are determined, Landlord shall deliver an annual statement (“ Annual Statement ”) to Tenant showing the (i) actual Expenses and Taxes payable by Tenant for such calendar year and (ii) estimated payments made by Tenant on account of Expenses and Taxes for such calendar year. If an unpaid balance remains, Tenant shall pay such balance within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the Annual Statement. If Tenant has overpaid, Landlord shall so credit Tenant’s Rent, or if the Lease is no longer in effect, shall refund the appropriate sum to Tenant. If Landlord shall, for any reason, fail to furnish an Annual Statement for any calendar year, Landlord may furnish such Annual Statement at a later date with the same force and effect as such Annual Statement would have had, if delivered in a timely manner; provided, however, that in such event, Tenant may elect to pay the amount specified therein in equal installments over the shorter of (A) the twelve (12) months after receipt of such Annual Statement or (B) the remainder of the Term. If Tenant does not object in writing to an Annual Statement within thirty (30) days after Landlord sends the same, such Annual Statement shall be final and binding upon Tenant. Tenant shall have thirty (30) days after Landlord sends an Annual Statement to notify Landlord in writing that Tenant disputes the correctness of the Annual Statement, specifying the particular respects in which the Annual Statement is claimed to be incorrect (“ Expense Claim ”). If Tenant delivers an Expense Claim to Landlord within said thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall have the right to examine Landlord’s books and records, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Paragraph 5 below.

5. Audit Rights .

(a) Review By Tenant or Tenant’s CPA . Provided that (i) Tenant timely delivers an Expense Claim to Landlord and (ii) Escalations for the calendar year that is the subject of the Expense Claim are more than one hundred five percent (105%) of Escalations for the immediately preceding calendar year, Tenant and Tenant’s CPA (as defined below) shall have the right, at Tenant’s cost and expense, to examine, inspect, and copy the records of Landlord concerning the components of Expenses and/or Taxes for the calendar year in question that are disputed in the Expense Claim. Such examination shall take place upon reasonable prior written notice, at Landlord’s office, during normal business hours, within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Expense Claim. Any certified public accountant (“ CPA ”) engaged by Tenant to inspect Landlord’s records shall be compensated on an hourly basis and shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The inspection of Landlord’s records must be completed within three (3) business days after such records are made available to Tenant or its CPA. Tenant agrees to keep, and to cause its CPA to keep, all information obtained by Tenant or its CPA confidential. In no event shall Tenant be permitted to examine Landlord’s records or to dispute any Annual Statement unless Tenant has paid and continues to pay all Rent (including the amount disputed in the Expense Claim) when due.

(b) Selection of Independent Accounting Firm . If, following such examination of Landlord’s records, Tenant continues to object to the Annual Statement, and the parties are unable to resolve the dispute within forty-five (45) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Expense Claim, Tenant shall have the right to seek an independent determination of the Expense Claim in the following manner. Within sixty (60) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Expense Claim, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a list of five (5) independent, certified public accounting firms that are not currently providing, and have not within the three (3) previous years provided, services to Landlord or Tenant. All of the firms shall be nationally or regionally recognized firms with annual revenues in excess of Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00) during the preceding two (2) fiscal years. Within thirty (30) days after receipt of the list of accounting firms from Tenant, Landlord shall choose one of the five (5) firms by written notice to Tenant, or notify Tenant that in Landlord’s opinion, none of the five (5) accounting firms proposed by Tenant meets the qualifications set forth in this paragraph.

 

EXHIBIT B - 3


(c) Final Determination . Within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s notice to Tenant of Landlord’s choice of firm, Landlord and Tenant shall each submit to the chosen accounting firm its position concerning the Expense Claim. The accounting firm shall promptly make a determination of the Expense Claim. If the accounting firm determines that the Annual Statement was incorrect, the appropriate party shall pay to the other party the deficiency or overpayment, as applicable, within thirty (30) days after said determination. The determination of the accounting firm shall be limited to determination of the issues raised in the Expense Claim submitted by Tenant, and shall be final and binding upon the parties. All costs and expenses of the accounting firm shall be paid by Tenant unless the accounting firm determines that Landlord overstated Escalations for the applicable calendar year by more than five percent (5%), in which case Landlord shall pay the cost of the accounting firm.

 

EXHIBIT B - 4


EXHIBIT C

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

1. SIGNS : No movable or fixed sign, placard, banner, picture, advertisement, name or notice visible from the exterior of the Premises shall be inscribed, displayed, printed, painted, affixed or otherwise displayed by Tenant in or on the Premises or any part of the Building, without the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to remove any objectionable sign, placard, banner, picture, advertisement, name or notice, without notice to, and at the expense of Tenant. Landlord reserves the right to impose uniform signage for all public areas of the Building and to change said signage standards from time to time. After approval by Landlord, Tenant shall affix signage to the wall as directed; no glue or screws will be used. If a sign is glued, the costs incurred to repair the damage resulting from removal of the sign will be paid by Tenant.

 

2. DIRECTORY : The directory of the Building will be provided for display of the name and location of tenants only, and Landlord reserves the right to exclude any other names therefrom. Landlord may charge Tenant for each name, in addition to the name of Tenant, listed in such directory, and for any change in the name or location of Tenant.

 

3. LOCKS : Tenant shall not alter any lock or install a new or additional lock on any door of the Premises, and Tenant shall not have any duplicate keys made, without the prior written consent of Landlord. If a key for any door lock are desired, the additional key shall be paid for by Tenant. Upon termination of the Lease, Tenant shall surrender all keys to the Premises.

 

4. WIRING : When wiring of any kind is introduced, it must be connected as directed by Landlord, and no boring or cutting for wires will be allowed, except with the prior written consent of Landlord. The location of telephones, call boxes, telephone boards, and other office equipment in the Premises shall be prescribed by Landlord.

 

5. WINDOWS / WINDOW SILLS : No curtains, draperies, blinds, shutters, shades, screens or other coverings, hangings or decorations shall be attached to, hung or placed in, or used in connection with, any window in the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord. If Landlord consents, all such items shall be installed inside of Landlord’s standard draperies or blinds and shall in no way be visible from the exterior of the Building. Neither the interior nor exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sunscreened without the prior written consent of Landlord. No item which could potential damage the window sills (i.e., potted plants which cause water damage) shall be placed on the window sills.

 

6. OBSTRUCTING LIGHT : The doors, windows, skylights, and portions that reflect or admit light into the halls, passageways or other public places in the Building shall not be covered or obstructed by a tenant.

 

7. HALLS AND STAIRWAYS : Tenant shall keep the doors to the Building corridors closed at all times, except when in actual use for ingress or egress. Sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators, escalators and stairways shall not be obstructed by Tenant, or used for any purpose other than for ingress to and egress from the Premises. The halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators, escalators and stairways are not for the use of the general public and Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access thereto by all persons whose presence, in the judgment of Landlord, would be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Building and its tenants.

 

8. PLUMBING : The toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other fixtures shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule by Tenant or any Tenant Party, shall be borne by Tenant.

 

EXHIBIT C - 1


9. ELECTRICITY : Tenant may operate a reasonable number of typical small office machines, including adding machines, calculators, clocks, coffee machines, facsimile machines, personal computers and small copy machines. Tenant may not install any electrical device requiring special transformers or circuits or drawing in excess of three (3) amperes of electrical current or operate large office machines, including large computers requiring special size, electrical or A/C requirements, extra air conditioning units and appliances, without Landlord’s prior written approval. All electrical ceiling fixtures, bulbs and tubes must be of a type, quality, design and color approved in advance in writing by Landlord. All electrical appliances must be grounded and must meet Underwriters’ Laboratory standards.

 

10. HEATING : Tenant shall not use or keep in the Building any kerosene, gasoline or other inflammable or combustible fluid, chemical, substance, or material that is considered hazardous. Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord (including, but not limited to, personal space heaters).

 

11. FLOOR COVERINGS AND WALLS : Tenant shall not lay linoleum, tile, carpet or any other floor covering so that the same shall be affixed to the floor of the Premises in any manner except as approved in writing by Landlord. The expense of repairing any damage resulting from a violation of this rule or the removal of any floor covering shall be borne by Tenant. Landlord shall be responsible only for the vacuuming of carpets; Tenant shall be responsible for regular shampooing of carpets. Tenant shall not drive nails, screw or drill into, the partitions, woodwork or plaster in the Premises, including in connection with the installation of art work, or in any way deface the Premises or the Building. Tenant shall place vinyl chair mats under rolling chairs in order to prolong the life of the carpet.

 

12. MOVING FURNITURE, SAFES. ETC .: No furniture, freight or equipment of any kind shall be brought into or removed from the Building without the consent of Landlord, and all moving of same, into or out of the Building, by Tenant, shall be done at such times and such manner as Landlord shall designate. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes and other heavy property brought into the Building, as well as the times and manner of moving the same into and out of the Building. Landlord will not be responsible for loss or for damage to any such safe or property from any cause. All damage done to the Building by moving or maintaining any such safe, furniture, freight, equipment or property shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant. Tenant shall advise Landlord at least (7) seven days in advance of any move of any furniture, freight or equipment.

 

13. FREIGHT ELEVATOR : The Building freight elevator must be used for all deliveries of supplies, packages, equipment, furniture and other deliveries. Landlord shall set the hours for use of the freight elevator. If Landlord permits deliveries on passenger elevators, such permission shall not be deemed a precedent for other deliveries in passenger elevators.

 

14. USE RESTRICTIONS : Tenant shall not use, keep or permit any foul or noxious gas or substance in the Premises, or permit the Premises to be used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Building by reason of noise, odors, vibrations or electronic disruption, or interfere with other tenants or those having business in the Building. Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, use any apparatus or device in connection with the Premises that will in any way injure, vibrate or shake the Premises or increase the amount of electricity or water usually furnished or supplied to the Premises, or connect to the water pipes any apparatus or device for the purpose of using water. Tenant shall not install any antenna, loudspeaker or any other device on the exterior walls, windows, or roof of the Building. The Premises shall not be used for any kind of eating house, cannabis dispensary, merchandise storage, clothes washing, lodging, sleeping purposes, or any improper, objectionable or immoral purposes. Tenant shall not conduct any auction, liquidation, fire sale, going out-of business or bankruptcy sale in the Premises.

 

EXHIBIT C - 2


15. HEAVY INSTALLATIONS : Business machines and mechanical equipment which cause noise and/or vibration that may be transmitted from the Premises to the structure of the Building or to any leased space to such a degree as to be objectionable to Landlord or to any other tenants in the Building shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, in settings of cork, rubber or spring type noise and/or vibration eliminators sufficient to eliminate vibration and/or noise. Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises that exceeds the floor load per square foot that such floor was designed to carry and that is allowed by law.

 

16. RECYCLING AND COMPOST : Tenant shall store all its recycling and compost within the interior of the Premises. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of recycling and compost in the City of San Francisco without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. All recycling and compost disposal shall be made only through entryways and elevators provided for such purposes and at such times as Landlord shall designate.

 

17. CLEANING SERVICES : Tenant shall not engage any person or company other than Landlord’s janitorial service to perform cleaning services within the Premises, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Landlord.

 

18. COOKING : No cooking shall be done or permitted by Tenant in the Premises, except that Underwriters’ Laboratory-approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used for heating food and brewing coffee and similar beverages.

 

19. VENDING MACHINES : No vending machine of any kind shall be installed, maintained or operated in the Premises without the written permission of Landlord.

 

20. NO ANIMALS OR VEHICLES : Tenant shall not bring into or keep within the Building or the Premises any animal (except for therapy, guide, hearing, and other service, working, or assistance animals in each case appropriately licensed), bird, or aquarium. Tenant shall not permit any skateboards, rollerblades or scooters to be used on the Property, and Tenant shall not bring into or keep within the Building or the Premises any bicycles or other vehicles, except that bicycles may be parked at the risk of the owner in the areas, if any, designated for such purpose by Landlord.

 

21. COMMON AREAS : Areas used in common by tenants, including retail spaces, elevators, restrooms, corridors and exterior plazas shall be subject to these Rules and Regulations, to the extent applicable, and to any special regulations posted therein, including any “no smoking” regulations.

 

22. CLOSING PRECAUTIONS : Tenant shall see that the windows, transoms and doors of the Premises are closed and securely locked before leaving the Building, and shall exercise extraordinary care and caution that all water faucets or water apparatus are entirely shut off before Tenant or its employees leave the Building, and that all electricity, gas or air shall likewise be carefully shut off, so as to prevent waste or damage.

 

23. SAFETY PROCEDURES : Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

 

24. NO SOLICITATION : Solicitations or promotions to other tenants in the Building are prohibited, except with the prior written approval of Landlord. If so approved, solicitations and promotions shall only be done by and through Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost.

 

EXHIBIT C - 3


25. ACCESS : Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building between the hours of 6 p.m. and 6 a.m. and at all hours on Saturdays, Sundays and holidays, all persons who do not present a pass to the Building provided by Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom it requests passes and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. Landlord also reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building any person who, in Landlord’s good faith opinion, is intoxicated or under the influence of alcohol or drugs or poses a danger to persons or property, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of the Rules and Regulations of the Building. Landlord shall in no case be liable for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person. During any invasion, mob, riot, civil unrest, demonstration, or other circumstance rendering such action advisable in Landlord’s good faith opinion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building for the safety of tenants and protection of the Building and property in the Building.

 

26. REQUIREMENTS : The requirements of tenants will be attended to only upon application at the Building office. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties unless under special instruction from the Building office.

 

27. COMPLIANCE : Tenant shall be liable to Landlord and to other tenants of the Building for any loss, cost, expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), damage or liability arising out of or in connection with the failure of Tenant or any Tenant Party to comply with these Rules and Regulations, but Landlord shall have no liability for such failure or for failing or being unable to enforce compliance therewith by any tenant, and such failure by Landlord or non-compliance by any other tenant shall not be grounds for damages or termination of the Lease. Landlord reserves the right at any time to change or rescind any one or more of these Rules or Regulations, or to make additional reasonable Rules and Regulations. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of said Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing such Rules and Regulations against any or all tenants in the Building.

 

EXHIBIT C - 4


EXHIBIT D

WORK LETTER

 

Landlord:  

101 Montgomery Street Co.

Tenant:  

Eidos Therapeutics

Premises:  

Suite 2550

The purpose of this Work Letter is to set forth the respective responsibilities of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the design and construction of all alterations, additions and improvements which Tenant may deem necessary or appropriate to prepare the Premises for occupancy by Tenant under the Lease. Such alterations, additions and improvements to the Premises are referred to in this Work Letter as the “ Tenant Improvements ,” and the work of constructing the Tenant Improvements is referred to as the “ Tenant Improvement Work .”

Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

1. General . Landlord shall undertake and complete the Tenant Improvement Work in accordance with the terms of this Work Letter. Except for the Tenant Improvement Work, Tenant shall accept the Premises in their “AS IS” condition on the Commencement Date.

2. Approved Drawings . Prior to the date hereof, Landlord retained Revel Architecture and Design (“ Landlord’s Architect ”) to prepare preliminary drawings for the Premises. Tenant hereby approves of the preliminary drawings prepared by Landlord’s Architect dated 10.9.17 (“ Approved Drawings ”), the work outline (“ Work Outline ”) and building standards (“ Building Standards ’”) all shown in this Exhibit. Landlord’s Architect shall hereafter prepare more detailed construction drawings consistent with the Approved Drawings. Tenant shall diligently meet with and otherwise cooperate with Landlord’s Architect to finalize the construction drawings in a timely manner.

3. Construction of Tenant Improvements .

3.1 Responsibility for Design and Construction Costs . Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall pay all costs of performing the Tenant Improvement Work, as depicted on the Approved Drawing and the Work Outline, except for those items, if any, as listed in Schedule A of the Work Outline (the “ Above Standard Work ”). Tenant will be responsible for all costs of the Above Standard Work and improvements in excess of those described in the Approved Drawing and the Work Outline. Upon receipt of all invoices related to the Tenant Improvement Work, Landlord will send Tenant a letter with copies of such invoices (the “ Above Standard Work Notice ”) notifying Tenant of the total cost of the Above Standard Work, if any, due from Tenant to Landlord and payable within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s submittal to Tenant of the Above Standard Work Notice.

All costs attributable to Change Orders (as hereinafter defined) requested or approved by Tenant shall be payable by Tenant, including costs incurred by Landlord in reviewing proposed Change Orders and an administrative fee in the amount of ten percent (10%) of any increase in the cost of the Tenant Improvement Work resulting from Change Orders. Landlord shall have no obligation to commence or continue any Change Order work unless Tenant pays the estimated costs associated with such Change Order within ten (10) days after receipt of an invoice therefore. Upon request, Landlord shall supply reasonable supporting documentation for any such invoice, in each instance within a reasonable time following such request, but Tenant shall not be entitled to delay or withhold payment of any sums invoiced by Landlord, and payment of such sums shall not be deemed a waiver of any right on the part of Tenant to such reasonable supporting documentation. Any delay resulting from Tenant’s failure to timely pay such invoice or any portion thereof shall be a Tenant Delay (as defined below).

 

EXHIBIT D - 1


3.2 Construction . Landlord shall obtain any necessary building permits for construction of the Tenant Improvements (“ Permits ”), and shall engage a general contractor selected by Landlord (the “ General Contractor ”) to perform the Tenant Improvement Work substantially as shown on the Approved Drawings, excepting only minor variations (i.e., variations which are not inconsistent with the intent of the Approved Drawings) as Landlord may deem advisable and any Change Orders approved by Landlord. All work shall be performed during normal business hours and shall be installed using materials in conformance with Building Standards unless otherwise noted.

3.3 Additional Work . Any additional work in the Premises not specifically listed in the Approved Drawings is subject to Landlord’s approval in conformance with the Lease. If Landlord provides such additional work, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such additional work at Landlord’s cost plus Landlord’s mark-up within thirty (30) days after receipt of invoice. Failure by Tenant to make such timely reimbursement shall be deemed a default of the Lease and Landlord shall be entitled to all remedies set forth therein as if the default had been for non-payment of Rent.

3.4 Substantial Completion . Subject to Paragraph 5 below, for purposes of this Work Letter and the Lease, the Tenant Improvement Work shall be “substantially complete” on the date (the “ Substantial Completion Date ”) that Landlord determines that the Tenant Improvement Work has been completed, except for (a) items typically found on an architectural punchlist, and (b) any trade fixtures, workstations, telecommunications or computer cabling or built-in furniture or equipment to be installed by Tenant. Tenant’s acceptance of possession of the Premises shall conclusively evidence its agreement that the Premises are in the condition required hereunder, except for punchlist items. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the punchlist items within thirty (30) days after the Substantial Completion Date; however, Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant for losses, costs or damages resulting from or attributable to delays in the completion by Landlord of punchlist items. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord to facilitate completion of any punchlist items as quickly as possible.

3.5 Early Access by Tenant . Landlord shall allow Tenant access to the Premises commencing ten (10) business days prior to the Commencement Date for the purpose of installing Tenant’s cabling and telecommunications equipment and partitioned office furniture, provided that the employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors, suppliers or any other person performing such installation for Tenant (each, “ Tenant’s Contractor ” and collectively, “ Tenant’s Contractors ”) shall not interfere with, or delay, the construction of the Tenant Improvements or any other work in the Building. Tenant and Tenant’s Contractors shall work cooperatively with Landlord to coordinate the scheduling and performance of such cabling, telecommunications and partitioned office furniture installation work with the Tenant Improvement Work. Tenant’s Contractors shall be subject to reasonable approval by Landlord prior to the commencement of their work, and shall be subject to Landlord’s policies and schedules while performing their work. Tenant shall cause Tenant’s Contractors to engage only labor that is harmonious and compatible with other labor working in the Building. If at any time any Tenant’s Contractor hinders or delays the Tenant Improvement Work or any other work in the Building or performs any work that may or does impair the quality, integrity or performance of the Tenant Improvement Work or other work in any portion of the Building, upon verbal or written notice from Landlord, Tenant shall immediately cause such Contractor to leave the Building and remove all of its tools, equipment and materials. In addition, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of any repairs to the Premises or other portions of the Building or common areas necessitated by the acts or omissions of Tenant’s Contractors. All entries into the Premises by Tenant’s Contractors prior to the Substantial Completion Date shall be subject to all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease, including Tenant’s insurance and indemnification obligations contained in Articles 9 and 10 of the Lease, but excluding Tenant’s obligation to pay Monthly Base Rent or Additional Rent.

 

EXHIBIT D - 2


4. Change Orders . Landlord will not unreasonably withhold its approval of any request by Tenant to amend or change the Approved Drawings (a “ Change Order ”), provided such Change Order does not diminish the quality of construction of the Tenant Improvements.

5. Tenant Delay . To the extent any delay in the Substantial Completion Date is caused by or is attributable to (a) any Change Order, (b) Tenant’s request for materials, components, finishes or installations which are not readily available within industry-standard lead times (for instance, items which must be custom-made or specially ordered), to the extent such items require time to procure beyond that taken for standard items, or (c) any act, neglect, failure or omission of Tenant or any of Tenant’s employees, agents or contractors, such delay shall constitute a “ Tenant Delay ”; and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Lease or in this Work Letter and regardless of the actual date of substantial completion hereunder, the Tenant Improvement Work shall be deemed to be substantially complete and the Substantial Completion Date shall be the date on which the Tenant Improvement Work would have been substantially complete if no Tenant Delay(s) had occurred, as determined by Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay any costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with, or as a consequence of, any Tenant Delay, as well as any increases in the cost of construction of the Tenant Improvements attributable to Tenant Delay.

6. One Year Warranty . If Tenant gives Landlord written notice of any material defects in workmanship or materials before the first anniversary of the Substantial Completion Date, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to correct such defects. Except for Landlord’s obligation in the preceding sentence, Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord relating to, or arising out of, the construction of the Tenant Improvements.

7. Advance . It is agreed that the Monthly Base Rent includes the repayment to Landlord of an advance to Tenant equal to the cost of constructing the Tenant Improvements and the Preparatory Work (as hereinafter defined) which sum shall be repaid by applying the payment of the Monthly Base Rent to such repayment plus interest at five percent (5%) interest per annum from the Substantial Completion Date until such repayment plus interest is repaid in full. Such repayment and interest are included in the Monthly Base Rent. The “ Preparatory Work ” is work performed in preparation for the Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, demolition, removal and replacement of systems and materials and common area and restroom work. If all or a part of the Preparatory Work benefits more than one tenant, the cost of such Preparatory Work shall be prorated by area to each tenant so benefited. In no event will this Paragraph 7 increase Tenant’s payment obligations under the Lease.

8. Surrender of Tenant Improvements . The Tenant Improvements shall be surrendered at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, unless Landlord shall have conditioned its approval of the Approved Drawings or any Change Order on Tenant’s agreement to remove any items thereof, in which event, prior to the expiration or termination of the Term, the specified items shall be removed at Tenant’s expense, any damage caused by such removal shall be repaired, and the Premises shall be restored to their condition existing prior to the installation of the items in question, normal wear and tear excepted. The removal, repair and restoration described above shall, at Landlord’s sole election, be performed either by Tenant or by Landlord; and if such work shall be performed by Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within twenty (20) days following Landlord’s demand, the reasonable cost and expense of such work.

 

EXHIBIT D - 3


Approved Drawing

Existing Conditions

 

LOGO

 

 

Improved Conditions

 

LOGO

All furniture, fixtures and equipment are shown for illustrative purposes only

and are not included in the Tenant Improvements.

 

EXHIBIT D - 4


Work Outline

Landlord will complete the following “Turnkey” Tenant Improvements:

 

1. Demolition:

 

  a) Remove existing metal paneling and repair walls as necessitated by such removal.

 

  b) Remove walls enclosing kitchen and copy area as shown on the Approved Drawing.

 

  c) Remove upper millwork cabinets in copy area.

 

  d) Demolish portion of existing wood flooring to achieve coverage as shown on the Approved Drawing.

 

  e) Repair walls and ceiling grid and relocate lights, sprinklers and HVAC distribution as necessitated by the demolition.

 

2. Painting

 

  a) Repaint the entire premises with one accent wall in color to be selected by Tenant.

 

3. Flooring:

 

  a) Replace existing carpet with new building standard carpet and rubber base in color and style to be mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant.

 

  b) Polish existing concrete in break and copy area.

 

4. Millwork:

 

  a) Replace existing millwork cabinets in kitchen in finish to be mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant.

 

  b) Install doors on existing lower millwork cabinets in copy room.

 

  c) Install new Silestone countertop on millwork in kitchen.

 

  d) Install new building standard laminate countertop on millwork in kitchen.

 

  e) Install new stainless steel sink and faucet.

 

5. Appliances

 

  a) Provide and install one building standard stainless steel refrigerator.

It is acknowledged and agreed by Tenant that, except as specified above, Landlord is not obligated to provide:

 

    Any reception desks.

 

    Any furniture including conference tables, wood shelves or cabinets, equipment, panel systems or electrified workstation.

 

    Telephone and/or computer equipment.

 

    Electronic access and security systems.

 

    Server racks, patch panels or switches.

 

    Lateral files, fireproof files or bookshelves.

 

    Appliances, except as noted above.

 

    Moving expenses.

 

    Additional electrical outlets, data or telecommunications wiring or equipment or to pull wiring or cable to telecommunications or data outlets (except as mentioned above).

 

    Floor cores and monuments, other than as noted above, should Tenant require plumbing, power or data connections which cannot be provided through a wall or existing column.

 

EXHIBIT D - 5


Schedule A

Above Standard Work

Tenant has requested and Landlord will install the following Above Standard Work:

 

1. Appliances

 

  a. Provide and install one Bosch ADA accessible stainless steel dishwasher.

 

EXHIBIT D - 6


BUILDING STANDARDS

TENANT AREA STANDARDS

Suspended Ceiling:

 

    Chicago Metallic 24” x 24” x 3/4” tile, suspended approximately 8’-6” above the slab. Suspended ceiling tiles, Armstrong Cirrus 589.

Window Covering:

 

    The exterior windows of each tenant space shall receive horizontal mini-blinds installed in the building standard configuration.

Partitions:

 

    Interior partitions shall be floor to ceiling with one layer of 5/8” gypsum board on each side of 21/2” metal studs at 24” on center. Surface shall be taped, sanded smooth and ready for paint. Demising partitions shall be floor to structure above with batt insulation. Office and conference rooms to be glass fronts—butt joined glazing panels with clear anodized aluminum frame.

Carpet:

 

    Brown Scheme: Shaw—Align 5T006—Bisque 83111

Wall Covering:

 

    Wall Finish - All partitions furnished shall receive two coats of low VOC eggshell latex paint selected from the building standard color chart. Deep tone colors are not in the standard color range. Each major wall surface will be limited to one color with no more than two colors per room.

Field Paint Color: Benjamin Moore, Cloud White OC-13

 

    Wall Base Trim - All partitions furnished shall receive 4” high resilient base selected from the building standard color chart, except at break and reception areas where wood base to be provided. Carpeted areas shall receive straight (topset) material and resilient flooring area shall receive coved material.

Brown Scheme: Johnsonite—80 Fawn

Electrical Outlets:

 

    Outlets shall be 120volt duplex receptacles, wall-mounted at standard height with white finish.

 

    Each private office to receive one 120volt duplex receptacles, wall-mounted at standard height with white finish.

Telephone Outlets:

 

    Outlets shall be wall-mounted a standard height with white finish with pull wire within partition cavity to ceiling plenum above.

Floor Covering:

 

    Building standard flooring at copy and IT rooms to be vinyl composition tile (12” x 12” x 1/8”)

Brown Scheme: Armstrong—BBT Migrations—Natural Beige T3510

 

    Building standard flooring at break and reception areas to be luxury vinyl tile (4” x 36” x 1/8”)

Armstrong—Natural Creations—ArborArt—Roan-Oak Driftwood Gray TP038

Lighting:

 

    Lighting Fixtures - Light fixtures are 2’ x 4’ Lithonia Avante dimmable LED fixture with a direct/indirect metal diffuser, 4000 lumen, 3500k

 

EXHIBIT D - 7


    Lighting Controls —Building Standard lights in offices, conference rooms and open floor areas shall be controlled by nLight Controls. Wall switches to be Wattstopper PW200.

Doors, Frames & Hardware:

 

    Pre-Finished Doors - Solid core, 3’0”wide by 8’4” high, clear finished cherry wood veneer.

 

    Door Frames - Clear anodized aluminum.

 

    Handles  & Hardware - Tenant interior door hardware shall consist of a Schlage D-Series hardware, D-10 latches, two pairs of butt hinges and a floor stop, all with brushed chrome finish style #626. Suite entry doors shall consist of Schlage D-53 lever type mortise locksets.

Millwork Finishes:

 

    Break Room Millwork (8 linear feet) -

Countertops: Silestone, White Storm 14

Base & Upper Cabinets: Formica, Espresso Pear 5489-NT

Cabinet Pulls: Liberty, 6” Ladder Pull, P01016-SS-C, Brushed Stainless

 

    Copy Room Millwork (8 linear feet) -

Countertops: WilsonArt, Oyster Gray 929-58, Matte Finish

Base & Upper Cabinets: Formica, Casual Linen 4944-38

Cabinet Pulls: 4” Wire Pull, Brushed Stainless

Kitchen/Break Area:

 

    Refrigerator - Fisher & Paykel, ActiveSmart 17 Cu. Ft, Bottom-Freezer Refrigerator with Ice & Water, RF170WDRUX5, Stainless Steel.

Alternate Option: Fisher & Paykel, ActiveSmart 17 Cu Ft. French Door Refrigerator with Ice & Water, RF170ADUSX4, Stainless Steel.

 

    Dishwasher - Bosch 24” Recessed Handle SGE63E15UC, Stainless Steel.

 

    Faucet - American Standard, Arch Single Control Kitchen Faucet with Pull-Out Spray, 4101.100.F15, Polished Chrome

 

    Sink - Elkay Gourmet Lustertone Single Bowl Undermount Sink, Model ELUHAD211545, drain off-center unless other conditions arise.

 

    Water Heater - Chronomite Instant Flow Water Heater, Model #SR-15L, 277 voltage.

 

    Instant Hot Water Dispenser - Insinkerator F-GN1100

 

    Garbage Disposal - InSinkErator Badger 5XP, continuous feed, with 3/4 HP motor, galvanized steel grinding elements with two stainless steel 360° swivel lugs, self-service wrench.

 

EXHIBIT D - 8


EXHIBIT E

DISABILITY ACCESS OBLIGATIONS UNDER

SAN FRANCISCO ADMINISTRATIVE CODE CHAPTER 38

Before you, as the Tenant, enter into a lease with us, the Landlord, for the following property: 101 Montgomery, San Francisco, CA (the “Property”), please be aware of the following important information about the lease:

You May Be Held Liable for Disability Access Violations on the Property . Even though you are not the owner of the Property, you, as the tenant, as well as the Property owner, may still be subject to legal and financial liabilities if the leased Property does not comply with applicable Federal and State disability access laws. You may wish to consult with an attorney prior to entering this lease to make sure that you understand your obligations under Federal and State disability access laws. The Landlord must provide you with a copy of the Small Business Commission Access Information Notice under Section 38.6 of the Administrative Code in your requested language. For more information about disability access laws applicable to small businesses, you may wish to visit the website of the San Francisco Office of Small Business or call 415-554-6134.

The Lease Must Specify Who Is Responsible for Making Any Required Disability Access Improvements to the Property . Under City law, the lease must include a provision in which you, the Tenant, and the Landlord agree upon your respective obligations and liabilities for making and paying for required disability access improvements on the leased Property. The lease must also require you and the Landlord to use reasonable efforts to notify each other if they make alterations to the leased Property that might impact accessibility under federal and state disability access laws. You may wish to review those provisions with your attorney prior to entering this lease to make sure that you understand your obligations under the lease.

PLEASE NOTE : The Property may not currently meet all applicable construction-related accessibility standards, including standards for public restrooms and ground floor entrances and exits.

By signing below, I confirm that I have read and understood this Disability Access Obligations Notice.

 

LANDLORD :      TENANT :
101 Montgomery Street Co.,      Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.,
a California limited partnership      a Delaware corporation
By:  

Cahill Montgomery Corp.,

a California corporation,

its general partner

     By:   

/s/ Camille Landis

       Name:    Camille Landis
         Title:    CBO
  By:  

/s/ William R. Cahill

       
    William R. Cahill        
    President        

Exhibit 10.13

QB3@953 Sublease Agreement (the “Agreement”)

QB3 Incubator Partners, LP (“ Landlord ”) and Eidos Therapeutics, Inc., a State of Delaware C-Corporation (“ Tenant ”) agree as follows:

1) PROPERTY: Landlord rents to Tenant and Tenant rents from Landlord, certain space located within 953 Indiana Street, San Francisco, CA (“ Complex ”) as described as follows: Office workstations W212 and W213, and Lab benches C9 and C10, (“ Premises ”). Tenant shall have exclusive use of its designated lab bench, cube, and/or office space, and acknowledges that it is sharing the entire Complex with other occupants. See Exhibit A for a further description of the Premises.

2) TERM: The term shall be for one year and 0 months, beginning on September  1, 2017 (“ Commencement Date ”). (Check A or B below)

A) ☒ shall terminate on August  31, 2018 at 5:00 P.M. Any holding over after the term of this Agreement expires, with Landlord’s written consent, shall create a month-to-month tenancy that either party may terminate by giving written notice to the other at least 60 days prior to the intended termination date, subject to any applicable local laws. Such notice may be given at any date. Rent shall be at a rate equal to the rent for the immediately preceding month, payable in advance. All other terms and conditions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

B) See attached Exhibit B .

3) BASE RENT :

A) Tenant agrees to pay Base Rent at the rate of (Check One Only:)

i) ☐ per month, for the term of this Agreement.

ii) $4,008 per month, for the first 12 months of this Agreement. Commencing with the 13 th month, Base Rent shall be increased by 4%. Tenancy beyond the 24 th month, requires annual reapplication to the Landlord and the Base Rent will be increased by 10% per year.

B) Base Rent is payable in advance on the 1 st of each calendar month, and is delinquent the following day.

C) If Commencement Date falls on any day other than the first day of the month, Base Rent for the first calendar month shall be prorated based on a 30-day period. If Tenant has paid one full month’s Base Rent in advance of Commencement Date, Base Rent for the second calendar month shall be prorated based on a 30-day period.

4) RENT :

A) Definition : (Rent) shall mean all monetary obligations of Tenant to Landlord under the terms of this Agreement, except security deposit.

 

1


B) Payment: Rent shall be paid to QB3 Incubator Partners, LP at the address 953 Indiana ST, San Francisco, CA 94107, or at any other location specified by Landlord in writing to Tenant.

C) Timing : Base Rent shall be paid as specified in paragraph 3. All other Rent shall be paid within 15 days of written notice from Landlord to Tenant.

5) EARLY POSSESSION: Tenant is entitled to early possession of the Premises 1 days prior to the Commencement Date provided that the Tenant fully complies with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, specifically paragraph 30.

6) DELAY IN POSSESSION . Notwithstanding said Lease Commencement Date, if for any reason Landlord cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on said date, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Agreement or the obligations of Tenant hereunder or extend the term hereof, but in such case, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay rent until possession of the Premises is tendered to Tenant; provided further, however, that if Landlord shall not have delivered possession of the Premises within sixty (60) days from said Lease Commencement Date, Tenant may, at Tenant’s option, by notice in writing to Landlord within ten (10) days thereafter, cancel this Agreement, in which event the parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder and Landlord shall immediately repay to Tenant all amounts previously paid to Landlord by Tenant; provided, however, that if such written notice of Tenant is not received by Landlord within said ten (10) day period, Tenant’s right to cancel this Agreement hereunder shall terminate and be of no further force or effect.

7) EARLY TERMINATION . Either Tenant or Landlord may terminate this Agreement at any time by giving sixty (60) days’ written notice to the other.

8) SECURITY DEPOSIT:

A) Tenant agrees to pay Landlord $7,440 as a security deposit, due upon the execution of this Agreement.

B) All or any portion of the security deposit may be used, as reasonably necessary, to: (i) cure Tenant’s default in payment of Rent, late charges, non-sufficient funds (“ NSF ”) fees, or other sums due; (ii) repair damage, excluding ordinary wear and tear, caused by Tenant or by a guest or licensee of Tenant; (iii) broom clean the Premises, if necessary, upon termination of tenancy; and (iv) cover any other unfulfilled obligation of Tenant. SECURITY DEPOSIT SHALL NOT BE USED BY TENANT IN LIEU OF PAYMENT OF LAST MONTH’S RENT . If all or any portion of the security deposit is used during tenancy, Tenant agrees to reinstate the total security deposit within 5 days after written notice is delivered to Tenant. Within 30 days after Landlord receives possession of the Premises, Landlord shall: (i) furnish Tenant an itemized statement indicating the amount of any security deposit received and the basis for its disposition, and (ii) return any remaining portion of security deposit to Tenant.

C) No interest will be paid on security deposit, unless required by local ordinance.

 

2


9) PARKING: No parking space is provided for Tenant’s exclusive use under this Agreement. Vehicles leaking oil, gas or other motor vehicle fluids shall not be parked in parking spaces or on the Premises. Mechanical work or storage of inoperable vehicles is not allowed in parking space(s) or elsewhere on the Premises.

10) LATE CHARGE; INTEREST; NSF CHECKS: Tenant acknowledges that either late payment of Rent or issuance of a NSF check may cause Landlord to incur costs and expenses, the exact amount of which are extremely difficult and impractical to determine. These costs may include, but are not limited to, processing, enforcement and accounting expenses, and late charges imposed on Landlord. If any installment of Rent due from Tenant is not received by Landlord within 3 calendar days after date due, or if a check is returned NSF, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, respectively, 10.0% of outstanding Rent as a late charge, plus 15.0% interest per annum (but in no case higher than the maximum interest rate allowed by law) on the delinquent amount and $100.00 as a NSF fee, any of which shall be deemed additional Rent. Landlord and Tenant agree that these charges represent a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord may incur by reason of Tenant’s late or NSF payment. Any late charge, delinquent interest, or NSF fee due shall be paid with the current installment of Rent. Landlord’s acceptance of any late charge or NSF fee shall not constitute a waiver as to any default of Tenant. Landlord’s right to collect a Late Charge or NSF fee shall not be deemed an extension of the date Rent is due under paragraph 4, or prevent Landlord from exercising any other rights and remedies under this Agreement, and as provided by law.

11) CONDITION OF PREMISES: Tenant has examined the Premises and acknowledges that Premises is clean and in operative condition, and accepts it AS-IS.

12) ALTERATIONS: Tenant shall not make any alterations in or about the Premises, including the installation of trade fixtures without the prior written consent of the Landlord. If Landlord’s written permission is obtained, Tenant shall contract with Landlord’s contractor, shall post a Notice of Non-Responsibility on behalf of the Landlord, and shall agree to remove the improvements and return the Premises to its original form prior to the end of the Term, excepting ordinary wear and tear.

13) LANDLORD CONSTRUCTED TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

A) Cost of Tenant Improvements . Any request by Tenant for improvements or installations in the Premises shall be submitted in writing together with plans and specifications for Landlord’s review and approval. Landlord, in its sole discretion, may withhold its approval. If Landlord approves any such request, Landlord shall provide the improvements or installation at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall pay Landlord a fee, consistent with the fee paid for Landlord capital projects, for coordinating and managing the improvements.

B) Time Limit and Prior Tenancy . On the Lease Commencement Date, Landlord shall deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant in the condition required by Paragraph 11. No rent shall accrue under this Agreement, nor shall Tenant have any obligation to perform the covenants or observe the conditions herein contained until the Premises have been so delivered. If Landlord’s ability to deliver possession by the date as set forth in this provision is delayed as a result of any of the following causes, the date for delivery shall be postponed without penalty to Landlord for a period of time equivalent to the period caused by such delay:

 

3


i) acts of Tenant, its agents, or employees;

ii) acts of God which Landlord could not reasonably have foreseen or guarded against;

iii) any strikes, boycotts or like obstructive actions by employees or labor organizations and which are beyond the control of Landlord and which cannot be reasonably overcome; or

iv) restrictive regulations by the Federal Government.

14) ZONING AND LAND USE: Tenant accepts the Premises subject to all local, state and federal laws, regulations and ordinances (“ Laws ”). Landlord makes no representations or warranty that Premises are now or in the future will be suitable for Tenant’s use. Tenant has made its own investigation regarding all applicable Laws.

15) SERVICES, UTILITIES : Services and utilities shall be furnished and the cost borne as outlined in Exhibit D . If any such services are not separately metered to Tenant, Tenant shall pay a reasonable proportion to be determined by Landlord of all charges jointly metered with other premises. In the event of failure by Landlord to furnish, in a satisfactory manner, any of the services and utilities to the Premises for which Landlord is responsible, Tenant may furnish the same if Landlord has not undertaken to correct such failure within five (5) days after written notice, and, in addition to any other remedy Tenant may have, may deduct the amount thereof, including Tenant’s service costs, from rent or other remuneration due Landlord hereunder.

16) USE: The Premises are for the sole use as office and lab. No other use is permitted without Landlord’s prior written consent. To the extent if any use by Tenant causes an increase in the premium on Landlord’s existing property insurance, Tenant shall pay for the increased cost. Tenant will comply with all Laws affecting its use of the Premises.

17) RULES/REGULATIONS: Tenant agrees to comply with all rules and regulations of Landlord that are at any time posted on the Premises or delivered to Tenant. Tenant shall not, and shall ensure that guests and licensees of Tenant do not, disturb, annoy, endanger, or interfere with other tenants of the building or neighbors, or use the Premises for any unlawful purposes, including, but not limited to, using, manufacturing, selling, storing, or transporting illicit drugs or other contraband, or violate any law or ordinance, or committing a waste or nuisance on or about the Premises.

18) MAINTENANCE: Landlord shall professionally maintain the Premises including heating, air conditioning, electrical, plumbing and water systems, and keep glass, windows, and doors in operable and safe condition. Landlord shall maintain the roof, foundation, exterior walls, and common area as well. Landlord shall not be responsible for the cleaning or maintenance of any of Tenant’s furniture, fixtures, or equipment and shall not be responsible for cleaning or maintaining or janitorial services in the lab areas of the Premises.

 

4


19) GOVERNMENT IMPOSED ALTERATIONS: Any alterations required by Law as a result of Tenant’s use shall be Tenant’s responsibility.

20) ENTRY: Tenant shall make Premises available to Landlord or Landlord’s agent for the purpose of entering to make inspections, necessary or agreed repairs, alterations, or improvements, or to supply necessary or agreed services, or to show Premises to prospective or actual purchasers, tenants, mortgagees, lenders, appraisers, or contractors. Landlord and Tenant agree that no notice shall be reasonable and sufficient as the Premises is located in a shared Complex facility. In an emergency, Landlord or Landlord’s representative may enter Premises at any time without prior notice.

21) SIGNS: Tenant shall not post any sign, placard, or picture in any windows on the Premises or Complex. Tenant shall be entitled to having its name on the directory at each entrance to the building, as well as the standard Tenant suite signage, as approved by Landlord, and at Tenant’s own expense.

22) SUBLETTING/ASSIGNING: Tenant shall not sublet or encumber all or any part of Premises, or assign or transfer this Agreement or any interest in it, without the prior written consent of Landlord, at its sole and absolute discretion. Unless such consent is obtained, any subletting, assignment, transfer, or encumbrance of the Premises, agreement, or tenancy, by voluntary act of Tenant, operation of law, or otherwise, shall be null and void, and, at the option of Landlord, terminate this Agreement. Any proposed sublessee, assignee, or transferee shall submit to Landlord an application and credit information for Landlord’s approval, and, if approved, sign a separate written agreement with Landlord and Tenant. Landlord’s consent to any one sublease, assignment, or transfer, shall not be construed as consent to any subsequent sublease, assignment, or transfer, and does not release Tenant of Tenant’s obligation under this Agreement.

23) TENANTS OBLIGATIONS UPON VACATING THE PREMISES: Upon termination of agreement, Tenant shall: (i) give Landlord all copies of all keys or opening devices to Premises, including any common areas; (ii) vacate Premises and surrender it to Landlord empty of all persons and personal property; (iii) vacate all parking and storage spaces; (iv) deliver Premises to Landlord in the same condition as received excepting ordinary wear and tear; (v) clean Premises, including steam-cleaning of carpets, removing all equipment personal to Tenant, cleaning lab benches and drawers; (vi) give written notice to Landlord of Tenant’s forwarding address; and (vii) close out all necessary permits and paperwork with necessary government agencies regarding any chemicals used by the Tenant. All improvements installed by Tenant, with or without Landlord’s consent, become the property of Landlord upon termination. Landlord may nevertheless require Tenant to remove any such improvement that did not exist at the time possession was made available to Tenant. For the avoidance of doubt, Tenant may remove all trade fixtures that it has installed with Landlord’s prior written consent, but Tenant must repair all damage caused by such removal at Tenant’s own expense.

24) BREACH OF CONTRACT/EARLY TERMINATION: In event Tenant, prior to expiration of this Agreement, breaches any obligation in this Agreement, abandons the Premises, or gives notice of Tenant’s intent to terminate this tenancy prior to its expiration, in addition to any obligations established by paragraph 23, Tenant shall also be responsible for lost rent, rental

 

5


commissions, advertising expenses, and construction costs necessary to ready Premises for re-rental. Landlord may also recover from Tenant: (i) the worth, at the time of award, of the unpaid Rent that had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth, at the time of award, of the amount by which the unpaid Rent that would have been earned after expiration until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss the Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; and (iii) the worth, at the time of award, of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided. Landlord may elect to continue the tenancy in effect for so long as Landlord does not terminate Tenant’s right to possession, by either written notice of termination of possession or by reletting the Premises to another who takes possession, and Landlord may enforce all Landlord’s rights and remedies under this Agreement, including the right to recover the Rent as it becomes due.

25) SECURITY MEASURES. Tenant hereby acknowledges that the rental payable to Landlord hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures, and that Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide the same. Tenant assumes all responsibility for the protection of Tenant, its agents and invitees from acts of third parties. Landlord shall provide Tenant with keys to the Premises, Building and, if applicable, the relevant laboratory space at Landlord’s cost and expense. Tenant further acknowledges that the Complex is shared among many different tenants, and that Landlord shall in no way be responsible for any theft, vandalism, or any other damage to any of the Tenant’s property.

26) DAMAGE TO PREMISES: If, by no fault of Tenant, Premises are totally or partially damaged or destroyed by fire, earthquake, accident or other casualty, Landlord shall have the right to restore the Premises by repair or rebuilding. If Landlord elects to repair or rebuild, and is able to complete such restoration within 180 days from the date of damage, subject to terms of this paragraph, this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. If Landlord is unable to restore the Premises within this time, or if Landlord elects not to restore, then either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Agreement by giving the other written notice. Rent shall be abated as of the date of damage. The abated amount shall be the current monthly Base Rent prorated on a 30-day basis. If this Agreement is not terminated, and the damage is not repaired, then Rent shall be reduced based on the extent to which the damage interferes with Tenant’s reasonable use of Premises for the conduct of its normal business. If damage occurs as a result of an act of Tenant or Tenant’s guests, only Landlord shall have the right of termination, and no reduction in Rent shall be made.

27) HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: The term “ Hazardous Material ” means any hazardous or toxic substance, material or waste, the storage, use or disposition of which is or becomes regulated by any governmental authority, including, but not limited to, municipal, county, the State of California or the United States government, as a danger to health, reproduction or the environment. The term “Hazardous Material” includes, without limitation, any material or substance which is (i) defined as a “hazardous waste”, “extremely hazardous waste” or “restricted hazardous waste” under Sections 25115, 25117 or 25122.7, or listed pursuant to Section 25140, of the California Health and Safety Code, Division 20, Chapter 6.5 (Hazardous Waste Control Law), (ii) defined as a “hazardous substance” under Section 25136 of the California Health and Safety Code, Division 20, Chapter 6.8 (Carpenter-Presley-Tanner Hazardous Substance Account Act), (iii) defined as a “hazardous material”, “hazardous

 

6


substance” or “hazardous waste” under Section 25501 of the California Health and Safety Code, Division 20, Chapter 6.95 (Hazardous Materials Release Response Plans and Inventory), (iv) defined as a “hazardous substance” under Section 25281 of the California Health and Safety Code, Division 20, Chapter 6.7 (Underground Storage of Hazardous Substances), (v) petroleum, (vi) asbestos, (vii) listed under Article 9 or defined as hazardous or extremely hazardous pursuant to Article 11 of Title 22 of the California Administrative Code, Division 4, Chapter 20, (viii) designated as a “hazardous substance” pursuant to Section 311 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. Section 1317), (ix) defined as a “hazardous waste” pursuant to Section 1004 of the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq . (42 U.S.C. Section 6903), (x) defined as a “hazardous substance” pursuant to Section 101 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq . (42 U.S.C. Section 9601) or (xi) listed or defined as “hazardous waste”, “hazardous substance” or other similar designation by any regulatory scheme of the State of California or the United States government.

Tenant may use Hazardous Materials at the Premises as appropriate for the activities conducted thereon, provided that Tenant, at no cost to Landlord, shall comply with all laws and regulations (including those of the San Francisco Environmental Health Department, San Francisco Fire Department, San Francisco Public Utilities Commission, and any other governmental or state agency) relating to the storage, purchase, use and disposal of such Hazardous Materials on the Premises that were introduced to the Premises by Tenant. Tenant shall provide to Landlord all chemical inventory lists for Hazardous Materials used at the Premises by Tenant during the Term upon written request from Landlord. Tenant shall be solely responsible for and shall defend, with counsel acceptable to Landlord and Master Landlord as defined in Paragraph 42, indemnify and hold Landlord, Master Landlord : and each of their partners, members, officers, employees, successors, assigns and agents (collectively, the “ Indemnitees ”), harmless from and against all claims, demands, damages, costs and liabilities, including attorneys’ fees and costs, arising out of or in connection with the storage, use or disposal of Tenant’s Hazardous Materials introduced to the Premises by Tenant, its Subtenants or their respective agents, employees, contractors, sublessees, licensees and invitees (“ Tenant’s Hazardous Materials ”).

If the presence of Tenant’s Hazardous Materials on the Premises results in or is likely to result in contamination or deterioration of water or soil resulting in a level of contamination greater than the safe levels established by any governmental agency having jurisdiction over such contamination, or if any investigation of conditions, or any clean-up, remedial removal or restoration work is required by any federal, state or local governmental agency or political subdivision (“ Governmental Agency ”) because of the level of Tenant’s Hazardous Materials in the soil or ground water or on the Premises, then Tenant shall promptly, and at its sole cost, take any and all action necessary to investigate and clean up such contamination. Tenant shall further be solely responsible for, and shall defend, with counsel acceptable to Landlord and Master Landlord, indemnify and hold the Indemnitees harmless from and against, all claims, demands, negligence, damages, costs and liabilities judgments or obligations, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, arising out of or in connection with any removal, cleanup and restoration work and materials required hereunder to return the Premises, the Complex or the surrounding properties to the condition existing prior to the appearance of the Tenant’s Hazardous Materials and to bring the Premises into compliance with applicable Hazardous Materials laws.

 

7


To the actual knowledge of Landlord on the Commencement Date: (i) no Hazardous Material is present on the or Premises or Complex or in the soil, surface water or groundwater thereof; (ii) no underground storage tanks or asbestos containing building materials are present on the Premises or Complex; and (iii) no action, proceeding, or claim is pending or threatened regarding the Premises or Complex concerning any Hazardous Material or pursuant to any Environmental Law.

If Landlord has good cause to believe that the Premises or Complex have or may become contaminated by Tenant’s Hazardous Materials, Landlord may cause tests to be performed, including wells to be installed on the Property, and may cause the soil or ground water to be tested to detect the presence of Tenant’s Hazardous Materials by the use of such tests as are then customarily used for such purposes. The cost of such tests of the installation, maintenance, repair and replacement of such wells shall be paid by Tenant to the extent any detected contamination is caused by Tenant’s Hazardous Materials.

Tenant shall decontaminate and decommission Premises with respect to Tenant’s Hazardous Materials in the manner required by applicable law prior to expiration of this Agreement and have appropriate officials from the San Francisco Environmental Health, San Francisco Fire Department, San Francisco Public Utilities Commission and any other agencies as may be required by law sign off on such decontamination and decommissioning. Tenant shall provide reasonable proof to Landlord within ten (10) days after receipt that such decontamination and decommissioning complies with all applicable laws, ordinances and regulations. Tenant (or a decommissioning company hired by Tenant) shall remediate any Tenant’s Hazardous Materials and wipe down all walls, flooring, countertops, cabinets, etc. from any debris and contaminants associated with Tenant’s Hazardous Materials and shall provide Landlord with written proof of such work within ten (10) days after receipt.

Hazardous Materials that are not Tenant’s Hazardous Materials are sometimes collectively referred to herein as “ Landlord’s Hazardous Materials .” If the presence of Landlord’s Hazardous Materials is of such magnitude that a commercially knowledgeable person with an understanding of Tenant’s business would conclude that it was not commercially feasible for Tenant to continue to operate its normal business in the Premises, Tenant may terminate this Agreement.

The termination of this Agreement shall not terminate the parties’ respective rights and obligations under Paragraph 25, and the parties hereto expressly agree that the provisions contained herein shall survive the termination of Tenant’s leasehold estate.

28) CONDEMNATION: If all or part of the Premises is condemned for public use, either party may terminate this Agreement as of the date possession is given to the condemner. All condemnation proceeds, exclusive of those allocated by the condemner to Tenant’s relocation costs and trade fixtures, belong to Landlord.

29) INSURANCE: Tenant’s personal property, fixtures, equipment, inventory and vehicles are not insured by Landlord against loss or damage due to fire, theft, vandalism, rain, water, criminal or negligent acts of others, or any other cause. Tenant is to carry Tenant’s own property insurance to protect Tenant from any such loss. In addition, Tenant shall carry liability insurance

 

8


in an amount of not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 general aggregate. Tenant’s liability insurance shall name Landlord and Landlord’s agent as additional insured. Tenant, upon Landlord’s request, shall provide Landlord with a certificate of insurance establishing Tenant’s compliance. Landlord shall maintain liability insurance insuring Landlord, but not Tenant, as well as property insurance. Tenant is advised to carry business interruption insurance in an amount at least sufficient to cover Tenant’s complete rental obligation to Landlord. Both Landlord and Tenant release each other, and waive their respective rights to subrogation against each other, for loss or damage covered by insurance.

30) TENANCY STATEMENT (ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE): Tenant shall execute and return a tenancy statement (estoppel certificate), delivered to Tenant by Landlord or Landlord’s agent, within (six) 6 days after its receipt. The tenancy statement shall acknowledge that this Agreement is unmodified and in full force, or in full force as modified, and state the modifications. Failure to comply with this requirement: (i) shall be deemed Tenant’s acknowledgment that the tenancy statement is true and correct, and may be relied upon by a prospective lender or purchaser; and (ii) may be treated by Landlord as a material breach of this Agreement. Tenant shall also prepare, execute, and deliver to Landlord any financial statement (which will be held in confidence) reasonably requested by a landlord, prospective lender or buyer.

31) LANDLORD’S TRANSFER: Tenant agrees that the transferee of Landlord’s interest shall be substituted as Landlord under this Agreement. Landlord will be released of any further obligation to Tenant regarding the security deposit, only if the security deposit is returned to Tenant upon such transfer, or if the security deposit is actually transferred to a transferee Landlord who assumes Landlord’s obligations regarding same in writing and delivered to Tenant. For all other obligations under this Agreement, Landlord is released of any further liability to Tenant, upon Landlord’s transfer.

32) SUBORDINATION: This agreement shall be subordinate to all existing liens and, at Landlord’s option, the lien of any first deed of trust or first mortgage subsequently placed upon the real property of which the Premises are a part, and to any advances made on the security of the Premises, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements, and extensions. However, as to the lien of any deed of trust or mortgage entered into after execution of this Agreement, Tenant’s right to quiet possession of the Premises shall not be disturbed if Tenant is not in default and so long as Tenant pays the Rent and observes and performs all of the provisions of this Agreement, unless this Agreement is otherwise terminated pursuant to its terms. If any mortgagee, trustee, or ground lessor elects to have this Agreement placed in a security position prior to the lien of a mortgage, deed of trust, or ground lease, and gives written notice to Tenant, this Agreement shall be deemed prior to that mortgage, deed of trust, or ground lease, or the date of recording.

33) TENANT REPRESENTATIONS; CREDIT: Tenant warrants that all statements in Tenant’s financial documents and rental application are accurate. Tenant authorizes Landlord and Broker(s) to obtain Tenant’s credit report at time of application and periodically during tenancy in connection with approval, modification, or enforcement of this Agreement Landlord may cancel this Agreement: (i) before occupancy begins, upon disapproval of the credit report(s); or (ii) at any time, upon discovering that material information in Tenant’s application was false when made. A negative credit report reflecting on Tenant’s record may be submitted to a credit-reporting agency, if Tenant fails to pay Rent or comply with any other obligation under this Agreement.

 

9


34) BROKER’S FEE . Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other that it has not engaged any broker, finder or other person who would be entitled to any commission or fees in respect of the negotiation, execution or delivery of this Agreement and shall indemnify and hold harmless the other against any loss, cost, liability or expense incurred by the indemnified party as a result of any claim asserted by any such broker, finder or other person on the basis of any arrangements or agreements made or alleged to have been made by or on behalf of indemnifying party.

35) JOINT AND INDIVIDUAL OBLIGATIONS: If there is more than one Tenant, each one shall be individually and completely responsible for the performance of all obligations of Tenant under this Agreement, jointly with every other Tenant, and individually, whether or not in possession.

36) NOTICE: Notices may be served by mail, facsimile, or courier at the following addresses or location, or at any other location subsequently designated:

LANDLORD: 953 Indiana ST, San Francisco, CA 94107

TENANT: 953 Indiana ST, San Francisco, CA 94107

Notice is deemed effective upon the earliest of the following: (i) personal receipt by either party or their agent; (ii) written acknowledgement of notice; or (iii) 5 days after mailing notice to such location by first class mail, postage pre-paid.

37) WAIVER: The waiver of any breach shall not be construed as a continuing waiver of the same breach or a waiver of any subsequent breach.

38) INDEMNIFICATION: Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and the Indemnitees harmless from all claims, disputes, litigation, judgments and attorney fees arising out of Tenant’s use of the Premises.

39) ATTORNEY FEES: In any action or proceeding arising out of this Agreement, the prevailing party between Landlord and Tenant shall be entitled to reasonable attorney fees and costs from the non-prevailing Landlord or Tenant.

40) INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY: Tenant acknowledges the shared nature of the Complex and the fact that during the Term of this Agreement there will be other occupants of space in the Complex and various other persons and entities will have access to and use of the Complex, including representatives and agents of the Landlord. It is expressly understood that Landlord cannot guarantee Tenant’s privacy or protect Tenant’s intellectual property, trade secrets or other confidential information located within or accessible in or from the Tenant’s Premises or the Complex. With respect to any and all claims arising out of or connected to any breach or loss of Tenant’s privacy or protection of its intellectual property, trade secrets or other confidential information, Tenant hereby releases Landlord and the other Indemnitees from, and waives all claims for, any such breach or loss of Tenant’s privacy or protection of its intellectual

 

10


property, trade secrets or other confidential information; and Tenant hereby indemnifies, and agrees to protect, defend and hold Landlord and the other Indemnitees harmless, against any and all actions, claims, demands, liability, costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the defense thereof, arising from third party claims against Landlord or any other Indemnitee arising from any such breach or loss of Tenant’s privacy or protection of its intellectual property, trade secrets or other confidential information except to the extent attributable to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any other Indemnitee.

41) PARTNER LIABILITY: Tenant acknowledges that Johnson & Johnson Innovation, a division of Johnson & Johnson Finance Corporation (“ JJI ”), a founding sponsor of the Complex, is not financially or otherwise responsible for the obligations of the Landlord, including but not limited to the services provided to Tenant in connection to the operations of the Complex. Accordingly, Tenant disclaims and waives any actions or claims against JJI and its affiliates associated with or arising from Tenant’s sublease from Landlord or its occupancy at the Complex.

42) SUBLEASE SUBORDINATE . This Agreement for sublease is at all times subject and subordinate to the Lease Agreement dated December 5, 2012 (“ Master Lease ”), between Landlord (as lessee) and DLC Indiana Street (“ Master Landlord ”) as Lessor. The provisions of the Master Lease set forth on Exhibit E are incorporated hereby by this reference and apply to Tenant to the same extent as they apply to Landlord.

43) MISCELLANEOUS:

A) Time is of the essence of this Agreement, and each and all of its provisions.

B) The term “assign” shall include the term “transfer”.

C) The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement.

D) The headings and titles to the paragraphs of this Agreement are not a part of this Agreement and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part thereof.

E) Landlord has made no representation(s) whatsoever to Tenant (express or implied) except as may be expressly stated in writing in this Agreement.

F) This instrument contains all of this Agreements and conditions between the parties hereto with respect to the Premises, and may not be modified orally or in any other manner than by agreement in writing, signed by all of the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest.

G) It is understood and agreed that the remedies herein given to Landlord shall be cumulative, and the exercise of any one remedy by Landlord shall not be to the exclusion of any other remedy.

H) The covenants and conditions herein contained shall apply to and bind the heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of all the parties hereto.

 

11


I) This Agreement has been negotiated jointly by the parties hereto, and the language hereof shall not be construed for or against either party.

J) All exhibits to which reference is made in this Agreement are deemed incorporated into this Agreement, whether or not actually attached.

K) All provisions of this Agreement, whether covenants or conditions, applicable to Tenant shall be deemed to be both covenants and conditions.

L) This Agreement shall in all respects be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

M) Tenant hereby warrants that each individual executing this Agreement has been duly authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement by all necessary corporate action. Tenant warrants that it is qualified to do business in and is in good standing in the State of California.

N) All options, if any, contained in this Agreement or any addendum to extend the Term, renew this Agreement, expand or reduce the premises or terminate this Agreement early are personal to the Tenant named herein, and may not be transferred to any third party whether in connection with an assignment, sublease or other transfer as defined in this Agreement, and shall not be exercisable by any assignee, sublessee, transferee or other successor in interest of the Tenant.

O) Landlord shall have the right to invest in the Tenant pursuant to Exhibit C attached hereto.

P) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant shall not be liable or responsible (legally, financially or otherwise) for violations or non-compliance with Applicable Requirements if such violations or non-compliance either (i) exist on the Commencement Date or (ii) are not the result of an act or omission to act of Tenant.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

12


LANDLORD     TENANT
QB3 Incubator Partners, LP     Eidos Therapeutics, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Douglas Crawford

    By:  

/s/ Cameron Turtle

  Douglas Crawford, General Partner     Printed:   Cameron Turtle
Date:   8/9/2017     Title:   VP, Business Development and Operations
      Date:   8/17/2017

 

13


Exhibit A

Premises

 

LOGO

 

Description

   Cost per unit      # of units      Total Cost  
        

Lab Benches C9, C10

   $ 1,260.00        2      $ 2,520.00  

Office Workstations W212, W213

   $ 600.00        2      $ 1,200.00  

Internet/Security

   $ 36.00        6      $ 216.00  

1/2 shelf at 4 ° C

   $ 36.00        1      $ 36.00  

1/2 shelf at -20 ° C

   $ 36.00        1      $ 36.00  
        

 

 

 

Total

         $ 4,008.00  
        

 

 

 

Security Deposit

         $ 7,440.00  

 

14


Exhibit B

Option to Extend

Intentionally blank.

 

15


Exhibit C

Landlord’s Right to Invest in Tenant

Intentionally blank.

 

16


Exhibit D

Standard for Services and Utilities

The following Standards for Utilities and Services shall apply to the Complex. Landlord reserves the right to adopt nondiscriminatory modifications and additions hereto at any time as Landlord, in its sole discretion, deems advisable.

A. On the Commencement Date through the date the Lease terminates, during Usual Business Hours (as defined in paragraph E below) Landlord shall ventilate the Premises and furnish air conditioning or heating on such days and hours, when in the judgment of Landlord it may be required for the comfortable occupancy of the Premises.

B. The Landlord shall furnish to the Premises during the Usual Business Hours, electric current as required by the Complex’s standard office and laboratory use. The Tenant agrees, should its electrical installation or electrical consumption be in excess of the aforesaid quantity or extend beyond Usual Business Hours, to reimburse Landlord monthly on the date Basic Rent is due for the measured consumption at the terms, classifications and rates charged similar consumers by said public utility serving the neighborhood in which the Complex is located. If a separate meter is not installed at Tenant’s cost, such excess cost will be established by an estimate agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant, and if the parties fail to agree, as established by an independent licensed engineer, selected by Landlord and approved by Tenant. Tenant agrees not to use any apparatus or device in, or upon, or about the Premises which may in any way increase the amount of such services usually furnished or supplied to said Premises, and Tenant further agrees not to connect any apparatus or device with wires, conduits or pipes, or other means by which such services are supplied, for the purpose of using additional or unusual amounts of such services without the prior written consent of Landlord. Should Tenant use the same to excess, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon demand, the amount established by Landlord for such excess usage. At all times Tenant’s use of electric current shall never exceed the capacity of the feeders to the Complex or the risers or wiring installation and Tenant shall not install or use or permit the installation or use of an unusual amount of computer or electronic data processing equipment in the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.

For a fee, the Landlord will provide emergency power supplies in the event of loss of power. However, the Landlord assumes no responsibility in the event that this emergency power should not be available when required.

C. Water will be available in public areas for drinking, incidental laboratory use, and lavatory purposes only, but if, in Landlord’s sole determination, Tenant requires, uses or consumes water for any purpose in addition to ordinary drinking, incidental laboratory use, and lavatory purposes, Landlord may install a water meter at Tenant’s expense and thereby measure Tenant’s water consumption for all purposes. Tenant shall pay Landlord, upon demand, for the cost of the meter and the cost of the installation thereof and throughout the duration of Tenant’s occupancy Tenant shall keep said meter and installation equipment in good working order and repair at Tenant’s own cost and expense. If Tenant is in default of its obligations to keep the meter and equipment in good repair, then Landlord, in addition to all other remedies for breach in this Lease and at law, may cause such meter and equipment to be replaced or repaired and collect the cost thereof from Tenant. Tenant agrees to pay for water consumed, as shown on said meter, as and when bills are rendered, and on default in making such payment, Landlord may, in addition to all other remedies for breach in this Lease and at law, pay such charges and collect the same from Tenant.

 

17


D. The Landlord will provide customary cleaning and janitorial services in the and around the Occupant’s Space on a regular basis. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon demand, the cost of removal of Tenant’s refuse and rubbish, to the extent that the same exceeds the refuse and rubbish usually attendant upon the use of the Premises as offices, as well as any costs of excess rubbish removal due to move-in, new equipment etc. Chemical and biological waste removal shall be the responsibility of the Tenant. However, Landlord may provide access to some services of fee-for-service basis.

E. “Holidays” for purposes of this Lease, shall be defined as holidays observed by the United States Post Office. “Usual Business Hours” for purposes of this Lease, are from 8:00 a.m. until 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, except holidays, and as may be changed from time to time by Landlord, at Landlord’s sole discretion.

F. Tenant may operate its business at hours other than Usual Business Hours provided that Tenant acknowledges that it shall pay the cost of operation of HVAC and electricity for power and lighting on a monthly basis as invoiced by Landlord and payable by Tenant to landlord within fifteen (15) days of invoice for Landlord to Tenant.

G. The Landlord may also provide additional services to Tenant from time to time at the Landlord’s discretion. The Landlord will provide internet access, which Tenant may subscribe to for a charge of $25 per month. The Landlord will also require that all Tenants obtain facility badges for each of their employees for entry into the facility and Landlord will pass the expense for such badges and associated security to the Tenant.

Landlord reserves the right to stop service of the elevator, plumbing, ventilation, air conditioning and electric systems, when necessary, by reason of accident or emergency or for repairs, alterations or improvements, in the judgment of Landlord desirable or necessary to be made, until said repairs, alterations or improvements shall have been completed. Landlord’s obligations to provide utilities and services hereunder shall also be subject to and limited by the Force Majeure provisions of the Lease. Any failure to supply utilities or services, whether caused by a Force Majeure described in the Lease or by reason of accident, emergency, repair, alteration or improvement, shall not be construed as an eviction of Tenant, whether actual or constructive, and shall not cause an abatement of Rent, either in whole or in part.

Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to supply utilities and services to the Premises if Tenant is in default of any Term, covenant, or condition of this Lease.

Any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord with respect to Tenant’s default hereunder as well as all payments to be made by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the above provisions, as stated herein or as may be later modified, shall be deemed to be Additional Rent under the Lease and Landlord shall have all its rights and remedies under the Lease and at law with respect to the same including but not limited to the right to late fees and interest upon default.

 

18


The cost for operating the HVAC at times other than Usual Business Hours is one hundred twenty and No/100ths Dollars ($120.00) per hour. This cost shall be adjusted to reflect increases in the Consumer Price Index (1982-1984 = 100: San Francisco-Oakland-San Jose).

 

19


Exhibit E

Provisions of Master Lease

5. Use of the Premises .

A. Tenant’s Use . The Premises shall be used exclusively for general office, laboratory, research and development, administrative and other legally permitted uses only. Tenant shall not use, or permit the Premises or any part thereof to be used, for any other purpose; and no use shall be made or permitted to be made of the Premises, nor acts done in, on or about the Premises, which will cause a cancellation of any insurance policy covering the Premises, or any part thereof, nor shall Tenant sell or permit to be kept, used or sold, in or about the Premises, any article which may be prohibited by the standard form of fire insurance policies. Tenant shall not commit, or suffer to be committed, any waste upon the Premises, or any public or private nuisance, or other act or thing which may injure, or illegally disturb the quiet enjoyment of any occupant of neighboring properties nor, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, shall Tenant allow the Premises to be used for any unlawful purpose. Tenant shall not place any harmful liquids in the drainage system of the Premises. Tenant shall not place any loads upon the floors, walls, ceilings or roof which might endanger the structure, nor overload any electrical, mechanical or other systems.

B. Compliance . Tenant shall, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, at its sole cost and expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, comply with all building codes, applicable laws, covenants, conditions and/or restrictions record, regulations and ordinances now or hereafter applicable to the Premises, and the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriting or rating bureau (all, collectively, “Applicable Requirements”). Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after receipt of Landlord’s written request, provide Landlord with copies of all permits and other documents, and other information evidencing Tenant’s compliance with any Applicable Requirements specified by Landlord, and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Landlord in writing of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving the failure of Tenant or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements.

[omitted]

C. Hazardous Materials. The term “Hazardous Material” means any hazardous or toxic substance, material or waste, the storage, use or disposition of which is or becomes regulated by any governmental authority, including, but not limited to, municipal, county, the State of California or the United States government, as a danger to health, reproduction or the environment. The term “Hazardous Material” includes, without limitation, any material or substance which is (i) defined as a “hazardous waste”, “extremely hazardous waste” or “restricted hazardous waste” under Sections 25115, 25117 or 25122.7, or listed pursuant to Section 25140, of the California Health and Safety Code, Division 20, Chapter 6.5 (Hazardous Waste Control Law), (ii) defined as a “hazardous substance” under Section 25136 of the California Health and Safety Code, Division 20, Chapter 6.8 (Carpenter-Presley-Tanner Hazardous Substance Account Act), (iii) defined as a “hazardous material”, “hazardous

 

20


substance” or “hazardous waste” under Section 25501 of the California Health and Safety Code, Division 20, Chapter 6.95 (Hazardous Materials Release Response Plans and Inventory), (iv) defined as a “hazardous substance” under Section 25281 of the California Health and Safety Code, Division 20, Chapter 6.7 (Underground Storage of Hazardous Substances), (v) petroleum, (vi) asbestos, (vii) listed under Article 9 or defined as hazardous or extremely hazardous pursuant to Article 11 of Title 22 of the California Administrative Code, Division 4, Chapter 20, (viii) designated as a “hazardous substance” pursuant to Section 311 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. Section 1317), (ix) defined as a “hazardous waste” pursuant to Section 1004 of the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq . (42 U.S.C. Section 6903), (x) defined as a “hazardous substance” pursuant to Section 101 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq . (42 U.S.C. Section 9601) or (xi) listed or defined as “hazardous waste”, “hazardous substance” or other similar designation by any regulatory scheme of the State of California or the United States government.

Tenant may use Hazardous Materials at the Premises as appropriate for the activities conducted thereon and Subtenants may use Hazardous Materials at the Premises as appropriate to their activities, provided that Tenant, at no cost to Landlord, shall comply or cause its Subtenant’s to comply with all laws and regulations (including those of the San Francisco Environmental Health Department, San Francisco Fire Department, San Francisco Public Utilities Commission, and any other governmental or state agency) relating to the storage, purchase, use and disposal of such Hazardous Materials on the Premises. Tenant shall provide to Landlord all chemical inventory lists for Hazardous Materials used at the Premises during the Term upon written request from Landlord. Tenant shall be solely responsible for and shall defend, with counsel acceptable to Landlord, indemnify and hold Landlord and its partners, members, officers, employees, successors, assigns and agents, harmless from and against all claims, demands, damages, costs and liabilities, including attorneys’ fees and costs, arising out of or in connection with the storage, use or disposal of Hazardous Materials introduced to the Premises by Tenant, its Subtenants or their respective agents, employees, contractors, sublessees, licensees and invitees (“Tenant’s Hazardous Materials”).

If the presence of Tenant’s Hazardous Materials on the Premises results in or is likely to result in contamination or deterioration of water or soil resulting in a level of contamination greater than the safe levels established by any governmental agency having jurisdiction over such contamination, or if any investigation of conditions, or any cleanup, remedial removal or restoration work is required by any federal, state or local governmental agency or political subdivision (“Governmental Agency”) because of the level of Tenant’s Hazardous Materials in the soil or ground water or on the Premises, then Tenant shall promptly, and at its sole cost, take any and all action necessary to investigate and clean up such contamination. Tenant- shall further be solely responsible for, and shall defend, with counsel acceptable to Landlord, indemnify and hold Landlord and its members, partners, officers, employees, successors, assigns and agents harmless from and against, all claims, demands, negligence, damages, costs and liabilities judgments or obligations, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, arising out of or in connection with any removal, clean-up and restoration work and materials required hereunder to return the Premises, the Property or the surrounding properties to the condition existing prior to the appearance of the Tenant’s Hazardous Materials.

 

21


Except as disclosed in the Phase I environmental site assessment prepared by Bureau Veritas dated November 29 2012 , a true and correct copy of which have been delivered by Landlord to Tenant, to the actual knowledge of Landlord: (i) no Hazardous Material is present on the or Premises or Project the soil, surface water or groundwater thereof; (ii) no underground storage tanks or asbestos containing building materials are present on the Premises or Project; and (iii) no action, proceeding, or claim is pending or threatened regarding the Premises or Project concerning any Hazardous Material or pursuant to any Environmental Law.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, without limiting any claim that Landlord may have against any third party other than Tenant, it subtenants or their respective agents, partners, members, employees, contractors, sublessees, licensees and invitees (“Tenant’s Agents”), Landlord shall be solely responsible for, and shall defend, with counsel acceptable to Tenant, indemnify and hold Tenant and Tenant’s Agents harmless from and against, all claims, demands, negligence, damages, costs and liabilities judgments or obligations, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, to the extent arising out of or in connection with any Hazardous Materials (other than Tenant’s Hazardous Materials) present at any time on or about the Premises, or the soil, air, improvements, groundwater or surface water thereof, or the violation of any Environmental Law relating to any such Hazardous Material, the Premises or the use of the Premises by any person.

If Landlord has good cause to believe that the Premises have or may become contaminated by Hazardous Materials, Landlord may cause tests to be performed, including wells to be installed on the Property, and may cause the soil or ground water to be tested to detect the presence of Hazardous Materials by the use of such tests as are then customarily used for such purposes. The cost of such tests of the installation, maintenance, repair and replacement of such wells shall be paid by Tenant with respect to any detected contamination caused by Tenant’s Hazardous Materials.

Tenant shall decontaminate and decommission Premises with respect to Tenant’s Hazardous Materials in the manner required by applicable law prior to expiration of the Agreement and have appropriate officials from the San Francisco Environmental Health, San Francisco Fire Department, San Francisco Public Utilities Commission and any other agencies as may be required by law sign off on such decontamination and decommissioning. Tenant shall provide reasonable proof to Landlord within ten (10) days after receipt that such decontamination and decommissioning complies with all applicable laws, ordinances and regulations. Tenant (or a decommissioning company hired by Tenant) shall remove any Tenant’s Hazardous Materials and wipe down all walls, flooring, countertops, cabinets, etc. from any debris and contaminants associated with Tenant’s Hazardous Materials and shall provide Landlord with written proof of such work within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request.

The termination of the Agreement shall not terminate the parties’ respective rights and obligations under this Paragraph 5, and the parties hereto expressly agree that the provisions contained herein shall survive the termination of Tenant’s leasehold estate.

 

22


Subject to Subparagraph 5.B, Tenant shall abide by all laws, ordinances and statutes, as they now exist or may hereafter be enacted by legislative bodies having jurisdiction thereof, relating to its use and occupancy of the Premises.

D. Inability to Use Premises . If the Tenant is prevented from using the Premises due to an Abatement Event, as hereinafter defined, for a period of (14) consecutive days, then Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of rent to the extent of the interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises occasioned thereby. For purposes hereof, an “Abatement Event” shall mean: (i) the cessation of a utility service not caused by Tenant, (ii) the presence of Hazardous Materials (other than a Tenant’s Hazardous Materials) which prevents Tenant from using the Premises for office and biotechnology use, (iii) Landlord’s breach of this Agreement, or (iv) access to the Premises is prevented by Force Majeure (other than as provided in Paragraphs 15 and 16).

8. F. Exculpation . Landlord shall not be liable for injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Tenant, Tenant’s employees, contractors, invitees, customers or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, HVAC or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether such injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the Premises or from other sources or places. Notwithstanding Landlord’s negligence or breach of this Agreement, Landlord shall under no circumstances be liable for injury to Tenant’s business or for any loss of income therefrom.

12. Acceptance of the Premises and Covenant to Surrender . Except as otherwise set forth herein, by entry and taking possession of the Premises pursuant to this Agreement, Tenant accepts the Premises as being in good and sanitary order, condition and repair, and accepts the Improvements included in the Premises in their condition existing as of the date of such entry and without representation or warranty by Landlord as to the condition of the Premises, or as to the use or occupancy which may be made thereof.

Tenant agrees, on the last day of the Term hereof, or on any sooner termination of this Agreement, to surrender the Premises, together with all alterations, additions and improvements which may have been made in, to or on the Premises by Landlord or Tenant and which Tenant is not permitted by this Agreement to remove, to Landlord, broom clean with carpets steam cleaned, free of debris and Tenant’s property, in the Required Maintenance Condition.

Tenant, on or before the end of the Term of this Agreement or on any sooner termination of this Agreement, shall remove all its personal property and trade fixtures from the Premises, and repair any damage occasioned by the removal of its trade fixtures, personal property, alterations or additions and decommission the Premises in accordance with Paragraph 5. Any and all property not so removed shall be deemed to be abandoned by Tenant and title to the same shall thereupon pass to Landlord without compensation to Tenant. Landlord may, upon termination of this Agreement, remove, store and/or after ten (10) business days prior written notice to Tenant, may sell all moveable personal property and trade fixtures so abandoned by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost, and repair any damage caused by such removal at Tenant’s sole cost, and Tenant waives the requirements of Sections 1993-1993.09 of the California Civil Code.

 

23


If the Premises are not so surrendered at the end of the Term or sooner termination of this Agreement, then Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any loss or liability resulting from the delay by Tenant in so surrendering the Premises, including, without limitation, any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded on such delay.

No act or conduct of Landlord, whether consisting of the acceptance of the keys to the Premises or otherwise, shall be deemed to be or to constitute an acceptance of the surrender of the Premises by Tenant prior to the expiration of the Term hereof, and such acceptance of any surrender by Tenant shall only be evidenced by a written acknowledgment of acceptance of surrender signed by Landlord. The voluntary or other surrender of the Premises by Tenant or a mutual cancellation of this Agreement shall not work as a merger. However, any termination of this Agreement shall also terminate all existing subleases.

After the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord, within ten (10) days after written demand from Landlord to Tenant, any quitclaim deed or other document required by any reputable title company, licensed to operate in the State of California, to remove the cloud or encumbrance created by this Agreement from the Property.

15. Destruction .

 

  A. In the event the Premises or the Improvements are damaged by any casualty which is covered under insurance carried (or required by Subparagraph 8.C to be carried) by Landlord, then, subject to Subparagraph 15.B, such damage shall be restored by Landlord to the condition existing prior to the casualty, if the Casualty occurs after the Commencement Date or to the Required Delivery Condition, if the Casualty occurs prior to the Commencement Date; provided that (i) such restoration can be completed within twelve (12) months after the date of the casualty, and (ii) Landlord shall not be required to expend for such restoration more than the total amount of the proceeds of insurance policies carried or required to be carried by Landlord with respect to the loss plus any sums contributed to the restoration by Tenant in its discretion (collectively, the “Available Loss Proceeds”), plus any other sums recovered by Landlord from third parties with respect to loss, with the deductible under the Required Casualty Insurance being included in Triple Net Charges except as provided in Subparagraph 15.B. In such event, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect, provided however that in the event such restoration is not substantially completed within twelve (12) months after the date of the casualty, and the Tenant cannot make effective use of the Premises for its business purposes by the end of that one year period, Tenant shall have the option to terminate the Agreement upon at least ten (10) days written notice. In addition, if the initially estimated time for substantial completion of the restoration is less than one year after the onset of the casualty but it becomes apparent that substantial completion of the restoration will require at least thirty days more than the originally estimated restoration period, Landlord shall give written notice there of to Tenant, and Tenant shall have the right to elect to terminate the Agreement, provided, that Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its right to terminate this Agreement, if Tenant fails to exercise such termination right within 10 business days following Landlord’s notice of the additional time for restoration.

 

24


  B. In the event the Premises suffer damage due to earthquake, and provided that earthquake insurance is in effect, if the damage is reasonably capable of being restored within twelve (12) months after the casualty, then the damage shall otherwise be restored in accordance with Subparagraph 15.A above except that Landlord and Tenant shall each contribute one-half of the deductible under the earthquake policy.

 

  C. In the event the Premises are damaged by any casualty which is covered under the Required Casualty Insurance, but the restoration of the Premises cannot be substantially completed within twelve (12) months after the date of the casualty, the Agreement shall terminate upon Landlord’s written notice to Tenant setting forth the estimated time for restoration, unless Tenant gives written notice to Landlord within fifteen (15) business days after receipt of Landlord’s notice to elect to keep the Agreement in full force and effect. If Tenant gives such notice, then Landlord shall, to the extent of the Available Loss Proceeds, to repair and restore the Premises, provided Landlord shall not be required to restore any of Tenant’s Alterations or its trade fixtures and personal property.

D. If the Premises are damaged by risks not covered by the Required Casualty Insurance, and the cost to repair and restore the Premises is no more than $100,000 and the damage can be repaired in less than twelve (12) months, in the reasonable estimation of the architect or engineer appointed by Landlord, then Landlord shall repair the damage at Landlord’s sole cost. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, in the case of damages to the Premises, the following shall apply:

(1) If the restoration can be substantially completed within twelve (12) months after the date of the casualty in the opinion of the architect or engineer appointed by Landlord, then Landlord shall have the right to elect to restore the Premises and the Improvements at Landlord’s cost by giving written notice to Tenant within forty-give (45) days after the date of the casualty. If Landlord does not give such notice, then Landlord shall be deemed to have elected not to repair the Premises, and the Lease shall terminate as of the date of the casualty, unless Tenant gives notice that Tenant elects to keep the Agreement in effect, which right is waived if Tenant does not give such notice within the earlier of sixty (60) days after the casualty or fifteen (15) days after the date Landlord gives notice of termination.

(2) If the restoration cannot be substantially completed within twelve (12) months after the date of the casualty in the opinion of the architect or engineer appointed by Landlord, Landlord shall give written notice to the Tenant and the Agreement shall terminate as of the date of the casualty, unless Tenant gives notice that Tenant elects to keep the Agreement in effect, which right is waived if Tenant does not give such notice within thirty (30) days after the date of Landlord’s notice of termination.

 

25


If Tenant elects to keep the Agreement in effect under either clause (1) or (2), the Tenant shall be responsible for restoring the Premises and the Improvements at Tenant’s cost, which restoration shall comply with Subparagraph 11.B of this Agreement

E. Landlord’s obligation to rebuild or restore the Premises in accordance with this Paragraph 15 shall not include restoration of Tenant’s trade fixtures, equipment or merchandise, or any Alterations made by Tenant to the Premises after the Commencement Date.

F. Unless the damage or destruction is caused by Tenant’s willful misconduct, there shall be an abatement or reduction of Rent between the date of destruction and the date of substantial completion of restoration, based on the extent to which the destruction interferes with Tenant’s use of the Premises. For all purposes in this Paragraph 15, the requirements for substantial completion shall be construed for the Premises and the Improvements in a comparable manner to the requirements for Substantial Completion of the initial Improvements pursuant to Subparagraph 6.A of this Agreement.

G. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any damage or destruction occurs during the last six (6) months of the Term of this Agreement, Landlord shall not be obligated to repair such damage and Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon at least ten (10) days written notice.

H. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Paragraph 15, then that portion of any proceeds of insurance applicable to loss or damage to the Tenant’s Improvements allocated to Tenant pursuant to Section 6, shall be paid to Tenant.

I. Unless this Agreement is terminated pursuant to the foregoing provisions, this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. Tenant hereby expressly waives the provisions of Section 1932, Subdivision 2, and Section 1933, Subdivision 4, of the California Civil Code.

16. Condemnation . If any part of the Premises shall be taken for any public or quasipublic use, under any statute or by right of eminent domain, or private purchase in lieu thereof, and a part thereof remains which is susceptible of occupancy hereunder, then this Agreement shall, as to the part so taken, terminate as of the date title vests in the condemnor or purchaser, and the Rent payable hereunder shall be adjusted so that Tenant shall be required to pay for the remainder of the Term only such portion of the Rent as the value of the part remaining after such taking bears to the value of the entire Premises prior to such taking. If all of the Premises or such part thereof is taken so that there does not remain a portion susceptible for occupancy hereunder, as reasonably necessary for Tenant’s conduct of its business as contemplated in this Agreement, then this Agreement shall thereupon terminate. If a part or all of the Premises is taken, then, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all compensation awarded upon such taking shall go to Landlord, and Tenant shall have no claim thereto. Tenant hereby irrevocably assigns and transfers to Landlord any right to compensation or damages to which Tenant may become entitled during the Term hereof by reason of the purchase or condemnation of all or a part of the Premises. Notwithstanding- the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to separately petition and to claim and recover from the condemning authority, but not from Landlord, such

 

26


compensation as may be separately awarded or recoverable by Tenant in Tenant’s own right on account of any and all damage to Tenant’s business, including without limitation the loss of goodwill by reason of any appropriation, the taking of Tenant’s property (including the Alterations and any Tenant’s Improvements allocated to Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 6 of this Agreement), and for or on account of any cost or loss to which Tenant might be put in removing and relocating Tenant’s merchandise, furniture, moveable trade fixtures and equipment. In no event, however, shall the loss of goodwill include any diminution in the value of the leasehold or the bonus value of this Agreement. Each party waives the provisions of Code of Civil Procedure, Section 1265.130, allowing either party to petition the Superior Court to terminate this Agreement in the event of a partial taking of the Premises. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Paragraph 16, then that portion of any proceeds of insurance applicable to loss or damage to the Tenant’s Improvements allocated to Tenant pursuant to Section 6, shall be paid to Tenant.

17. Free from Liens . Tenant shall (i) pay for all labor and services performed or materials used by or furnished to Tenant or any contractor employed by Tenant with respect to the Premises, and (ii) indemnify and defend (with counsel acceptable to Landlord) Landlord against and hold Landlord, and its members, partners, officers, employees, successors and assigns and agents harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, damages, costs and liabilities, causes of action, judgments or obligations resulting therefrom, including reasonable attorney’s fees.

18. Subordination . Tenant agrees that this Agreement shall, at the option of Landlord, be subject and subordinate to any mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument of security which has been or shall be placed on the Premises, and this subordination is hereby made effective without any further act of Tenant or Landlord provided that the holder of any such instrument to which this Agreement is subordinated provides a Subordination and Non-Disturbance Agreement (“SNDA”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit “E” or in such other commercially reasonable form as may be acceptable to the lender and Tenant. Tenant shall, at any time hereinafter, on demand, execute an SNDA in such form for the purpose of subjecting or subordinating this Agreement to the lien of any such mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument of security. If Tenant fails within ten (10) days following receipt of said SNDA to execute and deliver any such document such failure shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a default by Tenant under this Agreement.

Tenant agrees to attorn to any purchaser at any foreclosure sale, or to any grantee or transferee designated in any deed given in lieu of foreclosure. In such event, Tenant shall execute, at Landlord’s or the lender’s request, such recognition and attornment agreement as the lender, at its option, may reasonably require. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that it is the intention that a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement (in reasonably industry standard form) be executed by Landlord, Tenant and any mortgage lender for the Premises. Landlord agrees to be diligent and negotiate in good faith with any lender to obtain quiet enjoyment/non-disturbance agreement regarding the Premises provided that Tenant is in conformance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement. (Landlord shall not be required to pay any consideration to the lender for the same).

 

27


22. Estoppel Certificates. Tenant and Landlord agree, promptly but not later than ten (10) days following request by the other party, to execute and deliver to any prospective lender, investor or purchaser of either Tenant or Landlord, any documents, including estoppel certificates, (i) certifying that this Agreement is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Agreement, as so modified, is in full force and effect) and the date to which the Rent and other charges are paid in advance, if any; (ii) acknowledging that there are not, to the party’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of the other party hereunder (or, if there are any such uncured defaults, stating the nature of any such default[s]); and (iii) evidencing the status of the Lease as may be reasonably required either by a lender making a loan to Landlord, to be secured by deed of trust or mortgage covering the Premises, or a purchaser of the Premises or an investor in a party. Failure to deliver an estoppel certificate within ten (10) business days following such request shall constitute a default under this Agreement and shall be conclusive upon the party required to respond that this Agreement is in full force and effect and has not been modified except as may be represented in the certificate, and that there are no uncured defaults in the other party’s performance. In addition, if requested by Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to any prospective lender or purchaser of the Premises, the best available financial statements of Tenant covering the two (2) fiscal years immediately preceding the request, certified by an independent certified public accountant if such statements are audited (or, if such statements are not normally prepared, audited and certified by an independent public accountant, then certified as true, correct, and accurate by the chief financial officer or a principal of Tenant).

23. Surrender of Lease . The voluntary or other surrender of this Agreement by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation thereof, shall not work a merger nor relieve Tenant of any of Tenant’s obligations under this Agreement, and shall, at the option of Landlord, either terminate all or any existing subleases or subtenancies, or operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or any such sublease for at least 50% of the rentable square feet of the Premises.

24. Attorneys’ Fees . If any action or other proceeding is initiated to enforce or interpret any provision of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to legal costs, expert witnesses’ expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees as fixed by the court in the same or a separate action.

Tenant shall be liable immediately to Landlord for all reasonable costs Landlord incurs in reletting the Premises, including, without limitation, brokers’ commissions, expenses of remodeling the Premises required by the reletting, and like costs. Reletting can be for a period shorter or longer than the remaining Term of this Agreement. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Rent due under this Agreement, on the dates the Rent is due, less the Rent Landlord receives from the new lease, unless Landlord notifies Tenant that Landlord elects to terminate this Agreement. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in addition to the remaining Rent due, all costs which Landlord incurred in reletting, including without limitation maintenance, that remain after applying the Rent received from the reletting, as provided in this Paragraph 14. After Tenant’s default and for as long as Landlord does not terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, if Tenant obtains Landlord’s consent as required by Paragraph 20 of this Agreement, Tenant shall have the right to assign its interest in this Agreement, or sublet all or a portion of the Premises, but Tenant shall not be released from liability and obligations under this Agreement. Landlord’s consent to a proposed assignment or subletting shall be as required in Paragraph 20.

 

28


D. If Landlord elects to relet the Premises, as provided in this Paragraph 14, then any Rent that Landlord receives from reletting shall be applied to the payment of:

(1) First, any indebtedness from Tenant to Landlord other than Rent due from Tenant;

(2) Second, all costs, including for maintenance, incurred by Landlord in reletting; and

(3) Third, Rent due and unpaid under this Agreement.

After deducting the payments referred to in this Paragraph 14, any sum remaining from any Rent which Landlord receives from reletting shall be held by Landlord and applied in payment of future Rent as Rent becomes due under this Agreement. In no event shall Tenant be entitled to any excess Rent received by Landlord.

E. Landlord, at any time after Tenant commits a Default, shall have the option and right to cure the Default by performing any duty or obligation of Tenant under this Agreement on Tenant’s behalf. If Landlord at any time, by reason of Tenant’s Default, pays any sum or does any act that requires the payment of any sum to cure the Tenant’s default, then the sum paid by Landlord shall be due immediately from Tenant to Landlord at the time the sum is paid and shall bear interest as provided in Subparagraph 14.F from the date the sum is paid by Landlord until Landlord is reimbursed by Tenant. The sum, together with interest on it, shall be Additional Rent.

F. Any Base Rent or Additional Rent not paid within thirty (30) after the date it is due shall bear interest at ten percent (10%) per annum, not to exceed the maximum rate an individual is permitted by law to charge (herein the “Default Interest Rate”), from the date due until paid, which interest is in addition to the late charge set forth in Subparagraph 3.A above.

28. Limitation on Landlord’s Liability . If Landlord is in default of this Agreement, and as a consequence Tenant recovers a money judgment against Landlord, any such judgment shall be satisfied only out of the proceeds of sale received on execution of the judgment and levy against the right, title and interest of Landlord in the Premises, and out of Rent or other income or proceeds from such real property held or receivable by Landlord, or out of the consideration received by Landlord from the sale or other disposition of all or any part of Landlord’s right, title and interest in the Premises. Neither Landlord’s partners nor any of the members of the general partner comprising the company or partnership or officers of the company designated as Landlord a management company shall be personally liable for any deficiency.

 

29


29. Transfer of Premises .

A. If Landlord sells or transfers all or any portion of the Premises, then Landlord, on consummation of the sale or transfer, shall be released from any liability thereafter accruing under this Agreement provided that such assignee or transferee shall assume the obligations of Landlord under this Agreement. If any Security Deposit or prepaid Rent has been paid by Tenant, Landlord agrees to transfer the Security Deposit or prepaid Rent to Landlord’s successor, other than any portion of the Security Deposit applied in accordance with this Agreement or retained to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage which Landlord may have suffered as a result of Tenant’s default, and thereupon Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability in reference thereto.

30. Landlord’s Right of Entry . With reasonable telephone notice or prior written notice (except in the case of emergency in which case notice shall be given as reasonably possible), Landlord and its representatives shall have the right, at all reasonable times, to enter the Premises in order to post notices required by law; and to inspect or repair the Premises as required or permitted by this Agreement. During the last nine (9) months of the then current Term of this Agreement, Landlord (and/or its representatives) shall have the right, at all reasonable times, to place “For Lease” signs on the Premises. Landlord and any purchaser, lessee or encumbrancer may enter the Premises, at all reasonable times following at least 1 business day’s prior notice to Landlord, with respect to any existing or prospective sale, lease or encumbrance. Landlord shall also have the right to enter the Premises at any time, without prior notice, in those emergency situations which could involve potential injury to persons or loss of property to take action to reduce the risk of such loss. All of the above shall be without abatement of Rent and any such entry shall not be construed as a forcible or unlawful entry, or a detainer, or an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant from the Premises.

31. Signs . Tenant shall have the right to install on the Premises any signage permitted by Applicable Requirements, so long as Tenant complies with all Applicable Requirements relating thereto and, upon termination of this Agreement, Tenant removes such signage and repairs all damage to the Premises caused by the installation or removal of such signage. No sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall be inscribed, displayed, printed or affixed on or to any part of the outside of the Premises, or any exterior windows of the Premises, or any interior windows visible from outside the building, in violation of applicable law and Landlord shall have the right to remove the same in violation of law which Tenant does not remove within fifteen (15) business days following delivery of written demand for removal to Tenant and at the expense of Tenant. Landlord shall have the right to approve the placement and mounting system for any such signs, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Landlord shall have the right to remove any sign that violates this Paragraph that is not removed by Tenant within fifteen (15) business days following Landlord’s notice at the expense of Tenant. ). At Landlord’s option, upon expiration or other sooner termination of this Agreement, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost, remove all Tenant signage, repair all damage caused thereby and restore the appearance of the Premises to the condition prior to the placement of said signs.

 

30


32. Force Majeure . Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 15 and 16 of this Agreement, neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be deemed in default of their respective obligations under this Agreement if performance thereof is delayed or becomes impossible because the fault or neglect of the other party, or because of acts of God, war (whether declared or undeclared), earthquake, fire, labor dispute, strike, acts of public agencies, embargoes, rainy, stormy or other adverse weather, riot, civil commotion, insurrection, blockade, general inability to obtain materials, supplies or fuels, and such other contingencies beyond the reasonable control of the performing party. Upon such an event, the time for performance shall be reasonably extended for so long as the force majeure condition continues, without prejudice to any other rights held by the parties under this Agreement. This Paragraph shall not be applicable to the payment of Rent or other monetary sums under this Agreement.

 

31

Exhibit 10.14

Execution Copy

BONUS AGREEMENT

This bonus agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of April 26, 2018 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and Neil Kumar (the “ Executive ”). All capitalized terms set forth below and not defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in Section 4 of this Agreement.

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide the Executive with a bonus upon the occurrence of certain events in order to induce his continued service with the Company and to encourage him to exert his very best efforts toward either the growth of the Company or the completion of a potential change in control of the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Executive agree as follows:

1.     Bonus . In the event that following an Initial Public Offering (or the date on which the Company’s common stock (“ Common Stock ”) otherwise becomes publicly-traded), either (a) the Company’s market capitalization is, following expiration of any applicable lock-up period for the Common Stock, equal to or greater than one or more of the Valuation Thresholds set forth in the table below for any thirty (30) consecutive trading days or (b) a Change in Control occurs and the Transaction Proceeds equal or exceed one or more of the Valuation Thresholds set forth in the table below, then the Executive shall be entitled to a lump sum cash bonus equal to the applicable Incremental Bonus set forth in the table below (each, a “ Bonus ”); provided, that the Executive must remain in a continuous service relationship with the Company as its Chief Executive Officer through the date of either the events described in clause 1(a) or 1(b) (either such event, a “ Trigger Event ”) in order to receive payment of a Bonus under this Agreement.

 

Valuation Threshold*

   Incremental Bonus**  

At least $750M

   $ 11.25M  

At least $1B

   $ 3.75M  

At least $1.25B

   $ 3.75M  

 

* Only one Bonus may be payable for each Valuation Threshold achieved.

Example 1 : Assuming an Initial Public Offering has occurred and the applicable lock-up period has expired, if the Company has a market capitalization of $800M on July 1, 2019 (based on thirty (30) consecutive trading days), then the Executive shall be entitled to a Bonus equal to $11.25M. If the Company has a market capitalization of $1.1B on November 1, 2019 (based on thirty (30) consecutive trading days), then the Executive shall only be entitled to an additional Incremental Bonus equal to $3.75M.

Example 2 : Assuming an Initial Public Offering has occurred and the applicable lock-up period has expired, if the Company has a market capitalization of $800M on July 1, 2019 (based on thirty (30) consecutive trading days), then the Executive shall be entitled to a Bonus equal to $11.25M. If the Company has a Change in Control on November 1, 2019 and Transaction Proceeds from such Change in Control equal $1.2B, then the Executive shall only be entitled to an additional Incremental Bonus equal to $3.75M.

 

** The Executive may not receive more than $18.75M of Bonus payments, in the aggregate, under this Agreement.


2.     Form and Time of Bonus Payment . The Bonus shall be paid to the Executive in a single lump sum cash payment on, or as soon as reasonably practicable following, the date of a Trigger Event, but in no event more than thirty (30) days following the applicable Trigger Event.

3.     Tax Gross-up .

(a)    In the event that the amount of any compensation, payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, calculated in a manner consistent with Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and the applicable regulations thereunder (the “ Aggregate Payments ”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, or any interest or penalties are incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Excise Tax ”), the Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional payment or payments (collectively, the “ Gross-Up Payment ”) such that the net amount retained by the Executive, after deduction of any Excise Tax on the Aggregate Payments, any federal, state, and local income tax, employment tax and Excise Tax upon the payment provided by this Section 3(a), and any interest and/or penalties assessed with respect to such Excise Tax, shall be equal to the Aggregate Payments.

(b)    Subject to the provisions of Section 3(c) below, all determinations required to be made under this Section 3(b), including whether a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment, shall be made by a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by the Company (the “ Accounting Firm ”), which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within forty-five (45) business days of the applicable Trigger Event, if applicable, or at such earlier time as is reasonably requested by the Company or the Executive. For purposes of determining the amount of the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive shall be deemed to pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income taxation applicable to individuals for the calendar year in which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made, and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rates of individual taxation in the state and locality of the Executive’s residence on the date of a Trigger Event, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes. The Gross-Up Payment, if any, as determined pursuant to this Section 3(b), shall be paid to the relevant tax authorities as withholding taxes on behalf of the Executive at such time or times when each Excise Tax payment is due. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive.

(c)    If, after a Gross-Up Payment by the Company on behalf of the Executive pursuant to this Section 3, the Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive shall promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto).

4.     Definitions .

(a)    “ Change in Control ” shall have the meaning for such term as set forth in the Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

2


(b)    “ Initial Public Offering ” shall mean the consummation of the first firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale by the Company of its equity securities, as a result of or following which the stock shall be publicly held.

(c)    “ Transaction Proceeds ” means an amount equal to the aggregate value of cash and/or property (e.g., securities, notes, etc.) paid or payable to the Company’s stockholders in connection with a Change in Control prior to any payment of a Bonus under this Agreement (all as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”)). In the event that all or part of the consideration paid or payable to the Company’s stockholders in connection with a Change in Control is in the form of securities, the Transaction Proceeds shall be deemed to include the fair market value of such securities, as determined in the sole discretion of the Board and as determined on the same basis on which such securities were valued in the transaction.

5.     Administration . The Board shall have the sole discretionary power to administer and interpret this Agreement and make all decisions and exercise all rights of the Company with respect to this Agreement. The Board shall have final authority to determine, in its sole discretion, the amount of a Bonus to be paid and shall also have the exclusive discretionary authority to make all other determinations including, the determination of relevant facts, regarding the entitlement to a Bonus. All good faith decisions and interpretations by the Board hereunder are final and binding on all parties hereto.

6.     Term . This Agreement shall take effect on the Effective Date and shall terminate upon the earliest of (a) a Change in Control resulting in Transaction Proceeds less than $750M; (b) the date of payment to the Executive of a Bonus pursuant to clause 1(b) of this Agreement; (c) twelve (12) months following the date of payment to the Executive of an aggregate of $18.75M, pursuant to clause 1(a) of this Agreement; (d) the termination of the Executive’s service relationship with the Company as its Chief Executive Officer; and (e) the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Effective Date.

7.     Withholding . Any payment made by the Company under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law.

8.     Section 409A . The provisions regarding all payments to be made hereunder shall be interpreted in such a manner that all such payments either comply with Section 409A of the Code or are exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code as “short-term deferrals” as described in Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that any amounts payable hereunder are determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, such amounts shall be subject to such additional rules and requirements as specified by the Board from time to time in order to comply with Section 409A of the Code and the settlement of any such amounts may not be accelerated or delayed except to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code. The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive if any payments under any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code that are subject to the twenty percent (20%) tax under Section 409A of the Code.

 

3


9.     Miscellaneous .

(a)     Amendment . This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and by a duly authorized representative of the Company.

(b)     No Contract for Continuing Services . This Agreement shall not be construed as creating any contract for continued services between the Company or any of its subsidiaries and the Executive and nothing herein contained shall give the Executive the right to be retained as an employee or other service provider of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. Nothing in this Agreement shall change the “at will” nature of the Executive’s service to the Company

(c)     No Transfers . The Executive’s rights in an interest under this Agreement may not be assigned or transferred.

(d)     Saving Clause . If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

(e)     Effect on Other Plans . Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit the rights of the Executive under the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies.

(f)     Obligations of Successors . In addition to any obligations imposed by law upon any successor to the Company, the Company will use its reasonable efforts to require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

(g)     Equitable Relief . The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

(h)     Dispute Resolution .

(i)    Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of this Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “ J.A.M.S. Rules ”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1-16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be the County of San Francisco.

(ii)    The arbitration shall commence within sixty (60) days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents

 

4


by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three (3) depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven (7) business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six (6) months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

(iii)    Each party to this Agreement covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 9(h) applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

(iv)    Each party to this Agreement (A) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (B) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (C) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each party to this Agreement hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each party to this Agreement agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other party. Final judgment against any party to this Agreement in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

(i)     Headings . The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.

(j)     Counterparts . For the convenience of the parties to this Agreement and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

 

5


(k)     Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of conflict of laws of such state.

[SIGNATURE PAGE IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWS]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date first written above.

 

EIDOS THEREAPEUTICS, INC.
By:   /s/ Eric Aguiar
Name:   Eric Aguiar
Title:   Director

 

EXECUTIVE:
/s/ Neil Kumar
Neil Kumar

 

7

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT

None.

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. of our report dated March 22, 2018 relating to the financial statements of Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, CA

May 25, 2018